Skip to main content

Full text of "Brooklyn Botanic Garden record."

See other formats 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD 


VOL. XXVI JANUARY, 1937 NO. 1 


CONTENTS 


DELECTUS SEMINUM 
BROOKLYN 


1936 


FOR THE 3 
ADVANCEMENT SERVICE. OF 
OP BOTANY i, THE CITY 


PUBLISHED QUARTERLY 
AT PRINCE AND LEMON STREETS, LANCASTER, PA. 
BY THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 
BROOKLYN, N. Y¥. 


Entered as second-class matter in the post-office at Lancaster, Pa., under act of August 24, 1912 


CA BROOKLUN ABOTANI@<GARBEN 2 


istrative Officersiov 


; Scientific, Educational,.,and,. Ad 


SCIENTIFIC AND EDUCATIONAL 


CLSTLUART Gel aah 79, Pd.D., Director 
MONTAGUE FREE, Certificate, Royal Botanic ‘Garden Kew, Horticulturist 
ARTHUR HARMOU AVES, Ph. Ctra feb bf Public erie 
ALFRED GUNDERSE) octeur de l’Université ven Curator of Plants 
I [AM E. JORDAN ip? Libra 
GEORGE M. REED, BYUAGWAS of Plant Pathology 
ELLEN EDDY SHAW, B.S., Curator of Elementary Instruction 
HENRY K. SVENSON, PlDa Curator of the Herbarium 
MARGARET M. DORWARD, A.B., Assistant Curator of 
Elementary Instr uction 


Other Officers 
MARY AVERILL, Honorary Curator of Japanese Gardening and ee Art 
HARO LD A. CAPARN, Consulting Landscape Archite 


RALPH CURTIS 


estigator (Ferns) 
RALPH H. CHE ] ) 


conomic Piants 


EMILIE ssistant 
LSIE tructor 
ELIZA histant 

FR# 
H 
L, GO astant 
CHAR wistant 
WIL want 
MARGAR ssistant 
MARGE ant 
HILDA ¥V rial Assistant 


LOUIS BUHLE, ie: 
MAUD H. PURDY, Artist 


: ADMINISTRATIVE 
DANIEL C. DOWNS, Secretary and eae 
MAUDE E. VORIS, Assistant Secretary 
‘NORMA STOFFEL BAN TA, Office cae 


AR A HUBBARD, A.M., Secretary to the ee 
RUDE W. MERRILL, AB. Field Secretar 
Rae STOLL, eR es Bee Custodian 


AURA? BRE WSTER, Siete snctafathat 
CONSTARCH? PURVES ELS ON, , Stenographer 

LYN M. GAILER'*” "Sinai 
cio} 3¢ gepnuA io tw BhdENSE.BENNEET zeslo-bnoxs2e 26 bovi0d 
* Resigned, November 1, 1936. 


sod A ge a ee ee 
= - =e 
; A a a 
: ey = 


OTASH KENT 
OASHK ABAD 


SINGAPORE 


, Ss ae 
BUITENZORS PSG 


ALBURI 


ONT EVIOEO KIRSTENBOSCH . 


Fic. 1. Map of the world, showing, as of November, 1936, the location of botanic gardens outside of Europe from which the Brook- 
lyn Botanic Garden has received seed-exchange lists in recent years. A similar map for Europe was published in Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden Recorp, January, 1935 (Delectus Semium, Brooklyn, 1934). 


BROOKLYN 
BOTANIC GARDEN 


RECORD 


VOL. XXVI JANUARY, 1937 NO. 1 


DELECTUS SEMINUM, BROOKLYN 1936 
List oF SEEDS OFFERED IN EXCHANGE 
These seeds, collected during 1936, are offered to botanic gardens 
and to other regular correspondents : also, in limited quantities, to 


members of Anes Brooklyn Botanic Garden. ‘They are not offered 
for sale. 


Please note that applications for seeds must be received during 
January or February. Seeds are mailed early in March. No 
seeds are available at other times of the year. 


SEEDS OF TREES AND SHRUBS 


(GY MNOSPERMAE 


Ginkgoaceae 4 Pinaceae 6 
Ginkgo Abies 
biloba L. balsamea Mill. 
Taxaceae 5 Cupressaceae 6 
Taxus Juniperus 
canadensis Marsh. communis L. var. depressa 
cuspidata Sieb. & Zucc. Pursh 


DICOTYLEDONES 


Aceraceae 163 Calycanthaceae 96 
Acer Calyeanthus 
ginnala Maxim. floridus L 
Anacardiaceae 153 Caprifoliaceae 271 
Rhus a ee _ Kolkwitzia 
sylvestris Sieb. & Zuce. amabilis Graebn. 
vernix L. l_onice 


i ae undi Franch. 
Naackit Maxim. 


Aquifoliaceae 157 


[lex Morrown A. Gray 
glabra Gray muscaviensis Rehd. 
verticillata (L.) Gray quinquelocularis Hlardw. 
Nemopanthus a g Maxim. 
mucronata Trel. tatarica. LL. 
Webbiana Wall. 
Ara’iaceae 227 xylosteum 
Acz mithopanax Sambucus 
divaricatus Seem. canadensis |. 
Hoary Harms cani idensis var. acutiloba 
Aralia ell. & Barry 
spinosa [.. racemosa I.. 
Symphoricarpus 
Berberidaceae 93 albus (1...) Blake (S. race- 


mosus Muichx. ) 

occidentalis Hook. 

orbiculatus Moench. 
Viburnum 

acerifoltum [.. 

alnifolium) Marsh, 

cassinoides [.. 

dentatum [.. 

dilatatum “Vhunb. 

Lantine T:. 

lLentago [. 

lobophyllum Graebn. 

molle Michx. 
Campsis Opulus 1. 

radicans Seem. prumifolium 


Berberis 
amurensis Ru 
canadensis) Mall, 


_— 
~ 


Betulaceae 61 
Betula 
corviifolia keg, 
glandulosa MTichx. 
rE ee var. mandshurica 


Wink! 


Bignoniaceae 258 


pubescens var, affine Rehd. 

rufidulum Raf, 

Opuntia scabrellum Chapm. 
tortispina [ngelm, verferum Rehd. 


Cactaceae 210 


= 


3 
Celastraceae 158 Vaccinium 
TR atrococcum Heller 
| Antonie | cans dense Kalm 
Cc c Cc de 
. ‘ : Lam 
Bungeana Maxim. pennsylvanicum 


patens Rehd. mupersceseaay 
Clethraceae 230 Securinega 


Cletl ramiflora Muell. 
Jethra 


alnifolia [.. Grossulariaceae 117b 
Ribes 
Cornaceae 229 fasciculatum Sieb. & Zucc. 
Cornus var. chinense Maxim. 


Allocate 


ife 7 
alternifolia L. Guttiferae 187 


Amomum Mill. Flypericum 
canadensis LL. Androsaemum L. 
florida L. densiflorum Pursh 
florida var. xanthocarpa Leguminosae 128 
Kehe ; 
gracilis Koehne Amorphi 
kousa Buerg. canescens Nutt. 
mas L. PEUtCOSas 1s. 
paucinervis Hance glabra Poir. 
sanguinea |. nucrophylla Pursh 
stolonifera Michx. Caragana 
arborescens Lam. 
Dilleniaceae 180 microphylla Bess. 
Actinidia SO eae, 
arguta Miq. media Willd. (C. arbores- 
cens X orientalis ) 
Eb2naceae 240 Cladrastis 
Lee lutea IK. Koch 
D1ospyros ge 
virginiana I... a 
5 tugiieans Ws: 
Eee scoparius Lk, 


supmus LL. 
Crieclitsia 

triacanthos I. 
Gvymnocladus 

dioeca K. Koch 
Indigofera 

Gerardiana Wall. 

Poetanimit Giaip 
Laburnum 

anagvroides Med. 


Caultheria 

proc umbens LL. 
Kalm 

tio! ia Wangenh. 
on lendron 

arboreum DC. 


— 


Ericaceae 


Vaccinoideac ooo 


~ 


Robinia 
fertilis Ashe 
Kelseyi hybrid 
neo-mexicana Gray 
Pseudoacacia L. 
Sophora 
japonica L. 


Leitneriaceae 59 


Leitneria 
floridana € 


—— 


lapm. 


Moraceae 64 
Maclura 
pomifera Sechneid. 
Myricaceae 57 
Myrica 
carolniensis Mill. 
G E: 


Gale 


Oleaceae 243 
Fontanesia 
Fortune Carr. 
Ligustrum 
acumiunatum 
macrocarpum Schn. 
ibolium Coe 
tbota Sieb. & Zucce. 
Syringa 
Josikaea Jacq. 
pekinensis Rupr. 
villosa Vahl 
Platanaceae 124 
Platanus 
orientalis LL. (true) 
Pyrolaceae 231 
Chimaphila 
umbellata Nutt. 
Ranunculaceae 91 
Clematis 
tangutica Korsh. 
virginiana [L.. 


Kkoehne var. 


Rhamnaceae 169 
Rhamnus 
davurica Pall. 
Frangula LL. 
Rosaceae 126 
Physocarpus 
intermedius Schneid. 
opulifolius Maxim. 
Rosa 
carolina: LL. 
multiflora cathayensis 
Rehd. 


rugosa T 


— 


dunh. 


phoenicolasius Maxim. 
Sorat. 
Aitchisonu Flemstl. 
sorbifolia A. Br. 
Spiraea 
bumalda Burvenich 
Douglasit Took. 
latifolia Borkh. 
sorbifola A. 
superba Zabel 
syringaeflora ]emoine 
tomentosa [.. 
Rosaceae 
Pomoideae 126a 
Aroma 
melanocarpa [hott 
Chacnonieles 
Maulet Schneid. 
Cotoneaster 
divaricata Rehd. & Wils. 
hupehensis Rehd. & Wils. 
integerrima Med. 
lucida Schlecht 
nitens Rehd. & Wils. 
racennuflora K. Koch 
Zabelt Schneid. 
Crataegus 
arnoldiana Sarg. 
Lavaller Herineq. 
pedicellata Sarg. 


Malus 
baccata Borkh. 
floribunda Sieb. 
Scheidecker1 Zabel 
Sieboldi1 Rehd. 
toringoides Hughes 
Mespilus 


germanica L. 


Photiniz 
villosa DC 
Pyrus 


betulifolia Bg 

Calleryana pee 

ussuriensis Maxim. 
Sorbus 

americana Marsh. 

Aucuparia L. 

hy eas Tee 


Rosaceae 
Prunoideae 126b 


Prunus 
cerasifera Ehrh. 
glandulosa Thunb. 
maritima Marsh. 
Pads 
pennsylvanica L. 
serotina Ehrh. 
utahensis Dieck. 
virginiana LL. 


Rubiaceae 270 


Cephalanthus 
occidentalis L. 


Rutaceae 137 

Evodia 

hupehensis Dode 
Phellodendron 

Tans Schneid. 

japonicum Thunb. 

Lavallei Dode 
Poncirus 

trifoliata Raf. 
Ptelea 

EnibOlatay les 


Sal 


Zanthoxylum 


Koe 


americanum Mill. 

Bungei Planch. 
Sapindaceae 165 

lreuteria 

paniculata [Laxm. 


Saxifragaceae 117 


Hydrangea 


Itea 


Bretschneideri Dipp. 
cinerea Smal 
paniculata Sieb. 
virginica L, 


Solanaceae 253 


Lycium 


barbarum L. 


Staphyleaceae 161 


Staphylea 


bumalda DC. 


=a 


colchica Stev 


colchica eoulcinen Zabel 


oe 


Styracaceae 242 


Halesia 


carolina: Ic. 


Tamaricaceae 191 


Tamarix 


Gorc 


odessana Stev. 
pentandra Pall. 


Theaceae 186 


lonia 
altamaha Sarg. 


Tiliaceae 174 


Grewia 


parviflora Bee. 


Ulmaceae 63 


Celtis 


occidentalis [.. 


Verbenaceae 253 Vitaceae 170 


Ampelopsis 
brevipedunculata Koehne 
Parthenocissus 
quinquefolia Planch, 


Callicarpa 
japonica Thunb. 

Clerodendron 
trichotomum Thunb. 

MONOCOTYLEDONES 
Liliaceae 338 

Smilax 

rotundifolia L.. 


SEEDS OF HERBACEOUS PLANTS 
Collected at Belgrade Lakes, Maine 


Caager 


ct 


By Dr. C. Stuar 
‘Arahia Oakesta 
hispida Vent. sessilifolia (1...) Wats. 
nudicaulis |. 
Arisaema 


Polyvgonatum 


biflorum (\Walt.) FIL 


7 triphyllum (L.) Schott Pass, 
an bea ~clliptica Nutt 
borealis (Ait.) Raf. ae , 
ee Scirpus 
Coptis ; ate EF Id 
ie. <4 atrocictus Fernal 
trifolia (1..) Salish. hee es 
ee Siiilacina 
Matanthemum ; ee 
Caqatlonse. Dest: racemosa (L.) Desf. 
Medeola Thahetrum 
polygamum Muh. 


virginiana L. 
Mitchella Trillium 
repens L. undulatum Willd. 
SEEDS OF ORNAMENTAL PLANTS 


Chiefly for members of the Brooklyn Botanie Garden 


Celosia (Cockscomb } 


Ageratum 
argentea var. cristata 


Hloustomanum 
Anoda._ ( Bluc L}ibtseus } Euphorbia 
lavateroides co : 
ee . : oe marginata — (Snow-on-the- 
Antirrhinum (Snapdragon ) ; 
: Mountain ) 


majus (Mixed Varieties) 
Arctous (African Daisy ) 
stoechadifolia 


Gaillardia 
aristata 


Gomphrena Phlox 

4 _globosa (Globe Amaranth) Drummondi 
eee (Strawflower ) Portulaca 
aun dracteatum grandiflora 

ibiscus eee gS Saat 

ef e ; Scabiosa (Sweet Scabious) 
trionum (Flower-of-an- : 
All Opurpulre L 


ut) s : : 
Kochia (Summer Cypress ) ae Ahan oo) 
scoparia var, trichophila a 
Mimulus (Monkey-Flower ) lorena i 
Fournteri 


luteus 
Perilla Verbena 
frutescens var. nankinensis yenosa 


Address requests for seeds before February 28 to 
SEED: EX CrrAING rE: 
Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 
1000 Washington Avenue, 
Brooklyn, N. Y., 
Uc 


INTERNATIONAL SEED EXCHANGE 
BorANICAL INSTITUTIONS OursipE oF EuRopE FROM WHICH 
We Have RECEIVED SEED LI 


CANADA 
Montreal Botanical Garden, 
4101 East Sherbrooke Street, 
Montreal (1936) 
Central Experimental Farm Arboretum, 
Ottawa 
Department of Botan 
University of British eer 
Vancouver, B. C. 


UNITED STATES 
Lexington Gardens, Inc., 
91 Hancock Street, 
exington, Mass. 


Marsh Botanical Garden, 
227 Mansfield Street, 
New Haven, Connecticut 


8 


New York Botanical Garden, 
Bronx Park, New York 


3rooklyn Botanic ade 

srooklyn, New Yo 

Botanic Gardens, 

University of Michigan, 

Ann Arbor, Michigan 

Morton Arboretum, 

Lisle, Illinois 

Boyce Thompson Southwestern Arboretum, 
Superior, Arizona 


Sourn AMERICA 
Royal Botanic Garden, Agric. Dept., 
Trinidad & Tobago, 
3ritish West Indies 
Jardin Museo Botanico, 
Direccion de Paseos Pub 
Montevideo (Prado ) 
Uruguay 


ICOS, 


AFRICA 
Jardin Botanique de l'Universite, 
Alger (Algeria) 
Chief du Service Botanique a I’Ariana, 
Tunis (Tunisie ) 
Ministry of Agriculture, 
Horticultural Section, 
Giza (Mudiriva), [egypt 
Botanic Gardens, 
urd, 
Gold Coast Colony 
National Botanic Gardens, 
KKirstenbosch, Niewland, 
Cape, South Africa 


ASIATIC U.S. S. R. 


Omsk Institutum -\griculturac, 
Hortus oo 
Omsk, Siberi 


Jardin Botanique, 
Tiflis (Georgia ) 


Jardin Botanique, 
Ashkhabad, Turcomania 
TInstitutum Botanicum, 
Universitatis Asiae Mediae, 
Tashkent, Tadshikistan 


Woroshilov, D. V. K. s. Kondratenkovo, 
Gorno- Taieshnaya Stata, 

D. V. Filiala Akademii Nauk 
3otanicheski Kabinet 


JAPAN 
Botanic Gardens, 
Imperial University, 
Koishikawa, 
kyo 


Botanic Garden, College of Agriculture, 
Hok ae Imperial University, 
Sappot 


Be cs of Sees 
Faculty of Scienc 
Hokkaido ee University, 
Sapporo 
3otanic Garden of Taihoku University, 
Tathoku, Formosa 
TROPICAL ASIA 
Botanic Garden, Singapore, 
Federated Malay States 


Jardin Botanique, 
Saigon, Cochin-China 
’s Lands Plantentuin, 
Buitenzorg, 

Java, Dutch East Indies 


We would appreciate corrections — or information about addi- 


tional pa publishing seec 


ee indicated by 
piece ) 


ar 
— 
on 

aa 


egret receiving no seed lists Gon extensive and important 


vacancies on the accompany map (Fron 


itis- 


oe 
oe 


Thube of ‘Arts and 


The Brooklyn” nshbute oF Its and Sciences 


pbaueel ee TCERS: OF; ape DOR RDEATL TRUSDERS ee 
Q f[e 


wiisino) .(-ێQl) viretrsup Sipe vidtrortid ; (ZSQf I) ylrotrsup 
inemiisqeb to ate. bas "ey Seis rtt eae Sto enomts 
-[soeim ,2obing Jail bsee .noivon an 0 CRE enmuonns ,tioqsi lstooqge 


-momt OF pest VednoPargnor RepT20iq sobis) ooiSeeona Wartet Parpippat | zuosns! 
WALTERUEOCRITTRNDER .1897 SADR Are! WAN SINDEREND 219d 


nt 2otsinotiO .yiisiveort: BdadduGicesPREsmeENt .bordzildsied .cAIOMAM 


UMNER FORD = ei Xb 
ee ee jm9eo 1g ay Cpe t9ioe Be, a ae a: as lo H 
6 ontbli id Sf ct 

aT Swine ee ne NiaseB!O Bae Beli sages ake ncn ob 

jo noltsises uloV 
EA SO Tae ‘Ginny, Covekn Engen 2B To aie a rs 2 ? Peel 
S HILDA LOIN g9n1d .ecoenq 80! 


Filius AaB ENGEN brtslel  t1ozoC Aer es pyar ¢ EST QGK AV 
2BPWARDISI BLUME xtofield) osnroM RSs LEWIS WiekRAL 1 GIS Jjnorttt 
MRS. WILLIAM H. CARY WILLIAM T. HUNTER:-99-!¢ 99m 

poWtdyg RRs db oRIQhEN DE Jf Tiig/ IBDWWENSP. MAYINARDIT ZOO 


borsdin brs ,gntesq io sAdsHREIOdigw MEDGR22 * 2B eae elesibotteq fi 
oss etnso cS 90110 .ermlov sno stutitenos e1sdatnn ovil-vine uisyiuosen 
FFICIO MEMBERSOP THE BosRD) omlov 5 00. 28 


bao sonlghep bo pee aine 6 ee HR gh sq v yn a aN ae 

cOQl .2zogsg OL sgt aiigatad tats ABE PBR sipoloiweaNd LN 0 V 
Wades hiius i ) JOVWSIDWTG EA 
iit COMMHSSTONER OF ee a 


MFsoged strom ot Yo Sawes7 “EMMY Ie a ey, 


M 
E0h N Of ENOL Kor i ee 


ae i splat aa L. NFOR He of MATION 


Gia whe, ¢ a tsi aageninee 

ay eit BSHID. cr mals 

ae een Meck Pawo ae ie miberstip ce 

ane y és Ui ‘Sistas Vi Hote, onde nll We ashingtan 
Broo ae 


Aso hans ‘Prosp is Be is ga 


Botanic Gane’ s open free to he aan daily from 8 3 ie ptt, gusk ; 
Gieuatoe andsHlotidays it bistopen BREIQatiblind .entortdelloo ot of CHC 
Enrrances—On Ff, Paths? AVE! aie! pipe boda anid Hea ae! ° 
ProspectdResermoirte om iWiashingtom oniAnende, SO f Eastern Parkway: and near 
Empire Boulevard; on Eastern Parkway, west of che ene Building.  .2if99 OF 
& ob Wabi Teebonie sie tof the, Lidbowadtory \Buildingsis cat ee Weep igien ‘Avenue, 
Gpposite ae reet 9 Ob Itsnt v&  .2tn9o 
wy AQoASSER div osiers, dnistudyings t the wollectists the services:of a 
docent may ay ee lis Seek eS rvigeis free, off chargéite pions ofthe B otante’ 


Ga to ers. there is ac f 50 t t 
be ade aoptieato Wee “or seta AP esse ae Oy sin, 
vance. No ties dults e conducted. 


2SGFo: Rea ce oe oe ee (BLP) Suny to [Probpéct “Park 
Staion aises atouieh Ou war ofl Bastern :Rankway-Buodkhyt A or her etd 
F es h poeey trolley (ore 
or mpkins Avenue tr Washi n Av n’s Place t ley. to 
Sere sos Wed Moe, re + Van ndet ete 
trolteyitoi Prospect sPALk? Plax aad’ Tnion th poi i a7 
on Long Isla na Tae Eastern paler ay oan ane tm fea ee ‘Washingt ae e;" 


hattan Bridge, folloy 
Tats Avenue’ WasteHh Be y; ita left’ is Homiae Bitljray fo fe Wastntston, i 


Moca wee A "1936. 


oV\ 
29259 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN 
PUBLICATIONS 


RECORD. Pee January, 1912. An administrative periodical issued 
quarterly sie 928) ; bimo ee (1929-19 32) ; quartedy (1933-). Contains, 
among other things, the Annual R eport of the director and heads of departments, 
special reports, announcements of toutees of instruction, seed list, guides, iticele 
laneous papers, and notes concerning Garden progress events ree to mem- 
bers of the Garden. To others $1. 00 a year. Giciiiec He 59 countries 


MEMOIRS. Established, July, 1918. Published irregularly. Circulates in 
47 countries. 

Volume I. Dedication Papers: comprising 33 scientific papers presented at 
the dedication of the laboratory building and plant houses, April 19-21, 1917. 
521 pages. Price $3.50, plus postage. 

Volume II. The vegetation of Long Island. Part I, The vegetation of 
Montauk: A study of grassland and forest. By Norman Taylor, June 11, 1923. 
108 pages. Price $1.00, plus postage. 

Volume III. Vegetation of Mount Desert Island, Maine, and its environ- 

ment. $20. “Baritetan Moore and Norman Taylor, June 10, 1927. 151 pages. 
Price 


CONTRIBUTIONS. Established, April 1, 1911. Papers originally pub lene 
in periodicals, pee as “separates” without change of paging, an mbered 
consecutively. enty-five OMeT Ss consti one volume. Price 25 cae each, 

00 a volume. Greece in 34 ¢ 

No. 70. Inheritance of resistance to loose smut in hybrids of Fulghum and 
Black Mesdag oats. 10 pages. 1935. 

No. 71. Physiologic specialization of the parasitic fungi. 19 pages. 1935. 

No. 73. Studies of the root nodule organisms of certain wild legumes. 19 
ae ae 

he effects of radium rays on plants: Résumé of the more important 

er ee 1904 to 1932, 27 pages. 1936. 


LEAF 
during April, May, June, aie er, and Oct ober. The purpose of the rae 
is primarily to give announcements concerning flowering and other plant sctigies 
o be seen in the Garden near the date of issue, and +0 ive popular, elementary 
information about plant life for teachers and others. Free to members of the 

rden. To ot a fifty cents a series. Single numbers 5 cents each. Circu- 
lates in 28 countr 
IDES to the Be Case pipulldings, aud grounds. Price based upon cost 
of publication. Issued as num the Rrecorp; see above. 

Guide No. 5. The Rock aoe 28 illustrations. Price, 35 cents. By mail, 
40 cents. 

Guide No. 6. qeeanese potted trees (Hachinoki). 11 illustrations. Price, 35 
cents. By mail, 40 cen 

o. 7. The ies of our boulders: Glacial geology aie ce Brooklyn 
Batanic Garden. 22 illustrations. Price, 35 cents. By mail, 

Guide ae & The story of fossil plants. 8 itiateations ie Me cents. By 
mail, 40 cen 

SE LIST. (Delectus Seminum) Bae ee December, 1914. Since 1925 
issued a year in the January number of the Recorp. Circulation includes 160 
botanic gardens and institutions located in 40 countries. 

ECOLOGY. Established, January, 1920. Published quarterly in codperation 
with the EcoocicaL Socrery or America. Subscription, $4.00 a year. Circulates 
in 48 countries. 

GENETICS. See py PRMEeY, 1916. Bimonthly. Subscription, $6.00 a 
year. Circulates in 37 countr 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD 


VOL. XXVI APRIL, 1937 NO. 2 


CONTAINING THE 


TWENTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 
OF THE 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN 


1936 


oP 


PSH FIRS Y-1997 


PUBLISHED QUARTERLY 
T PRINCE AND LEMON STREETS, LANCASTER, PA. 
BY THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 
BROOKLYN, N 


Entered as second-class matter in the post-office at Lancaster, Pa., under act of August 24, 1912 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN 


Educational, and Administrative Officers 
SCIENTIFIC AND EDUCATIONAL 
The Staff 
C. STUART GAGER, Ph.D., d.D., Dir 
MONTAGUE FREE, Certificate, Royal ete Gardens, Bear Hirhcutuhes 
ARTHUR HARMOUNT GRAVES, Ph.D., Curator of Public Instruction 
ALFRED GUNDERSEN, Docteur de [Universit as Curator of Plants 
WILLIAM E. JORDAN, B.S., Libra 
GEORGE M. REED, Ph.D., pe oF Plan ay ology 
ELLEN EDDY SHAW. BS. Gee of Elementary Instruction 
HENRY K. SVENSON, ee Curator of the Herbarium 
MARGARET M. DORWA d bby eeuae Curator of 
ana as Instructio 


Scientific, 


Other Officers 
MARY AVERILL, Honorary Curator of Japanese Gardening and Floral Art 
ROLD A. CAPARN, Consulting Landscape Architec 


RALPH CURTISS BENEDICT, Ph.D., Resident Investigator (Ferns) 
RALPH H. CHENEY, Sc.D., Resident Investigator (Economic Plants) 


EMILIE PERPALL CHICHESTER, Library Assistant 
ELSIE TWEMLOW HAMMOND, M.A., Instructor 
D. ELIZABETH MARCY, A.M., Ph.D., Research Assistant 
FRANCES M. MINER, A.B., senate LG 
HESTER M. RUSK, AM. Tnst 
L. GORDON UTTER, M.S., Reon. Det 


CHARLES F. DONEY, M.S., Curatorial Assistant 
WILLIAM H. DURKIN, Curatorial Assistant 
MARGARET BURDICK PUTZ, Curatorial me 

MARGERY H. UDELL, Curatorial Assi 
HILDA VILKOMERSON, AB., Curatorial aes 
LOUIS BUHLE, Photographer 
AUD H. PURDY, 4rtist 
ADMINISTRATIVE 
DANIEL C. aoa Secretary and ee 
MAUDE E. RIS, Assistant Secr 
NORMA SiGaieee BAN TA, Office ee 


MARIE-LOUISE HUBBARD, A.M., Secretary to ne ial 
RTRUDE W. MERRILL, AB., Field Secret 
FRANK STOLL, Registrar and Custodian 
A M. BREWSTER, eee ad 
ON , Stenographer 


LAUR 
pean PURVES EE 
EN E. BENNETT, eile 


THE BOTANIC GARDEN AND THE CITY 


THE BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN, established in 1910, isa De- 
partment of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. It is 
supported in part by municipal appropriations, and in part by 
private funds, including income from endowment, membership 
dues, and special contributions. Its articulation with the City is 
through the Department of Parks. 

The City owns the land devoted to Garden purposes, builds, 
lights, and heats the buildings, and keeps them in repair, and 1n- 
cludes in its annual tax budget an appropriation for other items of 
maintenance. One third of the cost of the present buildings 
(about $300,000) and of other permanent improvements (about 
$253,000) has been met from private funds. 

Appointments to all positions are made by the director of the 
Garden, with the approval of the Botanic Garden Governing Com- 
mittee, and all authorized expenditures for maintenance are made 
in the name of the private organization, from funds advanced by 
the Institute, which, in turn, is reimbursed from time to time by 
the City, within the limits, and according to the terms of the 
annual Tax Budget appropriation. 

All plants have been purchased with private funds since the 
Garden was established. In addition to this, it has been the 
practice of the Garden, from its beginning, to purchase all books 
for the library, all specimens for the herbarium, all lantern slides 
and photographic material, and numerous other items, and to pay 
certain salaries, with private funds. 

The needs of the Garden for private funds for all purposes, 
are more than twice as great as the present income from endowment, 
membership dues, and special contributions. The director of the 
Garden will be glad to give full information as to possible uses of 
such funds to any who may be interested. 


INFORMATION CONCERNING MEMBERSHIP 


The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences is organized in 
three main departments: 1. The Department of Education, 2. 
The Museums. 3. Vhe Botanic Garden. 

Any of the following seven classes of membership may be taken 


out through the Botanic Garden: 


— 


l PUMA IMOMIVE a4 sacies bee yeas $ 10 
2. DUstAie IMEMEr 44x ceed sendee ees 25 
ee OMG anon ke eto ae ste tuas 500 
4. Permanent member ..............00- 2,500 
Os OOO a daci away ee eens ee ead 10,000 
Dy TOOK: gkaeeces decease dues weeadoe 4 25,000 
Fp GRO sea ane tann ere eee eto uate et 100,000 


Sustaining members are annual members with full privileges in 
Departments one to three. Membership in classes two to seven 
carries full privileges in Departments one to three. 

In addition to opportunities afforded to members of the Botanic 
Garden for public service through cooperating in its development, 
and helping to further its aims to advance and diffuse a knowledge 
and love of plants, to help preserve our native wild flowers, and to 
afford additional and much needed educational advantages in 
srooklyn and Greater New York, members may also enjoy the 
privileges indicated on the following page. 
membership may be had by 
Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, 
vv appointment. Telephone, 


Further information concerning 
addressing The Director, Brooklyn 


Y., or by personal. conterence 
Prospect 9-6173. 


ik 
Za 


oO: 


4, 


mn 


Nn 


et 


Go 


2 


PRIVEE GES-OR MEMBERS HEP 


Free admission to the buildings and grounds at all times. 

Cards of admission for self and friends to all exhibitions and 
openings preceding the admission of the general public, and 
to receptions. 

Services of docent (by appointment), for self and party (of 
not less than six), when visiting the Garden. 

Admission of member and one guest to field trips and other 
scientific meetings under Garden auspices, at the Garden or 
elsewhere. 

Free tuition in most courses of instruction; in other courses a 
liberal discount from the fee charged to non-members. 

Invitations for self and friends to spring and fall “ Flower 

ays,’ and to the Annual Spring Inspection. 

Copies of Garden publications, as follows: 

a. Recorp (including the ANNUAL REporRT). 

b. GurpEs (to the Plantations and Collections). 

c. LEAFLETS (of popular information). 

d. CONTRIBUTIONS (on request. Technical papers). 

Announcement Cards (Post Card Bulletins) concerning plants 
in flower and other items of interest. 

Privileges of the Library and of the Herbarium. 

[expert advice on the choice and care of ornamental trees, 
shrubs, and herbaceous plants, indoors and out; on plant- 
ing the home grounds; the care of lawns; and the treatment 
of plants affected by insect and fungous pests. 

Determination of botanical specimens. 

Participation in the periodical distribution of surplus plant 
material and seeds, in accordance with special announce- 


Gs) 


ments sent to members from time to time. 

. Membership privileges in other botanic gardens and museums 
outside of Greater New York, when visiting other cities, 
and on presentation of membership card in Brooklyn Bo- 
tanic Garden. (See the following page.) 


FORMS OF BEQUEST TO THE BROOKLYN BOTANIC 
GARDEN 


Form of Bequest for General Purposes 
I hereby give, devise, and bec jueath to The Brooklyn Institute of Arts 
and Sciences, Brooklyn, N. Y., ihe SUNN Ola a aa Dollars, the in- 
come from w hick y said sum to be used for the educational and scientific work 
of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden 


Form of Bequest for a Curatorship 
I hereby give, devise, and bequeath to The Brooklyn Institute of Arts 


and Sciences, Brooklyn, N. Y., the sum « 


’ 


a 


rela geu phere aeoeeaheses Dollars, as an 
endowment for a curatorship in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, the income 
from which sum to be used each year towards the payment of the salary 
of a curator in said Botanic Garden, to be known as the (here may be 
inserted the name of the donor or other person) curatorship. 


Form of Bequest for a Fellowship 


I hereby give, devise, and ene to The cae Institute of Arts 
and Sciences, Brooklyn, N. Y., the LOlsieiece cee daes Yolars, the income 
from which sum to be ised: in he: payment of a fae for advanced 
botanical investigation in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, to be known as the 
fade fay tae ieee fellowship. 


Form of Bequest for other particular purposes designated by the testator 
I hereby give, devise, and bequeath to The Brooklyn Institute of Arts 
and Sciences, ehh N. Y, es SUM Oliae nag cea cawe Dollars, to be used 


CC 2 2 


* The following additional purposes are suggested for which endowment 
is needed: 


1. Botanical resear 

2. Publishing the eats of botanical investigations. 

3. Popular botanical publication. 

4. The endowment of a lectureship, or a lecture course. 
5. Botanical illustrations for publications and lectures. 
6. The purchase and collecting of plan 

7. The beautifying of the grounds. 

8. The purchase of publications for the library. 

9 


. Extending and enriching our work of public education. 
10. The establishing of prizes to be awarded by the Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden for botanical research, or for superior exce Hence of botanical work in the 
High Schools of the City of New York, 


OUT-OF-TOWN MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES 


— 


In accordance wit 
other institutions and organizations, Brooklyn Botanic Garden 


1a cooperative arrangement with a number of 


members, when visiting other cities, may, on presentation of their 
Botanic Garden membership card at the office of the cooperating 
museum or organization, be accorded, without charge, the same 
privileges as are enjoyed by the members of that institution, in- 
cluding admission to exhibits and lectures, and invitation to social 
events. This does not include being enrolled on the mailing list 
for publications, and does not include free admission to the Phila- 
delphia and Boston spring Flower Shows. 

In reciprocation, the members of the cooperating units, when 
visiting the Metropolitan district of Greater New York, will be 
accorded full membership privileges at the Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden. 

The cooperating units are as follows: 

Academy of Natural Sciences, Eeaceiphie, Pa 

Berkshire Museum, Springfield, 

Boston Society of Natural Eten, 3oston, Mass. 

a Yi Ye 


Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Charleston Museum, Charleston, S. C. 
Everhart Museum ee Natural History, Science and Art, Scranton, Pa. 
Fairbanks Museum of Natural Science, St. Johnsbury, Vt. 
Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, 
Los Angeles Museum, Los Aaseles, Calif. 
eres Hor Peuhideal Society, Boston, Mass. 
Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. 
ewark Museum, Newark, N. J. 
New York Sta aan Albany, N. 
Peabody ae of chaeology and Ss Cambridge, Mass. 
Pennsylvania Se es Society, Philadelphia, Pa. 
Philadelphia Commercial Museum, Philadelphia, Pa. 
Southwest Museum, Los Angeles, California. 


Fie. 1. Laboratory Plaza. Inner hedges of Fionyimius alata var. compacta; outer hedge, Privet. View from the 


ary 


t 


roof of the Laboratory Building, November 4. (9264) 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD 


VOL. XXVI 


APRIL, 1937 No. 2 


IWENTY-sIXTH ANNUAL REPORT 


OF TEE 


SROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN 
19306 
plese Cup CH aieae td oll Dame DAB elas Ga On 


To true Botanic GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE: 


I have the honor to present herewith the Twenty-Sixth Annual 
Report of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden for the calendar year 1936. 
“ Suppose that, instead of reading the page, we held the bound 


” 


volume to our ear and it spoke to us.” This unusual suggestion 
was made by the late John Jay Chapman in one of his books. To 
the writers of annual reports such a_ possibility appeals with 
peculiar force. But such a terrifying advantage is not available 
to them. They must still take for granted a certain initial in- 
terest, and must endeavor to sustain it throughout the silent pages. 

In preparing the annual reports of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden 
it has always been an inspiration to know that the group of trus- 
tees to whom they are primarily addressed, and also the members 
of the Woman’s Auxiliary and other members and supporters of 
t 


hope that the reports might be the means of extending and deepen- 


— 


1e Garden, have this initial interest. It has also been a perennial 


ing this interest. This hope has indeed been often realized. 


1] 


THE PLANTATIONS 


God's own planting) had not been 


“As Paradise (though « 
Paradise longer than man was put into it; so, nor will our Gardens 
remain long in their perfection, unless they are also con- 
tinually cultivated. ... We dare hardly pronounce it: there is 
not amongst men a more laborious life than is that of a good 
Gard’ners .. . but a labor full of tranquility and. satisfaction. 
A Gard’ners work is never at an end: It begins with the 
Year and continues to the next: He prepares the Ground, and 
then he Sows it; after that he Plants; and then he gathers the 
Fruits; but in all the imtermedial spaces he is careful to dress it 
and how intolerable a confusion will succeed a small neglect.’ 

The quotation is from the Sylva of John Evelyn, the diarist, the 
first book ordered printed by the Royal Society ( (1663 or 1664). 
itorial and other comment on the 


99S 


garden”). 


Co. 


There has been abundant. e 
excellent state of up-keep of our plantations (our 
This 1s due in large measure to the faithful and efficient services 
of our small foree of gardeners and the per diem men, several 
whom have been with us for a number of years, and all of whom 
have identihed their own interests with those of the Botanic 


Garden, 

But the gardening and maintenance forces are both quite in- 
adequate to meet the present needs. Each year, for a decade or 
so, more and more of the Garden's area has been brought under 
intensive cultivation. In succession the Laboratory and Conserva- 
tory Plazas with herbaceous borders, the Local Flora Section of 
about one aere, the Horti- 


some two acres, the Rose Garden 
cultural Section of three acres have been laid out and intensively 
planted. The Rose Garden requires all the time of two gardeners ; 
the new Florticultural Section should have the constant attention 
of two gardeners; the Local Flora Section needs the full time of 
one gardener with generous assistance according to season; and 
the Laboratory and Conservatory Plazas should have the un- 
one gardener. [It is anticipated that the 


divided attention o 
Garden of Medicinal and Culinary Plants will be planted in 1937. 
No trained gardener has been added to our force since all of these 
areas have been developed. Not only are gardeners needed for 
the gardening operations, but also for guard duty, and especially 


— 


13 


to give horticultural information in answer to the questions which 
are continually being asked by the visiting public. The Garden 
needs at least six more trained gardeners to enable us to enrich 
the content of the special gardens, to maintain them (and the 
Conservatories) at higher standards of perfection, and to serve 
the public more effectively. 


Attendance 

General Attendance.—No special effort has ever been put forth 
for the express purpose of increasing the outdoor attendance, but 
as the Garden has become more beautiful and more educationally 
effective the attendance has tended to increase each year, with the 
fluctuations, of course, which all such institutions experience, ow- 
ing to the vagaries of the weather and other causes. In 1936 it 
reached the impressive total of 1,567,304 persons as indicated by 
the registering turnstiles at the gates. This is really not the full 
tota 


— 


— 
— 


, for many persons enter the Garden through the Laboratory 
3uilding or elsewhere, without being counted. [Especial attention 
is called to the week-end attendance of 34,019 on May 16-18, 
and of 37,871 on May 9-11. The appended report of the curator 
of public instruction gives further data on attendance. 


The Rose Arc 

Our Rose Garden was first opened to the public in 1928, as a 
gift from Mr. and Mrs. Walter V. Cranford. The passing of 
Mr. Cranford in December, 1935, was recorded in the 1935 report. 
In January, 1936, the director received a letter from Mrs. Cran- 
ford suggesting that she would like to do something further for 
the Botanic Garden as a memorial to Mr. Cranford. For some 
time it has been our hope that we could begin the horticultural 
development of the Esplanade. In the spring of 1936 we also 
received offers of gifts of roses in greater variety and quantity 


Co, 


than could be accommodated in the Rose Garden. Our landscape 
architect, Mr. Caparn, had prepared a sketch, in color, for the 
treatment of the semi-circular south end of the Esplanade sub- 
stantially as an extension of the Rose Garden. 

The design includes a semi-circular water basin 58 feet wide, 
including coping, with a fountain as a central motif, surrounded 


BROOK 


ie 1, As Bees 
BOTANIC ( \RDEN 


Fic. 2. Double queue entering at Richard Young Gate. Sunday, May 10. The two lines continued for two hours. (9323) 


15 


by a series of 27 arches for climbing roses and beds for the shrubs, 
and a ground cover of Clytemnestra roses between the curved edge 
of the water basin and the paved walk. This design appealed to 
Mrs. Cranford as satisfactory for the purpose she had in mind, 
and the director was ia to proceed with the work at a 
cost not to exceed $520 


Lena 


The design, with ane fountain, was approved by the Art 
Commission of the City on June 9, 1936. The contract for con- 
structing the water basin and the steel arches was awarded to the 
lowest bidder, John Thatcher and Son. Work was begun on 
June 8, 1936 and completed on July 2. 

The water basin is of reinforced concrete, with a coping of 
Indiana limestone. The depth of the water is six inches at the 
north edge and ten inches at the south edge. Extending below 
the general level of the bottom are four built-in concrete basins, 
twelve inches deep, for soil for water lilies. 

There are stone bases for plant tubs at the two north corners 
of the basin. 

The fountain is a beautiful bronze piece, “ The Call of the Sea,” 
by Harriet Frishmuth, purchased from the Grand Central Art 
Galleries. It is about four feet high above the water level, and 
represents a young girl riding on the back of a large fish, holding 
on with one hand, and with the other raised in exultation. It is 
altogether a very beautiful piece. (See front cover page of this 
Neport. ) 

The roses, planted in the spring, included 100 ‘‘ Mrs. F. D. 
Roosevelt,” given by Charles A. and John H. Traendley, of Brook- 
lyn; 100 “ Carrie Jacobs Bond” and 100 Little Beauty, given by 
Henry A. Dreer, Inc., Riverton, New Jersey. 


The Rose Garden 

During the month of June (as in 1935) the Rose Garden was 
kept open to the public until & p.m., to enable those to enjoy it who 
are unable to come during regular working hours. The Rose 
Garden is not open to the public except when a guard or gardener 
can be in attendance. 

A view in the Rose Garden, including the Overlook, was repro- 
duced in color in the June issue of the Ladies Home Journal, thus 


16 


coming to the attention of its two and one-half million subscribers. 
sy an error the illustration was credited elsewhere. 


The Japanese Garden 


aan 


Mr. Vsuyoshi Tamura, in his delightful book, Art of the Land- 
scape Garden im Japan,’ after noting that the Japanese people, 
“when in a poetic or artistie mood . . . sit quietly, and contem- 
plate the mystic presence of the universe,” tells us that ‘ the garden 
of such a people could not have been other than what it is. The 
Japanese Garden is, therefore, primarily to look at. There are, 
no doubt, some exceptions to this in some of the larger gardens, 
but in its ordinary purpose, it was never thought of as a pleasant 
place for rambling and exercise. It is to be looked at for enjoy- 
ment in the same way as the kakemono (scroll painting) in the 
tokonoma”” (drawing-room alcove ). 

“ Love of nature is one of the outstanding racial characteristics 
of the Japanese... . Rather than to enjoy with open-air sports 
the invigorating power of Nature, our way is to sit quietly indoors 
and meditate on its eternal presence. ... It is then but natural 
that this mental habit of a people contemplating Nature while 
sitting quietly indoors should also have been expressed in our gar- 
den art and have caused its singularly picturesque development.” 

The sharp contrast between the Japanese and the American 
conception of a garden its almost daily illustratec 


— 


in the Brooklyn 
Botanic Garden. For us a garden is, above all else, a place to go 
mto, Americans and other occidentals always want to go into 
our Japanese Garden—to walk and sit and have their pictures 
taken im it—to eat lunches there, in fact, if they were allowed. 
The Garden ts kept closed in early spring, so that Japanese garden- 
ers may do the necessary work without constant interruption and 
annoyance from over-curious visitors, and so that the unpaved 
walks and trails may thoroughly dry out before being walked on. 
During this short “closed season” the garden is a beautiful 
picture to look at 


rom without, and the presence of the Japanese 
gardener adds a bit of delightful Japanese “color.” Our Ameri- 


can friends are impatient to get inside, where they really cannot 


! Published by The Society for International Cultural Relations (Nokusai 


Bunka Shinokai). Tokyo, 1935. 


7 


see the Garden as a whole—as a miniature landscape. But Jap- 
anese visitors, on the contrary, who are present almost daily, may 
be seen enjoying the Garden by viewing it with contentment and 
appreciation from across the lake. 

Our Japanese Garden still remains almost, if not quite, unique 
as the only Japanese Garden in a public park east of the Rocky 
Mountains. The endowment of this Garden affords an inviting 


— 


opportunity to an individual or an organization wishing to promote 
an interest in Japanese culture and art in America. There is 
needed a permanent fund that would yield not less than $3500 a 
year for curatorial oversight, the salary of a guard and gardener 
a trained Japanese 


(one person ), the temporary services of 


gardener, and the annual replacements and iuprovements. 


Local Flora Section 

Improvements in this section, and its scientific and educational 
significance are noted in the appended report of the curator of the 
herbarium, who is in charge. A number of large pieces of lime- 
stone rock have been needed for several years to give the proper 
soil condition for calciphile plants which cannot otherwise be 
successfully grown. The rock should be of such size and char- 
acter that it can be placed on the slope (reserved for this feature) 


in a way to simulate a natural outcrop. 


Fforticultural Section 
The foundational planting of this section has developed well 
during 1936—its first full year. 
The Wall Garden has already become a feature of public in- 
terest, and the lawn is well established. This Section greatly 


which have been designed for the north 


needs the “ furnishings ” 
and south ends, including a fountain, seats, and ornamental col- 
umns. The design for the south end is reproduced in Fig. 4. 


Medicinal and Culinary Plant Garden 
Plans for this garden were reported in my preceding Annual 
Report. The labor for grading and other work in preparing the 
site, made available in the WPA project approved for the Brooklyn 


Is 


Botanic Garden, was continued through a part of 1935 and for 
a few weeks in the spring of 1936, and then the men were trans- 
ferred to another project. An Advisory Committee for the 
Medicinal Plants and one for Culinary Plants have been organized. 


Conservatorics 


The Economic House of the Conservatories was first opened to 
the public on May 13, L914, with an inspection by members of the 
New York Association of Biology Teachers and their friends. 
This house is 104 feet long, 44 feet wide, and 36 feet high to the 
top of the lantern above ground level. [It was built by the Pierson 
U-Bar Co., not now in existence. Owing to the fact that 1t was 


built upon recently filled land, and partly to defect in design, this 
house began early to sag, and in a few months it had settled four 
inches. In December, 1914, the defect was remedied and the 
superstructure strengthened by four upright supports of steel 
tubes. 


Apparently, gradual settling continued, and on March 13, 1936, 
PI y,§ g 
we submitted to the Board of [Estimate and Apportionment a 


request for a supplementary appropriation for Repairs and Re- 


placements of $1800, the amount estimated by Hitchings and 
Company as sufficient to cover the necessary repairs. Subsequent 


inspection by engineers of the Park Department led to the con- 


clusion that more work and materials would be required than was 
originally thought and a more thorough method adopted. We 
are indebted to the Park Department for their cooperation in 
making the necessary inspection, preparing the plans and specifica- 


tions, and making application for a supplementary appropriation 
of $4200 to provide the total of $6000 required. This appropria- 
tion was voted by the Board of Fstimate and Apportionment. 
Bids were opened on December 31, 1936, and the contract awarded 
to the Balaban-Gordon Company of New York, the lowest bidder. 
Work will begin in January, and the contract time is 80 working 
days. 
RESEARCH 


In the dawn of civilization science was a pastime, “a sort of 


intellectual game,” which fasciated primitive men, possessed as 


19 


they were with a native curiosity. This is reflected in some of the 
terms, early introduced and current today, used in connection with 
the method of science. To investigate—the essence of science— 
means literally to follow footprints (vestigia). We might call it 
the method of Robinson Crusoe. It was what the primitive hunter 


— 


did in the chase—to follow a trail. 
Gradually the investigation of nature became more and more 
a vocation or pro- 


serious; from a game it became a business 
fession. Aristotle considered it a luxury for persons of wealth 
and leisure. Today it is no longer a luxury and no longer exclu- 
sively for persons of wealth and leisure; it is a necessity of modern 
Ibe 

Moreover, science has now reached a point where great dis- 
coveries are not likely to be made, even by men of genius, by such 
a simple procedure as watching a chandelier swing to and fro in 
church, or by dropping stones from the leaning tower of Pisa. 
We must have more or less expensive apparatus and supplies, a 
properly equipped laboratory, scientific assistants, and a fund for 
publication so that the results of research may be given to the 
world—not forgetting at least a living wage for the scientific 
man himself. 


— 


Tor all these reasons science must be endowed—either by men 


of wealth or by the state—preferably by the former. In this con- 


nection it is well to keep in mind the fact that most of the wealth 


jen 


of the moc 
application of the facts and_ principles 
eminently fitting, therefore, that those who have accumulated this 
wealth should devote at least a portion of it in generous measure 
to encouraging those who will forego the larger emoluments of 


ern world has been made possible by the practical 


f pure science... [tas 


business for the purpose of following footsteps along the trails 
that lead to more knowledge, and to intellectual emancipation from 
superstition and ignorance. 

For the past seventeen years the Garden has been largely de- 
pendent for research funds on the unsurpassed generosity of three 
or four loyal and understanding friends. In his letter of Novem- 
ber 15, 1920, to our Board of Trustees, offering to contribute 
$50,000 over a term of years to inaugurate at the Garden a re- 
search project in plant pathology, Mr. Alfred T. White expressed 


The 


Rose Garden on 


» 
XC 


Garden Day. 


June 9%. 


(9322) 


A| 
the hope that in due course the Garden would ultimately have a 
permanent endowment fund for research. This wish has not yet 
The results of the research carried on at the Garden 


been realized. 
are such as to amply justify a generous endowment fund to place 
this work on a permanent financial basis and provide for its con- 
tinuation without the handicaps which now limit its effectiveness 
and its logical extension. 

Brief summaries of the results of the investigations in progress 
at the Garden during 1936 are given on pages 39-62, foilowing. 


Pustic EDUCATION 

Rembertus Dodoens or Dodonaeus, the founder of botanical 
science in the Netherlands, in the 16th century, was the first bot- 
anist to serve as a university professor in that country. He was 
made a professor at the university of Leiden in 1582, he the his- 
tory of Dutch botany records that “ the lack of a botanical garden 
prevented Dodoens from any activity as * professor of botany” in 
the real sense.” He pursued his own botanical researches, and 
taught in the medical faculty, but it was then considered that 
botanic garden was absolutely necessary for proper instruction in 
botany. 

The labeled collections of a botanic garden, like those of a 
museum, are the most distinctive means of public education. ‘The 
problem of labels is both expensive and difficult. It has never been 
solved with entire satisfaction. During the past year the writer 
heard the question seriously raised as to whether it would not be 
better to give up the attempt to label the plants in a botanic garden 
because of the difficulty and expense. It was also argued that 
labels detract from the beauty of a garden. Shortly after this 
discussion there was overheard the following conversation between 


— 


three young men, apparently college upperclassmen, walking in the 
3rooklyn Botanic Garden: 

“Tson’t that a fine oak!” said one. “‘ That isn’t an oak, 
another, “look at the leaves.” ‘Let us read the label,” said the 
third (reading), ‘‘ Willow Oak.” “ Well, well,” answered the first, 
“T never knew before that there was an oak with leaves lke a 


” 


said 


It may be granted that many visitors to a botanic garden regard 


the plants merely as objects of beauty, or the trees for their shade. 
They are not interested to know the names or other facts about the 
trees and other plants. Vhe important fact to stress, however, is 
that some are, and that it is the main concern of a botanic garden 
to supply knowledge, to create a desire for it, and to make it 
readily available fo those who seck it. Vf only a small proportion 
learn something about plant life, have their curiosity satistied, and 
their interest quickened, the label—its initial expense and_ the 
trouble of installing and maintaining it—is fully justified. 

It is of the essence of public education to offer it to all. The 
majority may profit little from the opportunity. It is the small 
percentage of intellectuals who count; if is to that small number 
that we are indebted for all we know—for science, for civilization, 
Perhaps ninety percent of the human race have little or no intel- 
lectual interests. In all probability, the percentage of visitors who 
are interested in the educational aspects of the plantations of a 
botanic garden is as large as the percentage of the entire human 
race who have real intellectual interests along any line. 

Leaficts —The series of Brooklyn Botanic Garden Leaflets was 
established in 1913 for the purpose of giving popular information 
to members, teachers, and the general public concerning plant life 
and gardening and the collections and exhibits of 


the Botanic 
Garden. ‘They have been specially appreciated by teachers. Their 
popularity is reflected by the fact that their regular circulation has 
reached a total of 1696, while for some issues the figure is much 
higher. [t includes most of the states of the Union and 27 foreign 
countries. Ten issues a year is the regular number, but the eco- 
nomic condition of the Garden has made it necessary to issue a 
smaller number during the past three or four years, and in all 


1937, temporarily, we hope. 


probability the publication must be discontinued entirely during 


Periodical Articles on horticultural plants and gardening have 
appeared at frequent imtervals this vear (as previously) in the 
New York Sia, the New York Tunes, the Herald-Tribune, the 
Florists Exchange, the Bulletin of the American Iris Society, and 
various botanical, horticultural, and garden club journals. The 
total number of titles is 118. 


broadcasting. —In the spring of 1936 the Garden issued to its 


De 


mek 


members its first folder announcing radio broadcasts for the year 


— 


on aspects of plant life and the activities of the Garden. Members 


of the Garden personnel began broadcasting several years before 
1936. These talks appear to command a steadily increasing num- 
ber of listeners, especially those on the program of the Radio 
Garden Club. A list of 37 talks given during the year may be 
found beginning on page 127 of this report. The “ fan mail” 
resulting from these broadcasts steadily increases. 

A total of 131 lectures, addresses, and scientific papers have 
been given by the Garden personnel during the year. 

Classes —Special attention is called to the attendance at regular 


— 


3otanic Garden classes of 65,948, and at classes brought by 
teachers from local schools of 54,119, a total of 120,067 for all 


classes and lectures—an increase of 4884 over 1935. 


Elementary [ducation 


There are no statistics to indicate what percentage of boys and 


— 


girls of eight to eighteen vears of age would attend school volun- 
tarily for a series of years, but it is a significant fact that nearly 
66,000 children of that age level came voluntarily and eagerly to 
the Botanic Garden for serious study during 1936. The number 
has fluctuated around that total for many years, and one of the 
inmost gratifying facts is that many of these boys and girls have 
come regularly for as many as five to seven consecutive years. 
Education that makes an appeal of that kind must certainly be 
effective. The appended report of the curator of elementary 
instruction gives interesting details of this work for 1936. 

Extra Mural Activities—School used to be thought of as a 
place in a community. Now it is coming to be more and more 
recognized as an activity in the community. Phe work must, of 
course, center in some place where the activities are administered 
and correlated. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden, supported in part 
by Municipal appropriations, has always conceived it as part of 
its duty to render whatever cducational service it could to all 
residents of the City, and not merely to those who could come to 
the Garden. As is now well known, our “ extra mural ” activities 
include the ‘ bureau of public information,” which is, in fact, the 
entire personnel of the Garden, functioning by mail, telephone, and 


24 


radio, as well as for those who come to the Garden in person for 


information, The details of these “long arm” activities will be 


found recorded in the appended departmental reports. 


Ture PRERBARIUM 


ve , 


Ifacts must be collected,” said Agassiz, “ but their mere ac- 
cumulation will never advance the sum of human knowledge by 
one step; it is the comparison of facts and their transformation 
into ideas that lead to a deeper insight into the significance of 
Nature. 

A herbarium is not merely a collection of p 


cel 


ants; it is a collec- 
tion Of botanical facts, easily accessible for study—for comparison 


and for transformation into ideas. Many of the fertilizing gen- 


eralizations of botanical science were made possible or facilitated 
by the study of herbarium = specimens, collected from the four 
corners of the earth and made available to the botanist who could, 
by no possibility, have found money and time sufficient to observe 
these specimens as living plants in their native countries and 
habitats, 

he fact that there 1s no 


ae 


In earher reports we have stressed 
special virtue in large numbers. This is true of such a scientific 
collection as a herbarium, [ts size depends primarily upon the 
geographic range it is intended to cover; its value depends always 


upon the quality of the specimens, the completeness and accuracy 


of the data accompanying them, the care with which they are 
selected by collector and curator, the degree of completeness with 
which they cover a specified geographical area or a systematic 
group, and their ready accessibility. 

The herbarium of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden is being devoted 


to groups of plants that have been 


oe. 


largely to the local flora ane 
the object of special study by members of staff and registered 
students. It aims also to include enough representative specimens 
to become an epitome of the plant world. Special attention is also 
given to plants grown in this Botanie Garden. It will never be 
one of the larger herbariums, but it 1s yearly becoming more 


jaar 


effective for the purposes intended as above indicated. Dr. Sven- 
son, in his appended report (p. 86) calls attention to its richness 


in certain items, and to its increasing use. 


25 


The herbarium is an indispensable adjunct of a botanic garden, 


but our own herbarium, of some 150,000 specimens, is under- 
financed for providing suitable personnel, as well as specimens, 
field work, and supphes. An endowment specifically for this 
herbarium would be an effective means of advancing botanical 
science and education. 

Tue Liprary 

Hippocrates of Cos, in his treatise On the Old School of Medi- 
cine (De prisco medicina, 5th Century, B.C.) states that an in- 
quirer, if he is competent, will “conduct his researches with 
knowledge of the discoveries already made, and make them his 
starting point. But anyone who, casting aside and rejecting all 
these means, attempts to conduct research in any other way or 
after another fashion, deceives and is himself deceived.” 

To follow this teaching of Hippocrates was never more essen- 
tial than now and never more difficult, on account of the great 
amount of research material being published in widely scattered 
periodicals, both obscure and well known. This is one of the 
yf a scientific and 
educational institution. Another important function of the l- 


reasons why a library is so important a part 


brary is to make the published results of research available to 
amateurs and other laymen. Science could never thrive in an 
unsympathetic world or a world of general ignorance, and it 
should be one of the concerns of a scientific institution, like the 
Botanic Garden, not merely to conduct and publish research, but 
to promote public interest in science and to disseminate among the 
general public a knowledge of the aims and methods and results 


— 


of science. From the beginning of the Garden our library has 
been open free, daily, to the public. 

The appointment of the new librarian, Mr. Wilham E. Jordan, 
is recorded on page 33. The report on the brary for 1936 begins 


on page 92, The importance of a permanent library endowment 


— 


to provide for publications, binding, personnel, and other needs 


cannot be Overc mphasize ad. 


CooPERATION WITH FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCIES 
The Federal organizations known as WPA and PWA are 
frequently confused in the public mind, as to t 


— 
— 


leir nature, pri- 


26 


mary objectives, aud relation to unemployment relief. As re- 
cently explamed, “ PWA is concerned primarily with the con- 
struction of large-scale public works, usually done under private 


contract, and with no requirement that any considerable number 
of its workers shall be taken from relief rolls. In practice, it 
has resulted in the employment of so small a proportion of those 
on relief that it has never seemed appropriate to melude PWA 
expenditures in any computation of relicf costs.” 

“WPA, on the other hand, consists of smaller and simpler op- 
erations, recruits most of its workers from persons on relief, pays 
a ‘security wage’ for limited hours of employment, and thereby 
closely resembles the former program of work relief.’ Its ex- 
penditures are a part of the cost of relief. It was established by 
the Federal Government in August, 1935. 


IT “orks Progress P. Ldiminist SE] al Vil 


The workers here at the close of 1935 continued the same 
projects from January 1, 1936, with the usual fluctuations of per- 
sonnel. On June 3, we signed the WPA Proposal, mecluding out- 
line of activities and request for approval and funds for the 
period beginning July 7, 1936. The WPA office estimated that 


— 


the money value of the Garden's contribution (overhead, super- 
vision, supplies, ete.) was $12,580, for the indoor workers only— 


not including the men on the grounds. 


Indoor IVorkers 
I. Project Identification 
a. Official Project Number : 65—97-311. 
b. Service or Job Number: 1374. 
c. Descriptive Title: Cooperation with regular Brooklyn 


— 


Jotanic Gare 
d. Sponsoring Agency: The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and 


en persomnel. 


ScIGHCES. 
Cooperating Agency: Brooklyn Botanic Gar« 


fly 


en. 
I]. Duration of Project 
First begun under CWA or ERA: February, 1934. 
b. Begun operating under WPA: August 1, 1935 
nitely 
Iestimated date of completion: May be continued inde 


_~ 
ap) 
| 


ae 
Maximum number of persons: 62. 
Minimum number of persons: 39. 
Number as of December 31, 1936: 55. 

e. Average payroll for the year: $1406 per week. 
III. Phases of Project 


ot 
Qu 


Stenography Herbarium assistance 

Typing Photographer's assistant 
Translating Publication-Stockroom assistance 
Laboratory assistance Janitorial assistance 

Switchboard operation Guard duty in building 


Assistance in Photograph and Lantern Slide Department 


Outdoor IWVorkers 

On March 26 all WPA workmen assigned on outside work 
through the Department of Parks were removed and the projects 
suspended for the remainder of the year. This was a serious 
matter for the Garden as it left several places on the grounds 
badly messed up and much needed improvements incomplete—in 
particular, the site of the Medicinal Plant Garden, the small ravine 
for Cryptogams on the south shore of the lake, the Pergola for the 
Fleece Vine, and work on the Local Flora Section. Our own men 
were able, during the spring, to complete the work on the Pergola, 
and to complete the grading and seeding of the site of the Medici- 


nal Plant Garden. 
Data on the outc 
are given in the appended report of the horticulturist. 


oors force of guards, technician, and handymen 


any 


CooPERATION WITH OTHER ORGANIZATIONS 

United States Botanic Garden —The report of the Sub-commit- 
tee on Scope and Function, of which the director of the Brooklyn 
Garden is a member, was submitted to Mr. Frederic A. Delano, 
Chairman of the Planning Committee, by Mr. B. Y. Morrison, 
Chairman of the Sub-committee, on January 28, 1936. 

The Department of Health of New York City arranged with the 
Garden for the instruction of a class of men on poisonous plants 
and plants that cause hay-fever. The class, of 8 members, began 
on July 9. Two sessions were held under the instruction of Miss 


— 


Rusk. 


Pes 


Fra, 4. Horticultural Section. Pro yosed fountain, seats, and columns at south end. The anting is now in ylace. Sketch 
l 5 1 
by the landscape architect. (8996) 


29 


Department of Parks—Last year plans were made for a closer 
cooperation between the Garden and the Department of Parks. 
The Park Commissioner had specially suggested that the Garden 
might issue publications and news items concerning the plant life 
in the Parks of the City. 

During October and November we received our annual supply 
of leaves from Prospect Park (Mr. R. C. Jenkins, Borough Di- 
rector). This is in exchange for grass supplied, as usual, by the 
Garden during the summer for the Park Zoo. 

Among the gifts received last December were four loads of 
serpentine rock, given by Mr. Ernest Flagg of Dongan Hills, 
Staten Island. This rock was needed to provide special soil con- 
ditions in our Native Wild Flower Garden. This rock was deliv- 
ered by trucks of the Department of Parks, New York City, 
through the courtesy of the Park Commissioner, Mr. Robert 
Moses. 

Police Department. 
throug 


The cooperation of the Police Department 
1 Precinet 74, Captain Daniel MeGlinchy, which has charge 
of the entire Garden inside the fence, has been most satisfactory 
and efficient, as has also the cooperation through Precinct 71, Cap- 


— 
— 


tain John Mooney, having charge of Washington Avenue along the 
Garden frontage and our five entrances there, and through Pre- 
cinct 80, Captain Edward Miller, along the two Eastern Parkway 
gates and frontage. 

The need is constantly emphasized of adequate police surveil- 
lance, to insure proper conduct anc 


— 


conformity to the rules and 
regulations by the visiting public, and for service in emergencies. 

There have been three fires in the Garden during the year, for 
two of which it was necessary to call the Fire Department. On 


— 


April 20 a fire at the northwest corner of the Garden, near the 
north Flatbush Avenue gate killed about six shrubs, besides miscel- 
laneous damage. 

On May 15 it was found that during the preceding night a fire 
was started in the southwest corner of the woven-wood fence sur- 
rounding the Japanese Garden. This fire destroyed some twenty 
feet of fencing besides the damage to espalier shrubs growing on 
thetence: 


The third fire was discovered about eight o’clock on the night 


30 


of June 2, in the peat and mulch around the blueberry shrubs in 
the Ericaceae section of the Garden. It was discovered just in 
time to save several valuable specimens. 

A previously unreported fire occurred during the afternoon of 
October 20, 1935, spreading in the dry leaves along the Flatbush 
Avenue fence, and injuring and killing several shrubs. All four 
of these fires were the result of a pandemic and expensive narcotic 


habit which need not be more specifically designated. 

Not all of these fires were discovered by a police officer, but they 
are cited here to emphasize the need of continuing oversight by 
policemen and guards. 

Moreover, police services are needed not only when the Garden 
is full of people. Vandalism usually occurs, as did our four fires, 
when there are few visitors around or after closing hours when 


pare 


there are no visitors. Major and minor cases of vandalism, a 
times involving considerable property loss, occur annually, but we 
have reason to believe that the Botanic Garden is freer from this 
than are various other areas in the City. 

Vandalism is, of course, a very old problem. Not to go back to 
the historic Vandals, we may get a shorter perspective on our own 
problem by recalling that in 1759 the Duke of Richmond threw 
open this collection of casts from antique sculptures to students of 
art. The privilege had shortly to be withdrawn because ** some 
young men... mutilated... the statues by wantonly breaking 
off fingers, thumbs, and toes.” 


ice service has been enhanced 


pay 


During 1936 the efficiency o 
the Garden plain-clothes men and also police 


po 


1 


am) 


by stationing 


ss 


women in plain clothes. 

At the request of Captain Iield, of the Fire Alarm Telegraph 
Station, Washington Avenue and [empire Boulevard, our land- 
scape architect, Mr. Caparn, went to the Station House last spring 
and gave advice concerning the planting of the grounds around the 
building. 

Brooklyn Museuin.—In November the Brooklyn Museum of- 
fered to send to the Garden, on long term loan, two metal Japanese 
Lanterns. Miss Averill, our Curator of Japanese Gardening, 
found suitable locations for these lanterns in the near vicinity of 
our Japanese Garden, and they were delivered on November 24. 


31 


“atmosphere” of our Jap- 


a 


They will add much to the Japanese 
anese Garden. 

State Institute of Applied Agriculture on Long [sland—lIn the 
spring of 1934 a cooperative agreement was entered into between 
the Botanic Garden and this Institute at Farmingdale, by which 
land was placed at our disposal for experimental cultures, includ- 
ing Iris and Sorghum, under the supervision of Dr. Reed—in 
1936 about one acre for Iris and one-half acre for Sorghum. 
This has not only given us additional area, but also the advan- 
tage of plantations removed from the unfavorable air of the 
Citys 
and healthy and the flowers of better color than those subject to 
the sulphur dioxide, soot, and dust of the air of Brooklyn. The 
State Institute, in turn, derives an educational advantage from the 


— 


1e plants at Farmingdale are noticeably more vigorous 


presence of this material readily accessible for class instruction. 
In his report on Research Dr. Reed acknowledges (p. 44) our 
indebtedness to the courtesy of Director TH. B. Knapp. 

Brooklyn College—The Garden has arranged with Brooklyn 
College (operating under the Board of Higher [Education of the 
City) to offer a scholarship in our Saturday field courses, as an 
award for superior work in the Biology Department of the College. 
Miss Ruth Pearl, the first botany student in the College to be 
awarded this scholarship, registered in the courses on Trees and 
Shrubs (A9 and B14). 

International Flower Show. 
Mr. Free, our exhibit at the International Flower Show, Grand 


As reported by the horticulturist, 


Central Palace, March 16-21, was awarded a gold medal. The 
exhibit was planned by Mr. I'ree and installed by our gardeners 
under his supervision. There were included more than 200 kinds 
of plants, some of which had never been exhibited before as rock 
garden plants. Series XXII, No. 1 of our Leaflets was devoted 
to this exhibit, which received more than 30 notices 1n newspapers 
and horticultural journals. The exhibit also received from the 
Garden Club of America a certificate of c sndation for its edu- 


cational value. 

On Tuesday of Flower Show week, March 17, the association 
known as the Junior Garden Clubs of America held its annual 
meeting at the Garden, under the sponsorship of the publication, 


De 


Better Homes and Gardens. Vhis Junior Garden conference is 
recorded in the appended report of the Curator of [Elementary 
Instruction, 

As for several years past, the Garden is obligated to Mr. Wil- 


ham T. Hunter, of our Governing Committee, for the loan of the 


— 


motor truck of his firm, A. Schroeder's Son, to transport our 
exhibit to and from the Grand Central Palace, Manhattan. Once 
again, also, Mr. Hunter served as Acting Chairman of the Gov- 
erming Committee during the winter absence of Miss Loines in 
Ilorida. 

Miscellaneous —The Garden has cooperated in many ways, as 
usual, with various other organizations, quite too numerous for 
complete mention here, The Director of the Garden has continued 
for the ninth year as a member of the Board of the Horticultural 
society of New York; for the sixteenth year as a member and the 
fifth year as Chairman of the Committee on Plant Quarantines of 
the Merchants Association of New York. He has also served as 
President of the Botanical Society of America for the year 1936. 

lturther details of cooperation are given in the appended depart- 
mental reports. 

PisRSON NEL. 

Mr. William A. Putnam, one of the original members of the 
Botanic Garden Governing Committee of our trustees (since 
1910), died at his home in Brooklyn on February 29, 1936. Mr. 
Putnam was one of the few remaining members of the group of 
public spirited citizens who were active in promoting the educa- 
tional and cultural welfare of Brooklyn when it was an independent 
city, and who have continued this interest since Brooklyn became 
one of the five boroughs of Greater New York. This change in 
the municipal status, combined with the growing tendency to trans- 
fer permanent residence, and with it a portion at least of civic 
interest, to the suburbs, while it could not add to our sense of loss, 
makes the passing of these residents of the old “ City”? of Brook- 
lyn more serious than nught otherwise be the case. Mr. Putnam 
was appointed to the Botanic Garden Governing Committee by Mr. 
Alfred TV. White. He was a life member of the Brooklyn In- 


eH 


stitute since 1901, and became a trustee in 1914. He was one o 
the most regular attendants at Governing Committee meetings and 


33 


at Spring and Fall Inspections of the Garden until prevented by 
the infirmities of age (he was 88), and a generous contributor to 
the private funds budget for a quarter of a century. 

_ Mr. Gates D. fahnestock, a member of the Board of Trustees 
since June, 1904, and a member of the Botanic Garden Governing 
Committee of the Board since 1910 (the year in which the Garden 
was established), died at the Peck Memorial Hospital, Brooklyn, 
November 5, 1936, aged 83 years and seven months. He was born 
at Gettysburg, Pa., April 5, 1853, and as a small boy witnessed the 
battle of Gettysburg. Mr. Fahnestock served on several com- 
mittees of the Board, and acted as treasurer from 1904 to 1911, 
giving most generously of his time and ability to all Departments 
of The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences—Iducation, Mu- 
seums, and Botanic Garden. 

Dr. George M. Reed, Curator of Plant Pathology, was awarded 
the honorary degree of Doctor of Science at the annual Com- 
mencement of his alma mater, Geneva College, Beaver, Pennsyl- 
vama, in June. 

Mr. . ‘uham FE. Jordan entered upon his duties as librarian 
March 16, 1936. Since the retirement of Mr. Calvin W. Foss, on 
sick leave from 1934 to 1935, Mrs. Emilie Perpall Chichester acted 
as library-assistant-in-charge. Mur. Jordan received the degree of 


paren 


B.S. from Cornell University in 1927, majoring in entomology and 
with minors in various branches of botany. This was followed 
by a semester of graduate study in the Yale Forestry School. He 
has had practical field work in the U. S. Forest Service in Montana 
and in the Japanese beetle laboratory in New Jersey; in Lafayette 
(now Acadia) National Park, Mt. Desert Island; also several 


months in a commercial greenhouse, and several months in a com- 


mercial nursery. Mr. Jordan graduated from Pratt Institute 
School of Library Science with the class of 1933. He acted as 
assistant in the New York Public Library, Science and Tee shnology 
Division (1927-1928), and in the Library of the U. S. Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. (1934-1936 ) 

Miss Margaret M. Dorward, Assistant Curator of Elementary 
Instruction since January 1, 1933, resumed her duties October 1, 
1936, after a year’s leave of absence for the purpose of study at 


the Swanley Horticultural College, Swanley, Kent, england. 


34 


Miss Beatrice Clark, A.B., Wellesley College, 1935, was given a 
temporary appointment as instructor from October 14, 1935 to 
June 30, 1936, in connection with the absence of Miss Dorward, 
She has accepted a position on the faculty of Shore Road Academy, 
Brooklyn. 

Mr. Charles F. Doney, B.S., Cornell University, 1929, M.S., 


from December 7, 1931 to December 3, 1934, was appointed Cura- 
torial Assistant (in charge of woody plants) in the Department of 
Plants, beginning as of January 1, 1935.) (Omitted from preced- 
ing Annual Report.) 

Philip Masterson, heating engineer since October 1, 1917, died 
suddenly at his home of a heart attack on Sunday, October 25. 
Ile was the second engineer in the twenty-six year’s history of the 
Garden. During his nineteen years and twenty-five days of serv- 
ice Mr. Masterson was faithful and efferent in the discharge of his 
duties, and won the respeet and affection of all his associates. 

Gustav S. Jansson, who has done most of the repairs and re- 
placement work on our heating plant and steam lines for the past 
nine years, and who is therefore thoroughly familiar with it, was 
appointed engineer in place of Mur. Masterson, beginning as of 
November 1. 

Mrs. Evelyn M. Gailer, who came to us as Miss Williams, served 
as stenographer in the Department of [elementary Instruction from 
September 28, 1928, to February 28, 1929, and returned on Sep- 
tember 1, 1928 to the office of the director. Mrs. Gailer resigned 
as of October 31. 

Mrs. Helen E. Bennett, who was at the Garden as office assistant 
in the director’s office on temporary appointment from March 13, 
1935, to September 31, 1936, was appointed stenographer in place 
of Mrs. Gailer, beginning as of November 1. 

Miss Marton L. Meurlin, who had charge of the supply of study 
material to EHligh Schools, beginning September 1, 1935, resigned 


as of June 5, 1936. 
\WoMAN’S AUNILIARY 


As in previous years the Garden is deeply obligated to the mem- 
bers of the Woman's \uxihary for their enthusiastic support and 


Ie) 
for the success of numerous functions wholly or largely in charge 
of that organization. These activities are recorded in the appended 
report of the Field Secretary. A list of the officers and members of 


the Auxiliary begins on page 134. 


MEMBERSHIP 


— 


The number of members (1005), as of the date of publication 
of this report, represents a slight decrease (26) from 1935. 


It should be kept in mind that some of the memberships, listed 
under the headings of Benefactors, Patrons, and Permanent and 
Life Members, do not represent any income for Botanic Garden 


f living, 


purposes, even though, they enjoy full membership 
privileges in the Garden. Their enrollment resulted from gifts to 
other Departments of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, 
in some cases made before the Botanic Garden was established or 
even contemplated. In other instances enrollment in Life Mem- 


— 


bership or one of the higher classes, has been in consideration of 


other than financial gifts, and such memberships do not represent 
annual income, although the gift may have been for Botanic 
Garden purposes. 

hes ntmber -O1 pr esent memberships representing annual in- 
come is only approximately 679 (Annual 591, Sustaining 64, 
18, Donor 1, Patron 3, Benefactor 2). This number, so sma 
for a Borough of 2,600,000 population in a City of some 6,000,000, 


is partly a reflection of the general economic depression. 


— 
~ 


—4 
— 


BEQUEST AND GIFTS 
Frothingham Bequest—The untimely death, on November 20, 
1935, of Mr. John W. Frothingham, a trustee and a member of 
the Botanic Garden ea ning Committee, was recorded in our 
preceding Annual Report under date of May 5, 1936. We re- 
ceived a letter from his sister, Miss Elisabeth W. Frothingham, 

which contained the following statement: 
“My brother left with his will a letter asking me to deliver to 
the Botanic Garden the sum of $10,000.09 for which he left me 
vat amount in his will, and a check for which I enclose. Thus 


ct 
— 


the gift is from him, and is to be so designated. . . . I send this 
with my best wishes for the Garden and its important work 
remembering, as I well do, my brother’s deep interest therein.” 


*): 


10) 


Mr. Frothingham was an active factor in helping to make possi- 


jk 


ble the continuation of our research project in plant pathology 
after the death of Mr. Alfred T. White, who made the initiation 
of the project possible. The bequest became available at a time 
when additional income was urgently needed. The principal has 
been set up as the John TH". Frothingham Bequest, and is included 
for the first time in the appended financial statement for 1936, 
Account No. 17.) In harmony with the wish of the testator, the 
income from this fund is restricted to the scientific and educational 


en 


work of the Garden, and may not “ used for general maintenance. 

Rose Arc—The generous gift of Mrs. Walter V. Cranford of 
$5200 to meet the cost of the ae Are (in effect, an extension 
of our Rose Garden) is recorded on page 13. 

Woman's Auviliary.—Special mention is also made of the gifts 
of the Woman’s Auxiliary of $675 on March 16, and $325 on 
May 28. The first gift was applied to the cost of beautifying the 
grounds, and for two bronze tablets for the trees planted several 
years ago by Prof. Hugo deVries, of Amsterdam, Holland, and 
by Prof. Adolph Engler, of Berlin, Germany. 

Eriophorum Capee—An item of local historic interest is the 
eift by Mrs. Belle Storrs, 


by her grandmother, who lived on Long Island more than 100 


ft Brooklyn, of a shoulder cape made 


years ago. The cape was made by sewing the dried floral parts 
of the Virginia cottongrass (/riophormm WVirginicum), of the 
Sedge Family, to a cloth foundation. The numerous long, thread- 


like, dingy-brown bristles give surface-appearance and feel of a 
very soft silky fur. This /eriophorum is common on Long Isk i 
and this cape is an interesting example of the economic use of 
native vegetation. 

Narcissus Bulbs —TVhe appended report of the horticulturist 
records the gift received on November 6, from the American 
Mt 4823 bulbs of daffodils in 56 
varieties. “Phe members of the Association who contributed were 


Narcissus Growers Association 


the Stumpp and Walter Company, New York City (3750 bulbs) ; 
Mr. Hanulton Ff. Gronen, Gronen Datfodil Gardens, Puyallup, 
Washington (648 bulbs); and Arthur Bowman, Ine., Portland, 
Oregon (425 bulbs). 

A list of the vear’s gifts begins on page 105. They have all 


of 
been greatly appreciated and have been acknowledged with the 
thanks of the Botanic Garden Governing Committee of the 
Trustees: 
FINANCIAL 
Tav Budget and Private Funds 

The total budget for 1936 was $183,102.19, as against $169, 

248.55 in 1935, as follows: 


1935 1936 Increases 

ease sBUde Chae ante a ate e he. $ 82,410.68 $ 89,944.31 $ 7,533.63 
EATelivt UCM GLI Cl Seay ew een tea eee ee 86,837.87 93,157.88 6,320.01 
il Bro 71 Ian ee oe ore ee ee $169,248.55 $183,102.19 $13,853.64 


The total budget for 1936 was $45,765 less than for 1930, the 
first year of the “depression” ($228,867-$183,102). 

The Private Funds budget was $3,213.57 more than the Tax 
3udget. For the past eight years the percentages of the two 
budgets have been as follows: 


1929 1930) 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 


Tax Budget ..... 43% 44% 48% 50% 47.2% 49.2% 48.3% 49.1% 
Private Funds ... 57% 56% 52% 50% 528% 50.8% 51.7% 50.9% 


The Tax Budget appropriation was $1948.69 less than was 


requested, as follows: 


—= 


Requested Granted Change from 1935 
er sna lias Civic Ae iso tet $72,406.00 $69,085.68 $3,320.32 Decrease 
@thers@od es: 30 nares see 19,487.00 20,858.63 1,371.63 Increase 

MoOtalSean seer eh tea rs. $91,893.00 $89,944.31 $1,948.69 Decrease 
NEEDS 
“Tt is a sad sign when, in the hour of her distress, a nation 


sacrifices first her intellectual institutions. “Then, more than ever, 


— 


when she needs all the culture, all the wisdom, all the comprehen- 
siveness of her best intellects, should she foster the institutions 
that 


do good service to their country in her time of need.” 


— 


jave fostered them, and in which they have been trained to 


38 


It was Louis Agassiz who found a logical place for the comment 
just quoted, in his AWethods of Study in Natural History, pub- 
lished in 1870. 

When the world-wide economic depression began in 1930 it was 
institu- 


not only private incomes that suffered. The budgets « 
tions—hospitals, colleges, museums, botanic gardens—were also 
seriously affected. The budget of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden 
fell from $228,867 in 1930 to $168,250 in 1934—a loss of $60,617. 
The recovery in 1936 was only $14,852. 


Such loss of income of institutions was inevitable and logical, 


but it is also equally logical that with general economic recovery, 


Mf which there are now faint signs, the budgets of those insti- 


Y 


tutions which foster knowledge and all that goes to make uy 
civilization should also begin to recover their former effectiveness. 
An annual attendance equal to more than one-half the population 
f Brooklyn leaves no doubt but that the Brooklyn Botanic Garden 


is meeting a real need in the intellectual and recreational life of 
the City. It merits financial as well as moral support commen- 
surate with the value and extent of its services to the community. 

To a large extent the Botanic Garden is dependent upon annual 
contributions of funds; but when persons with large incomes be- 
come obligated to hand over in taxes to various divisions of gov- 
ernment up to as much as 75 per cent. of their incomes (in the 
higher brackets), their voluntary contributions to public institu- 
tions must be correspondingly diminished. [very educational and 
charitable institution in America has come to realize this. In the 


— 


case of the Botanic Garden, since 1918 annual contributions o 
thousands of dollars from individual donors have fallen to hun- 
dreds of dollars. Some have ceased entirely. Clearly, the day of 
large benefactions from living donors is, in general, over. The 
basis of hope for benefit: from bequests becomes increasingly 
slender. 

The Botanic Garden is face to face with the most serious finan- 
936 is 


that in 1937 we shall, for the first time in the history of the Garden, 


— 


cial situation in its history. The indication at the close of 


pk 


begin a new year without a balanced budget. And yet our needs 
and the demand of the public for the services we render will be 


greater than ever. Any possibility of enriching and extending our 


3g 


work during the coming year seems now (December, 1936) quite 


out of the question. 
In July, 1935, the Brooklyn Botanic Garden entere 


an 


1 upon the 
second quarter century of its existence. It is a young institution. 
So far, it has manifested the vigor, the mistakes, and the promise 
of youth. It has only been able to demonstrate the lines along 
which a botanic garden may develop, to formulate ideals, and to 
lay foundations. The enrichment of its program and its progress 


es 


as an institution indispensable in the cultural life of Brooklyn will 
depend primarily upon the financial resources made available in 
the near future through Tax Budget appropriations and private 
munificence. 
Respectfully submitted, 
C. STEART GAGER: 


INDO TS ON RESEARCH -FOR O36 
PLANT PATHOLOGY 
By Grorce M. REED 
Influence of the Growth of the Host on Sinut Development 
Additional experiments were carried out on the influence of the 
growth of the oat plants on the development of the loose and 
covered smuts. One specialized race of the loose smut and two 
of the covered smut were used. [ach smut was sown on two 


— 


varieties, one of which was highly susceptible and the other 
usually gave a moderate amount of infection. Several series of 
inoculated plants were grown with and without nitrate, with and 
without phosphate, and with and without potash. In other ex- 
periments an excess of nitrate, potash, or phosphate was used. 

In order to eliminate the influence of external factors on infec- 
tion, the seedlings were germinated under the most favorable 
conditions. The seed was planted in sand with a low moisture 
content and germinated at a temperature of 20° C. The young 
anted, and from time to time the 


= 


seedlings were then transp 
various combinations of nutrient solutions were supplied. 

The results confirm those which have been obtained in previous 
years. In the various experiments there were very decided dif- 


40 


ferences in the rate of growth and development of the oat plants. 
Hlowever, the varieties fully susceptible to a particular race of 
smut showed practically complete infection im every series, while 
the varieties which showed a moderate amount of infection gave 
no essential differences in the various experiments. 

These investigations have been supported in part by a grant 


from the Penrose Fund of the American Philosophical Society. 


Physiologic Races of the Oat Smuts 


A large number of collections of both loose and covered smuts 
were used to inoculate a series of varieties of oats, which belonged 


—_ 


to different recognized species. Most of the collections have 


already been grouped on the basis of their behavior, and the main 
object was to determine more particularly their capacity for in- 
fecting varieties of oats which have been developed in compara- 
tively recent years. 

In cooperation with Mr. TP. R. Stanton, Division of Cereal Crops 
and Diseases, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C., ex- 
tensive data on the behavior of the collections of loose and covered 
smuts on red oat varieties were published. ‘two very distinct 
strains of loose smut have been differentiated, one occurring on 
the Fulghum group of red oats, and the other on the Red Rust- 
proof group. The Fulghum loose smut, while distinctly special- 
ized, occurs on a rather wide range of varieties. The RKed Rust- 
proof race is much more limited in its capacity for infection, 
Collections of covered smut have been made only on the Fulghum 


group of varieties. Of special interest is the fact that these 
collections of covered smut attack the hitherto recognized resistant 
Black Mesdag. Many additional varieties of oats belonging to 
the red oat group, as well as others, were specially tested with 
these various collections of smut, and the Red Rustproof race has 
continued to show very sharp limitation to a few varieties. 

Evidence has been obtained that there are distinct specialized 
subraces of both loose smut and covered smut on the Fulghum 
types. 


41 


Studies on the Inheritance of Resistance of Oat Hybrids to Loose 
and Covered Smuts 


Additional experiments were carried out with a series of oat 
hybrids: Hybrid 83, Canadian & Black Norway; Hybrid &4, Scot- 
tish Chief * Black Mesdag; Hybrid 85, Black Mesdag * Danish 
Island; and Hybrid 86, Monarch Selection & Gothland. These 
hybrids differ in the reaction of the parental varieties to definite 


as 


specialized races of loose and covered smuts. In previous years, 
data have been obtained on the behavior of second and third 
> of smut 


ar 


generation plants with a view to determining the mode 
inheritance. During the past year a large number of additional 
third generation progenies of all of these hybrids was grown, the 
results supplementing those previously obtained. 


Studies on Cultures of the Oat Smuts 


Mr. L. Gordon Utter has continued his studies on cultures of 
the loose and covered smuts of oats on artificial media in flasks 
and has carried out infection experiments with them. 

The Missouri races of loose and covered smuts of oats are 
distinct from one another on the basis of three definite charac- 
teristics: (1) type of smut produced on the oat spikelets; (2) the 
chlamydospore walls are either spiny or smooth; and (3) their 
capacity for infecting different oat varieties. In the loose smut 
the spikelets usually are entirely destroyed and replaced by black, 
dusty masses of chlamydospores which have spiny walls. The 
Gothland variety 1s completely susceptible to this smut, while 
Monarch is resistant. ies covered smut only partially destroys 
the oat spikelets, and the chlamydospores are smooth-walled. This 
smut causes complete infection ‘of Monarch, but Gothland is fully 


— 


resistant, 
On germination, the chlamydospores of both smuts produce a 


=s 


germ tube which bears four small, thin-walled spores, which can 


tured on a suitable medium. Six- 


— 


be isolated individually and cu 
teen single spore cultures of loose smut and six of covered smut 
were obtained for infection experiments. 

When single spore cultures of either smut were used to inocu- 
late the susceptible oat variety, no infection resulted. Certain 


42 


paired single spore cultures of the loose smut produced infection 
on Gothland and the smut was of the loose type, the chlamydo- 


spores being spiny. In the same way, properly paired single spore 
cultures of the covered smut gave ae covered smut type of 
infection on Monarch, the chlamydospores being smooth-walled. 


These results indicate that the infection of ie oats by both smuts 
is dependent upon the proper combination of two definite single 
spore cultures. 

In 1933, many single spore cultures of the loose smut were 
pared with similar cultures of the covered smut and inoculations 
were then made on Gothland and Monarch. Two of these com- 
binations infected Monarch, but the smut resulting was of the 


loose type with spiny-walled chlamydospores. 


i} 
This smut material was saved and used for inoculating a series 
of oat varieties, including Gothland and Monarch, in 1934. Simi- 
lar experiments were carried out in 1935 and 1936 and analyzed 


on the basis of infection and smut types produced, especially on 
Gothland and Monarch. The results may be summarized as 
follows: 

1. Collections or strains of loose smut were obtained capable 


of infecting Gothland, but not Monarch. The pathogenicity and 
other characteristics were typical for the loose smut. Similarly, 
strains of covered smut appeared which were specific in their 
behavior and characteristics on Monarch. 

2. Several strains of the smuts were found which produced in- 
fection on both Monarch and Gothland. ‘The smut produced, re- 
gardless of the oat variety, was typically either loose or covered 
smut. 

3. Gothland was observed to give 15 to 100 per cent. infection 
with certain strains of typical covered smut, to which Monarch 
gave no infection, or at least gave low percentages 

4. Monarch gave 7 to 100 per cent. infection with strains of 
loose smut, to which Gothland usually showed no infection. 

The results indicate that hybridization between the loose and 


covered smuts was accomplished, resulting in the production o 
either loose smut or 


new strains, showing the characteristics o 
covered smut, but differing decidedly in their pathogenic capacities. 


43 
Sorghum Simut Investigations 
Dr. D. Elizabeth Marcy has continued the investigations on the 
inheritance of smut resistance in sorghum hybrids. Over a period 
of years, a large amount of data has been obtained on 24 different 
sorghum hybrids. These hybrids were tested for the reaction to 
both the covered smut (Sphacelotheca sorght) and to the loose 
smut (S. cruenta). They represented some crosses between re- 


eH 


sistant varieties, other crosses between susceptible varieties, and a 
third group of crosses between resistant and susceptible varieties. 
Generally, the F,, F,, and F., generations were grown, but for some 
hybrids data were obtained for fourth and fifth generation proge- 
nies. Approximately 50,000 plants have been grown during the 
five year period from 1931 to 1935. The results for 12 of these 
crosses have been written up in final form and presented as the 
thesis for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Columbia Uni- 
qerdata son tie 


ee 


versity, and have been accepted for publication. T 
remaining hybrids are now being prepared for publication. 

The sorghum hybrids are stuuitable material for the study of the 
Sorghums are par- 


inheritance of Many mot phological characters. 
ticularly favorable for such studies because of the ae differ- 
ences between the parental varieties used. Accordingly, for all 24 
crosses, records have been taken on various characters, ree 
the color of the glumes and of the seeds. These data have been 
nd have proved to be of considerable interest. At least 
one case Hes in inheritance has been noted. Miss Theresa 
ee i Brooklyn College has assisted in recording much of 


analyzed a 


= 


the data. 

The experiments with the influence of environment on the infec- 
tion of sorghum have been continued, The effects of temperature, 
moisture, and sugar solution have been tested, the same conditions 
being supplied as in 1935. The seedlings were germinated in cups 
of sand, placed in a constant temperature tanks, and temperatures 
Otel oe foe Ue ee ees, 27.5 -and.J0" Ceweredised.s, Thesper 
centage of moisture varied in the different experiments from 10 to 
50 per cent. of the total water holding capacity of the sand. One 
with water, while another set re- 


Qu 


set of seedlings was moistenec 
ceived a 2 per cent. sucrose solution. 
There was no attempt to control temperature or moisture after 


44 


the seedlings had emerged in the constant temperature tank. Many 
of the seedlings, particularly in the sucrose series, were lost on 
account of the growth of a fungus (Cephalothecnun roseum) im 
the sand cultures, a condition which had not occurred in 1935. 
Nevertheless, the data were found to be in agreement with those 
previously secured. 

Vhree of the four varieties used are susceptible and show typical 
smut infection. The fourth variety, leterita, is seldom typically 
smutted. Infection of Feterita is characterized by blasting of the 
heads and a meager formation of smut balls. Infection for all 
four varieties tested was highest when the seeds had been germi- 
nated at 10 per cent. moisture. This was true for all temperatures 
and for both the water and sugar series. At 10 per cent. moisture, 
temperatures of 15 to 17.5 were most conducive to high infection 
in both the water and sugar series except for the variety [eterita, 
which was most heavily infected at 27.5 to 30. At low tempera- 
tures, infections for all varieties tested were usually slightly greater 
in the water series than in the sugar series. At high temperatures, 
shehtly greater infections occurred in the sugar series as compared 
with the water series, while at the intermediate temperatures, in- 
fections were greatest in the sugar series when the moisture content 
was low but in the water series when the moisture content was 
high. The results indicate that these three environal factors are 
inter-related and limit one another. These results are particularly 
important in the study of inheritance of resistance in hybrids. It 
has been noted that in the hybrid Feterita x Sumac Sorgo, seed- 
ling environment influences the interaction between a factor for 
resistance brought in by I*eterita and a factor for susceptibility 
brought in by Sumac Sorgo. Under one set of environal con- 
ditions the Feterita factor is epistatic to the Sumac Sorgo factor, 
while under another set of conditions the reverse is true, 

We are indebted to the courtesy of Director HI. B. Knapp and 
his associates, State Institute of Apphed Agriculture on Long 
Island, Farmingdale, L. [.. for land and facilities for conducting 


extensive experiments with the sorghum smuts. 


45 
AP shou heads 
By GeorGE M. REED 


It was necessary to reset many of the Bearded iris during the 
past year. Many of the beds were established several years ago 
and the varieties have gradually deteriorated. Many additional 
varieties were added to the collection, most of which were com- 
paratively new introductions. At the same time, some of the older 
varieties were discarded, since it is impossible to find space to 
continue to add varieties to the collection without discarding. 

In the Annual Report for 1935 a full account of the Farming- 
dale Iris Garden was given. This Garden was established in co- 
operation with the State Institute of Applied Agriculture on Long 
Island on the grounds of the latter institution. A large number of 
varieties, representing the Dwarf, Intermediate, and Tall Bearded 
iris, and the various groups of Beardless iris, including Japanese, 
Siberian, and Southern United States, were planted. During the 
past year a few additional varities and species were added to the 
Garden. 

Many seedlings of various iris hybrids are being grown. Most 
of them involve crosses between various types of Southern iris. 
A few of the first generation plants bloomed during the past year, 
and many additional ones will doubtless flower in 1937. 

An account of hybrids between /ris laevigata, which is native to 
Japan and Northeastern Continental Asia, with the American 
[. versicolor and If. virginica, was published. It is very interesting 
that hybrids between these widely separated species have been 
secured. The original species, however, resemble each other in a 
number of important characters. In all successful crosses J. laevi- 
gata was the male parent. 

Soft rot of the iris rhizome 

This disease of the iris has caused serious damage in the beds of 

the Tall Bearded iris, both at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden and at 
te appeared in July and continued to 
September. Many 


aay 


Farmingdale. The trou 
attack plants through August and part of 
clumps of iris were destroyed, although only a few varieties were 
entirely lost. In order to save many of the plants it was necessary 


46 


to dig them up, separate them, and reset them. In the past the 
plantations at the Brooklyn 


— 


Jotamie Garden have been compara- 
tively free from this serious disease of the iris. In fact, it has been 
noted only during the last three years, and this past season was the 
first one in which serious damage occurred. 


Tris thrips control 


The Beardless iris, especially the Japanese varieties, have been 
severely infested with thrips in plantings at the Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden. ‘The invasion goes back several vears. Frequently very 
serious Injury to the flowers of the Japanese varieties is produced. 
The insect occurs in large numbers on the vellow flag of Europe 
(/ris pscudacorus) and on our native blue flag (/. versicolor). 
On these species, however, very little flower injury occurs. The 
foliage injury, however, may be severe on these as well as on the 
Japanese varieties. The insect also occurs on the Southern and 
other beardless types, but apparently is quite rare on the Bearded 
varieties. During the past few years extensive experiments on 
the control of these insects have been undertaken in cooperation 
with Dr. C. A. Weigel and Dr. lloyd Ff. Smith of the Division of 
Truck Crop and Garden Insect Investigations, Bureau of [nto- 
mology and Plant Quarantine, Washington, D.C. A method of 
treating the iris with hot water has been devised which has proved 
to 


—H 


be very successful. These experiments involve the use o 
varieties belonging to the various groups of the iris. 

In April many additional treatments were made and further 
series in late July and October. Nearly all of the treated iris 
were taken out to the pro 


— 


agation section on the grounds of the 
State Institute of Apphed Agriculture on Long Island at larm- 


~ 


ingdale, where the necessary land 1s available, through the courtesy 
of the officials of the Institute. 

The hot water treatments, of course, involve digging the plants 
and resetting them after treatment. A series of preliminary ex- 
periments was carried out to determine whether thrips could be 
kept in control by the use of suitable sprays. 


47 
Graduate Students and Independent Investigators 
Enrolled During 1936 
Mr. Paul F. Brandwein, a graduate student of New York Uni- 


versity, has continued his work in plant pathology. He has under- 
ta 


—_ 


sen a study of the influence of inoculation and infection on oat 
plants by the loose and covered smuts. lis data for 1936 have 
been written up and presented as a thesis to New York University 
TORME 


— 


ie Master’s degree. 


Dr. Marie It. Conklin continued her investigations on the bac- 
teria which form tubercles on the wild legumes. She carried out 
an extensive series of field experiments with the organism causing 
nodule formation on the soybean.  Iler earlier results on “ Studies 
of the root nodule organisms of certain wild legumes ” were pre- 
sented as a thesis for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at 
Columbia University, and were published in Soil Science during 
the year. 

Dr. Ilva Lawton, a member of the Biology Department of 
Hunter College, has continued her studies on regeneration and 
polyploidy in ferns. 


Forest PATHOLOGY 
3y ArTHUR HARMOUNT GRAVES 
Chestnut Breeding Work in 1936 


lor those who are unacquainted with the situation and to whom 
this report may come as the first one they have seen on this work, 
it should be stated that the American chestnut, a very valuable 
timber tree, has become almost extinct because of the attacks of 
a parasitic fungus, ndothia parasitica, tlowever, certain species 
of chestnut which are natives of Japan and China, e.g. the Japanese 
(Castanea crenata) and the Chinese (C. mollisstma), show con- 
siderable resistance to the attacks of the fungus. But these species, 


unfortunately, are trees of comparatively small stature, so that 
they can never supplant the American chestnut as a timber-produc- 
ing species. 


— 


The Problem.—TVo bring back the chestnut tree (to use a com- 


mon newspaper caption)—how can it be accomplished ? 


48 


The Proposed Solution.—We believe the problem can be solved, 
first of all, by combining the quality of disease resistance inherent 
in the oriental species, with the tall-timber character, i.e. the lofty 
height growth, of the American species. Such a combination may 


ection 


pee 


be brought about by continued breeding, accompanied by se 
of desirable types. In the meantime, also by breeding, desirable 
characters of other species may be incorporated into the new stock, 
It is on account of this last consideration that we are trying to 


develop many new hybrids, in addition to the chief combinations 
of Japanese-American and Chinese-American. For, leaving aside, 
for the moment, the qualities of height growth and disease re- 
sistance, many of the species, or even races within species, have 
other desirable qualities, such as cold or drought resistance, resis- 
tance to insect attack, and robust growth, 1e., unusual growth im 
thickness, as distinct from rapidity of growth in length. The qual- 
ity of the nuts, too—their flavor, size, and abundance, and the pre- 
cocity of blooming and fruiting, are some of the points that should 
be considered. For, although our primary aim is to restore a tim- 


ber tree, the nuts have some value, even though proportionately 
small. Finally, it should be borne in mind continually that valu- 
able recessive (1.e. hidden) characters may exist in many of the 
species, which continued breeding may bring to light. 

For the beneht of those unfanular with plant breeding may we 
say that when, for example, plants of two different species are to 


— 


be bred together or crossed, the process consists essentially of 
pollinating the pistils (containing the eggs) of the plant of one 
species with the pollen (producing the sperms) from a plant of 
the other species. Such pollination, if successful, results in a 


seed containing a “ half-breed ” embryo, t.e., a young plant which 


are 


contains within itself a combination of the characters of both 
parents. 

Propagation.—lf and when we succeed in developing a disease 
resistant tree of timber type, there would always remain. the 
difficulty of reproducing it by its nuts; for, as every botanist 
knows, these could not be depended upon to produce trees like 
the parent. Vegetative propagation is therefore the only solution ; 
ie., the growing of new individuals from parts or pieces of the 
individual which it is desired to multiply. We have tried re- 


49 


peatedly to root cuttings. Even grafting has met with only mod- 
erate success. But this fall (1936) we found a happy solution 
of the difficulty, for we have at last succeeded in developing roots 
by the layering method. The details still have to be worked out, 
but the fact remains that asexual propagation by this method can 
be done. 

Disease Escape vs. Disease Resistance —Some people have said 
to us, “ How do you know your chestnut trees are not merely 
of being disease-resistant?’’? As we 


disease-escaping instead 
said in a former report, we are not trying to keep the disease 
away from our trees. The woods surrounding our five planta- 
tions are well supplied with diseased and dying shoots of the 
native chestnut, and the air surrounding the trees must be well 
laden with the fungus spores at least some of the time. Many 
of our hybrids have been killed by the bight. It is to be expected 
that some of them would inherit disease susceptibility. 

But to remove any doubt about the matter, and to put the whole 
subject of disease resistance on a definite, scientific basis, we inocu- 
ated,* in 1936, all those trees, not only hybrids but species as 
well, which were large enough to inoculate with the fungus. At 


— 


the same time, using the same culture of the fungus, we inoculated 
a large number of native shoots in the woods near the plantation 
for comparison. This work will be continued each year for at 
least three years, to see if the results of each year correspond. 
Finally, each individual will be given a number indicating the 
degree of its blight resistance. 

We have been told that we may lose all our trees as a result of 
these inoculations. There is nothing to fear on this score; for, in 
the first place, if they are easily killed, they are quite undesirable. 
In the second place, the inoculations have been made, in every 
case, well up from the trunk, on side branches. These branches 
can easily be removed, 1f for any reason that should be deemed 


— 


advisable. 
Management of the Plantations—In April, 1936, the National 
Research Council awarded us a grant-in-aid which enabled us to 


* The inoculations were made by removing a piece of bark about one inch 
long by % inch wide. The slit thus made (cut down as far as the wood) was 
filled with fungus mycelium and covered with electrician’s tape which was 
extended around the branch. The tape was removed a month later. 


50 


pay the wages of a man from April to August inclusive, also to 
pay for plowing and harrowing, and for fertilizer, clover seed, 


jaar 


and various materials. Two of the plantations had been main- 
tained under fairly clean cultivation for several years, but erosion 
had taken a considerable toll of the good soil during the past two 
years, especially during the winter rains. We therefore made a 
sowing, about May 1, of red clover, for a permanent ground 
cover; and, at the same time, we applied a light dressing of chemi- 
cal fertilizer, 5-9-5, Le. 5 parts nitrogen, 9 parts phosphorus, 
and 5 potash. The extra heavy application of phosphorus was 
made with a view to improving nut development. There has been 
some improvement in the growth rates, perhaps as a result of 
the fertilizer. Our other three plantations are in sod land. In 
two of them the trees are spaced 15 feet apart; in the third, which 
is devoted entirely to trees coming from “natural”? or open 
pollinations, the trees are 6 feet apart. These different methods 
of culture have been adopted for experimental purposes. We 
have also a few trees growing in the woods, in the shade of tall 
trees—oak, maple, beech, ete. Altogether, our five plantations 
occupy now about 6 acres. 

Spring cankerworms were again very destructive, and the war 


against them occupied much of our time in May and June, but 


peace was declared about June 15.) The war against the leaf 
sucking lice began in July, a little earlier than usual, perhaps on 
account of the drought. The first spraying with nicotine sulphate 
came on July 13, with a second soon after, on July 16. The trees 
were sprayed again on August 8, 10, and 21. We have found that 
if the first spraying is followed up quickly in a day or two with a 
second application, the work is much more effective. 

New Hybrids. 


rom our cross pollinations in 1936, 


— 


lollowing is a list of the hybrid nuts obtained 


Hyprips oF 1936 
All at Hamden, Connecticut 
No.of Nuts 
2 Japanese (crenata, 5 yrs.) crossed with “S58” (10 yrs.) * 


crossed with American (dentata ) 


1 Japanese (crenata, 5 yrs. 


* S8 is the result of a cross made by Dr. Walter Van Fleet of the U.S. 


D. A.; apparently it is a combination of Castanea crenata and C. puniila. 


Di 


17 ne es Type (crenata var., 8 yrs.) crossed with Smith 
rbrid (crenata X dentata, 5 yrs.) 
hirg ae (mollissima, 10 yrs.) crossed with American (den- 


3 
tata, from U. S. D. A. and No. Haven, Conn. ) 

2 Hairy Chinese (mollissima, 10 yrs.) crossed with Japanese (cre- 
nata, Hammond) 

2 Hairy Chinese (mollissima, 10 yrs.) crossed with Smith Hybrid 


(crenata X dentata, 5 yrs.) 
(1)* 13 Hairy Chinese (mollissima, 8 and 10 yrs.) crossed with “ S8,” 10 
yrs. 
9g SB,” (10 yrs.) crossed with Japanese (crenata, Minturn) 
(3) 4 “S8,” (10 yrs.) crossed with American (dentata, Jennison) 
*™* 8 “S8,” (10 yrs.) crossed with Hairy Chinese (mollissima, 10 yrs.) 
*# 4“ S8," (10 yrs.) crossed with Smith Hybrid (crenata X dentata, 
5 yrs.) 
(3)* 2 Smith Hybrid (crenata X dentata, 5 yrs.) crossed with Japanese 
(crenata, Hammond) 
2 Smith Hybrid aes dentata, 5 yrs.) crossed with American 
(dentata, US. De 
Pe ORS initheetiay brid ee x dentata, 5 yrs.) crossed with Chinese 
Chinquapin (Seguinii) 
(4) 69 Smith Hybrid (crenata X dentata, 5 yrs.) crossed with Smith Hy- 
brid (crenata X dentata, 5 yrs.) 
* 2 Smith Hybrid (crenata X dentata, 5 yrs.) crossed with “S8” (10 
yrs.) 


(Total) 143 hybrid nuts 


Those combinations marked with a single asterisk (*) are, as 
far as we can ascertain from the literature, new to science. Those 
marked with a double asterisk (**) while not new combinations, 
are reciprocal crosses (i.e., the sex is reversed in each parent ) 
which we believe have never been made before. As is the gen- 
erally recognized custom, the name of the female or pistillate 
parent 1s given first. The numbers at the extreme left are for 
reference in the following notes. 

(1) In this cross, two Chinese trees, 8 and 10 years old re- 
spectively, were the female parents. We are much pleased with 
this combination: we have tried it before without result. It 
should combine the great resistance of the “S&” with similar 
resistance in the Chinese. The next move should be to cross the 


trees resulting from these nuts with the native American, for 
height growth. 
(2) The American pollen used was kindly furnished us by 


the U. S. Dept. of Interior, and was 


Prof. H. M. Jennison o 
collected from a tree (unfortunately badly eg at an eleva- 
tion of about 4000 feet near Mt. Sterling ¢ zap, N. C. A second 
lot of pollen sent us by Prof. Jennison, from a eee Ameri- 
can on Thunderhead Mountain, N. C., at 5000 ft. elevation, yielded 
f various species and hybrids. A 


no result after pollination « 
pollination of “S&” with a good American parent is very desir- 
Ve in order to give offspring with a greater height growth. We 
have 14 of these hybrids and 14 of the reciprocals. See 


2 


alread 
table, 
oy ot “ combination of Smith Hybrid with the Japanese chest- 


- 
Pp. 


ie 


nut, 1.e., a“ back cross,” is a good one because the pollen used here 
was from the fine Japanese tree of Mr. Paul Hammond at Syosset, 
Long Island. This tree is one of the parents of the splendid 
hybrid figured in last year’s report. 

(4) This is one of the most important items in the table because 
these are the second generation of Japanese-American hybrids. 

Growth Rates of Hybrids at the Hamden Plantation —The fol- 
lowing table gives various data on the growth rates of the different 
hybrids, 188 in all, now growing at Hamden, Conn, The data 
were taken at the end of the growing season, on October 12, 1936. 

If we compare the figures with those of our report for 1935, 
it will be seen that on the whole there was a somewhat greater 
erowth in 1936. As the trees become older their rate of growth 
in length increases somewhat. How long this will continue we 
do not know. Careful records are being kept of the growth of 
each individual from year to year. We find that the phenomenon 
of hybrid vigor as expressed in rapid growth is constant from 
year to year; i.e., if a given hybrid grows 3 feet in one year, it 
will approximate the same length growth next vear, ete. The 
remarkable Japanese-American hybrid figured in last year’s report, 
then 11 feet 2 inches tall, was this year 14 feet 101% inches, making 
a growth of nearly 4+ feet. In 1935 it grew 4+ feet 2 inches. The 
not show the heights of these largest individuals; they 


tables de 
are of course buried in the averages. We report a few of the 
outstanding ones in the table on page 54. 


ae) 


TABLE oF GRowTH-RATES OF HyBpRiID CHESTNUTS AT HAMDEN, CONNECTICUT * 
1936 


: Av eraee 
Number verge Mas 
of Trees H fe 
Name of Hybrid Living 0 elg mim 
archer ctober | Length 
19 1936 Growth 
ie 1936 
ees i 
ta - contate a Syd me so) 1 6 ft. 8in 23 in 
een 19; 
aoa is ee sf EN 4 8 ft. 11 in 34 in 
Smith 19 
ae . dentatawwit ean 142 42 6 ft. 7 in. 25 in 
Winthrop 1931 
renata X dentata........... 2 5 ft. 9 in 25 in 
Smith 1932 
crenata - CEN Gabayetensn teks vets 19 51 in 19 in 
aes 
ata X dentata Sean ines, ot 3 54 in 27 in 
Mintura 
enata x Gentatanwe epee 11 57 in 25 in 
Gas CS 31.03 Ae eee chim te Uae ee: (21) 
S8 X crenata (forest type). 7 22 in 17 in 
SS cidentata mest on tere o | 15 in 14 in 
a eee * dentata........ 7 18 in 14 in 
mollissima X Seguinii........ 4 26 in 23 in 
pee Hybrid 1931 & dentata. 2 28 in 23 in 
Grav Soh eae en rate eee ge (52) 

58 aoe eee eo Aah ins 13 10 in —- 
~rolls issima avs ae Spam 0) 2 TA — 
mollissima Smith liy brid 

[OBS Re eG tet se te Ae 2 8 in — 
mollissima var. Mammoth X 
a hice pt est os a 11 11 in — 
Pelee pumila U.S. D. A.) 

Ceiba tats cco one 9 7 in — 
crenata DO eee ila Rina Oye o |. 5 13 in ~ 
crenata x S Smith Hybrid pet 1 10 in 
Seu (forest type) X de 

ee See eo ee 7 in — 
ene (forest type) * Se- 
FAD UU SUUIEy UNS a shade Sen eee 1 11 in - 
Smith Rey 1931 & Smith 
[dL OS leerainan Meneses tn: 3 10 in — 
Haver eas 
dentata X eens eg naa 19 61 — 
dentata KX S8.. 0... 0. 14 11 in — 


* The table does not include the U. 


S. D. A. hybrids. 


Average 
Mean 
Length 
srowth 
1936 


The names at the 


extreme left are those of the owners of the trees on which the crosses were 


made. 


Year When | 
Nut Was | Name Number Height in 1936 
Produced 

1931 Hammond—crenata & dentata| H86-31 14 feet 103 in. 
vi 7 7 H94--31 9 feet 6 in 

i Winthrop ae ‘ | W40-31 9 feet 
: Sn m1 th 7 7 S170C-31 10 feet 6 in. 

7 - my S200 B’-31 10 fee 
: ‘ $238-31 10 feet 7 in 
es ‘ ~ $ 239-31 10 feet 9 in 
1932 pb 7 7 110-32 9 feet 10) in 
1933 | * Minturn ‘ e M19’-33 6 feet 8 in. 
“ Hammond, - HitsA’—33 6 feet 1 in. 
1934 /S8 X crenata | on 3 feet 5 in. 
| mollissima as Seguin | 2 3 4 in 
1935 /dentata * S nt roo 35 | 2 feet 4 in 
S8 & dent: — | | foot 9 in 


The vearly records of these trees are interesting as showing the 
rapid rate at which they push upward. Take, for instance, the 
starred individual in the table. “Phe height growths are as follows: 


nd of 1934, after one year’s growth, 1 foot 10 in, 
End of 1935, after two years’ growth, 4 feet 3 in. 
end of 1936, after three vears’ growth, 6 feet 8 in. 


It is evident that all these remarkable growth rates are the ex- 
pression of hybrid vigor. The growth of the native chestnut 
(C. dentata) is about one foot per vear. 

Disease Resistance of the Chinese Chestnut—bLast year we re- 
ported the presence of the blight at the base of 5 of our choicest 
Chinese chestnuts, then 9 years old. This vear we take pleasure 
in reporting the entire healing of every one of the lesions caused 
by the blight on these trees. We had suspected for several years 
that the physical expression of resistance in the chestnut was 
accomplished by the formation by the tree of a cork layer imme- 
diately adjacent to the discased tissue, effectively preventing 
further advances of the fungus. The appearance of a paper by 
Mr. W. C. Bramble * in February, 1936, deseribing and figuring 


such cork formation im lesions caused by the fungus on the 


American chestnut is evidence of the correctness of this view. 
* Bramble, W.C. Reaction of chestnut bark to invasion by /ndothia para- 
sitica. Amer. Jour. Bot. 23: 89-94, 1930, 


Hie. 5. A Japanese-American hybrid 4+ vears old and nine feet, ten inches tall 


—the result of a cross of the Japanese chestnut (Castanea crenata) owned by 


Mr. Renville S. Smith of Oyster Bay, Long Island, N. Y., with pollen from 
vestnut (Castanea dentata) in the region of Lake Ma- 


shoots of the American ¢ 
hopac, N. Y. Th 


Vilkomerson in the summer of 1932. In the summer of 1936 this tree bloomed 


ce cross was made by Miss Hester M. Rusk and Miss Hilda 


for the first time, bearing both pistillate and staminate flowers. Photographed 
Oct. 4, 1930, by Mr. Louis Buhle. (9259) 


56 


Although Mr. Bramble worked with Castanea dentata only, it is 
probable that a similar situation obtains in other species of chest- 
nut. In our inoculations of the Chinese chestnut in 1936, remark- 
able resistance was shown, due, we believe, to the formation of 
such occluding cork layers. 

It will be recalled that last year (1935) Mr. R. C. Ching, of the 
u-Shan Arboretum and Botanical Garden at Han-Po-Kou, Lu- 
Shan, Kiukiang, China, having read our report of the disastrous 
effect of the cold on our Chinese chestnuts, sent us some nuts from 
his trees (C. mollisstina) growing at an altitude of 4000 feet. 
Ilere, he stated, they had been subjected during 1930 to a“ tem- 
perature as low as 15° F. below zero, w 
temperature for t 


— 


ule normally the lowest 


oat 


ve months of December, January, and February 
ranges from 5° to 10° I. below zero.” Mr. Ching sent us 
also nuts of C. Henryi and C. Seguin, which came from the same 
locality. Most of these nuts germinated well. The best of the 
Chinese measured 19 inches high at the end of the season, ~ 


—_ 


he 
best seedling of C. [fenryi measured 16 inches after having made 
3 seasons’ growth im one year! The Chinese chinquapins from 
Mr. Ching showed good growth also, but of course not as great 
as that of the other two species. We believe that all these chest- 
nuts, particularly C. mollisstma, will develop into most promising 
breeding stock, and we would like to acknowledge our indebtedness 
to Mr. Ching for his substantial expression of interest in our work. 


so 


Planting of “ Naturals.’—leach fall there are many nuts which 


develop as a result of what may be called “ open pollination.” In 


— 


1é Tree 
which bears the nuts. The male may be any one of the trees of 
the plantations which were shedding pollen at the time when the 


these we can be certain only of the female parent, i.e., t 


pistils were receptive. We believe, however, that in the great 
majority of cases, pollination is effected by pollen from other trees 
of the same species. In the first winter after we began planting 


. ) 


“naturals” (1934-5), we lost most of them from field mice, 


these 
moles, and fungi. The next fall (1935) we enclosed the nuts 
in cylindrical wrappings of rather old and rusty wire netting (such 
as is used for wire screens). In this way we secured a fairly good 
germination last spring, but in several cases the wire netting inter- 


fered with the egress of the primary root. Last fall we tried 


a7, 


another method. A commercial tarry preparation which is in 
general use by corn growers to prevent the loss of the grain 
through crows, rodents, etc., was smeared on the nuts just before 
planting. About 250 nuts, from Chinese, Japanese, and S8 fe- 
males, were planted after this treatment, and we are hoping for 
still better germination next spring. 

New Trees Planted —In April we received a shipment of 20 
trees from the Division of Forest Pathology, U. 


See ele a6 
follows: 


5 FP476 Castanea crenata from Yoshu-gun, Korea 

5 GL Castanea crenata from Akita-ken, Japan 

5 FP462 Castanca mollissima from near Tientsin, China 

5 MAB Castanea mollissima from Hopeh Province, China 
The first lot, from Korea, were given to Mr. Rausch, gardener 
for the Minturn estate at Oyster Bay Cove, L. 1. Two of the 
next lot, from Japan, were given to Mr. J. J. DeMario and Dr. 
Paul H. Fairchild, both of Passaic, New Jersey. The rest were 
set out on our Hamden plantations. 

In addition to these, two young trees, apparently Japanese, were 
given us on July 20 by Mr. F. A. Bartlett, of the Bartlett Tree 
Expert Company of Stamford, Conn. These have been set out 
on our plantations. 

Inventory.—Following is a complete list of the numbers of 
individuals of all the species, varieties, and hybrids now growing 
on our Hamden plantations, making a total of 604 trees, 


CHESTNUT SPECIES, VARIETIES, AND HybBrips GROWING AT 
HAMDEN, CONNECTICUT 


October, 1936 


Name Number of Trees 

Castanea Ashei—Ashe Chinquapin ............. 00 ce eee ees 

C. crenata—Japanese Chestnut ......... 00... ccc ce eee 34 
C. crenata (Forest Type)—Japanese Chestnut var. ............ 57 
Geedentata—Americam -Chestiut: 0. scans aa kar nes dob ae ee 49 
Geen Henny, Chestnut vy.05 04 ves ee ce Le ees ee eee 16 
C. mollissima—Hairy Chinese Chestnut ........... 0.000500 0005 74 
C. mollissima var. Mammoth—Chinese Chestnut var. .......... 2 
Cee pila == Emin Qua p ies a patat i ieee dail Goa green oe ete eee 4 
Gesdipo— > pation MO Nestilh fsau y veered ee eee pe ee He 


C. Seguinu—Chinese Chinquapin .........0.. 0002 ccc ee eee 20 
“S58” (C. crenata X C. pumila) occccccc nee ndws bebe vende eos 2 
MPO, ISCIT CC -c325.ccusa-eys Gusceearceueyie a qiankseie aeteut 4a ab wane Pep Pane e-e Zz 
C. crenata (Minturn) seled oo... 0.00... eee eee ] 
C. crenata X COC. dentate eee eee S82 
C. crenata oe orest Ty ype) XC. dentata oo... 0c eee ee ees 5 
Gs GP CMOLE De. OO An asncber es chat a deresedt eaten ees ee eens ele ied 5 
C. crenata LOSE) POs OCOUMAD 2.054) iene te eo es ean ave ] 
C. crenata X (C. crenata X dentala) occ cee | 
(C. crenata X C. dentata) * Cy. dentata voce ccc cece eee 2 
(C. erenata X C. dentata) X (C. crenata X C. dentata) ........ 3 
C. mollissima X Cy. crenata (U.S. DL AL) oe eee 9 
Gy HoWmissnt Ge COG: < .hetinssolh ind Shee wh Slee e meee 9 
C. mollissima var. Mammoth X C. dentata oo... cece eee 1 
C. mollissiema X Cy. Segiitit ccc cence ween ensue eveucvens 4 
C. mollissuna X& (C. crenata & C. dentata)y oc... cee ee Z 
C. dentata X < ell Ct Ata rede tee estate te ae nee a 8 19 
Cg, UME, Fee eas ae Sap te ete cosines ete igh dentate wes dee a andes 14 
“S8’ eae GHOLEST I ype) sik Bigs sateen aeatscenea wise a 7 
POO Om, LOIUGEO! scutes: otgdhse att Sida a Dktuhs Ls aha ieala ates gue aoa 14 
ie molltsstna XC. pumila) X C. dentata oo... ee 0) 
Seedlings from “open pollinations : Hamden ..............0. 00 

604 


Nuts Reeetved from Outside Sources and Planted in Cold Frames, 
Fall, 1936 
Sept. 25. Castanea dentata from Mr. A. Outram Sherman, Ma- 
hopac, N. 
C. dentata from Miss Hilda Vilkomerson, gathered at 
Mahopac, N. 
Sept. 28. C. pumila from U. S. A. nurseries at Bowie, Md. 
Through Mr. k. B. Clapper, Division of Forest 
Pathology, U.S. D. A 
C. osarkensis from U. S. Forest Service, Russelville, 


wS 


Ark. Through Mr. H. R. Koen, Forest Super- 
visor. 
Oct. 15. C. crenata from Mrs. Harry Whitaker, Floral Park, 
tle 
C. dentata from Prof. H. AL. Jenison, Elkmont, Tenn. 
Castanopsis sempervirens from Prof. Frederick S. 
3aker, Berkeley, Calif. 


59 


Oct. 19. Castanea dentata from Prof. H. M. Jennison, EIk- 
mont, Tenn. 
Oct. 24. C. crenata from Mr. Renvil 


— 


e 5. Smith. Oyster Bay, 
Dec. 8 C. dentata through Mr. J. Stuart Thomson, from South 
Dakota. 


— 


Mutation in Nature.—There is always the chance that disease- 
resistant chestnuts may be developing by mutation somewhere in 
our eastern forests. In our search of the New York region, in 
1918, for an immune or very resistant native chestnut, we found 
that individuals vary greatly as regards their susceptibility to the 
disease. Evidently it holds with the species Castanea dentata, as 
with other plant species, that a great variety of strains or races 
exists within the species. With this consideration in mind, we 
are making every effort to plant all nuts which are sent to us from 
fruiting sprouts. 

Further General Cooperation Needed—I\f any who read this 
report know of chestnut trees which are resisting the blight, we 
would much appreciate a post card telling us where to find them. 
And if nuts of wild trees are gathered in the fall, we would be 
glad to receive some. But the nuts should not be allowed to be- 
come dry. A few days in a heated room are apt to be fatal. 


They should be wrapped in moist cotton, paper napkins, or moss, 


immediately after gathering, and mailed to the Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden. All such nuts will be carefully planted by us, and the 
resulting trees labelled with the name of the finder and the locality. 
We already have 49 such trees, from nuts coming from locations 
ranging from Asheville, North Carolina, to Portland, Maine. 

Further, we shall soon need about 5 acres of good arable land 
within a reasonable distance—perhaps not more than 50 miles—of 
3rooklyn, N. Y., or of Hamden, Conn. We shall need this for 
planting new hybrids. The more hybrids we grow the better are 
the chances of ultimate success. We would be glad to hear from 
anyone who has land fulfilling these requirements. 

Finally, our greatest need at present is a regular fund on which 


we can depend for the field expenses of this work from year to 


60 


year. The American Academy of Arts and Sciences at Boston, 
and the National Research Council at Washington, have granted 
us material assistance during the past two years. But we can not 
expect these grants-in-aid to be continued from year to year. The 
breeding of chestnut trees is a long-time project which may extend 
over a period of ten years or more in the future. If we could be 
assured of $1000 a year for that period, the chances of ultimate 
success would be much increased. Such an investment should 
yield most satisfactory returns to the donor. 
Acknowledgments —We take pleasure in acknowledging the con- 
tinued cordial cooperation of the Division of Forest Pathology of 
the U.S. Dept. of Agriculture with us in this problem; and we 
sincerely appreciate the many helpful letters, the specimens of 


nuts, and material assistance in other ways, from sources too nu- 
merous to mention here. These evidences are sufficient proof of 
the great public interest in this problem. 
Respectfully submitted, 
Artitur TH. GRaAvEs, 
Curator of Public Instruction. 


SYSTEMATIC BoTANy 
The Classification of Dicotyledons 
By ALFRED GUNDERSEN 
Studies continued during 1936 indicate clearly that there is one 
change in the Engler System for which the evidences appear to be 
especially convincing. Briefly, the groups of families represented 
by Cistus and Papaver should not be separated. That is, Engler’s 
groups, Parietales and Rhoedales, in America often called Violales 
and Papaverales, belong together. This is not saying that these 
groups are necessarily wholly natural ones; only that the system 


— 


of dicotyledons becomes greatly simplified by having these groups, 
characterized in the main by parietal placentation, adjacent. 

With my last year’s report was included an outline of seven 
systems of Dicotyledons (Sympetalae excepted) from 1824 to 
1925. It shows that in the De Candolle, Bentham and Hooker, 
Kichler, Warming, Wettstein, and Rendle systems, Papaver and 


61 


Cistus are near together. Their separation must be considered a 
peculiarity of the Engler System. It is, in fact, indicated by 
Iengler in his own diagram published in 1897, that these groups 
are closely related. 


— 


With such a large number of families united by parietal placen- 


tation and other characteristics—such as numerous stamens, sepa- 
rate sepals, frequent spiral arrangement of parts—the question of 
the relation of the various forms of placentation assumes special 
interest. Parietal placentation in the bud often changes to axile 
in the flower: the opposite is never the case. In the Introduction 
to his famous Syllabus, Engler wrote: * 
now established in its principal features. 


The natural system 1s 


When one examines 


recent systems of classification of dicotyledons the words, “ prin- 
cipal features,” must be used in a broad sense to make the state- 
ment a true one. The early systems were linear ones. Systems 
of dicotyledons with a branching arrangement, indicated by dia- 
grams, have been published by Engler 1897, Wettstein 1911 and 
1923, Bessey 1914, Hutchinson 1926, and others. Comparing 
these diagrams we get a good idea of differences; we see, at the 
same time, that there is also substantial agreement on many points. 
lor example, differences regarding the Sympetalae are compara- 
tively slight. 

It is not to all characters of floral structures, but to those having 
a bearing on these differences of opinion that I have given atten- 
tion in the study of flowers and their development, and with special 
reference to groups other than Sympetalae. Among these groups 
greater attention to placentation simplifies the classification. 


SYSTEMATIC BoTANY 
By Henry K. SvENSoN 


During the spring of 1936 three weeks were occupied in plant- 
collecting in Tennessee. The following studies have been com- 
pleted or are under way. 

1. Ferns of the Galapagos and Cocos Islands. <A detailed re- 
port, of which the manuscript 1s nearly finished. 

2. Report on the sedges of the Crocker [¢xpedition to the Gala- 
pagos and Revillagigedo Islands, and western Mexico. 


62 


3. Sedges of the Fiji Islands (See bibliography ). 

4. Studies on the flora of southern United States (Critical notes 
on plants collected in 1935-1936). 

5. A flora of Cocos Island (Preliminary studies). 

6. Monographic Studies in Eleocharis IV. A manuscript of 


- 


— 


about 70 pages with 6 plates and many maps, treating the grou 
African and Amazonian origin, with a 


— 


Tenuisstnae of tropica 
phenomenal development of species on the Atlantic Coastal Plain 
of eastern United States. 
7. Flora of Fisher's Island. Identification of material collected 
by C. C. Hanmer. 
CorreE AND Ponacco PHARMACOLOGY 
By Ratpn H. CnHEeney 

Further studies were made regarding the behavior of Penicillin 
evelopium and P. trsebinskii, and their influence upon commercial 
coffee essences. “The summer of 1936 was spent in research at 
the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Tlole, Massachusetts. 
The primary subject investigated was the nature and degree of the 
modifications in the normal activity of the mammalian duodenum, 
jejunum, and ileum, caused by the plant alkaloids, caffeine and 


nicotine. 


sLIC INSTRUC- 


REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF PU 
TION FOR 1936 
Dr. C. Sruarr GAGER, DiRECTOR: 
Sir: T submit herewith the report of the work (exclusive of 


research) of this department for the vear 1936. 


GARDEN ATTENDANCE 
Entrance Gates —The turnstiles at the five entrance gates re- 
corded 1,567,304 visitors in 1936, This figure is smaller by 57,561 
than that of 1935, the year of the celebration of the 25th anni- 
versary of the founding of the Garden, Because of the large 
number of visitors for that event, and also because of the publicity 
resulting from it, the attendance had increased 20 per cent over 


63 


that of 1934. That this remarkable increase was not sustained 
in 1936 is not surprising: we should not overlook, however, the 
important fact that, although the 1936 figure is lower than that of 
1935, it is almost 16 per cent. higher than that of 1934. And if 
we disregard the unusual element in the year 1935, it seems clear 
that an undercurrent of real increase in attendance has been main- 
tained. The following table of attendance on the grounds for the 


past seven years may serve to bring this out more clearly. 


— 


Percentage of increase 


Year Attendance over previous year 
OS OR Redtmeten ne tasters nce 1,006,027 

DOB se Reta ayer tel aa cis 1,107,039 10.0 

OGD mere eete. Myer eects 2: 1,307,904 18.0 

NOS Sareea ere os 3s 1,315,847 0.6 

1S Ae re hrc vis. 1,352,407 2.7 

IRS): ceateas aa See eee 1,624,865 20.1 

1,567,304 —3 


* Decrease from 1935, but nearly 16 per cent. increase over 1934, 


Week-end Attendance —Although there were no phenomenal 
week-end attendances such as occurred in 1935 (e.g. May 11-12, 
1935: 43,416), there are figures well worth recording. The spring 
flowers made an early start, attracting 22,330 visitors during the 
week-end March 14-15. At this time, Snowdrops, Japanese Witch 
Hazel, Spring Crocuses (Crocus tommasimanus and Stebert) in 
the Rock Garden, and the Winter Aconite were in full bloom; 
while the yellow Dutch (C. moesiacus) and purple and white 
Spring Crocuses (C. vernus) were beginning to open their buds. 
3y the end of March the season was so far advanced that the beau- 
tiful display of these crocuses, naturalized in the lawns in the south- 
west part of the Garden, had largely disappeared. On this week- 
end (March 28-29) the attendance was 33,869. Large week-end 
attendances occurred again in May, with the beginning of the 
blossoming of many flowering trees and shrubs; e.g. May 9-10, 
37,871, May 16-17, 34,019. 

Monthly Attendance.—In 1935 the attendance figures for seven 
particular months exceeded previous records for those months. In 
1936, in only two months, namely March and November, was the 
record broken: for March, 143,971, as against the best previous 


any 


— 


64 


figure, 118,914 for 1935 (probably the favorable weather had 
much to do with this); and for November, 96,987 as against the 
best previous record, 86,594 for this month in 1934. 

The attendance for the month of December, 57,162, much larger 
than that of 1935 (46,658) has been exceeded only once before, 
and that, curiously enough, was many years ago, in the year 1928— 
57,538. This seems to be a good illustration of the importance 
of weather as a factor in attendance. [Everyone now remembers 
what a mild month in general our last December was; few will 
remember the weather as far back as 1928, but the official weather 
reports show a remarkable similarity between the weather of 
December, 1928 and that of December, 1936. Both months had 
twenty-three days each of higher-than-normal temperatures ; and 


the average mean temperatures were almost identical for both. 
But December, 1928 had less rain and more sunny hours than had 
December of this year. This last, perhaps, accounts for the larger 
at- 


tendance with the weather were worked out over a longer period 


attendance figure of December, 1928. If the fluctuations of 


of time, no doubt the same close correlation would hold. 
Attendance at Conservatories —The attendance for the year 
was 140,011, as against 154,659 in 1935. The figure, however, 1s 
slightly larger than that of 1934—139,544; and here, again, the 
combination of circumstances involved in the comparative records 


of attendance on the grounds (see above) may apply. 
Attendance at Classes and Lectures.—The combined attendance 
at the Garden was 149,942, compared 


chy 


at classes and lectures helc 
with 156,198 for last year. 


ATTENDANCE AT THE GARDEN DURING 1936 


Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Tune July 


At regular classes .... 1,521 1,196 3,378 4,026 3,383 3,885 17,220 
At visiting classes .... 212 509 1,758 4,839 18,153 12,768 374 
At lectures to children 180 9] 1,008 1,600 6,041 9,689 18 
At lectures to adults .. 500 100 100 145 57 368 0 
At conservatories .... 7,002 5,248 17,854 13,924 24,620 10,538 9,407 


0 
At grounds .......... 60,201 35,799 143,971 183,660 260,312 151,070 167,419 


Annual 
Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dee. Totals 
At regular classes ..... 18,000 3,005 2,803 3,852 3,619 65,948 
At visiting classes ..... 100 0 4,709 5,333 5,364 54,119 
At lectures to children . ) 0 3,531 3,875 2,008 28,101 
At lectures to adults ... 0 0 104 0) 0 1,774 
At conservatories ..... 10,726 11,663 = 12,298 9,364 6,767 — 140,011 
Ate orOUndS ae ete 139,838 143,711 127,108 96,987 57,162 1,567,304 


Scuoor Suppry SERVICE 
During the first half of the year, Miss Marion L. Meurlin 


continued, under the direction of Miss Rusk, to supply study 


ie} 
fell 


cS 


material to high schools, junior high schools, and colleges, on the 
same terms as of last year. Miss Meurlin resigned as of June 5. 
Miss Rusk continued the work until early in October, when it was 
taken over by Dr. D. Elizabeth Marcy, of the Department of 
Plant Pathology. 

Miss Rusk reports: “ During the seven years I supplied study 
inaterial free to the ligher schools, the number of requests for 
such material rose from 256 in 1926 to 398 in 1932, an increase 
of about 44 per cent.; and the number of Petri dishes filled with 
sterile agar rose from 1669 in 1926 to 5730 in 1932, an increase 
of about 243 per cent. In the three years I have supervised the 
supplying of study material for a charge, the number of requests 
1as fallen from 398 in 1932 to 265 in 1936, almost as low as in 
1926; and the number of Petri dishes filled has fallen from 5730 
in 1932 to 1098 in 1936—lower than in any other year since 1923, 
and lower by nearly three hundred, than the single month of May, 


_ 


LOprexample, Aneloo oa 
ADULT COURSES 


973 adults registered for our courses in 1936, the largest num- 
ber in the history of the Garden. 

In addition to courses scheduled in the Prospectus, Miss Rusk 
gave, in July, by request, a short course to employees of the New 
York City Department of Health in the identification of hay 
fever plants, particularly ragweed and harmful grasses, and also 


66 


STATISTICS OF SCHOOL SERVICE 


1936 
Loan Lectures (Lantern Slides, cic.) 
INO:-6F Set$ lént® wie ecu ndereed ves eek ee eee eet 4] 
No. of teachers involved ..... 0.0.0.0 000 cee eee 242 
No. of pupils attendin®: cid si05 dpasaeercrea eee 13,247 
Material Supplied 
Total number of requests from schools ............. 1,062 
Number of different institutions ................... 191 
digh Schools and H. S. Annexes 
Brooklyn (Total No, 41) 0.0.0... .....2.0.. 19 
Queens (Total No. 25) .......0..0 2.00005 10 
Manhattan (Total No. 32) .............0.. 8 
Other Boroughs (Total No. 25) ........... 7. 
Junior High Schools (Total in Brooklyn 25) ... 16 
Colleges and Universities (Total in Brooklyn 7) 8 
Elementary 
Srooklyn (Total No. 230) ................ 72 
Queens (Total No. 155) .......... 0.22000. 12 
Manhattan (Total No. I41) ...........0... 3 
Other boroughs (‘Total No. 147) .......... ] 
Private and Parochial. 5.24 iciccec<wedi da ees 8 
Other Institutions ... 0.0.0.0... 0000 cee eee 27 
Number of potted plants for nature study ........... 522 
Number of Petri dishes filled with sterilized agar... 1,098 


Total number of teachers supplied with material .... 8,985 


Total number of pupils reached ..............00.0.-. 340,830 
Living Plants Placed it School Rooits 

No. of schools... 00.0.0 ccc eee eee 89 

ING».0f Plats vio nde. toes Wee eet eee Bee es 621 

No:or teachers mivolveds wise .csac eva ehebe ces weed 042 

No: Gf pupils reached: .s34 4 dade eae ee a eed 26,085 
Plants Distributed (Raised in Classes) .... 0.00.0. 43,008 

No. of persons taking plants ............. 0.000000. 2:95) 

Total number of schools represented ............... 180 
Seed Packets for Children 

ING 2Ot “SCHOOlS. Jeu to a se te dan atholee en fie a se 473 

IN6,- Of “COACHES ® sec cic gcc clog a des bea ewan ww eae, wa 7,477 

INOx (OF “PUpIlSs -2txci eee ee Gated Pe eee 299,058 

ING OF Packets: asad eects oe ok a tnras aund cetatag tae hes 897,175 
exhibits Provided 

INGs OL -G3chIDIES: ¢ deine tua kee Rae eets ei tis oo ead Paoes 9 


NHGWOC ONG cacpted aie, tars ne tual gets nas ate wher eateae 4 ara aan ee 136,925 


a 
No 
BS 


470,855 


120,740 


67 


poison ivy and poison sumac. The total registration in all the 
courses conducted by Miss Rusk was 98 persons. 

On several of the week-ends, while I was absent on chestnut- 
disease work, Miss Vilkomerson had entire charge of the class in 
Trees and Shrubs. The course for nurses-in-training, which I 
conducted as usual, concluded its tenth year. Twenty-eight young 
women were registered in the spring, and ninety in the fall. The 
discrepancy in numbers is because two of the hospitals, St. Johns 
and Prospect Heights, now admit new students only in the fall. 
Therefore, in the spring, the only class coming to the Garden was 
the one from Kings County Hospital. The course for nurses-in- 
training was described in full in my annual report for 1935, 

New Courses ——A course entitled ‘ Flower Arrangement” was 
given on Thursdays, in October, by Mrs. Whitney Merrill. Dr. 
” in May, and one on 
in October. Both of these last were held out-of- 
doors in the Garden, making use of the living plants for study. 
The course in “ Practical Gardening ” 


— 


Gundersen gave a new course on “ Lilacs 


“ evergreens 


was conducted by Mr. Free 
on Monday evenings from February 3 to March 2. This was the 
first time an evening course has been offered by the Garden. 


FLOWER Days 

The following schedule gives the Flower Days held during 1936, 
with attendant details. 

Tuesday, June 16. Ninth Annual Rose Garden Day. Leader: 
Mr. R. Marion Hatton, Secretary of the American Rose Society. 
Topic: Roses. 

Tuesday, October 6. Fall Rose Garden Day. Leader: Mr. 
Montague Free. Topic: Thoughts on rose growing. 

Friday, October 30. Chrysanthemum Day. Leader: Mr. 
Henry E. Downer, Horticulturist, Vassar College. Topic: De- 
velopment of the garden chrysanthemum. 


COOPERATION 


Department of Botany.—Continuing the cooperation with the 
Department of Botany of the Department of Education, Brooklyn 


68 


Institute of Arts and Sciences, along the line begun in 1934, the 
following programs were held on Wednesday evenings at the 
Garden : 

February 5. Fungi: friends or foes of man. Miss Grace A. 
Petersen: 

March 4. Breeding the chestnut tree. Arthur Harmount 
Graves. 

April 1.) Wild flowers of Long Island. Mrs. Clayton A. 
Peters. 

The Annual Social Meeting of the Department of Botany was 
held at the Garden, as usual, on Tuesday evening, October 13. 
Dr. C. Stuart Gager spoke on “ Some treasures from the Brooklyn 
3otanic Garden Library.” 

Jewish Hospital—For three weeks in September Miss Rusk 
cooperated with the Jewish Hospital ina study of the distribution 
of pollen of hay fever plants, exposing agar-coated slides at a 
high point i the Japanese Garden. 

Radio Garden Club Field Day—On June 10 a Field Day of 
the Radio Garden Club was held at the Garden. Brief talks were 
given by members of the Extension Service of the New Jersey 
Agricultural Experiment Station and by members of the Garden 
Staff. Then the assembled guests were conducted on a tour of 
inspection of the grounds. 

Yale University School of Forestry—In February we sent to 
Professor S. J. Record of the School of Forestry, Yale Uni- 


versity, wood specimens of rare members of the Witch Hazel 

Family. These were to be used by a graduate student, Mr. Y. 

Tang, of the Fan Memorial Institute of Biology, Peiping, China, 
§ 8) pee 


Mr. Tang is making an anatomical study of the Hamamelidaceae 
(Witch Hazel Family). 

Bird Lovers Club of Brooklyn —Through Mr. Bernard P. 
srennan of the Bird Lovers Club of Brooklyn, we received lists 
of birds seen each week on the grounds of the Garden. Beginning 
with the week of April 12, these lists were posted each week on 
the outdoor bulletin boards of the Garden, duly accrediting the 
3ird Lovers Club; and they were continued throughout the m1- 
gratory season until June, when a list of the summer residents 


was posted. As we said in a news release, * Thousands of our 


69 


feathered friends over the whole length of the country evidently 
know this spot, for they make it their stopping place during their 


annual journeys northward or southward.” 


EDITORIAL WorK AND PUBLICITY 


I continued to serve as editor of the Plant Section of General 
Biology for Biological Abstracts, and as editor of the Brooklyn 
Botanic Garden Contributions. I prepared an article on Botany 
in 1935 for the annual revision service of Collier’s National Ency- 
clopedia; and also, for the 1937 Daffodil Yearbook, a paper on the 
naturalized daffodils in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. As editor 
of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden Leaflets, I report that six num- 
bers were issued during 1936. During the year, 27 news releases, 
containing 40 articles relating to Garden events, were prepared 
and sent out to the principal metropolitan newspapers. 1,398 


— 


press clippings were received, as against 1,178 last year. 
Circulars descriptive of our spring courses were prepared and 
mailed in March; of the fall courses, in September. Schedules of 
broadcasts by members of the Garden staff from January to June 
inclusive were issued in May, and from July to December, in 
September. This department prepared, as usual, the material for 
the October issue (No. 4) of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden Record, 
which comprises the Prospectus of courses, lectures, and other 
educational advantages offered by the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 


MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 


Bureau of Information —As usual, numerous requests for ad- 
vice on the treatment of diseased or sickly plants, inquiries about 
courses, programs of study, plants flowering at the Garden, etc., 
have been answered by letter, by telephone, and in person. 

Annual Meeting of the A. A. A. S—Miss Rusk and I attended 
the sessions of the American Association for the Advancement of 
Science at Atlantic City, December 29-31, at which I read, before 
the Phytopathological Society of America, a paper entitled ‘‘ Breed- 


ing disease-resistant chestnut trees.” 
Ewhibits—Living material was supplied for exhibits of me- 
dicinal plants at two drug stores, namely the M. B. Picker Cor- 


;. 6. 


Class in Junior Garden Work, planting seeds for their outdoor gar« 


garden plot. \ 


l 


CLS: 


arch 5. (8950) 


Flat in foreground 


planted to represent a 


Al 


poration of N. Y. City (Manhattan), and Liberman’s Drug Store, 
Brooklyn, Also, specimens of plants causing hay fever—grasses 
and ragweeds—were furnished the Purity Pharmacy, Brooklyn. 
We supplied medicinal plants, as in former years, for the exhibi- 
tion of Scientific Pharmacy held on June 4 by the Columbia 
College of Pharmacy. 

Postcards to Members were sent out as follows: on February 
20, to announce the new 1936 seed catalogs on exhibition in the 
Garden library; on March 25th, reporting the display of natural- 
ized crocuses; on April 31, telling of the naturalized daffodils and 
early magnolias in bloom; on May 21, announcing the blooming of 
bearded irises and at the same time, the Long Island Tercentenary 
exhibits in the Local Flora Section and in the Rotunda of the 
Laboratory Building, on view during the week of June 1; and, 
finally, on May 22, advising members of a large quantity of 
annual plant seedlings available for distribution. 

Radio Talks—During the year I gave eight broadcasts on sub- 
jects relating to the Garden, from Stations WNYC and WMCA. 

Research Work—An account of this year’s work in breeding 
the chestnut will be found on pp. 47-60 of this report. 

Respectfully submitted, 
ARTHUR HarmountT GRAVES, 
Curator of Public Instruction. 


— 
_— 


REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF ELEMENTARY 
INSTRUCTION FOR 1936 


Dr. C. Stuart Gacer, Director. 

Sir: I hereby present the annual re 
Elementary Instruction for the year 1936. 

T would call to your attention, merely as points for your records, 
the following: Miss Margaret M. Dorward, assistant curator of 
elementary instruction, who was given a year’s leave of absence 
to study at the Swanley Horticultural College, Kent, England, 
returned on October 1, 1936. Miss Beatrice Clark, temporary 
instructor during her absence, left on June 30. The absence of 
Miss Dorward was felt in the work of the summer, so three of 


yort of the Department of 


— 


ion 


our former students, Idward Johnson, Rosemary Kennelly, and 
Cord Sump, were appointed to assist for the summer. Miss 
Michalena L. Carroll, an artist and able teacher, has had a tem- 
porary appointment to emphasize the part botany may play in art 
to groups of teachers, as well as children. During the spring, 
Miss Barbara Capen, a graduate of Lowthorpe School of Land- 
scape Architecture, Groton, Mass., helped in the greenhouses in 
order to gain some practical experience. 

Junior Garden Conference.—One of the outstanding features of 
interest in our educational program for 1936 was the Junior 
Garden Conference held at the Garden on March 17, during 
International Flower Show week. It was an all-day conference, 
a teaching conference in the field of junior garden work. Seventy- 
five delegates were here, representing many states—Arkansas, Con- 
necticut, New Hampshire, North Carolina, New Jersey, Michigan, 
Pennsylvania, New York State as far north as Buffalo, and south 
to Stony Brook and Riverhead, Long Island. Miss Miner and 
| took the morning of teaching sessions, the Woman's Auxilary 
served the luncheon, and Belter Homes and Gardens conducted 
the afternoon session. Calls have since come from the Garden 
Center Institute of Buffalo and the Skaneateles (N. Y.) Garden 
Club, as well as from the National Council of State Garden Clubs 
for assistance in forwarding Jumior Garden Work. 

Children’s Garden.—The high spots in the children’s gar« 


fa 


enh are 


— 


typified by the range of interest shown by our young people. An 
exhibit of herbs; flowers from the Shakespeare Garden; an 
experiment with tomatoes, seeking new varieties for our soil con- 
ditions; two model formal flower gardens worked out from plans 
made in Miss Carroll's class; a try-out garden of English seed: 
these and other projects were carried out in the 1936 garden. 

The regular work went on, as usual, with thirty-one students 
ready for bronze medals in the fall, and eighteen for silver medals. 
The Garden Teachers’ Association Cup was presented to Hubert 
Zernickow ; the Butler Cup to Marjorie Niedfield, and the Bernard 
Goodinan Memorial Cup to Wilham McDonald. Several books 
were added to the children’s garden library. The boys and girls 
filled nearly 200,000 packets of seed (for school gardens) during 
the summer. 


—— 


73 


Our problems which are urgent now in the garden concern light 
and pests. The row of poplars along the back of the garden and 
the pines at the south end shut off more and more light and make 
successful culture of crops well nigh impossible. Wild rabbits 
(remnants of the time when this part of the City was in the open 
country) and Japanese bettles are a real and serious menace. 

Visiting-class work has gratifying features. More and more 
classes come for special series of lectures rather than one. The 
number given in our formal records is 271, an increase of nearly 
100 over last year, but the number of schools represented in this 
work was nearly doubled. The attendance figure in these classes 

An educational project with WPA docents was carried on dur- 
ing the spring and sunimer on our grounds under the leadership 
of Mrs. Anne Limpus and Miss Helen Marshall. The teachers 
involved in this project numbered 18, and the attendance figure 
for children was 6,338. The Curator and assistants gave two 
entire mornings of teaching with field work to instruct these 
docents in their work. 

Study material was distributed by request to 138 institutions of 
learning, representing 8,091 teachers and 271,308 children. The 
requests numbered 797. 


pam 


Plants for decoration and Nature Rooms 
were given to 89 schools, and to the American Museum of Natural 
History. 

Lhe educational greenhouses are used for the c 
adul 


— 


ass work of 
ts and children; they have raised over 43,000 plants. One 
hundred and eighty schools are represented in these classes. Some 
classes are made up of people who are not concerned with the 
schools. The total number of people enrolled was over 1,150, 
although this figure scarcely tells the story of the work, since some 
of these people come month after month. An aggregate figure 
representing the entire work would be over twice t 

Plants raised in t 
stud 


— 


lat amount, 

1e classes, plants given away to schools for 
y and decoration do not represent the entire output from our 
greenhouses. 


—_ 


About 1,700 plants were given to school and com- 
munity gardens, and 3,500 seedling plants were raised by our high 
school section of young people for the boys’ and girls’ garden. 


The attendance figure for greenhouse work for both adults and 


Children’s Garden. 


Fall work aiter the crop was harvested. 


children is nearly 5,000, which does not include the attendance of 
Mr. Free’s aes using the educational greenhouses. The fol- 
lowing figures will give an idea of the amount of materials neces- 
sary to accommodate the above number of students. 


lower potseandepan seta kenehOiier ols es el eee 3,915 
dei Fs) eae fcc sed ole leal ere craw le yer ae ee een ere Leyte 299 
POUCdesp ani smb cet alO 1 Ceeiebe te test oh odhcees ct ai cee etn Mee Ae ee 2,937 
HOG Lede GLtbiioceta ce Ted Oln Cem rtstah Sarena cee Beenie fore ote 1,854 
Flaite tatocatrommsceds: talcenmiOmie .:. ow 4 ein cee eee ce ener 38,207 
Plants raised trom: seeds for Children’s ‘Garden 0c. 2s es 3,500 
Giitinoss pro videdsironirclasss Worcs «6%. .o dn. ae ee 2,837 
SUEUDSs Si Velo ata: sChOOls* enna.) wis a iG ee Rl ay eee 145 
Rose bushes given out to ee rin ene: ches Uk aneciea yogis tee Renate eee ee 70 
Iris roots given to schools (from Dr. Reed’s plantations) ........... 290 


It will be noted that these figures are steadily and rapidly increas- 
ing, and it is becoming more and more difficult to accommodate 
adequately such numbers of students with the equipment now 
available for the work. Besides actual quantity of material it is 
desired to increase the scope of the classwork, especially with such 
classes as Fundamentals of Gardening (A25) and advanced 
Greenhouse Work (B7). The fact that the educational green- 
houses have to be kept at a temperature high enough for human 
comfort renders it difficult and in some cases impossible to grow 
certain types of plants. As we have a good number of students 
who come back for instruction year after year, it is quite necessary 
to vary the plant material offered them. We are greatly in need 
of a cool greenhouse. For the past few years there has been no 
appreciable increase in our stock plants, and we have had to rely 
upon the generosity of Mr. lree’s department. This arrangement 
is far from satisfactory as it takes up too much of the gardener’s 
time away from our greenhouses, and is at best uncertain. We 
should be able to provide all materials for our own classes. If 
additional equipment is not available in the near future, a serious 
problem confronts us. To curtail class enrollment would seem 
most unfortunate, but would appear to be the only remedy for this 
condition. 

Among the outstanding professional demands that have been 
made upon me from the outside during the year are a few that 


76 


are significant. I gave one of the chief lectures at the annual 
convention of the Childhood I¢ducation Association, Hotel Penn- 
sylvania, New York, on April 29. As a result of this talk on our 
work here, communications have been received from Texas, Colo- 
rado, the Canal Zone, and North Carolina; a special report was 
made to the Bureau of International Education at Geneva, Switzer- 
land. I completed the series of lectures I had been giving once a 
month for six months in East Orange, N. J., to the teachers of 
Grades I through VI. These, too, were based on our work here. 

I served as Chairman of the Judging Committee for Brooklyn 
Youth Week, and have continued as [lonorary Secretary of the 
National Plant and Flower Guild, as Vice-President of the New 
York Chapter of the American Nature Study Society, and as a 
member of the National Committee on Nature-Garden Clubs for 
the School Garden Association. My weekly articles have appeared 
as usual in The Sun (New York) from February through Octo- 
ber. The requests for lectures always exceed the time available 
for such work, but in spite of that fact, an increasing number of 
engagements were filled during the year, involving much time and 
energy and considerable travel. 

Respectfully submitted, 
ELLEN Eppy SHAw, 
Curator of Elementary Instruction. 


REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF PLANTS FOR 1936 
Dr. C. Stuart Gacer, Director: 

Sir: Herewith I submit my report for the year ending Decem- 
ber 31, 1936, 

LILAcs 

During three weeks in May my time was almost entirely given 
to the study of the species and varieties of lilacs. In this connec- 
tion I visited the Cedar Hill Nursery of the late Mr. Theodore A. 
le, Long Island, several times to make 


— 


Ilavemeyer, at Brookvi 
comparisons between their lilacs and ours. In general their flow- 
ering was about three days later than ours. All our lilacs are now 
at least provisionally named. Species in our collection, now seven- 


Teh 


teen, have been planted together in the South point of the lilac 
triangle, leaving the main area for the horticultural varieties. 

In view of the rapid changes of color with age in lilac flowers, 
I have attempted so far as possible to use characters other than 
color in their classification, in particular, size of clusters, compact- 
ness of clusters, and size of individual flowers. 


TREES 

At the time of flowering in spring there is not in general suf- 
ficient time for the verification of names. A large part of this 
work must depend on study of specimens during winter. Even 
so it is dificult always to have the right specimen available in all 
cases. 

During 1936 our list of trees was separated from the list of 
shrubs. With the records of trees separate from the more ex- 
tensive records of shrubs we hope to give better attention to each 
of these groups. Exclusive of Conifers, we now have about 8&5 
genera and 330 species of trees, not counting varieties or the local 


— 


flora collection. In many cases, for example maple, no more 
planting space is available. 
CONIFERS 

In the fall our collection of Conifers was studied. Under our 
city conditions a number of the species have not grown well; how- 
ever, quite a few others are growing fairly well. With more 
special attention to this group much improvement is possible. Our 
collection is as vet very small. 


HERBACEOUS PLANTS 

With Mr. Free I made an inventory of herbaceous piants dur- 
ing the spring. During the year Mrs. Putz has given considerable 
time to this group, especially to getting specimens and records in 
order. 

RAVINE FOR CRYPTOGAMS 

Botany, in the early history of the science, meant the study of 
flowers. It is only in modern times that the lower plants have 
assumed importance. [Except for a few ferns, cryptogams have 


78 


hardly been grown in our garden. It is now hoped to remedy this 
with the construction now nearing completion, of a shady and 


tg ay +) 


moist, north-facing “ravine” on the South shore of the Lake, 
where it is hoped we may succeed in growing Sphagnum, Mosses, 


Liverworts, certain Algae, and ferns that require such a habitat. 


LABELS 


Our system of labeling, like some other methods, was inherited. 
Many years ago wire supports were discarded in favor of metal 
rods. At various times, including the past vear, we have had 
trouble with the lead-antimony plates being removed. Wooden 


— 


abels suspended from branches are used extensively in other gar- 
dens. We have now put out about five hundred such. For tall 
shrubs and low trees, for example, Prunus, these labels have proved 
very satisfactory. The cost 1s hardly one-tenth of that of plate 
labels. 

EXHIBIT 


An exhibit of “ Flower Structures and the Classification of 
Dicotyledons,” comprising drawings by Miss Maud H. Purdy and 
diagrams prepared by Mr. Louis Buhle, was made in connection 
with the A. A. A. S. meeting at Atlantic City, December 27-31. 


CLASSES 


Outdoor instruction in the garden during spring and fall has 
interested me for many years. lor two years Mr. Doney has 
taken over the course on Ornamental Shrubs, giving attention not 
only to characteristics especially at the time of flowering, but also 
to horticultural requirements. 

Two new courses were given by me, one during May on lilacs 
and one during October on evergreens, including conifers and 
broadleaved evergreens. 

SEED EXCHANGE 

The total number of seed packets distributed was 5137, the num- 
ber requested was 5426. Of these, 683 packets were sent to 
members of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden and 4454 to our regular 
botanic garden exchanges—mostly in foreign countries. 


Seed Packets Received: 
BVA COLLECTOR rere te eee aie te foo aks Ma ea alba ll 59 
Vg KG Hal 11 0 Cap hot mn cin ONE PCS ee St cl gd race ne © 1526 
ES Vee OIL eres enna ghee NA Mee OE An gh Ba NiO stake oi Md a SY, 
IB yan LIC Lal's Cas eee, cra fark Sinbad icy Few pie yee enn So) 725 
AUC) fey bs erase recroucecobee onc ecient en te rea 1725 
Seed Packets Distributed 
lehigvieo. (ela Nn vader) teue leeway vin 5 teenie ina a Recor tag do CER 4,454 
ARCO Ye svt ci gal by intcjoepree teers eer ae a et Creare aa ee Gea" 25) b37, 
sO tall Rare ee tar eee NR te, ener 4 ofA be Bie dea eae ia Ba O37 
STATISTICS RELATING To Livinc PLaNnTs 
Species or 
Varieties Plants 
Living Plants Received: 
IB VeECO lL CCE Ompm tetany AM a cose a thcR ts bP ty eee 13 359 
IB Vame x Gl allo Cpmeamenmaeen epee Art on oc .0- 2), ealeee Nee ees 252 454 
TD gy Or ae ON CM ae fe ol oc csc Se ep 472 6,808 
DE eSe nea ehh Gea GARI an ci micehe gi Se tc a IAG G A ek 167 523 
liken cact ae carck teh ven eh Se ee et 2,400 2,460 
BCLs 8 idk ioce doh betas Gr ese 8 ee PC 3,364 10,664 
Living Plants Distributed: 
EROMINICIN DERG Ree R ey a Rita ee Lo Secs. 20060 «| Saran Ole aa ee eR: 9,857 
IDSs BE a tatieres 5.00 ey ah oat 2 ee et ae on re ee A fc eT hea | 529 
TS Van COCCI ANC Cin, Siete Riahre mye ts a IE Cote, oleate aaa ie 314 
glNG tall ieee wera See eae icc Sit Sn! oem tat ee eter ae, 10,700 
Irts CoLLecrions 
(Reported by Dr. George M. Reed) 
Bearded Iris 
Received by Exchange: 
Miss Erica May Brooks, New York, N. Yo .............. 4 varicties 
Farr Nursery Company, Weiser Park, Pa. .............. 11 S 
Miss Harriette R. Halloway, Plainfield, Ne ar ee ete ee 24 ae 
sp ee Gee Nicholls eee riraz ers MPa to.) oi beh, Aig) CONC es 27 
. Walter vecett Little Rocke DA Tee“ ce hlt nee SON hays earn 6 My 
ae RoberteWayman oBaysidec db. 1:2 he. 08 eas eaters 27 = 
Mr. Howard Weed, Weed’s Nationa Iris Gardens, Beaver- 
(ROTI AO) oat ee oc geo RD ery 17 a 
Colonel W. J. Young, West Point, N. Y. .............00- 15 se 


pe tel lite Seer Since ena uch eect ti gs cain) acy 2 eee oa Ph ne eg 131 varieties 


SO 


Japanese Iris 


Received by Exchange: 
John Lewis Childs, Inc., Flowerfield, L. To 2... .......0-0.. 47 varieties 
Mr. Howard Weed, Weed’s National Iris Gardens, Beaver- 
ton, (Ores, dae ius ysis Haseavde oh eke we onweneatees 7 
MSOUAL: 4 wcececsncncts dace da ante tay ene ee doeceg. o eeaneen aaa baoentnra tenes 54 varietie 
Miscellaneous Iris 
Received by Exchange: 
Dr. Ralph C. Benedict, Brooklyn, N.Y. ........-. 1 specie 
Irs. Frances [E. Cleveland, Sunnybrook Iris Gar- 
den, oan IN. Je eehets ead ekiy eeeueeas 1 7 (5 var.) 
Dr. Frank T. Mcl*arland, Lexington, Ky. ........- c © 
. Ralph W. Shreve, Farmington, BUG ied oh drone 3 “ 
Mr. Robert Wayman, Bayside, L. low... eee eee. 1 _ (S var.) 
Colonel W. J. Young, West ae . Ve Aeshetigas 2 (3 “ ) 
POLE Sioa, atone elo et ns ew fete co oon ee nce 11 species 


LLABELS AND SIGNS 


Labels and signs were made by Mr. John McCallum as follows: 


Small galvanized iron labels for the herbaceous beds ............. 485 
Large galvanized iron labels for the herbaceous beds ............ 40 
varge lead labels for the woody plants ...........0.. 0000s 27 
Small lead labels, rock garden type v.02... eee eee eee 156 
Small wood labels for the rose garden and special plantings ...... 685 
ISA OE WOOd a DelS: 2345 desde tat chtn deh oa pee ee aoa aes eee 16 
Laree WOOdEH “SIGS! <26 atiei dik wow vel oi tas te oe dns Sy Tada Bales 30 
Cardboard: SisiS: ¢vencatadcat dice ua bd da ecetin Gane accented gees dupes 89 
Hanging labels for the woody plants ............ 0.0.00 e eee eee 201 
Twelve inch wood labels for es ere ee ne eee 200 
SUSE sta pctap cea wie Raat ene stick thee Seta dae hye ours oe ee seed a epee dpe ene Shale 1,989 


Also numerous miscellaneous numbers and signs. 
Respectfully submitted, 
ALFRED GUNDERSEN, 
Curator of Plants. 


81 
REPOR OF Span ORhCUEDURIS@ k@iHlos6 


Dr. C. Stuart GAGeER, DIRECTOR. 
mut herewith my report for the year ending December 


os 


Sir: I su 
S936: 


PERSONNEL 


The regular force of gardeners was the same as in 1935. The 
laboring force was increased to a daily average of 13.25 by the 
addition of two men. Three more gardeners are urgently needed 


if we are to maintain the collections in a manner ate 
with their importance. 


Labor paid for by Governmental Relief Organizations 
Works Progress Administration 


Outside guards 


(gates and patrol) .. 2100 days 12,600 hours Average 9 men per day 
Handymen ............ 920 days 5,520 hours Average 5 men per day 
REChnICla arya ees 150 days 900 hours 


SYSTEMATIC SECTION 
The Hypericum hedge in the Violales area was replanted with 
Hypericum densiflorum and H. Henryi. 
A wind storm in August caused considerable damage to trees 
and shrubs. One large willow was a total loss. Four men were 
engaged for eight days in repairing the damage. 


— 


HortTicULTURAL SECTION 


The upper boulder wall and middle cinder walk on the Reservoir 
bank were removed. The bank was graded with 40 cubic yards of 
topsoil obtained from the Local Flora Section, and named hortt1- 
cultural forms of shrubs were added to the existing planting as 
follows: 12 Hibiscus, 16 Philadelphus, 11 Weigela. 

Sixty-five trees and shrubs in 18 varieties were planted on the 
level area. Thirteen named varieties of Wisteria were planted 
on the pergolas to replace unnamed kinds. 

Nearly 5,000 narcissus bulbs, the gift of the American Narcissus 
Growers Association, received through the Stumpp & Walter Co., 
were planted in the herbaceous border. In addition we planted 
200 peonies in eight varieties, and 36 varieties of Hemerocallis. 


82 


secause Of subsidence, the five flagstone landings of the steps 
leading from the Horticultural Section were taken up and relaid ; 


anny 


and the north and south transverse flagstone walks were carried 
out to the paved walk. 

A bubbler drinking-fountain given sometime ago by Mrs. Adrian 
Van Sinderen, was reset and connections made with water supply 
and drain. 


Linac AREA 
In accordance with the plan for regrouping the lilacs eighteen 
large bushes were transplanted. 
KOSE GARDEN 
To improve the appearance of the Rose Garden, twenty pillar 
roses, with their cedar posts, were removed from the center beds 
to the side borders. 
hkkose ARC 
Nearly 3,000 square feet of terrace banks were planted with 
Rosa wichuraiana and covered with mulch paper. Three rose beds 


31’ x 6’ were made and planted with 300 [H.T. roses in the spring. 
Ss 

A semicircular bed, 145’ x 8 was made and planted with the Rose 

“ Clytemnestra ” in the fall. 

Ninety cubic yards of topsoil were removed from the area now 

occupied by the water basin. 

Eighty feet of concrete curbing was cast and set. 
Ss a oa 


S 


CONSERVATORIES 


Our conservatory collections were enriched by 67 plants of 
Mrs. Roswell 


Ph 


Begonia in 37 species and varieties, the gift o 
‘Idridge, and by 76 cuttings of Begonia in 41 varieties obtained 
by exchange. 

We obtained by exchange 75 plants, 31 species, of Lithops, 


Rimaria, Gibbaewm, ete., belonging in groups of Mese mbryanthema, 
which either resemble stones; or “ windowed plants,” the leaves 


of which are adapted to admit light to the assimilating tissue which 


— 


is almost subterranean in habit. 


uly 


J 


atic Section. 


System 


Hl bloom, 


lora in fu 


y 


sculus parvif 


C 


84 


MrpicinaL GARDEN 
Started asa WPA project but left unfinished, the grading and 
low retaining wall of the medicinal garden was completed by our 
own men. The garden area was seeded to lawn grass in the fall 
It is proposed to make the beds and plant them in 1937. 


MISCELLANEOUS 

One hundred Mountain Laurel (Nalmia latifolia) were planted 
to ultimately form an evergreen screen between the Flatbush Ave- 
nue service yard and the garden. Twenty-five Japanese Yew 
(Taxus cuspidata capitata) were planted between the service yard 
and the street. 

Fifty Rhododendron maxtmiun were planted to screen the tool 
shed in the rear of Lily-of-the-Valley planting. 

The Lily-of-the-Valley bed (1100 sq. ft.) was replanted and the 
surplus used as a ground cover (1200 sq. ft.) under trees south 
of the Local Flora Section. 

The construction of a small “ ravine”’ in which to grow crypto- 
gams (mosses, clubmosses, horsetails, etc.) was started on the south 
bank of the lake. It was necessary to move 30 large Rhododen- 
drons. 

Over 400 feet of irrigation pipe was laid and 20 faucets installed 
in various sections of the garden. 

A pipe and wire fence 205 feet long was erected around the 
Flatbush Avenue service yard. 


EXHIBITS 
We were awarded a Gold Medal for our exhibit of Plants for 
Rock Gardens at the twenty-third International Flower Show, 
Grand Central Palace, New York, March 16-21, 1936. 
We received a Botanical Certificate for a pan of Narcissus 
viridiflorus (Green Daffodil) exhibited on November 18 at the 
monthly meeting of the Horticultural Society of New York. 


— 


Seep AND PLANT DISTRIBUTION 


In connection with the International Seed Exchange, 4454 
packets of seed were distributed to foreign and domestic botanic 


85 


gardens and other institutions. We distributed 683 packets of 
seed to members of the Botanic Garc 


a 


en, 

Surplus plants of annuals, chrysanthemum, iris, and miscel- 
laneous herbaceous perennials totaling 9857, were distributed to 
246 members in April. 


COOPERATION WITH OrTuer INSTITUTIONS 

We supplied pollen of Ulmus procera to Dr. Smith of the 
Dutch Elm Disease Laboratory. 

Three hundred plants of surplus annuals were given to the 
Greenpoint Hospital, Brooklyn, for planting on their grounds; 
and twenty-four greenhouse plants were supplied to the Creed- 
more Hospital, Long Island. 

Twenty-seven large greenhouse plants were sent to Ellis Island 
at the request of Mr. Rudolph Reimer, Commissioner of Immi- 
gration to be used to brighten up the large hall where immigrants 
are detained. 

CouRSES OF INSTRUCTION 


I conducted the following ‘“ Courses for Members and. the 
General Public” at the Botanic Garden: 

Practical Gardening. An evening course. Five talks with 
cle monstrations 


Plants in the Home: How to grow them. An afternoon course, 
Five talks with demonstrations 


PERSONAL ACTIVITIES 


I acted as a judge for the Garden Club of America at the 
International Flower Show, New York City, on March 16. 
Three speakers were introduced on programs sponsored by 
3rooklyn Botanic Garden as follows: 
May 29. Mrs. Ernest F. Eidlitz. WOR. 
November 10. Miss Mary Averill. WOR. 
November 24. Miss Ellen Eddy Shaw. WOR. 
Respectfully submitted, 
MONTAGUE FREE, 
Fforticulturist and Head Gardener. 


86 


REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE HERBARIUM 
FOR 1936 

Dr. C. StuArT GAGER, DIRECTOR. 

Sir: T submit herewith my report for the year ending December 
fo derm ec folen 

Organization of the herbarium has been going on steadily, and 
the collection now emerges as probably one of the best small 
collections in the United States. There are a little over 100,000 
sheets of flowering plants and ferns, fairly rich in co-types of 
North American plants and with unexpected richness in early col- 
lections by Torrey (circa 1816), Cooper, Cozzens, Croom, and 
others of the early part of the Nineteenth Century. The her- 
barium of E. S. Miller of Wading River, and subsequent addi- 
tions by other collectors, including an assortment of the late W. C. 
Ferguson’s plants, make the flora of Long Island exceptionally 
well represented. The extensive herbarium of Henry Dautun 
well illustrates the wealth of plant species once to be found in 
the New Jersey towns bordering the Hackensack River, an area 
now largely covered by suburban dwellings, with its native flora 
forever lost. Plants of the far western states are especially well 
shown by A. A. Heller’s herbarium, pure 


— 


aased in 1913, containing, 
among other things, many of his type-sheets of Lupinus. From 
the Pacific States are also large consignments of specimens from 
Suksdorf, Elmer, Bolander, and others. Altogether, this com- 
paratively small and compact herbarium-collection readily pro- 
vides material for the identification of plants from the United 
States, and its constantly growing use is an indication of increas- 


ing accessibility. During the past year the species of several large 


fe 


genera such as Carex, Panicum, and Felianthis, have been placec 
in systematic rather than alphabetical order, an arrangement which 
greatly facilitates work in such complicated groups. 

The writer, accompanied by Mr. Buhle, photographer for the 


— 


Garden, left on April 15th for a hurried trip into the southern 
mountains, returning to Brooklyn May 4. Making a short stop 


at Charleston, South Carolina, to visit the museum and the her- 


— 


barium of Stephen Elliott, we proceeded to the Cumberland Moun- 


— 


tains of Middle Tennessee where we made Sewanee our head- 


&7 


quarters. The extraordinarily backward season provided but little 
in the way of seed collections, but gave excellent opportunity for 
photographing and collecting on the Cumberland Plateau many 
of the rare and evanescent flowers of earliest spring, such as 
Diamorpha cymosa, Saxifraga Grayana, Dodecatheon Hugeri, and 
several species of Trillium; Leavenworthia, Psoralea subacaulis, 
Phlox stellaria of the cedar glades near Nashville; Carex Barrattii 
(a species “lost”? to Alabama for a hundred years), and Phlox 
mivalis of the Sand Mountain area in northern Alabama. From 
many of these photographs lantern slides have been made. These 
not only increase our collection of material from the South, but 


represent many species never before adequately photographed. 


Loca Friora SECTION 
Projects of this kind take several years before desired results 
can be obtained, but the planted trees have now really become an 
“open woods 


on a small scale, and the pitch pines in the sand 
area begin to provide some of the atmosphere of the New Jersey 
pine barrens. This section is much more than a ‘“ Wild Flower 
Garden,” as it is sometimes called, but is rather an attempt to 
show on a small scale and in a limited area the best features of 
the now rapidly-disappearing vegetation of the vicinity of New 
York City, and to provide ground for experimental observation 
of variability of poorly known or questionable plants of our area, 
such as species of Helianthemum, the small kinds of Oenothera, 
violets, asters, and golden-rods. Such a study is made possible 
by the variety of habitats (sand-barren, bog, woodland, open 
“meadow,” etc.) now established in the Local Flora valley. As 
atl example of the progress in these plantings may be mentioned 
the excellent and persistent growth through several years of such 
recalcitrant conifers (within city limits) as larch (Larix laricina), 
swamp cedar (Chamaecyparis thyoides), red spruce (Picea rubra), 
black spruce (Picea mariana), and balsam fir (Abies balsamea). 

Changes in the Local Flora Section during 1936 have not 
materially affected the topography of the area. The western part 


has been planted with trees and shrubs transferred from more 
crowded areas: large-leaved poplar, aspen, button-bush, and wil- 
lows. The sand-barren has been extended from the pond nearly 


&8& 


to the entrance gate, in this way eliminating the area of garden 
soil which has proved unsatisfactory for growth of native plants. 
Recommendations for the coming year include reconstruction of 
the rock-wall bordering the bog and extension of the brook to 
the westward. There is also the perennial request for limestone 
ledges for the southwestern corner of the area, 


Herspartum MATERIAL LOANED 


Correll, Dr. Donovan S., Duke Univ., Durham, N. C. ...........-5- 20 
Hermann, Dr. I. J., Univ. Michigan, Ann Arbor ..............-006- 3 
Howell, Mr. John T:., Cal. Acad. Sciences, San Francisca ............ 29 
Long, Mr. Bayard, Phila. ei Nat. Sciences, Phila. .............0. 194 
Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis 2.0.0.0... 00. c eee eee 4 
Ormsbee, Mrs. M. H., ees 1. Ed, see) scent pte oy, Peete dors arene aee a 136 
Perry, Dr. L. M., Gray Herbarium, Harvard University ............ 83 
Shara. Mr A. J Univ. “Tennessee, Knoxville .cccisccmrtvrcntansews 17 
Shaver, Dr. Jesse M, George Peabody College, Nashville ............ 108 
Weatherby, Mr. C. a A. Gray Herbarium, Harvard University ........ 7 

Ota: satrideaacavnausaad eri Gtneda Sree ees Heise ae Sue acepennen Sakae ead ry 601 


HerpartumM MATERIAL BORROWED FOR STUDY 


Bailey, Laperty bivde, Uihaca, IN. Ys wcontvtauaieeesewerieenane ies 2 
Bingham, Dr. Marjorie T., Cranbrook Institute of Science, Bloomfield 
AiG: = WEIGH aiesm aac, cseahaeeetnbaeteeee ase een wo aeetarg nena meee ae 
Cambridge University, Seay Breland. siacie 05: Sas sees aed wee eetce 1 
Gray Ferber, (arvard Livers acceavsaacedotdevencs eiiwen ses 46 
Hanes, Mr. C. k., oes ed See sa ia Sokicece oe cn aah endear 4 
Howell, Mr. John T., . Acad. Sciences, San Francisco .........00. 2 
Humbert, Prof. H. a eyete Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 1 
New York Bots a Garden;,, NvY. (City v4 aciss joan oes be Seca tee 8 
‘Taviow. Pror, y W. iG. Oni, J orento, lanads: ccrsaeyeweneeews 63 
PEA. - cusses av ted sor Gira hayden tet aeip cess ceo aig eer aire Oot au ateatise at arcs ant eayieaateayaie aie ayae artes eae 152 


Herpartum ACCESSIONS AND DISTRIBUTION 


2 


I hanerogamic Herbarium 
Accessions: 
sy Gift: 


enls. My. Fi, LeUnySON 6005235 Seni ee el epee sees 3 
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh ............60sseeeeee eens 11 
Chisholm, Mrs. Maude L. .......- 2... cee eee eee eae 3 
Cartel, Wii Denver: Se ash Geese eee eee 17 


DickinsonmeMiss Wea uisemey acento fore sane eee 83 
WED Sib esa Ked bared Uh panel eee Os estos et eee Oe ee ie ate a ete te 103 
ETariineree Vien Cop On teen erect ee cot ah de ennai slips nied eel 200 

TT LOTT Cr COL CCR erry tsratehenh rc terete ont, ye eee, 3 
Jannson Tee a ane a PO see AR gk 2k RU a tg A ere 10 
ones se Miss eaVViallacemel nna he tiie piconet em oak Gogg ee 9 
aU DOr ar Vis Sickle AVE tnemenn ce Nie coh SS och omers IRIS poe ee ha, 3 
ete rs aid Vico Gt aG em We Miers ti tton? 25» tenet ie ee enn 1 
CU lye) eee ATI CIS an) Meee etary 5.0 ral. in oie nie erate 26 


WWVilarte lied cles IViite 25) en 2aeen Oereeres aya! Ls FS ee a 9 es eee eae 24-496 
By Exchange: 
PNlleiiee Wits vVilii fe Grt Chi Glin = Onitiy 2 occ gett Ne eyes eens, 1 
ailey, Dr. leben ly develithacas UNG Vie atc Wee tre gran 53 
Berkeleye:Oniversity of Galitornia. sss 2csene cscs ees 139 
Cluj, Roumania, Botanical Museum of the University .... 308 
Demaree, Dr. Delzie, University of Oklahoma ............ 294 
Gilbert, Dr. F. A., Marshall College, ees W. Va. 100 
Gray Herbarium, Harvard liaivensitiy: Tere ee lene eae 397 
Hermann, Dr. F. J., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor .. 104 
Hopkins, Dr. Milton, Univ. Oklahoma, Norman ........ 78 
Howell, Mr. John Thomas, California Academy of Sciences — 35 
Kew, Royal Botanic Gardens, England .................. 4 
McV ae Dr. Rogers, (niversiy of Georgia, Athens ... 130 
Moore, Dr Pa MAS. ee ot Arkansas, Fayetteville .. 100 
Ae nccHer Dr. W. , N. Y. State College Agr., Ithaca .. 


New Worle Boti ae Garden: 3ronx Park, N. Y. Gitya en, e101 


Pennsylvania, University.o!,. Philadelphia -.122200.4-20- 5 83 
Purer, Miss Edith A., Hoover High School, San Diego, 

AOE a eee ene abit te sen eS On MRO aia bis) 
Record sWiseswmles ale Scneol ol MOrestrye.21..keuumee oe 45 
Toronto, ead Of mhoOrontols Canadas qm act Se sete 25 
Uhler, Mr. IX. M., Bur. Biological Survey, U.S. D. AL... ik 
Wires: ue il Museum, Washine ton, d.4G. ku oe ee Do 
a Dr. K. M., Cornell University ................ 1 
Zobel, Dr. Henrietta L., University of Denver, Colo..... 211 2,322 

by Purchase: 
Kittredge, Miss E. M., Vergennes, Vermont ............ 95 95 


By Collection: 
Rusk, Miss Hester M., Brooklyn Botanic Garden ....... 1 
Svenson, Dr. Henry K., Brooklyn Botanic Garden 
Vilkomerson, Miss Hilda, Brooklyn Botanic Garden 


90 


Miscellaneous Purchases: 
Paris, Museum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle, Irance, 16 
photographs Of type SP6CleS asi iea sr sewiseewieds ook. 
Linnaean Society, London, "England 1 photograph of type 
specimen Of divlomas locid Alt. janascvaasysk venereees 


Distribution : 

By eae 
Berke pee Of “Caltoritiat 40. ctant eed dees 
ne 'D r. S. T., University of Queensland ............. 
California Aci a of Sciences, San I’rancisco ......... 
Church, Dr. G. L., Brown Univ., Pravidence, hk. I 


Cluj, ei of: ROUMAlIA: sAweseyoas Awaba eakneedede 
Cory, Mr. Vi ii, Texas ner, Exp: Sit, Sonera «5 ce cevis 
F ‘asset, . C, University of Wisconsin ............ 


) 
ray Herbarium, Harvard University 
spats Mr. Ludlow, pues Mass 


Kallip, . Ellsworth P., ediiheoniah Institution ........ 
ae 'D:  W. EL, Smith College, Northampton, Mass. 
eae Univers ity of 

ourt Botanical Garden, St. Louis ...... 0.0.20. 00 ee 
National Park Service, Elkmont, Tenn. 
Oklahoma, University of, Norma 


Pennsylvania, University ot, P hiladelahia 
Philadelphia Academy of aes DCIENCES, x. ce hd Beene 
Purer, _ kK. A., Hoover H. S., San Diego, Cal. ...... 


Shaver, Dr. Jessie M., George ee College, Nashville 
oe eae of, ‘Knoxville: ves... $s sat yee hese 
Nice IE! Ji, Weg SCALE EG), eteairce ew edgucs notes ied aed teats 
Jittien, Dr. H., Deventer, Po Wand <6 4 oka areatienie es whee 
U_LS. National Be-parian: Washington, D. C. ........-. 


West Virginia, University of, Morgantown 
Zobel, Dr. Henrietta, University of Denver 


Cryptogamic Ferbaria 
Accessions : 
fungi: 


By Exchange: 
Dr. F a: 


3,814 


al 


Distribution : 
y Exchange: 
Dr. Tr. Savulescu, Bucharest, Roumania .............. 330 
Dr. F. L. Tai, National Tsing Hua University, Peiping, 
(IST Lee ee eae ia a NR eet: ONCg RU GRr Tne 119 = 449 
TRG) 2 Ue ae ot eee an ee ee A aetna 449 
Other Cry eae 
By Excha 
er ee of the University, Cluj, Roumania .. 46 
By Purchase 
GroutwiVing An Jee Newlanee Wb... coon ty mete ens 13 
Tree Verdooun. doeiden-liollanid ss, <.-) asters eee 100 159 
159 


MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION 
Manning, Dr. Wayne E., Smith College, Northampton, Mass. Fresh ma- 
terial of Platycarya strobilacea; also 1 photograph of fruits of Platy- 


carya strobilacea 

Purer, Miss E. A., Hous High School, San Diego, Cal. 16 photographs 

f sand dune Reser tien 
EXHIBITS 

April 27. N. Y. Public Library, 96th Street Branch. 16 her- 
barium sheets. 

May 12. Annual Spring Inspection, Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 
Long Island Tercentenary Celebration. Exhibit of herbarium 
specimens of economic interest to the early settlers of L. 

May 12. Plants in the Local Flora Section marked with special 
labels to show those growing on Long Island when it was 
first settled by the white men. 

Dec. 2. At the Horticultural Society of New York. Exhibit of 
twenty-six herbarium specimens of H. K. Svenson’s collec- 
tions in the southern United States and five water colors of 
gentians by Miss Maud H. Purdy 

Respectfully submitted, 
Henry K. Svenson, 
Curator of the Herbarium. 


eee 


REPORT ON THE L 


BRARY FOR 1936 


Dr. C. Stuart GAGER, DIRECTOR, 

Sir: 1 submit herewith my report for the year ending December 
51, 1956, 

ACCESSIONS 

The collections at present comprise 35,230 pieces, of which 
number 19,300 are volumes and 15,930 are pamphlets, an increase 
of 530 volumes and 552 pamphlets or 1,082 pieces during 1936. 
Volumes purchased totaled 157; volumes bound accounted for 265 
of the 530 accessioned. Gifts during the year were 86 volumes, 
329 pamphlets, and 713 parts. The list of donors is included in 
Appendix I. 

Of periodicals and other serials the library received 734 as 
exchanges, 84 as gifts, 145 as purchases, and 7 through publication 
by the Garden making a total of 970 titles. 


List of some important accessions 
Apuleius Platonicus or Barbarus. Herbal of Pseudo-Apuleius .. . fac- 
simile, described . yy Dr. F. W. T. Hunger. Leyden, 1935. 
Bower, I. O. Primitive fei plants... London, 1935. 
Brosse, Guy de la. Description du ne) roval des plantes medecinales, 
estably par le roy Louis le juste, a Paris... aris, L636 
Culpeper, Nicholas. The English oe enlarged... London, 1653. 
Darwin, Erasmus. Zoonomia; or, the Laws of organic life, London, 1801. 
Dodge, C. W. Medical mycology ... St. Louis, 1935. 
Dugegar, B. M. and others. Biological effects of radiation... New York, 
3 


Dutrochet, R. J. H. L’Agent immédiat du mouvement vital... Paris, 
1826. 


Edgeworth, M. P. Pollen. London, 1877. 
Farrer, Reginald. Alpines and bog plants. London, 1908. 


Grieve, Mrs. M. A Modern herbal... London, 1931. 
Herbert, W ie Amaryllidaceae ... London, 1837. 
Hermann, Paul. Horti Academicit Lugduno-Batavi ... 1687. 
Hine, Mrs. W. R. New flower arrangements. New York, 1936 
Jung, Joachim. Doxoscopiae physicae minores ... Hamburg, 1662. 
Linné, Carl von. Disquisitio de quaestione ... sexum plantarum... Pe- 
tropoli, 1760. 
———, Flora Jamaicensis ... Upsala, 1759. 
Orbis eruditi judicium ... Stockholm, oie 
Linnean Society of London. Proceedings. 1838-1914. 


93 


Nageli, C. W. von. Beitrage zur wissenschaftlichen botanik, Leipzig, 1858- 
808. 

Pennell, F. W. The Scrophulariaceae of eastern temperate North America. 
hiladelphia, 1935. 

Plukenet, Leonard. Opera. London, 1769. 

Rockwell, F. F. and Grayson, E. C. ywer arrangement. New York, 1936. 

Seifriz, William. Protoplasm. New York 1936, 

Senebier, Jean. Recherches sur Vinfluence de la lumiere solaire e pour méta- 
morphoser l’air fixe en air pur par la végétation. Geneve, 1783. 

Tamura, Tsuyoshi. Art of the landscape garden in Japan. Tokyo, 1935. 

Vavilov, N. I. Theoretical bases of plant breeding. Moscow, 1935. 

W eRe S.A. Humus... Baltimore, 1936. 

Wickham, H. A. On - Reet cultivation, and curing of Para Indian 
rubber (Hevea Brasiliensis) with an account of its introduction from 
the west to the eastern tropics. London, 1908. 

Wilkie, David. Gentians. TLondon, 1936. 

Wodehouse, R. P. Pollen grains... New York, 1935. 

Zirkle, Conway. Beginnings of plant hybridization. Philadelphia, 1935. 


LIBRARY Work 

On entering upon my duties as librarian on March 16, 1936, 
the most pressing problem to cope with was that of the shelving 
of the collection. The serials collection especially had increased 
so that there was no room for further additions. Room was se- 
cured by moving the Experiment Stations publications from the 
balcony stack to the basement thus releasing about 200 shelves. 
Rearrangement of the classified folios gained a few more shelves. 
As now arranged it is estimated that there is sufficient room for 
seven years normal expansion. In moving we were aided by 
three of the gardening staff on rainy days when they could not 
work out of doors. Because of good weather however, work at 
moving soon came to a standstill until the full time help of a 


worker was secured through the Works Progress Administration. 
With this aid the serial collection was moved and the classified 
collection rearranged and inventoried. This same agency sup- 
plied the services of a clerical helper to compile and type an index 
to the library’s copy of Smith and Sowerby’s English botany 
which a former owner had had bound by families and genera thus 
disrupting the numerical sequence of the plates. The library 
collection was also gone over to make more legible the call numbers 
on the backs of the books, to make minor repairs, and to supply 


94 
book-plates or other mark of identification where needed. This 
work is progressing so that the collection as a whole will receive 
yrotection until such time as funds will be available for binding and 


— 


rebinding where needed. 

In addition to the regular routine work the staff cooperated in 
indexing a publication for the Index Londinensis Supplement 
which the Royal Horticultural Society is to publish. Books were 
assembled for exhibition in connection with the Long Island 
Tercentenary celebration and the Herb Luncheon of the Woman's 
Auxiliary, as well as the customary exhibitions on Rose Day, 
Chrysanthemum Day, and the regular Spring display of seed cata- 
logs. In connection with the Herb Luncheon the collection of 


pa 


her 
on the cover of the invitation. The Herbarium staff found the 
autograph collection useful in checking writing on herbarium sheets 
with some letters of Asa Gray in order to determine if the notes 
were by that botanist. 

Working with a collection new to one, there is always present 
a sense of discovery. Finding a Charles Darwin signature on 
one of the library possessions gave quite a thrill. As such “ as- 
sociation” items are found they are being recorded in the catalog. 
Work has been started at transcribing the scrawling holographs 
of famous men and typing them to facilitate reference and for 
use in display with the originals in exhibitions. 


vals proved of great use as sources for the illustrations used 


READER SERVICE 


— 


The library has been freely consulted by both the public anc 
the staff. Two groups of PWA workers have used the collections, 
one to compile a bibliography, the other to gather material on the 
possibility of American farmers growing crops that are now 
largely imported. 

INTERLIBRARY LOANS 


During the year the library loaned 80 volumes for use in other 
institutions and borrowed 20 volumes for use by staff members 
of the Garden. 

300ks were loaned to: American Fern Society; Brooklyn Mu- 
seun Library; Carnegie Institution of Washington, Dept. of 


95 


Genetics, Cold Spring Harbor, L. I.; Columbia University, New 
York; George Washington oe Washington, D. C.; Hor- 
anne Society of New York; ore Island Biclosicls Asso- 
ciation, Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, L. I.; Long 
Island College of Medicine, Hoagland Library, Brooklyn; New 
Jersey Public Library Commission, Trenton, N. J.; New York 
State Library, Albany, N. Y.; New York State Agricultural Ex- 
periment Station, Geneva, N. Y¥.; New York State College of 
Forestry, Syracuse, N. Y.; New Moet University, Washington 
Square Library; Dennen Horticultural Society, Philadel- 
phia, Pa.; Princeton University Library, Princeton, N. J.; Rocke- 
feller Tecate for Medical Research, New York; Rockefeller 
Institute for Medical Research, Dept. of Animal and Plant Pathol- 
ogy, Princeton, N. J.; United States Department of Agriculture, 
Library, Washington, D. C.; Washington University, St. Louis, 
Mo.; H. W. Wilson Goninenty New York. 

Books were borrowed from: Brooklyn Public Library; Co- 
lumbia University, New York; New York Botanical Garden; New 
York College of Pharmacy. 

The statistical report follows. 

Respectful 


— 


y submitted, 
Witiiam E. JorDAN, 
Librarian. 


SPATS TCA RE RORT ON TEE IB RAR Y 


ACCESSIONS 
Parts 
Autograph (Including 
Letters Portraits Volumes Pamphlets Periodicals) 
Exchange ....... Zz 156 4,482 
Ochi Os eerie ee ae 75 is) 86 329 713 
Publication ...... 0 0 0 58 50 
Purchase 2.0.4... 5 5 157 9 1,075 
By ae Me 0 0 265 0 0 
TRG Cal ee Mie soe 80 18 530 552 6,320 
Total number of volumes in library, December 31, 1935 ............. 18,770 
Number of volumes added during 1936 .......0.0 00000000 .000.00.00.. 530 


96 


Total number of pamphlets in library, December 31, 1935 ........... 15,378 
Number of pamphlets added during 19360 ......... 0.0.0.0... 0.0020 552 
Total number of pamphlets in brary, December 31, 1930 ........... 15,930 
Total number of volumes and pamphlets in library, December 31, 1935 34,148 


Net increase of volumes and pamphlets during 1936 ................ 1,082 


Total number of volumes and pamphlets in library, December 31, 1930 35,230 


AMERICAN IFERN Society COLLECTION 


Number of volumes, December 31, 1935 2.000000... 00000002 c cee 43 
Number of volumes added during 1936 ....0.00.0.00 000000 e eee eee 0 
Total number of volumes, December 31, 1930 .......0........0..05. 43 
Number of pamphlets, December 31, 1935 20.0.0... 00.0.0... 000000 242 
Number of pamphlets added during 1936 0.0.0... .0..0 0.00 cece ve 
Total number of pamphlets, December 31, 1930 2.0.0.0... 0.0 ..0.000. 249 
Number of parts added during 193860 2.0.0.0... 000.000 cee eee 11 


SERIALS AND PERIODICALS 


(Including only those of which numbers were received in 1936) 


DMOSCLIPUION. | cies dd ne aitoen ones deate mene antes Goes Seated 145 
COAT aay ace enter teeatys Grates ari ease foe ee ieee Be come anes eae mapas 84 
FERC AM OG. een cote ankles cas sot teens wad aoe el aos eo ad ev 734 
PUBWGAHOM: | og aiee ee ane ieee n rou Set tac a yt second ee ated 7 

LCG iegeaesiee aay cet os kee ater vied toes as oso eoteea eh dh ws atnct ces otic a th ede eat oh oe 97() 


CATALOGING 
3ooks, Pamphlets, and Serials cataloged .. 0.0.0.0... 00... eee 1,054 
‘Total number of cards typewritten and filed ..................00. 2,540 


PRINTED CARDS 


Torrey Botanical Club index cards on file, December 31, 1935 2.2... 49,749 
Viled during 1936 0.0... ccc ccc cect tne t ene eeneee 1,905 

ia NOR GCIM eR aky A290: 6.4. ve tecp then bee penne ee ee 51,654 
Index Algarum Universalis cards ........... 00sec eee eee nen eee 2,000 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Number of users of the library ....... 0... cece cee eee ee een eaes 4,107 
Books lent to members of the staff 22... 0.0... cee eee eee 1,414 
Books lent to other institutions 2.0.0... 0. ccc cc eee eee eee 80 
Books borrowed from other institutions .......... 0.0. c eee eee eee 2( 


O7 


REPORT ‘OF LH RESIDENT INVESTIGATOR 
(FERNS) FOR 1936 
Dr. C. Stuart Gacer, DrreEcror. 
Sir: I submit herewith my report for the year ending December 
SH a 9S6 


SCHOOL SERVICE 


As chairman of the Program Committee of the N. Y. Associa- 
tion of Biology Teachers, the 1936-1937 program of speakers was 
worked out with the president of the Association, Dr. Elsie M. 
Kupfer, of Wadleigh High School. The following list of speak- 
ers was secured: Dr. Calvin Bridges, California Institute of 
Technology; Prof. E. W. Sinnott, Barnard College, Columbia 
University; Dr. B. O. Dodge, N. Y. Botanical Garden; Dr. Oscar 
Riddle, Carnegie Institution, Cold Spring Harbor; Mr. Frederick 
Osborn, New York City. 

As chairman of the Nominating Committee of the same Associa- 
tion, I prepared the 1936 slate of candidates, with Dr. Kupfer as 
the new president. 

As College Representative for Biology, of the Science Council 
of the N. Y. City High School Department, I have served as 
chairman of a Committee on Science Bibliography. The Com- 
mittee was appointed for the purpose of keeping high school science 
teachers in touch with significant literature, and to stimulate the 
interest of teachers to keep abreast of developments in their 
respective fields. 


EpirortaL Work 


Another volume, the 26th, of the American Fern Journal has 
been completed and issued, and paid for. A few years ago the 
Tern Society was unfortunate in its treasurer, but with Dr. Sven- 
son, of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, now serving, all accounts 
have been paid and a large indebtedness has been cleared up com- 
pletely during 1936. The Journal and the American Fern Society 
are greatly indebted to Dr. Svenson and to the Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden for the facilities afforded; for taking care of the Fern So- 
ciety Library, and for storage and custodial care of the extensive 
back files of the journal. Miss Hester M. Rusk, also of the Brook- 


98 


lyn Botanic Garden, has been good enough, during the year, to take 
over the duties of ern Society librarian, formerly carried by the 
resident investigator. 
TERN \WorK 

During 1936, the collections of Nephrole pis have been maintained 
and some use of these has been made by students in other insti- 
tutions. Materials have been provided for research work of one 
student in Brooklyn College and for two at Columbia University. 

: 


Rosenberg, 


— 


rough Dr, Reed space was made available to Miss Theresa 
of the Biology Department of Brooklyn College, for 
young plants of Nephrolepis 


the growing of a large number o 
hirsutula. Miss Rosenberg is now using these plants in experi- 
ments on the photo-periodicity of spore production, under the 
direction of Professor Trelease at Columbia University. 

Spores of Nephrolepis and of other fern species have been pro- 
vided for Mr. Harry Albaum, also of the Brooklyn College 
Biology Department staff, who is working on a doctorate problem 
in the regeneration of fern prothallia under the direction of Pro- 
fessor Barth, at Columbia, 

Studies of fern hybridity among native species have been con- 
tinued through field trips and through the cultivation of plants, 
partly in the Local Flora Section. Some of this material has been 
intensively studied under the microscope by an undergraduate 
student of Brooklyn College, Mr. Sidney Greenfield. 


PLANT CONSERVATION 
Interest in plant conservation has continued, as is indicated by 
requests for information, for printed matter, and for rare plants 
nor naturalization. Of five conservation Leaflets written in the 
past by the resident investigator, three are still available, but the 
two longer ones and the ones more often asked for, Game Laws 
for ferns and wild flowers and The conservation of beauty, have 
long been out of print. 
Respectfully submitted, 
Ratpu C. BENEDICT, 
Resident Investigator (Ferns). 


o, 


REEORI.OF GHEY RESIDENT INVESTIGATOR 
(ECONOMIC PLANTS) FOR 1936 
Dr. C. Stuart Gacer, Director. 

Sir: I herewith submit a report of the activities of the Resident 
Investigator for Economic Plants during 1936. With the consent 
of the Garden, the Brooklyn Botanic Garden—Long Island 
University Course (B-15, 16) in Economic Plants, was omitted 
during the 1936-1937 academic year. In anticipation of the estab- 
lishment of the Botanic Garden’s new herb garden, a study of 


ae 


several herb gardens was made in eastern Massachusetts during the 
sununers of 1935 and 1936, in order to note the species and their 
arrangement which have been successful in this climate. Data 
compiled from such studies have been filed with the Director. 
Reports on research, lectures, and publications are given else- 
where in the Annual Report under their respective headings. 
Respectfully submitted, 
Ratpu H. Cueney, 
Resident Investigator (Economic Plants). 


REPORT OF THE FIELD SECRETARY FOR 1936 
Dr. C. Stuart Gacer, Director. 

Sir; Herewith I present my report for the year ending Decem- 
ber a1 1936: 

The five sessions of the Flower Arrangement course were held 
Wednesday mornings from January 8 to February 5. Mrs. Wil- 
liam H. Cary, Mrs. Roy M. Lincoln, Miss Hazel Heissenbuttel, 
and Miss Grace Cornell, of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, were 


— 


the guest speakers. Through the courtesy of the Metropolitan 
Museum one session, devoted to a demonstration of flower arrange- 
ments with effective backgrounds, was held at the Museum. The 
members of both institutions were invited to attend. 156 registered 
for the course, and in addition a number attended single lectures. 

During February and March a course in Garden Design and 
Horticulture was presented. Marjorie Sewell Cautley conducted 
three of the five periods, discussing Foliage Backgrounds, Garden 
Design, and Color Schemes for the Garden. Mr. Free collaborated 


100 


in two sessions with a practical discussion of the Culture and 
Care of Trees and Shrubs and the Details of Garden Construction. 
Thirty persons enrolled for the course and a number attended 
single lectures. 

At the request of the Queens Teachers Association I gave a 
series of five talks and demonstrations on Flower Arrangement for 
a class of seventeen teachers in Jamaica during [February and 
March. This course was repeated successfully on Thursdays, 
October 1 to 29, at the Garden, for a class numbering forty-six. 

Setween February and November [| represented the Garden, 
arranging for meetings of various organizations at the Garden or 
speaking at club meetings in New Jersey, Long Island, and New 
York City. These meetings numbered eighteen. I also attended 
various meetings of garden organizations, representing the Garden. 

In addition, over two hundred letters were sent to garden clubs, 
announcing Miss Shaw’s course of Junior Garden Work, member- 
ship lists were checked in August, and personal letters sent to 
members in arrears. Several hundred letters were sent to a 


selected list concerning fall courses during September. New mem- 


a 


bers were solicited by personal letters. 
The Woman's Auxiliary of the Botanic Garden has had a par- 
up of 


— 


ticularly active and successful year under the chairmans 
Mrs. Irving L. Cabot. On January 30 a benefit lecture was spon- 
sored, with Miss Jessie H. Righter as chairman. Arthur C. Pills- 
bury of Berkeley, California, lectured on Growing Plants Without 
Soil or Cultivation to an audience of more than five hundred. A 
second benefit lecture was held on the evening of April 28 at the 
home of Mrs. Otto Goetze. Miss Hilda Loines gave a talk on 
English Cottage Gardens, illustrated with her colored slides. Mrs. 
Charles E. Perkins acted as chairman for this event, which was 
exceptionally well attended by the members of the Auxihary and 
their friends. Proceeds from these two events enabled the Aux- 
iliary to present $1,000 to the Garden. 

The annual luncheon of the Auxiliary was held on February 5 


in the rotunda of the Laboratory Building. One hundred and 
eleven members and guests were present to hear Miss Ellen Eddy 
Shaw tell of the work of the Department of [tlementary Instruc- 


tion. 


101 


On March seventeenth, when Miss Shaw held an all day con- 
ference on Junior Garden Work, the Auxiliary served a delightful 
luncheon for the guests. 

A third benefit, with Mrs. Russell Cruikshank as chairman, was 
undertaken in November—Herbs for the Garden and Table, a 
lecture, demonstration, and luncheon held on November 16 on the 
Starlight Roof of the Waldorf-Astoria. Mrs. Mortimer J. Fox 
lectured on the propagation of culinary herbs and the best methods 
of preparing them for use. Mrs. Rebecca Hufcut, the Waldorf 
Dietician, explained the preparation of selected herb-flavored dishes 
while M. Lucien Tourton, banquet chef of the Waldorf, prepared 
them. Luncheon, with a special menu of herb delicacies, followed. 
More than four hundred reservations were made by the guests 
who came not only from New York City and the vicinity, but also 
from Massachusetts, Connecticut, Pennsylvania, Maryland, and 
Georgia. More than five hundred copies of the recipes were dis- 
tributed at the luncheon and subsequently in reply to requests. 

At the annual meeting of the Woman’s Auxiliary, held in De- 
cember, a Constitution and By-Laws, prepared by Mrs. Lewis W. 
Francis and her committee, were presented and adopted by the 
Woman’s Auxiliary. The officers, reelected to serve for 1937, 
include Mrs, Irving L. Cabot, President; Mrs. Charles E. Potts, 
Vice-President; Mrs. George E. Brower, Secretary; and Miss 
Jessie H. Righter, Treasurer. 

Acting in the dual capacity of Field Secretary for the Garden 
and Executive Secretary for the Auxiliary, I have sent out during 
the year more than 9,400 notices of courses and activities and 
2,000 letters concerning these to carefully selected lists in addition 
to the regular correspondence. A great deal of my time and 
effort has been expended in planning the Flower Arrangement 
courses, Garden Design, the details of the benefits, and in securing 
the lecturers. Seven folders or announcements have been pre- 
pared, including the folder of general information about the 
Botanic Garden, which was distributed at the International Flower 
Show in New York. From time to time I have sent announce- 
ments of these activities to garden club and horticultural publica- 


tions. 
Respectfully submitted, 
GERTRUDE W. MERRILL, 
Field Secretary. 


Code No. 


1530 
1531 


SIO GiB GDH OO 00 


ra 


Tempo 


Other than Personal Service 


Account 
Personal Serv soa 
Kegular Employ 

orary i ei ees 
Total Personal Service 


t. & Agric. Supplies 
Motor Vehicle Supplies 


FIN pes STATEMENT FOR 1936 


Ax BupGET ACCOUNTS 


Dis. Sup. 


C 
General Plant Equipment 


eral Plant Mate 


rials 


Renal : - Replacements 


Light at & Power 
Telephone Service 
‘arfare 


Expressage & Deliveries 
General Plant Service 
“ontingencies 


Additional Appropriation 


Total Other than Personal Service 
936 


Balance Dec. 31, 


Appropriated A Snr 


$56,525.68 
12,560.60 
$69,085.68 


*§ 3,500.( 


He 


eo 
wm Wt OO 
r 
= 


$1,547.23 


14.40 
22.00 
6,000.00 


$7,583.63 


§ 5,047.2 
750.0 
200.0 

2,660.0 
70.02 
200.0 
40.0 
1,745.6: 
1,022.0 
1,500.0 
308.3 
442.85 
72.9 
209.37 
400.0 
190.33 
S14,858.6 


Ex pended 


ee Pa 82 


Total Expended $83,941.45 


Transferred to Department of Purchase, General Purchase Fund 
ae ad ae ae aa oe a 46 


a 


4 


a 


“ Water Supply, 


Gas & Electricity 


from Code 3050 Miscellaneous City Fund for Salary & Wage Accruals 
ae ae ae ae ad ae ae ae ae ae ae 


SF ‘ Kings Contin 


ce 
oe 


ae 


im 


Balance to 


Balance 
Dec. 31, 1936 Code Number 


$ 


is 


eof 


~SSS 


1539-1547 
1539, 1544-5 


$5,047.23 
75.00 
500.00 
$1,547.23 
14.40 
22.00 
4,200.00 
1,800.00 


cOL 


_ 


Permanent Funds Restricted Principal 
1. Endowment Fund $ a 500.00 
2: Life Membership 000.00 
3. George C, Bracket "500.00 
4. B euauns Stuart ee 13,417.20 
5. Martha Woodward Stutzer 16,000.00 

peae Bates Sees 2,697.00 
Alfred T. Whit 243,149.27 

8. A. Augustus oe Bequest 9,798.31 
9. Robert B. Woodwa mn 25,000.00 
10. E Bek ment [ncre 134,671.65 
11. A. T. White Gea Tablet 889.85 
12. Bk e mn. Last. entenni al 30,000.00 
ie John D. Rockefeller, Jr. 250,000.00 
14. Citizens E ee ment 253,929.26 
ie Henry : y Trust 53,660.92 
» Mis EC: : oe ger 000.00 

. John \W. F rothingh yam 10,000.00 
Total $1,099 213.46 


nae ies Accounts Restricted 
aining Membership 
ee Membership 
s 
en Collection 
12. Cary re eas 


rT fees Research 


25. Speci re Contributions 


Total $1,099,213.46 


Grand Total $1,099 213.46 


PRIVATE 


Balance 
Jan. 1, 1936 


w 
oS 


2,993. 55 
$12,156.48 


$12,368.01 


Funps Accounts 


Income 


$ 2,020. 
28 


$37,598.10 


$80,789.87 


Avatlable 
$ 2 Cee 2 


89.7 
200. 00 


$43, 403. 30 


508.16 
7,159.19 
15, 703. 70 


9,181.72 
7,059.20 
3,233.55 


$49,754.58 


"$93,157.88 


Expended 
S$ 2,020.0 
280.0 
20.00 
535.4€ 
382.1 
9,725.9 


CO OS 


Nom 
co 


an 
co 
ie) 
PE OS ONO ait C 
1 OO T 
AHP RE ONAONA 


tu 
~I 
~I 
bo 
ios) 


$87,534.98 


Balance 
Dec. 31, 1936 


\ 


cOl 


II]. SumMARY or Total MAINTENANCE BUDGET FOR 1936 
Income Expended 
Other than Other than 
Personal Personal Personal Personal Balance 
Service Service Total Service Service Total Dec. 31, 1936 
Tax Budget 
Appropriation 49.1% $ 69,085.68 $20,858.63 $ 89,944.31 S$ 69,082.82 $14,858.63 $ 83,941.45 S$ 6,002.86 
Private Funds 
Budget 50.9% 61,673.45 31,484.43 93,157.88 61,632.45 25,902.53 87,534.98 5,622.90 
Totals $130,759.13 $52,343.06 $183,102.19 $130,715.27 $40,761.16 $171,476.43 $11,625.76 


Respectfully submitted, 


DANIEL C. Downs, 
Secretary and Accountant. 


Note: The above ‘Financial Statement” is a transcript of Brooklyn Botanic Garden accounts in the books of the 
Treasurer of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences 


Treasurer’s accounts are audited annually by a Public 


Accountant, and a separate audit of this ‘Financial Statement” is not made in order to save unnecessary expense. 


EDWIN P. MAYNARD, 
Treasurer. 


rol 


105 


APPENDIX 1 


GIFTS RECEIVED DURING 1936 


Collections Fund 


Associate Alumnae of Adelphi Acad- 


emy 
Mrs. Frank L. Babbott 
Mr. Philip A. Benson 
Mr. & Mrs. Edward C. Blum 


. Butler 

Mrs. S. Parkes Cad man 

Mr. Walter H. Crittenden 

Dugan Brothers 

Mr. Otto Ebel 

Mrs. William Emerson 

Girls Commercial High 
ence Department 

Mrs. A. A. Healy 

Mr. James M. Hills 

Miss Elsie O. Hincken 

Mr. William * Hunter 

Miss C. Julie M. Husson 

Mr. Edward re Inghram 

Miss Hilda Loines 

Mrs. Stephen Loines 

Mrs. William W. Marshall 


School Sci- 


Mrs. Edwin P. Maynard 


Mr. Alfred FE. Mudge 
Mr. Dean C. Osborne 


ost 
aie 


Mrs. James H. P 
Mrs. Charles s 


. Harold I. - ratt 

ee William A. Putnam 
Mrs. Kate F. Merle Smith 
Mr. J. E. Spingarn 

Miss Elise W. Stutzer 
Mrs. Herman Stutzer 
Mrs. S. T. Stewart 

Mrs. Mary Van Norden 
“CL. W.” 


Mrs. R. C. Weithas 

Mrs. Alexander M. White 
Miss Frances E. White 
Miss Harriet H. White 
Woodmere Garden Club 
Peter Piper Wright 

Miss Abigail Young 


Construction of Rose Arc 


Mrs. Walter V. Cranford 


Compensation of Landscape Architect 


Woman’s Auxiliary B. B. G. 


For Endowment of Trees 


Women of ’76 Chapter N. S. D. A. R. 


Chestnut Breeding Project 


National Academy of Science 


675.00 


50.00 


350.00 


Publishing Memoir No. IV Twenty-fifth Anniversary 
Papers 


Woman’s Auxiliary B. B. G. 


106 


Special Gifts for Children’s Work 


Miss Halda LGines: vos sa-chaccuces te bee ied hd eee eie se aw Ee 25.00 
Better Homes & Gardens, Des Moines, la... 2... ee eee 25.00 
Robertson. Pratt 2sccsacee acdsee can eaee ss Sea hee Matos 25.00 
Mrs. Charles E. Perkins 2.2.0.0... 00.00 c cece eee eee ee eens 25.00 
Garden Center Institute of Buffalo, N.Y... 0.22. eee eee 25.00 
Children’s Endowment Fund 
faye ails Cltb: By Ben sexienaessneusew ese yeaeee yee hewen 25.00 
Woman’s Auxiliary Reimbursement Account 
Course i Garden Deiee 1aaceonscse sonnet ne ee een eee 251.20 
Library 
Books 
American Rose Society, Harrisburg, Pa. ....... 0... cee eect eee eee 1 
Ames, Professor Oakes, Cambridge, MASS. cuca oe tema oes ] 
Blatt Miss. Natale: Brooklyn, Ni YViccseceueels eons aatiteaeeda es 1 
Brooklyn Botanic Garden Boys’ ae Girls’ Club ssdet ateg hetse ie pePrteses ees tanta 1 
Chemical Foundation, Inc., New York, No. Yoo... 2. cece eee 1 
Doubleday, Doran & Company, Inc., Garden City, NA We extaicewiaans 1 
Downs; Mr; Daniel:C., Brooklyn, Ni Yo... ccn ics edeiae ig cee heaves tees 1 


Drushel, Dr. J. A., Class in the Teaching of Elementary Science, New 

York enn SUG 2 prec peta eat ea Pe ye ete aete pee 2 
Baelish Speaking Union, Washimeton, Dye vésianes ye ce sawenieaees 1 
evans, Hon. Marcellus H., New York, N.Y. 2 
ree, Mr. Montague, Beookinu, N. y. 4 
Gager, Dr. C. Stuart, Brooklyn, N. Y. 
Girard Free Library, Girard, Ohio 


aise ahs atagihaaiath Geen mens Gate eta dlaas 1 
Graves, Dr. Arthur Harmount, Brooklyn, N.Y... 0.2... ee 2 
Gundersen: Dr. Alfred, Brooklyn; N; Xo. 2occchdsewdawisaineeue chads 1 
Indiana Botanic Garden, Hammond, Ind. 2.0.2.0... 0.00. eee 2 
Ingersol, Mr. Raymond V., Brooklyn, N.Y. 0.0.0... c eee eee eee 1 
Karshan, Gloria and Donald, Brooklyn, N. Y 1 
Kokusai Bunka Shinkokai (Society for International Cultural IRela- 


tions); “Tokyo, Japati’ .cseced ta vasat-dous tonne es daw sae es 1 
Liu; Mery J.C. -Peipiig China. tscta4utruringacwwn Ganeks ees 1 
Lone Mrs, Walter P:. Brooklyn, N.. Ye iwociagenda aie eeiin gies neue 1 
Low, Mrs. S. W., Rivokiva: Nie WE Shir Gae daavoeehten ate aelacaier gine oiauencos 13 
Merrill, Mrs. Whitney, Brooklyn, N. Yo 2.0.0... cece eee ee ee eee 1 
Miner, Miss Frances M., Brooklyn, N. Y. 2... . cece cee ee eee 1 
New York State Cleese of Forestry, Syracuse, N.Y is. essed oesiens 1 
Parent-Teachers Association, P. S. 117, Queens 12.0.2... 6c ee ee eee 1 


107 


Roosevelt. Memorial Commission, New York, N. Y. 
Sanders, Miss Claire, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


sentoeder. Wire Hredericke Bb toolelyins INa ee se mete ate enn ees 
Shawahanee Mrs lie t)s aa nouldyiia Ni Venera er en oe 
Shaw, Miss Ellen Eddy, Brooklyn, N. Y. ................0.- 


Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 


dha ylo re Vitae Gat New waaycotlow Nt wYe! bios eee aren een 
Truslow, Dire VWalteradaroolclyine IN. Ye: eles OMe cee te ted 
S. re ee o Plant Industry, [emitiona dat tags ae neces 
Vavilov. PN eleven Ore len as 58.5 Ne SA yee Seine a Pee tetctn. 
GG tel Ae erator isco: Pee each Ne cnn 1 ik Le ae ag Mtn Miele Aenea, 
PAMPHLETS 

American Society of Naturalists (Office of Secretary, Cold 
FEB elo) eg Liisa Bs) erica Ma ie a ER adie Dy Toh ns, ee 
American Tree Association, Washington, D. C. .............. 
mimes PLOlessor Cakes weampridme. \ Wace.) 1.7 8S woke omen cree 
uae nia nett Can ra Pec a Ta ES a Ga RRS 
Baker, Mr. TENA Vee © 0) pleCoh rate eIIN (Rel Gee I ete htt ee 
Barnes, Mrs. C. IVES TI@ re ealer a. ue. hc Mo eee eee 


Benedict, Dr. Ralph Curtiss, Brooklyn, N. Yo ..............-. 
Better Homes and Gardens, Des Moines, lowa ............... 


Boyce Thompson Institute for Plant Research, Yonkers, N. Y. 


Bie Botanic Garden Woman's Auxiliary ................ 
Burp V. Atlee Company, Philadelphia, Pa. ............... 
ene and Carbon Chemicals Corporation, New York, N. Y. ........ 

C 


r 


Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, D. C. ....... 
Carnegie Institution of Washington, Dept. of Genetics, Cold 

[rake te pos creel Rite feerreyrengrt oy 3.5: AZ Ge are era Ur nme Er et nr aren afin 
Cheney, Dr. Ralph nae IB TROOlelyieeIN Mee Yes ees tce eet crete. 
Chianict cerom WothoAlbertors bisa teil vse ew en neler 5 


Donat, Dr. Arturo, a NeoiomAreentilantiss near a. 
DuPont de Nemours and Company, Mi ilmington, Del. 20.02... 
\ Ki -R. 


I'inn, Professor W 


Iletcher, Miss a ivy Macher Richmond lille Ney ee 
Fosbers, Mir Fs Re Honolulin Hawatigee ce tien. osc oot 
Free, Mr. woe igue, Brooklyn, N. a AERO Le Bee ee ne cakis 
Gaver Dr.-G. Stuart, BrooklyuntaNeavenern reer tk 
Goodspeed> Drv: He. Berkeley:, Caleta yr oe es 
Graves, Dr. Arthur peu Broo kliviwlNte Vee eens: ee, 
Gundersen, Dr. Alfred, Brook Neer arene Rat haf) 
Haggerty, Miss Bey ore Ny. fee Cecio key eeepc ee ene 
Harper, Dr. Roland Ms sUniversityseailasemrren (eaten cso te 
Haskins, Dr. C. P., eee INES VIR Sere etn Det ec 8 8 cat 
Inman; Dre Or 1s Antioch Ohio eet: orca oe 


iW Roth osialceieirer eviens 10VereueneuemsG econ ei ai6 


oy LT , seh ie eee Ne Asie lene, sels tgetrnevstejcentyletece: 4 


er 


Spring 


w 
DR & BRO 


_ 
bo 


Pred FM rH eH 


\o 


108 


Japan. Board of Tourist Industry, Tokyo .......... 0.020.000.0000 0 ee 1 
Jones, Dr. Linus H., Amherst, Mass. ........ 0.0.0. eee eee ee eee 
es dan, Mr. William E., Brooklyn, N.Y. 2.0... ccc ccc eee 
, Mr. Samuel, Brooklyn, fea" peteestghegetscereeest ceed suid aueuane- gure # acateae pb ela 
oe ast, Mr. Leonard W., Washington, D. C. ...... 2.2... ee eee 
Kew, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England .......... 02.0... .20 000 
Kittredge, Miss FE. . Mergenness Vito wuavcscagt cies wieder ts 
Liverpool Public o. Lpteenaal HP lANCL. 2.05 Searing eaeaice ee 
Loo, Tsung-Lé and Loo, Shih-Wei, Nanking, China ..............005. 
Looser, Mr. Gualterio, Santiago, Chile .......... 0.0.2 
Massachusetts Horticultural Society, Boston, Mass. ...............0005 
Miyake, Dr... Kuiehi, Tokyo, Japan sa4sdj0ceviawecaipau ates fies 
Miyoshi, Dr. Manabu, Tokyo, Japan 2... 0... 0000.20 ces 
New Mexico State Tourist Bureau, Santa Fe, N. M. ............ 0005 
New York Times, New York, N.Y... 0. ccc cece eee eee tee een eee 
Oak, Miss Dorothy, New York, N.Y. ... 0... cece ees 
Oinoue, Dr. Y., Shizuwoka, Japan ....... 0... ec cee teens 
Pennsylvania, University of, neces Philadelphia, Pa. .............. 
Quist, Mr. Marre, Brooklyn? Ns Yo sen gitiertands ee da depts 
Ritchie, Mr. R. R., Saratoga . eINGs Nie: avauhaetouedsone Sencar dane 
Rockefeller eee for Medical Reh New York, N. Y. .......... 
Rothamsted pare eal Station, Harpenden, Herts, England ....... 
Saunders, Miss E. R., Cambridge, England .....0..0..0.0.0 000 eee eee 
School Garden Association, New York, No Yoo... 0.00.00 eee eee 
Schroeder, Dr. Frederick, Brooklyn, N. Y. 2.2.20... 0... ccc eee eee 
Spaulding, Dr. Perley, New ae COMM « yhicece ta otieeaty enth e en ae Petes 
Spingarn, Mr. J. E.. Amenia, Ne VY. s4¢ssteann tees haw eases ¥ needs 
Szymkiewicez, Dt Lwow, panna pee et dee enema tana arqureeg wa re 
Takahashi, Professor Kenji, Kyoto, Japan ...... 0.00.00. eee eee 
Tarnavsehi, Dr. I. T., Cernauti, Roumania 2.0.0.0... 0.0.00 
Tennessee Valley Authority, Knoxville, Tenn. ..............0.0 0008. 
Thomson, Mrs. Frank Graham, Warel aii, NLASS:, .-au sites Cesta ee 
Waverly Press, Inc., Baltimore, Md. ........... 0.000... cee eee 
Webster, Mrs. Hollis, Lexington, Mass. ........0000 00000 cee eee 
WROCAl, Zecacs ie atiate eaters cn lone haneee ty CMeeed ane aa Lemania ie bene uvet eens 


Parts OF PUBLICATIONS 


(Exclusive of Government Documents ) 


American Horticultural Society, Washington, D.C. .............02... 
American Nature Study Society 2.2.0.0... 0.0.0.0 ce ccc ee ee ee tees 
American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society, New York, N. Y. 
American Tree Association, Washington, D.C. .........2. 00200000005 
Ames, Professor Oakes, Cambridge, Mass. .........0..0.0 0000 eee eee 
FRPOW VIOUS: asco ccec-secsenc. wav ating speeches Start Nee nrc gee ale a econ are ein 


Bailey, Professor Liberty Hyde, Ithaca, N.Y... 0.0.0... . 00 eee 


Ww 


to oe 


— 4 
Be Dw wD RS DR Be SB De Re Se Se Se 


We bd 


a ee) 


mb btw 


bd wm 


109 


Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii ...................... 
Cambridge University, Botanic Garden Soe Cambridge, England 
Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, D. C. .............. 
Carpenter, Mr. D: S.. Middletown’ Springs, Vte¢ co ¢ 0 beseech eee. 
Clarkson, Mrs. Rosetta E., New Rochelle, N. VAR Set tee tily ann aprons 
Coline Mr. Walter E., Wer Iago) gt -d bch ols EM noe tetrrens ema ane tee ee 
Colorado Scientific Society, Denver, Colo. .......... 0. cc cece cece cues 
@Coloradogdniversity ore poulder Colo; orycan eee deeds ea ee 
@onmitce on the Relation of Electricity to Agriculture, Chicago ...... 
PENS Tree Se one, ae ORIG: cies Seria cersnte tn tn eee 
e 


Fisher Scientific ee Pitbce FETE are eee oN flan rie aie wee ara: 
Florida Entomological Society, eS ecile LED Ee ee ori hen ee ea oe 
Piece Mr Vion tastes Prooldy tana). 6. 2. urea eceneee en mene 
Gager Dre Cr stuatt rool SiN. Nico, 9G), oe eee ee ae se 
Glasnevin Botanic Conley Dublin, Treland 52 ae eee ee ee thee ah 


a raves, ‘Dy Arthur eae Brockton N. SVS: hag ree ie ar aie sari ee eee oa 
Harvard Forest, Petersham, Mass. ........c0c0ccccccececdeeescctese. 


Imperial Forestry Experi one Seti Qn, oe Tokyo, Japan ...... 
Imperial Bureau of Plant Genetics, Aberystwyth, Wales .............. 
Jenkins, Mr. Charles F., Mt. Airy, ee "pa Risa te a MRS Ea 
McFarland, J. Horace Company, Harrisburg, Pa. .................... 
Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass. ................0.. 
Medical Society of the County of Kings, Brooklyn, N. Y. ............. 
National Research Council, Washington, D. C. ............2.-.00000-- 
National Research Council of ne paite okyo.-Japatig ste eeie e 
et Shade ce Conter Seta Ve hm na ee ee 


Nees ait Public TE icity eee tg So Sr 2 4, oe oe hg ok SMe ee aaa ae ea 
New York State ene ENT a ya Nie V2 3. ccs. cate ee et 
New VY Ora otatesWniversitveoAlbanye.N. V... iis one iceen ce eena non eed 
Ohara aaa for Agricultural Research, Kurashiki, Japan .......... 
Orevonw- Universtiy ole Etipene Ores A.) acca ns ae eee eee 
Pennsylvania, University of, Library, Philadelphiaw Paves eer eee 
Queensland. Forestry Board, Brisbane ............0c0ccececeeeccece 

ced Ore GeoroceM wh rooklyi No. kh, oe ie ene ane ae one 
Roosevelt Wild Life Forest Experiment Station, Syracuse, N. Y. ...... 
yeti ca Experimental Station, Harpenden, Herts, England ........ 

Royale wenicultunal Society ed ino: Mey pt 2). 24s cn) ene eee eee 
School Gardens wssociationmNiew work... Yo... oo: rae ae eee eee 
Scientific Expedition to Manchoukuo, aleve. Dich py- Noes hy outa wee 
Shaw, Miss Ellen Eddy, Brookly1 RIN NA Ore ORE PERO Stee ht ats on a 


me Wh Bee he Ee 


Hm wWN RR 


— 


on 
COW RF NN HD WR H DH HB DH HB hw KH HEY 


— 


110 


Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas ............. 0.0 2.020405. ] 
Struckmann, Mr, Erick, Copenhagen, Denmark boat aie baat Man eae ek ae 1 
Taihoku Imperial University, Formosa, Japan ............0 02.000. 000- 1 
Tohoku Imperial University, Sendai, Japan .............. 0.200222 eee 4 
Torrey B otanical Club; New York, Ni Ys tcusas cateuugue wees Seen Zz 
Towson Nurseries, Inc., Towson, Md. 0... .. eee ce eee 4 
Upsala B acne meri AUS Ae eS WON of bisects ccaue oie ane abaya 1 
Windels, Mr. Paul, New York, N.Y. .... 0... ce ccc ee eee ene ] 
Tale University, School of Forestry, New Haven, Conn. ...........5.. 7 

TOtal psieeacse fancies eae surat cadeie seein ads oe eee beeen tee ees 317 

Portraits AND PHoToGRAPIIS 

Compton, Professor Rk. H., Kirstenbosch, South Africa ............0.085 1 
Dammerman, Dr. Kk. W., Buitenzorg, ed Heeeach ie etn nach eee toe eee ] 
Gaser, Dr: C, Stuart, Brooklyn, Ni Yecswienrcedue tained ened wes 3 
cca Botanical Garden, St. oo MG. gasced sion eae eae ee 3 
Nichols, Dr. G. E., New MVE: (COMM: peda eset a eee ea a 3 


Zimmele, Mr. Charles F., Brook yklyn, N, 


AvTroGRAPIL LeTreRs 
Gager. Dr.-C.. Stuart; Brooklyn, Ny. Yo wacesc:os sat eee fa bee ieans 75 
MISCELLANEOUS 
Doney, Mr. Charles F., Brooklyn, N. Y. Material on Christmas greens. 
Gager, Dr. C. Stuart, Brooklyn, N. Y. Historical material, Ms. and letters. 
New Mexico State Tourist Bureau, Santa Fe, N. M. Road map, 1936. 
Ritchie, Mr. R. R., Saratoga Springs, N. Y. 7 illustrations of fossil algae. 


For the Department of Plants 


Living Plants 
American Narcissus Growers’ cae gaa 4623 Narcissus ae 
Bernhardt, Dr. A., Brooklyn, N. Y., 1 root of Colocasia and 2 germinating 
uits Sechatm edule and 1 . repens. 

Betscher, Mr. C., Dover, Ohio, 36 plants of Hemerocallis species. 

Birdsall, Miss eer A., Brooklyn, N. Y., 3 species, 4 plants. 

Bobbink & Atkins, Rateriore N. J., 469 rose plants in 87 varietie 

3onney, Mrs. Nelson P., Norwich, N. Y., 10 cuttings of Cornus alba argen- 
teo-marginata. 

3ullard, Mr. Howard O., Hackensack, N. J., 64 plants of cacti and succu- 
lents. 


LiL 


Conard Pyle Co., West Grove, Pa., 100 Rosa multiflora japonica. 

Se ave ‘m. N., Waymouth, vee 4 Anemone vernalis 

I AG Sree Pa., 214 roses in two varieties. 

Sia ae Roewell Gre Nee L. L, 65 begonia plants in 37 species. 

Fitzhugh, Mr. Edward J., ae NY, 1 Alpios tuberosa from Maine. 

Force, Mr s. John W., Rochester, UN. Ve : plants of Pelargonium. 

Grafing, Mr. H., Brooklyn, N. Y., 1 Prunus persica atropurpurea. 

Gregory, Miss i C., Brooklyn, N. Y., 1 Eriobotrya japonica 

Harper, Dr. R. A., idee ood, N. J., ‘i clump of lola sororia. 

Hay, Mr. Ginrcnce L., New York, N. Y., 1 Mimulus primuloides 

Hayw ao Mr. Womdhare ae Gardens, Winter Park, Fla., 51 bulbs 

Zephyranthes, VW “atsonia, Nerine. 
Hecht, “Mise Sadie, New York, N. Y., 1 Jlex crenata var. convexa. 
licks’ Nurseries, Westbury, in lie 32 plants, being 6 species of woody plants. 

Hires, Miss Clara S., Millburn, N. J. 1 Polypodium aureum growing with- 
out soil in etled glass container. 

Husson, Miss J., Cragsmoor, N. Y., 215 bulbs Narcissus poeticus plenus. 

Thrig, Mr. Paul, 3rooklyn, N. Y., 210 plants, comprising 8 species or vari- 
eties of paconies. 


_ 
= 


= 


Lewis, Mr. Gee Sterlington, N. Y., 6 bulbs Narcissus viridiflor 
Loines, Miss Hilda, Brooklyn, N. Y., 100 scions of sugar maple ah ee 
Longobardi, Miss Theresa, cookie. Nis, X,, Opuntia monacantha. 
Manda, Mr. Walter, South Orange, N. J., 28 plants in 
New York State Bederaced Cxiden Clubs (Mrs. Wm. C. Meese: 5 spe- 
cies of Sedum 
v York Plone Park, New York, N. Y., 2 Carica Papaya. 
ane Miss E. V., Brooklyn, N. Y., 3 mocdiings Pinus radiata. 
Peters, Mrs. W. Sterling, East H ee L. L, 3 species of Hosta. 
Prince, Mrs. J., New Rochelle, N. Peiyhaan calycmum. 
Rittersberger, Mr. Henry, ae N. Y., 1 Oxalis ies 
Rixford, Dr. Emmet, Los Altos, Cal., 4 canieuee of Ros 
Romanoffsky, Mr. & Mrs., New York, N. Y., a eee macrophylla. 
Rosenfelt, Mrs. Henry H., Cedarhurst, L. I., 42 plants culinary herbs 
Scheepers, John, Inc., 522 Fifth Ave., New Worle N. Y¥., 300 Tulip fe in 
2 varicties. 
Smith, Miss Marjorie, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1 Epigaca repens 
Taylor, Miss Venetia, Valley Stream, L. I., 1 Gentiana Sanonan id. 
Traendley, Mr. Charles A. and Mr. John H., New York, N. Y., 150 plants 
of Rosa “ Mrs. F. D. Roosevelt.” 
Tricker, Wm., ae Saddle River, N. J. 45 varieties of water lilies. 
Williams, Mr. H. S., New York, N. Y., 2 plants. 
Seed Packets 
Berry, Rev. Arthur D. (2) English, Mr. Carl S., Jr. (123) 
Biles, Mrs. Luther (1) Garden Club of America (4) 


3rown, Mrs. G. Stewart (1) Hayward, Mr. Wyndham (2) 
De Navarro, Mr. J. M. (3) Heron, Mr. James H. (1) 


4 


Phanerogamic Herbarium 
Beals, Mr. A. T., Elmhurst, L. I., 3 Calamagrostis epigeios from a juniper 
swamp on Long Island. 
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, 11 specimens of Eleocharis from the Uinta 
Basin 


Chisholm, ies: Maude L., Proctor, Vermont, 1 Camptosorus rhisophyllus 
r. Boyeei and ae Rina eae of ferns in habitat. 
Correll, “Mr. Donovan S., e University, Durham, N. C., 17 specimens of 
Orchidaceae from a Carolina. 
Dickinson, Miss Louise, North Amherst, Mass., 83 specimens from Colorado, 
Idaho and Uta 
Drushel, Dr. J. A,, New York University, 103 ating collected by Dr. 
ushel in tlie eastern and southern United States. 
Hanmer, Mr. C. C., East Hartford, Conn., 200 specimens collected by M 
ae inmer on Fisher’s Island. 
Hinton, Mr. George B., Mexico City, three sample sheets of Rubiaceae col- 
lected by Mr. Hinton in vee 
Jannson, Mr. Kk. Groton, Conn., 10 type collections of Aeubus 
Jones, Mrs. Wallace T., Brooklyn, N. Y., 5 fruits of Aim oactaen: Nutmeg 
and Mace. 
Palmborg, Miss E. V., New York, N. Y., 3 specimens of Pinus radiata, 
‘tersen, Miss Grace A., W eodaae i. L. L, 1 Cryptogramma Stelle) 
cully, Dr. Francis J., nee Springs, Ark., 26 ferns and lycopods. 
W Biteticad. Mr. J., University of Wichiean: Ann Arbor, 24 ferns. 


> 


For the Department of Elementary Instruction 


Blatt, Miss Natalie, $2.00 for the children’s clubroom libra 

Boys and Girls Club, $25.00 for the Endowment Fund for Children’ s Work. 

Butler, Mrs. Glentworth R., One subscription to the Nature Magazine for 
the children’s clubroom library. One prize cup competed for by the 
girls in the outdoor garden. 

Gager, Dr. C. Stuart, One book for the children’s clubroom library 

Garden Center Institute of Buffalo (through Mrs. Edward B. Holmes) 

25.00 for the children’s ane 

Garden Teachers’ Association, One prize cup competed for by the boys of 
the outdoor garden. 

Goodman, Mr. and Mrs. Joseph, One cup competed for by the boys in the 
outdoor garden. Three dozen calendars for use in children’s class- 


— 


vork. 

Haggerty, Miss Isabel, Ae pamphlet for the children’s clubroom lbrary. 

sa als Miss Elsie, Twenty-one hand-colored photographs of wild flow- 
s for ies ork. 

Kar a Miss "Gloria a aire Donald, One book 
om library. 

pene “Miss Roberta and Master Martin, $2.00 for the children’s clubroom 

ibrary 


= 


= 


for the children’s club- 


i113 


Loines, Miss Hilda, $25.00 for the children’s work, Specimens of fruits and 


eaves for use in classwork 
Longmans, Green, Publishers, One book for the children’s garden pues 
Miner, Miss Frances M., One book for the children’s garden libra 
New York University Gin: (The Teaching of Elementary Sy Two 


books for the children’s see library 

Oakes, Miss Fannie, seeds of Mariposa lilies 

Perkins, Mrs. Charles E., $25.00 honorarium for children’s garden work. 

Pratt, Mr. Robertson, $25.00 for the children’ 

Prospect Nature Club of Maplewood (N. J.), eae plants and seed for the 
children’s garden. 

Public School 117, Queens, Parent-Teachers Association, $10.00 for the 
children’s clubroom librar 

Rabinowitz, Mrs. Louis, Twenty-five calendars for use in children’s class- 


jar 


work. 
Raymond, Mrs. Ralph, Six plants in three varieties for the children’s work. 
anders, Miss Claire, One book for the children’s clubroom library. 
Shanahan, Mrs. Thomas E. J., One ee for the children’s garden library. 
Shaw, Miss Ellen Eddy, Three gold honor pins for service in the outdoor 


garden. 
Sherman, Master Julius, $1.00 for the children’s clubroom library. 
Smalley, Master Melvin, $5.00 for the children’s clubroom library 
Star, Mr. C., Twenty-seven uncolored slides for use in children’s classwork. 


Miscellaneous 


Mr. Henri Bernhey, Brooklyn, 16 photographs taken in Brooklyn Botanic 


arden. 

British Museum, London, England, 1 a of Helonias lacta Ait. 
Mr. A. M. Elmer, Brooklyn, 11 angle iron 
Mr. Jack Flodin, Brooklyn, 2 photographs on in Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 
Mrs. Walter P. Long, Brooklyn, 62 paintings of fleshy fungi 
Park Sea Brooklyn, 100 loads of leaves. 
Mrs. Belle Storrs, Brooklyn, 1 cape made of dried flowers of Eriophorum. 
Miss Grace eee Brooklyn, 2 sets of “ Herb Garden” postcards. 
Woman's Trites Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1 gross glass punch cups, 

1 warming oven, 275 blue cups and saucers. 


APPENDIX 2 
PUBLICATIONS BY THE BOTANIC GARDEN 
PERSONNEL DURING 1936 
Averill, Mary 
Flower Arranging. Garden Dictionary. Pp. 261-264. March. 
Japanese Gardens. Garden Dictionary. Pp. 402-404. March. 


114 


Benedict, Ralph C. 
Report of the editors for 1935. Amer. Fern Jour, 26: 35. 
January—March. 
Hunting Fern Hybrids near Newton. Aimer. Pern Jour, 26: 
36. January—March. 
Review of American Genetics Texts. The Teaching Biologist 
5: 92-94. February. 
Report of the Resident Investigator (Ferns) for 1935. Brook- 
Iyn Bot. Gard. Record 25: 130-133. April. 
Catalogue of Hardy Ferns. Amer. Fern Jour. 26: 74. April- 
June. 
Well-Curbs as Fern Gardens. mer. Fern Jour. 26: 4. Oc- 
tober—December. 
A Field Trip to the New York Zoological Park. The Teaching 
Biologist 6: 42. December. 
Caparn, Harold A. 
Flower Garden. Garden Dictionary. Pp. 264-265. March. 
The following articles have appeared in Arts and Decoration: 
Study this chart if you are planning a perennial border. D. 
29, April. 
Making your own rock garden. P. 35. April. 
Through one summer. The Annual Garden. P. 38. May. 
The essential shrubbery border. P. 39. May. 
A foundation for a water garden. P. 32. June. 
Hlot weather gardens. P. 33. August. 
The passing and grouping of evergreens. 2. 36. September. 
Planting bulbs for next spring’s gardens. P. 40. October. 
Cheney, R. H. 
Reaction time behavior after caffeine and coffee consumption. 
Journal Exper. Psychol. XIX*: 357-369. June. 
Conklin, Marie E. 
Studies of the root nodule organisms of certain wild legumes. 
Soil Science 41: 167-185. March. 
Doney, Charles F. 
Descriptions of many species and varieties of wood plants. Te 
Garden Dictionary. Seriatim, March. 


1S 


Free, Montague 

The Brooklyn Botanic Garden exhibit of rock garden plants at 
the Twenty-third International Flower Show, March 16- 
21. Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Leaflets XIV*. March 
14. 

Plant propagation. Catalog of The Twenty-third International 
Flower Show. Pp. 136-137. 

Michaelmas Daisy. Garden Dictionary. P. 495. March. 

Rock Garden. Garden Dictionary. Pp. 679-688. March. 

Report of the Horticulturist and Head Gardener for 1935. 
Brooklyn Botanic Garden Record 25: 115-123. April. 

Brooklyn Botanic Garden's exhibit of rock garden plants. 
Gardeners Chronicle of America 40: 157-158. May. 

Making the water garden. The Sun (New York). Septem- 
ber 12 

Summer pruning. Gardeners Chronicle of America 40: 290. 
July. 

You must have peonies. The Sun (New York). September 


Plant jewelled shrubs. Better Homes & Gardens. P. 44. Oc- 
LODEL. 

Planting trees and shrubs. The Sun (New York). October 
10 


Gager, C. Stuart 

The economic and cultural value of botanical research. ( Ab- 
stract of address given at the Brooklyn Polytechnic Insti- 
tute Assembly, Dec. 4, 1935.) Poly. Men, 12: 3. 

1935: 

Twenty-fifth annual report of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 
1935: Report of the Director. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec- 
ord 25: 11-45. April. 

The effects of radium rays on plants; a brief résumé of the 
more important papers from 1901 to 1932. Biological 
effects of radiation. B. M. Duggar, Editor 2: (Chap. 
XXX), 987-1013. Reprinted as Brooklyn Bot. Gard. 
Contributions, No. 74. 

Gardens within a garden, Discovery 17: 84-86. March. 


116 


Medicinal plant garden of the Brooklyn, N. Y. Botanic Garden. 
American Interne 1: 14. January. 

The School of horticulture in perspective. (Address delivered 
at the twenty-fifth anniversary exercises of the School of 
Horticulture for Women, Ambler, Pa., May 20, 1936.) 
Science 84: 357-365. Oct. 23 

Graves, Arthur Harmount 

Sotany. Revision service (for 1935). Collier's National En- 
cyclopedia, pp. 17-18. April. 

Forest Pathology. Chestnut breeding work in 1935. Brooklyn 
Bot. Gard. Record 25: 62-75. April. 

Report of the Curator of Public Instruction for 1935, Brook- 
lyn Bot. Gard. Record 25: 78-91. April. 

40 newspaper articles relating to the Brooklyn Botanic Gar den. 

Breeding disease-resistant chestnut trees. lbstracts of papers 
presented at the meeting of the American Phytopathoiogi- 
cal Society, Atlantic City, New Jersey, December 28-31, 
(9560. -ForD. 10. December. 


Gundersen, Alfred 
Report of the Curator of Plants for 1935. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. 
Record 25: 99-104. April. 


Miner, Frances M. 
The following 16 articles appeared in The Herald Tribune (New 
York) on the dates indicated : 
Vegetables—Our heritage. March 29. 
Early summer vegetables. April 5. 
Early spring weeds. April 12. 
Seeds. April 19. 
A yellow flower garden for summer. April 26. 
Preparing the ground for a garden. May 10. 
Transplanting seedlings. May 17. 
Thinning seedlings and cultivating the garden. June 7. 
Garden insects. June 
Green leaves. June 21 
Plans for fall vegetables. June 28. 
Collecting vegetable seeds. July 5. 
Perennials. July 12. 


Ls 


Flower forms and floral parts. July 19. 
Bulbs for winter bloom. November 8. 
Nuts and nut-bearing trees. December 6. 


Reed, George M. 

Notes on rust diseases of Sempervivum and other ornamentals 
in the New York area. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 37: 54-59. 
March. (Authors B. O. Dodge and G. M. Reed.) 

Plant Pathology. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Record 25: 45-59. 
April. 

The Iris. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Record 25: 59-62. April. 

Report on the influence of the growth of the host on smut de- 
velopment. Miscellanea (Amer. Philosophical Soc.) 1: 
43-46, 

Hybrids of Iris laevigata with I. veriscolor and I. virginica. 
Amer. Iris Soc. Bull. 62: 10-17. June. 

Kotaka-yen, Horikiri, Japan, preserved as a famous. scene. 
Amer. Iris Soc. Bull. 62: 37-39. June. 

The Japanese Iris and its classification. Flower Grower 23: 


359, July. 
Three articles appeared in The Sun (New York) on Iris and 
Crabapple. 


Reed, George M., and T. R. Stanton 
Xeaction of oat varieties to physiologic races of loose and 
covered smuts of red oats. Jour. Agr. Res. 52: 1-15. 
January. 


Shaw, Ellen Eddy 
Report of the Curator of Elementary Instruction. Brooklyn 
Bot. Gard. Record 25: 91-99, April. 
The city backyard. Brooklyn Daily Eagle. May 3. 
The following 39 articles appeared in The Sun (New York) on 
the dates indicated: 
Novelties among the seeds. February 8. 
Complete the seed order. February 15. 
Gardens for boys and girls. February 22. 
Annuals of easy culture. February 29. 
Choosing seed for fall bloom. March 7. 
Vines for garden background. March 14. 


118 


Choosing good roses for the garden. March 21. 
Rose culture. March 28. 

a 

Strawberries. April 11. 

Iragrance in the garden. April 18. 

Vhe herb garden for beginners. April 25. 
Dahlias and gladiolus. May 2. 

Garden pests. May 9. 

1e garden. May 16. 


1e garden’s green carpet. April 4. 


— 


— 


Gourds. Care of t 
Still time to make a garden. May 23. 

Your lawn needs looking after. May 29. 
Garden fun for boys and girls. June 10. 
Tuberous begonias for the shade. June 13. 
Mid-June care of the garden. June 20. 

Sowing seed for next year’s bloom. June 27. 
Red flowers for the garden. July 4. 

Garden troubles. July 11. 

Garden shrubs: their care. July 18. 
Evergreens for foundation planting. July 25. 
Midsummer in the vegetable garden. August 1. 
Midsummer in the flower garden. August 8. 
Weeds and their control. August 15. 

Make out the bulb order. August 22. 
Garden color schemes for next year. August 
Fall care of the lawn. September 5. 

What to plant in the fall. September 12. 
Small trees for ornamental effects: what to order. September 

ASH 
How to prepare and plant the bulb bed. September 26. 


~) 
Vo 
WY 


‘aking up the house plants. October 3. 
Lilies for the summer garden. October 10. 
What to cut in the garden for winter bouquets. October 21. 


Fall planting of roses. October 24. 


What plants should be protected for the winter? October 31. 


Svenson, Henry K. 
Report of the Curator of the Terbarium for 1935. Brooklyn 
Bot. Gard. Record 25: 105-113. April. 


ke) 


The Early Vegetation of Long Island (A Long Island Tercen- 
tenary publication). Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Record 25: 207— 
Zoe aly. 


Svenson, Henry K., and H. Uittien 
Sedges of the pa Islands. Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bull, 
141: 15-16. 1936 


APPENDIX 3 
TALKS, LECTURES, ADDRESSES, AND PAPERS 
GIVEN BY THE BOTANIC GARDEN 
PERSONNEL DURING 1936 
By the Director: 

January 20. Brooklyn Botanic Garden and the public. Brook- 
lyn Midday Club. Bedford Y. M. C. A. 

March 11. Science and religion: How to think about it. The 
University in the Church. First Presbyterian Church. 
Brooklyn. 

March 19. The commercial importance of botany. Rotary 
Club. Hotel Bossert, Brooklyn. 

March 24. Brooklyn Botanic Garden and horticulture. Penn- 
sylvania Horticultural Society. Penn. Athletic Club. 
Philadelphia. 

April 1. Brooklyn Botanic Garden and the Long Island Ter- 
centenary. L. I. Tercentenary Comm. Borough Hall, 
srooklyn. 

May 20. The School of Horticulture in perspective. Twenty- 
fifth Anniversary Address. School of Horticulture for 
Women. Ambler, Pa, 

October 31. Botanic Gardens in science and education. Found- 
ers’ Day Address. Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 

December 9. Greetings to Long Island Univer sity from Brook- 
lyn Botanic Garden. L. I. University, Tenth Anniversay 
Exercises. Brooklyn. 


By the Curator of Public Instruction: 
February 28. Plant propagation. Classes from Girls’ Com- 
mercial High School. 3 talks. At the Garden. 


120 


March 4. Breeding the American chestnut. Brooklyn Institute, 
Dept. of Education, Dept. of Botany. At the Garden. 
March 5. Variation. Biology Club of Alexander Hamilton 

H. S. At the Garden. 

April 28. Opportunities in the profession of forestry. Breed- 
ing the chestnut tree. Biology Club, Boys’ High School. 

April 30. Introductory remarks. Lecture by Dr. R. P. Wode- 
house on pollen grains. Brooklyn Institute of Arts and 
Sciences, Dept. of I¢ducation. 

May 2. Arbor Day and forestry. 2 talks. Alexander Hamil- 
ton H. S 

July 7. Our native trees. Asharoken Garden Club. North- 
port, L, J. 

September 13. Remarks at the dedication of a white fir (Abies 
concolor) to the late Everett Philo Martin. Iissena Park, 
Flushing. 

October 22. Breeding the chestnut. “ Natura” Club of Fras- 
mus Hall H. S. At the Garden. 

November 12. Grafting. Class from Alexander Hamilton H. 
S. At the Garden. 

December 1. Breeding new chestnut trees. Torrey Botanical 
Club. At American Museum of Natural History. 

December 5. Chestnut breeding. Boys and Girls Club of B. 
B. G. At the Garden. 

Forestry and conservation, Julia Richman H. 5 


ve 


December ¢ 
Annex. 

December 29. Breeding disease-resistant chestnut trees. An- 
nual meeting of American Phytopathological Society. At- 
lantic City, N. J. 


By the Curator of Elementary Instruction: 

January 13. Nature study for the first, second, and third 
grades. Board of Education, East Orange, N. . 

January 16. lWVork for boys and girls at the Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden. The Brooklyn Committee on Youth Week. At 
the Garden. 

January 27. Graduation address. P.S. 197. 

January 29. Graduation address. Poo 242. 

January 29, Graduation address. Girls’ High School. 


A 


February 1. Testimonial to Miss Elsie R. Kane, Principal of 
P. S, 241, Testimonial Luncheon to Miss Kane at the 
Waldorf-Astoria. 

February 5. The work of the Department of Elementary In- 
struction. \Woman’s Auxiliary of the Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden. At the Garden. 

February 10. Nature study for the fourth, fifth, and sixth 
grades. Board of Education, East Orange, N. 

February 13. Nature activities at the Brooklyn Beane Gar- 
den. New York Chapter, American Nature Study Society. 
At the Garden. 

March 2. Nature study for the first, second, and third grades. 

3oard of Education, East Orange, N. 

March 9. Gardening for children. Ousenshers Kindergarten 
Teachers Association, Jamaica, N. Y. 

March 27. Our spring wild flowers. Two assemblies, P. S. 

56. 

April 1. Building through nature. Parent-Teacher Associa- 

tion, George Washington School, West Hempstead, L. I., 
Me 


April 13. Nature study for the fourth, fifth, and sixth grades. 
Board of Education, East Orange, N. J. 

April 27. Hobbies for boys and girls. Brooklyn Court of 
Honor, Boys’ and Girls’ Week, Brooklyn Children’s Mu- 
seum. 

April 29. What a botanic garden means to the community. 
Association for Childhood Education, Hotel Pennsylvania. 

April 30. Nature study for teachers. Third Annual Nature 
Curator Conference, American Museum of Natural His- 


ory. 
May 2. Nature study in cooperation with a botanic garden. 
New York School Principals’ Association, Waldorf-Astoria 


May 4. The work of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Mothers’ 
Club, P. S. 241. At the Garden. 

May 8. Gardens for boys and girls. P.S. 104, Bronx. 

May 11. Gardening for juniors. Junior Garden Club Council, 
The Herald Tribune, New York. 


122 


May 13. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Women’s League, 
Ocean Avenue Congregational Church. 

May 13. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Brooklyn Assistant 
to Principals’ Association. At the Garden, 

May 13. Educational activitics of the Brooklyn Botanic Gar- 
den. Brooklyn Section, Public School Kindergarten As- 
sociation. At the Garden. 

May 14. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Boys’ FE 
Waverly Annex. 

May 20. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Garden Department, 
Woman's Club of Hollis Presbyterian Church. At the 


4 


igh School, 


Garden. 

June 2.) The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Junior H. S. 151. 

June 3. Children’s exhibits. Long Island Ilower Show, Great 
Neck, LIL, N. Y. 

June 5. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. P.S. 5. 

June 10. Children’s work at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 
Radio Garden Club Field Day. At the Garden. 

June 24. Graduation address. P. S. 77, Queens. 

June 25. Graduation address. P. S. 242. 

September 22. Plant propagation. Garden Club of Brewster, 
ae 

September 29. Children’s gardens. Brooklyn Home for Con- 
sumptives. 

October 7. Plant propagation. Community Garden Club of 
Marlborough, N. Y. 

October 10. Junior garden work. Rochester Garden Club, 


Rochester, N. \ 

October 13. Junior garden work. 
Buffalo, N. Y. 

October 14. Junior garden work. 
Skaneateles, N. Y. 

October 20. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden, a beauty spot. 
Julia Richman High School. 

October 21. Plants for classroom use. Class from American 
Museum of Natural History. At the Garden. 

October 29. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. P.S. 145. 

November 4. Plant propagation. Garden Club of Greenwich, 


Conn. 


Garden Center Institute of 


Skaneateles Garden Club, 


— 


123 


November 5. House plants. Garden Club of Englewood, N. J. 

November 9. Wild flowers. P.S 

November 12. Round table on elementary nature study. New 
York Chapter, American Nature Study Society, American 
Museum of Natural History. 

November 19. Thanksgiving. Parent-Teacher Association, P. 
5S. 155, Queens. 

November 19. Thanksgiving. P.S. 155, Queens. 

December 21. Christmas myths and legends. Two assemblies, 
OT tlens shoe 

December 22; «Christmas. PP. S. 4, 


By Instructors: 
Miss Hammond: 

January 28. eee and care of the small garden. 
WMothere@libe F.5.236 

April 27. Spring in "0 Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Pilgrim 
League, Flatbush Congregational Church. 

April 30. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Mothers’ Club, 
P. S. 140. At the Garden. 

Miss Miner: 

February 13. Phe children’s garden at the Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden. New York Chapter, American Nature Study So- 
ciety. At the Garden. 

April 3. Classroom gardening. New York Society for Ex- 
perimental Study of Education. 

April 6. Children’s gardening. Woodhull Day School, Hol- 
Lise lee NOs 

October 26, I a ee dee oye 


By the Curator of Plant Pathology 

february 6. The gardens of Japan. Annual Dinner, Reformed 
Dutch Church of Flatbush. Brooklyn. 

April 27. Iris. Woodmere Garden Club. -At the Garden. 

May 6. Plant Breeding. Class from Brothers College of Drew 
University. At the Garden. 

May 8. Japanese Gardens. Associate Alumnae of Adelphi 
Academy. At the Garden. 


124 


By the Curator of Plants: 

February 4. The Structure and Evolution of Flowers. With 
drawings by Maud Il. Purdy. Torrey Botanical Club, 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 

February 24. Saugerties Fossils. With drawings by Maud H. 

Purdy. Monday Club. Saugerties, N. Y. 

May 28. Plant-Animal Interdependence in Evolution. Brook- 
lyn Nature Club. At the Garden. 

December 31. Placentation and the classification of Dicotyle- 
dons. Botanical Society of America, Systematic Section. 
Atlantic City, N. J. 


By the Curator of the Herbarium: 

May 29. Plants of Long Island. Children’s Library, West- 
Dire. 1, 

August 18. Vegetation of Long Island. L. 1. Biological Lab- 
oratory. Cold Spring Harbor, L. I. 

November 17. The Galapagos Islands. Nature Clubs of Union 
County, N. J. Plainfield, N. J. 

December 30. Flora of Middle Tennessee. Botanical Society 
of America. Atlantic City, N. J. 


By the Horticulturist: 

January 3. Small Pools. Garden Department of Woman's 
Club of Greenwich, Connecticut. 

January 7. Question Box, Garden Club Federation of Massa- 
chusetts. Boston. 

January 7. Horticultural Projects for Garden Clubs. Garden 
Club Federation of Massachusetts. Boston. 

February 7. Rock Gardening. Missouri Horticultural Society. 
St Louis. 

May 1. Presidential Address. American Rock Garden So- 
ciety, Annual Meeting. Boston. 

June 9. Plant Propagation. — Philadelphia Garden Clubs, 
Strawberry Mansion, Fairmount Park. 

June 10.) The Rose Garden. Radio Garden Club Field Day. 
At the Garden. 

June 18. Plant Propagation. Vt. Orange Garden Club. Al- 
bany, New York. 


nt 
KH 


UZ 


June 24. Plant Propagation. Southampton (L. I.) Garden 
Tub. 

August 12. Plant Propagation. New Canaan (Con.) Garden 
Club. 

October 6. Some Thoughts on Rose Growing. Fall Rose Gar- 
den Day. At the Garden. 

October 26. Plants for House Culture. Rochester Garden 
Club. Rochester, New York. 

October 26. Plant Propagation. Joint meeting of the Garden 
Lovers Club, The Home Acres Club, and the Flower City 
Garden Club. Rochester. 

December 1. House Plants. Society of Lying-In-Hospital. 
New York City. 

December 16. Plants for Rock Gardens. Worticultural So- 
ciety of New York. 


By the Curatorial Assistant (Charles F. Doney) : 
Shrubs for Long Island Gardens. \Woodmere Garden Club. 
Woodmere, L. I. 


By the Resident Investigator (Ferns) : 
May 23. Fern Miscellany. Vvening lecture, during field trip, 
to American Fern Society, Torrey Botanical Club, and New 
York Association of Biology Teachers. 


By the Resident Investigator (Economic Plants) : 
October 30. Comparative Pharmacology of Caffeine and Cof- 
fee. Biology Seminar, Princeton University, Princeton, 
New Jersey. 


By the Custodian: 
October 7. Nature in the Autumn. \Woman’s Benevolent So- 
ciety, Marcy Avenue Baptist Church. 
October 22. Decorative Fruits of Autumn. Brooklyn Nature 
ub. 


By the Field Secretary: 
February 11. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden and its activities. 
Wellesley Club of Brooklyn. Visiting Nurses Association 
Auditorium. 


126 


February 13. Japanese Flower Arrangement. Queens Teach- 
ers Association. Jamaica. 

February 20. Table Arrangement. Maplewood Woman's 
Club. Maplewood, N. J. 

February 20. Dish Gardens, Vvening talk. Mothers’ Club. 
Central Congregational Church. 

February 24. Japanese Garden. Forum meeting. Officers of 
the 7th and Sth District Clubs of New Jersey. Newark, 
IN. J 

February 27. Use of color for flower arrangement, Queens 
Teachers Association. Jamaica. 

March 12. Period arrangements. Queens Teachers Associa- 


tion. Jamaica. 

March 20. Children’s Garden. Garden Department of Bay- 
side Woman’s Club. Bayside, L. I. 

March 25. Activities of Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Con- 
temporary Club. Newark, N. J. 

March 26. Table arrangements. Queens Teachers Associa- 


tion. Jamaica. 

April 2. Criticism of flower arrangements. Queens Teachers 
Association, Jamaica. 

April 15. Brooklyn Botanic Garden and its activities. Flat- 
bush School, Mothers’ Club. At the Garden. 

May 6. Brooklyn Botanic Garden and its activitics. Friendly 
Tourist Club. At the Garden. 

May 11. Flower Arrangement. Flatbush Y. M. Cc. A, 
Mothers’ Club. At the Flatbush Y. M. C. A. 

May 25. New Additions to the Botanic Garden. Monday 
Culture Charity Club. At the Garden. 

June 2. Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Sussex Garden Club. At 
the Garden. 

June 5. Brooklyn Botame Garden. Garden Department of the 
Hollis Woman’s Club. Hollis, L. I. 

June 11. Judging. Woodmere Garden Club. Woodmere, 
file 

July 20. Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 3ay Ridge Garden Club. 
Bay Ridge. 

September 9. Judging flower arrangements. Federal Reserve 
Club. New York City. 


D277. 
November 10. Flower arrangement. Business Woman's Club. 
Central Congregational Church. 


APPENDIX 4 


RADIO TALKS: BY THE BOTANIC GARDEN 
PERSONNEL DURING 1936 


By the Curator of Public Instruction: 
From Station WNYC: 
January 30. What to see in the conservatories of the Brook- 
lyn Botanic Garden. 

March 12. The care of cut flowers. 
April 23. Spring flowers at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 
June 4. What to see now at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 
November 14. The spreading chestnut tree. 

Making a new chestnut tree. 


— 


November 19, 
December 31. Abroad at home. 


From Station WMCA: 
March 19. The exhibit of rock garden plants of the Brook- 
lyn Botanic Garden at the International Flower Show. 


By the Curator of Elementary Instruction: 


From Station WMCA: 
January 3. The work of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 
from Station WNYC: 
January 2. The care of Christmas plants. 
February 13. Seeds to choose for 1936. 
March 26. What to plant in city backyards. 
June 25, Summer nature work for boys and girls, 
October 22. Bulbs for indoor bloom. 
December 3. Children’s nature work for Christmas. 
From Station WOR: 
Itebruary 25. New annuals for 1936. 
May 15. The training of junior gardeners. 
November 24. Winter gardens for young folks. 


By Instructor (Miss Miner): 
From Station WNYC: 
May 7. Starting the children’s garden. 
From Station WOR: 
June 23. Educational values in the children’s garden. 


By the Horticulturist: 


From Station WOR: 
January 14. House plants in water. 
March 10. Pruning your roses. 
March 16. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden exhibit at the In- 
ternational Flower Show, New York City. 
April 24. Puttering with perennials. 
July 17. A perennial garden from seeds. 
August 11. The story of the waterlily. 
October 23. Cuttings made at home. 
December 22. The holly and the ivy. 
rom Station WNYC: 
January 16. Fun with house plants. 
February 27. Garden fertilizers. 
April 9. The story of the tulip. 
May 21. Garden chores in May. 
December 17. The story of the Christmas plants. 


By Curatorial Assistant (Charles If. Doney): 
From Station WNYC: 
November 5.) Shrubs for autumn gardens, 
From Station WOR: 
September 18. Shrubs beautiful in the fall. 
December 8. Let your Christmas tree live! 
By the Honorary Curator, Japanese Gardening (Mary Av- 
erill) 
From Station WOR: 
November 10. Landscape miniatures. 


129 
APPENDIX 5 
PIPED TRIPS CONDUCTED: 1936 
By the Curator of Public Instruction: 
March 28. Torrey Botanical Club. Fort Tryon Park, Man- 
hattan. 
September 13. Torrey Botanical Club. 


— 


Anthony’s Nose, N. Y. 


By the Curator of Plants: 
May 15. New York Vegetarian Society, Palisades, N. le 
July 3-6. Torrey Botanical Club to Overlook and High 
in the Catskill Mountains. Maplecrest, N. Y. 


— 


Peak 


By the Curator of the Herbarium: 

May 16. New York Assoc. Biology Teachers. Jones Beach, 
Beall: 

May 22-24. Joint meeting of the Torrey Botanical Club, the 
American Fern Society and the New York Spe Biolony 
Teachers. Branchville, N. J. (With Dr. R. C. Benedict 
aiiGe Witte Gree ale estes) 

September 27, American Fern Society. Springdale, N. ie 
(With Dr. R. C. Benedict.) 


By the Resident Investigator (Ferns) : 
May 22-24. American Fern Society, Torrey Botanical Club, 
and New York Association of Biology Teachers. Branch- 
ville, N. J. 
September 27. American Fern Society, Torrey Botanical Club. 
Springdale, N.-J. 
By Instructor (Hester M. Rusk) : 
April 25. Torrey Botanical Club. Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 


June 20. Torrey Botanical Club. Englewood Cliffs, N. J. 


By Curatorial Assistant (Hilda Vilkomerson) : 
May 3. Torrey Botanical Club. Inwood Park, Manhattan. 


130 
APPENDIX 6 
ORGANIZATION MEETINGS AT THE GARDEN, 1936 
January 16. Committee on Youth. 
February 13. New York Chapter, Nature Study Society. 
March 4. Department of Botany, Brooklyn Institute of Arts and 
Sciences. 

March 17. Conference on Junior Garden Work. 
April 1. Department of Botany, Brooklyn Institute of Arts and 


jad 


Sciences. 

April 15. Flatbush School Parent Association, 
April 16. Orange (New Jersey) Woman's Club. 
April 17. Woman's Auxiliary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 
April 23. Contemporary Club. 
April 27. Woodmere Garden Club. 

1. Vorrey Botanical Club. 
May 2. Reconciliation Tours. 
May 4. Mothers’ Club, P. S. 241. 
May 6. Drew Theological Seminary. 
May 6. Women of ’76 Chapter D. A. R. 
May 6. Friendly Tourist Club. 
May 7. Marine Park Garden Club. 
May 7. Montclair group. 
May 8. Flatbush Y. M. C. A. Mothers’ Club. 


May 8. Associate Alumnae of Adelphi Academy, 

May 13. Brooklyn Section New York Kindergarten Association. 
May 13. Assistant Principals’ Association of Brooklyn. 

May 14.) Far Rockaway Women's Club. 

May 14.) Rembrandt Club. 

May 20. Hollis Garden Club. 


American Nature Study Society, New York Chapter. 
Bird Lover’s Club of Brooklyn. 

Monday Culture Charity Club. 

Froebel League Society. 

May 28. Brooklyn Nature Club. 

Brookside, Church and Nearpass P. S., Sussex County, 


tA 
pa) 

: 5 ee e 

DO BD BD BD BO 

in tn Ww 


bo 
ee 
S 
a 
bo 
~ 
O 


New Jersey. 
June 2. Sussex (New Jersey) Garden Club. 


131 


June 5. Hollis Woman's Club, Garden Department. 
June 10. Radio Garden Club Field Day. 
October 13. Department of Botany, Brooklyn Institute of Arts 
and Sciences. 
1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 
Number of organizations ... 59 49 48 il Si) 
Total attendance ./....2... ZIAL S357 A906 839 1,289 


APPENDIX 7 
REPORT ON PHOTOGRAPHIC WORK 


Negatives on file December 31, 1935 1.00.00... occ e ccc ecccccceccee.. 8,894 

Wigs ativiesuaccessionecsdurinol 9604 4) oo c/a 1. ek eter eae eee ae: 412 

tal negatives on file December 31, 1936 .................. 9,306 

Lantern a OngitlesWecemplen ote) 1995... curren eee ee 6,248 

Lantern slides accessioned during 1936 .........0. 0c cecceccccecccce. 263 

Total lantern ee on ee December 3.1936"). eee eee 6,511 

Gites One u lem cccmper a lq lOG5: 3-6. 7 x25: a%< 01 oy ne ee ae ee 6,270 
Pe Giisminadem CUP lOQG pane: ot fb to! 8 lars Rae ile tes 1,961 
\OiGretal Zoi .fcbisjnes| bb hte\al 5, oh rn arr A Sl 1,249 

legetahest salbecel, (ceva tay -c1| (O(c tes nk rns ee 712 

Lotalmpuintsson miles Wecempenr’ 31, 1036 home. aa eo ee 6,982 

Eon abe einen ismeitia lemme eee ihh 251 ct. She ae er 52 


Respectfully submitted, 
FRANK STOLL, 
Registrar and Custodian 
APPENDIX 8 
RE PORUCON BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN 
PUBLICATIONS, 1936 


— 


L:cology 
Official Organ of the Ecological Society of America 
Quarterly. Volume NVIT comprised 45 papers (besides re- 
views, proceedings, and miscellaneous matter), 714 pages and 185 
text figures (as against 51 papers, 680 pages and 175 text figures 
in 1935). The circulation at the close of the fiscal year (Novem- 
ber 30, 1936) was 1,086 as against 1,009 one year ago. 


12 


The annual budget was $5,773.81, the credit balance $448.49, and 
assets over liabilities $601.34 (as against $6,364.34, $1,229.22, and 
$1,368.21 assets over liabilities in 1935), plus the value of back 
sets and volumes on hand. Dr. Henry K. Svenson continued on 
the editorial board as the Brooklyn Botanic Garden representative. 
Prof. Alfred E. Emerson and Prof. George D. Fuller, both of the 
University of Chicago, continued as Editors. 


Genetics 
In Co-operation with the Editorial Board of Genetics 


Bimonthly. Volume XXI comprised 44 papers, 855 pages, 5 
plates, and 152 text figures (as against 39 papers, 604 pages, 4 


plates, and 215 text figures in 1935). At the close of the fiscal 
year (November 30, 1936) the circulation was 726, the annual 
budget $10,586.16, and the credit balance $3,647.13 (as against 
701, $9,022.84, and $3,707.08 in 1935), plus the value of hack sets 
and volumes on hand. Dr. L. C. Dunn, of Columbia University, 
continued as Managing Editor. 


Brooklyn Botanic Garden Record 
Quarterly. Volume XXV_ comprised 263 pages. The April 
number comprised the Annual Report. The circulation of the 
Record at the close of the year was 1,553. 


Leaflets 


Three single numbers and one triple number were issued. The 
circulation at the close of the year was 1,696. 


Contributions and Afemoirs 


Numbers 72, 73, and 74 of the Contributions were published. 
Memoirs, Volume IV (Pp. xiii -+ 133, 2 Plates), was published. 
f the 25th anni- 


versary of the Garden, including 15 papers on twenty-five years 


This comprises the commemoration program ¢ 


~ 


of progress in botany and horticulture, 1910-1935. 


133 
OPERICERS Obes BOARD (OF TRUSTEES 
PRESIDENT 
EDWARD C. BLUM 
First Vice-PRESIDENT SECOND VICE-PRESIDENT 
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN ADRIAN VAN SINDEREN 
THIRD VICE-PRESIDENT 


SUMNER FORD 


CREASURER SECRETARY 
EDW IN P. MAYNARD JOHN H. DENBIGH 


BOTANIC GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE 
MISS HILDA LOINES, Cuatrman 
PHILIP A. BENSON MRS. LEWIS W. FRANCIS 
EDWARD C. BLUM, Ex officio WILLIAM T. HUNTER 
MRS. WILLIAM H. CAR DAVID H. LANMAN 
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN EDWIN P. MAYNARD 
1GATES D. FAHNESTOCK ALFRED: EeMUDGE 


EX OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE BOARD 
THE FoLLowinc OFFICIALS oF THE City or New York 


THE MAYOR 
THE COMPTROLLER 
THE COMMISSIONER OF PARKS 


MEMBERS OF THE BOARD 


(Trustees are Elected Mee the Life Membership of the Brooklyn Institute 
Arts and Sciences) 
Bayes, Hon. William R. 


Denbigh, Dr. John H. 
Beers, E. LeGrand raper, i Mary Childs 
Benson, Philip A. *Fahnestock, Gates D. 
Blum, Edward C. 


Farrell, Teac m 

Blum, Robert E. Ford, Sumner 
*Cadman, Rev. S. Parkes, D.D. Forward, DeWitt A. 
Cary, Mrs. William H. Francis, Mrs. Lewis W. 
Crittenden, Walter H. Frazier, Kenneth 
Curtin, John J. Good, Mrs. William H. 

1 Deceased, November 5, 1936, 

* Deceased. 


134 


Mudge, Alfred E. 
Healy, Mrs. A. Augustus Murray, Thomas E., Jr. 
Hunter, William T. Osborne, Mrs. Bean C. 
Ingraham, Henry A. Parker, John C. 

Jonas, Ralph 
Lanman, David H. 
Lewisohn, San 


Hammitt, Walter 


1A, Pratt, Mrs. Frederic B. 
Lockwood, tee Vincent Shaw, Robert Alfred 
Loines, Miss Hilda Underwood, John T. 
vse: Edwin P. Van Sinderen, Adrian 
Maynard, Dr. Edwin P., Jr. Warner, Dr. Edwin G. 
McLaughlin, Hon. George V. 


WOMAN’S AUXILIARY 


MRS. GLENTWORTH R. BUTLER, Honorary CHaiRMAN 


MRS IRVING L. CABOT, CHairmMan 

Mrs. Charles E. Potts, Vice-Chairman 

Mrs. George I. Brower, Secretary 

Miss Jessie H. Righter, Treasurer 

Mrs. Henry J. Davenport, Chairman, Members 
Mrs. Edwin H. Thatcher, Chairman, Social Committee 
Davenport, Mrs. Henry J. 
Delafield, Mrs. John R. 
Diller, Mrs. Frank J. W. 
Draper, Mrs. Mary Childs 
Mrs. H. Edward 


sabbott, Mrs. Frank L. 
Benson, Mrs. Philip A. 
Betts, Miss Dorothy | 
Blum, Mrs. Edward Charles 
Soardman, Mrs. George M. Dreier, 
Braman, Miss Emily L. 
Braman, Miss Irene M. 
Brewster, Mrs. Walter Shaw 
3rinsmade, Miss Alice 
3rower, veo George E. 
3rown, Mrs. G. Stewart 
Brown, Mrs. Samuel A. Gager, Mrs. C. Stuart 
3utler, Mrs. Glentworth R. Garvin, Mrs. Edwin L. 
Butterick, Miss Mary FE. Goetze, Mrs. Otto 
Cabot, Mrs. Irving L. Good, Mrs. William H. 
Carroll, Mrs. Otis Swat Greenman, 
Carter, Mrs. Oliver Geidemith Hammitt, Mrs. Walter 
Cary, Mrs. William H. 


ford, Mrs. Sumner 
Francis, Mrs. Lewis W. 
Frank, Mrs. George S. 


Childs, Mrs. William H. Healy, Mrs. A. Augustus 
Coutts, Miss Frances H. Hill, Mrs. Robert C. 
i, Hills, Mrs. James M. 


Crantord, Mrs. Frederick 
Crantord, Mrs. Walter V 


Cruikshank, Mrs. Russell V. Hume, Mrs. Russell S. 


York, Rt. Rev. Mgr. John C. 


hip Committee 


Earle, Mrs. William P., Jr. 


Eidlitz, Mrs. Ernest Frederick 


* Te eaihaal vam, Mrs. Theodore 


Mrs. William B. 


Harrisson, Mrs. Stephen M. 


LL. 


Hyde, Mrs. Clarence R. 


Ingersoll, Mrs. Raymond V. 


Tera Mrs. Henry A. 
James, Mrs. Darwin R., Jr. 
Jameson, Mrs. P. erie 
Jameson, Miss Jeanetta C. 


<nox, Miss Wee 


Lincoln, Mrs. Roy M. 
Lockwood, Mrs. William A. 
Loines, Miss Hilda 

Lyman, Mrs. Frank 
Maclay, Mrs. Frederick D. 
Mark, Mrs. Henry A. 
Marshall, Mrs. William W. 
Maynard, Mrs. Edwin P. 


Maynard, Mrs. Edwin P., Jr. 
McMahon, Mrs. Edward W. 


Merrill, Mrs. Whitney 
Mudge, Mrs. Alfred E. 
Noble, Mrs. Francis L. 
O’Donohue, Mrs. Charles A. 
Osborne, Mrs. Dean C. 
Otis, Mrs. Charles H. 
Paffard, Mrs. Frederic C. 
Palmer, Mrs. Carleton H. 
Parsons, Mrs. Frank H. 
Peck, Mrs. Bayard L. 
Perkins, Mrs. Charles E, 
Perry, Mrs. John M. 


135 


Peters, Mrs. Wm. Sterling 
*Pierrepont, Miss Julia J. 


Pratt, Mrs. Richardson 
Prince, Mrs. Benjamin 
Putnam, Mrs. William A. 
Righter, Miss Jessie H. 
Roberts, Mrs. John S. 
xowe, Mrs. Frederick W. 
Seabury, Mrs. Samuel 
Shaw, Mrs. Awbrey N. 
Shaw, Miss Ellen Eddy 
Sherman, Mrs. Arnold W., 
Simmons, Mrs. Frank E. 
Smith, Mrs. B. Herbert 
Southard, Miss Edith Brett 
Spencem Mims. John den) Tt: 
Stewart, Mrs. Seth ise 
Stutzer, Miss Elise W. 
ee Mrs. Herman 
Thatcher, Mrs. Edwin H. 
Thayer, Mrs. Gordon C. 
Truslow, Mrs. Walter 
Tuttle, Mrs. Winthrop M. 
Underwood, Mrs. John T. 
Van Brunt, Mrs. Jeremiah R. 
Van Sinderen, Mrs. Adrian 
Warbasse, Mrs. James P. 
Warren, Mrs. Luther F. 
White, Mrs. Alexander M. 
White, Miss Harriet H. 
Wilcox, Mrs. T. Ferdinand 
Wilson, Mrs. Francis A 


Woodward, Miss Mary Blackburne 


136 
LIST OF MEMBERS 
(Revised to April 2, 1937) 


For information concerning the various classes of membership consult the 
pages preceding this Report 


3ENEFACTORS 


By contribution of $100,000 or more, or by gifts of equivalent value 


*Samuel P. Avery *Alfred T. White (G) 
*Carl H. De Silver *Miss Frances E. White (G) 
*Augustus Graham Miss Harriet H. White (G) 
* A. Augustus Healy *Robert B. Woodward 


PATRONS 


By contribution of $25,000 or more, or by gifts of equivalent value 


*Frank LL. Babbott *Prank S. Jon 

*Miss Mary Benson * Alfred ioe “Pell 

*Edwin Gould (G) *Mrs. Caroline H. Polhemus 

*Edward L. Graef *William A. Putnam 

*Mrs. John Hills (G) * Che arles A. Schieren 

*Alfred W. Jenkins John T. Underwood 
DoNOoRS 


By contribution of $10,000 or more, or by gifts of equivalent value 


*Abraham Abraham Joseph C. Hoagland 
Dr. Frank L. Babbott *Samuel N. Hoyt 
* Henry pean Mrs. Mary Babbott Ladd 
*James A. H. Bell Mrs. Joseph H. Lester 
*Mrs. pices GC. Blackford *Frederick Loeser 
*William Calverly Mrs. Ian MacDonald 
*William H. Cary *Henry P. Martin 
Mrs. William H. Childs *Miss Matilda McLean 
*Walter V. Cranford (G) *Joseph T. Perkins 
Mrs. ce V. Cranford (G) *George D. Pratt 
a ter Pais *Henry K. Sheldot 
Mrs. Ella - so Mrs. Lydia ee Stokes 
hee A. ae *Herman Stutzer (G) 


*Hon. Richard Young (G) 


1(G), through the Botanic Garden. For names not thus designated the 
gifts were to some other Department of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and 


Sciences. 


PERMANENT 


By contribution of $2,500 or more, 


Abraham, Mrs. Abraham 


* 
eal 
a 
Oo 
wn 
Lo 
= 
” 
nt 
ma 
= 
io) 
ar 
Nt 


ue: Dr. gues alee 


yeti aie C. 


D 
*Brackett, Miss Mary A. 
Brown, Mrs. Lilla 
Campbell, Miss Mary 
Carroll, Mrs. Otis Swan 
*Coffin, Mrs. Sturgis 
*Cook, Henry F. 

Day, Prof. Cyrus Lawrence 
English, Mrs. J. Radford 
ete Miss Mabel Louise 

ahys, Niet E. 
pies Jose 


First Tea Church Society 


*Freifeld, Mrs. George 
Godfrey, Mrs. Edwin D. 
Good, Mrs. John, Sr. 

*Gottsberger, Francis 
*Healy, Frank 
*Hearn, Mrs. Bees AG 
*Hentz, Het 
*Herriman, Miss Helen 
Higgins, cy 
*Hoagland, Mrs. Joseph C, 
*THoagland, ayia 
Hoagland, Miss S. W. 


LIFE 


MEMBERS 
or by gifts of equivalent value 
Hodenpyl, Eugene, Jr. 
How, Miss eceohine W. 
Hove Mrs. Mark 
*James, John S. 
*Jones, Mrs. Mary L. 
*Jones, Townsend 
Joost, Mrs. Martin 
Kelso, William G., Jr. 
*Lawrence, Henry C 
*Lawrence, Lysander W. 
Lawrence, Richard H. 
Lindgrove, Mrs. Marjorie S. 
*Lord, Mrs. John Bradley 
Low, A. Augustu 
*Maxwell, J. Sm i fie 
McMahon, Joseph T 
*Morse, Horace J 
Oakley, Mrs. Theodora L, 
*Olcott, George M. 
*Palmer, Lowell M. 
Peabody, George Foster 
Pell, Mrs. Cornelia L. 
Post, James H. 
Powell, Mrs. Robert E. 
Sanger, William 
*Sanger, William Cary 
Self, Mrs. Edgar A. 


Son Mrs. Walliams R, 
sm {rs. Annie Morrill 
an Howard C. 

Vander Weyde, Mrs. N. J. 
Walsh, Mrs. Anna F, 
Webster, Miss Aileen 
*White, Alexander M, 
*Woodward, Mrs. John B. 


MEMBERS 


By contribution of $500 or more, or by gifts of equivalent value 


Through the Botanic Garden 


Bailey, Frank 
30bbink, Lambertus C. 
Butler, Mrs. Glentworth R. 


agin! of Dr. Glentworth 
Butler 
Cary, Mrs . William H. 


v3) 


138 


Childs, Eversley Loines, Miss Hilda 
Engelhardt, George P. Mudge, Alfred E. 
Frothingham, Miss Elisabeth W. Osman, Fred D. 

Gager, Dr. C. Stuart Perkins, Mrs. Charles FE. 
Hicks, Henry Potts, Maj. See E, 
Hunter, William T. Southwick, Dr. E. I 

Jonas, Ralph Thatcher, Edwin S 


Through other Departments of the Institute 


Abraham, Lawrence E. Cunningham, Mrs. F. W. 
Ager, John Winifred Curtin, John 
Albertson, Rev. Charles Carroll Curtis, Henry 5. 
Allan, Mrs. Evelyn W. Dalby, cai B. 
Allen, Miss Mary W. Davis, Willa 
Janbury, James J. Denbigh, Dr. ae H. 
Pamnistet Miss Eleanor C. Dixon, Theodore P. 
3atterman, Charles TH. Dougherty, Andrew, 
Batterman, Henry L. Doyle, Mrs. Allan \ 
3atterman, Miss ‘Minnie P. Draper, Ernest G. 
Baxter, I. W. Draper, Mrs. Mary Childs 
3ayes, Hon. William R. Dreier, Theodore 
Baylis, A. B. Dykeman, Conrad V. 
3aylis, Wm., Jr. Eastman, Mrs. William F. 
Benson, Philip A. Elmhirst, Mrs. Dorothy P. Whitney 
Bigelow, Edward F. Enelish, George L. 
Blumenthal, Maurice Evans, Mrs. Gertrude C. 
ete Frank J. *Fahnestock, Gates D. 
3olwell, Mrs. Sarah A. Fara Forni, Mme. A. F. 
300dy, Alvis n farmer, Walter B 
Brasher, Philip Farrell, James \ 
3rasher, Reginald I. Farrier, Albert Moses 
Brockway, Miss Emma A. Farrier, Frederick B. 
Brown, Miss A. W. Ferrier, Miss Elizabeth A. 
Brown, John W. Field, Miss E. Elizabeth 
Buek, Mrs. Cecilia Fish, Mrs. Ivy Chapel 
*Burnham, Dr. ae lage, Mrs. T. Benson 
*Cadman, Rev. S. Parkes Flinsch, Rudolph E. F. 
Campbell, ve = m. - Mitchell Foote, Alfred Sherman 
Chauncey, Rev. E. I. Ford, Sumner 
Chittenden, eee Alice H. Francis, Mrs. Lewis W 
Claflin, John Francken-Sierstorpff, Countess von 
Clarke, Rev. L. Mason Frank, Mrs. George S. 
Corlies, Howard Frazier, Kenneth 
Cram, Mrs. Howard W. Frothingham, Miss Elisabeth W. 


Crane, Judge Frederick E. Frothingham, Miss Helen H. 


139 


Gardner, William Low, Josiz 

Gibb, William T. Tudites ae W. 
Gifford, Ira L. Lyman, Frank 

Gilbert, Miss A. Louise M. Lynde, Mrs. Martha R. 
Gilbert, William T. Macbeth, Robert W. 
Good, Mrs. John, Jr. MacDonald, Rev. Robert 
Good, Mrs. William H. Mason, William P 
Goodnow, David F. Mathews, Mrs. Albert H, 
Goodnow, Prof. Frank J. Maxwell, Henry L. 
Goodnow, Weston W. May, Joseph M. 

Grace Church (ere Maynard, Edwin P. 
Hall, Charles H. McAneny, Hon. George 
Halsey, William B. McConnell, Rev. S. D. 
Healy, Mrs. A. Augustus Mclxay, Mrs. John S. 
Heckscher, August McLaughlin, Hon. George V. 
Hester, Mrs. Ada Gibb Melish, Rev. John H 
Hill, William B. Metcalf, Jesse 
Hollenback, Miss Amelia B. Moffat, David 

Hooker, Dr. Davenport Moffat, William L. 
Hooper, Mrs. Franklin W. Moore, Mrs. W. H. 
*Hornaday, Dr. William T. Morgan, John Hill 
Huber, Joseph Morse, Miss Alice L. 
Hulbert, Mrs. Henry C. Morse, Charles L 
Husson, Miss Julie Mundhenk, Herman 
Hyde, Henry St. John Murray, Thomas E., Jr. 
Hyde, James H. O’Connor, Mrs. W. 
Ingraham, Miss Frances Ogilvie, Donald Manson 
Ingraham, George S. Osborne, Mrs. Dean C. 
Jeffrey, Dr. Stewart L. Packard, Miss Mary S. 
Johnson, Alvin R. Paige, Clifford E. 
Jones, Miss i W. Palmer, Henry L. 
Kahn, Mrs. Ott Backes, Asa W., Jr. 
Kelekian, Dikran G. Parker, Gordon 

Kelloge, Dwight H. Parker, John C. 
Kennedy, Mrs. Mary A. Peet, MES. Louis Harman 
Kenyon, Mrs. Irene S. Pierrepont, John J 
Kenyon, Whitman W. Pierrepont, Seth Low 
Lang, Mrs. Robert Polhemus, Miss R. A. 
Latimer, Miss Julia W. Potts, Maj. Charles E. 
Lewisohn, ae Pratt, Charles 
Lewisohn, Sam A. Pratt, Frederic B. 
Lincoln, Mrs. eee 2 Chapel Pratt, Mrs. Frederic B. 
Litchfield, E. Huber Pratt, Harold I 
Lockwood, Luke ee Prentiss, Russell E. 
Love, Mrs. Henry D. Prosser, Thomas Harold 
Low, Ethelbert Ide Seen, Walter R 


140 


Putnam, Harrington Taylor, Miss Bessie 
Putnam, Mrs. William A. Taylor, Mrs. Helen 5S. 
Ramsdell, Mrs. Ff. Van N. Taylor, William H. 
Robinson, George C. Thayer, Mrs. Anna K. 
Robinson, Dr. Nathaniel Thursby, Miss Ina 

Ruger, Mrs. Adolph Tucker, Mrs. George S., Jr. 
Ruscoe, Miss Rose Turner, Mrs. Bertha C. 
Russell, James T., Jr. Tuthill, Miss Isabel H. 
Russell, Mrs. Talcott H. Walantwe: 

Sanbern, Mrs. Frank H. Van Anden, ice Susan M. 


Schenck, Miss Eunice M. one eae ee 


ea Va an Sinderen, Mrs. Adrian 
Sheldon, baa Anna B. Walhdde, Robert 
Sheldon, Henry 
Smith. G. Foster Warbasse, Mrs. James P. 
Smith, Mrs. Helen Ward Warner, Dr. Edwin G, 
: Weber, Mrs. Herman C. 

? Webster, Mrs. Edward H. 
a hite, Harold ee 
Stevens, a 
Stewart, Douglas MacC. 


Stokes, Mrs. S. Emlen Wisner, Ke Horatio S. 
Stutzer, Miss Elise W. Woodward, Miss Mary Blackburne 
Sullivan, Andrew T. York, Rt. Rev. Mer. Jolt 


SUSTAINING MEMBERS ' 


By payment of $25 annually 


Adams, Charles S. (M) Forward, DeWitt A. (E) 
Anderson, John (G) Froeb, Charles (M) 

Blum, Robert FE. (I) Garvin, Mrs. Edwin L. (1) 
Boetticher, Miss E. C. (G) Goddard, Mrs. A. E. (M) 
Brown, Mrs. Amelia (FE) Halstead, Mrs. J. Morton (M) 
Bryant, Miss Helen W. (G) Hammitt, Walter (FE) 
Davenport, Mrs. Henry J. (G) Hart, Miss Adelaide (M) 
Doolittle, Mrs. R. Edson (FE) Hart, Miss Lauribel (T°) 
Doscher, Mrs. A. B. (M) *Havemeyer, T. A. (G) 
Edwards, Mrs. Wm. de (M) Hincken, Miss Elsie O. (G) 
Faber, Lothar W. (M Hollwegs, Miss Anna (G) 
Felter, Mrs. Mary nee (FE) Hyatt, Miss Annie (E) 
Fernstrom, Miss Thora M. (FE) Ingraham, Edward A. (G) 
Field, Mrs. W. D. C. (M) Ingraham, Henry A. (E) 


1(G), Through the Botanic Garden; (M), Museum, (E), Educational 


Department. 


Ingraham, Mrs. Henry C. M. (G) 


Jenkins, Mrs. John Sloane (M) 
King, Mrs. Warner (M) 
Kirkman, Mrs. A. S. (M) 

Knox, Mrs. David D. (G) 
Lambert, Frank (M) 

Lamphear, Mrs. Amos S. (G) 
Langdon, Mrs. Palmer H. (G) 
Lanman, David H. (E) 

Latimer, Miss Mary (G) 

Leech, Mrs. John E. (G) 

Logan, Miss Anna A. (E) 
Loomis, Guy (M) 

Lorence, Louis (E) 

Maynard, Dr. Edwin P., Jr. (E) 
Merkert, Miss Marie M. (M) 
Morton, Dr. L. J. (M) 
Pasternack, Mrs. Richard (M) 
Petrocelli, Mrs. J. (E) 


*Pierrepont, Miss Julia J. (M) 
Price, Mrs. William H. (M) 
Reimer, Miss Margareth B. (M) 
Righter, Miss Jessie H. (M) 
Rogers, Mrs. Charles E., Jr. (E) 
Rossin, Alfred S. (M) 

Sartori, Joseph J. (G) 

mee, Alonzo7s.. CG: 
Simmons, Mrs. Frank E. (G) 
Sklar, Mrs. Max (E) 
Uhrbrock, Mrs. E. F. (G) 
Underwood, Mrs. John T. (M) 
Van Vleck, Miss ol (M) 
Weber, F. C. (E 

White, Mrs. pe (E) 
Whitney, Mrs. H. F. (E) 
Wood, Miss Emily S. CE) 
Zoebisch, Mrs. C. T. (MD) 


SS 


3ROOKLYN BoTANIC GARDEN ANNUAL MEMBERS 


By payment of $10 annually 


Affeld, F. O. 

Allen, Mrs. Joseph Dana 

Andrews, Miss Grace 

Arata, Mrs. Florence B. 

Arnold, Mrs. William H. 

Babbott, Mrs. Frank I 

Bacon, Mrs. Robert 

Bampton, Miss Joan Walters 
2 = 


Becker, Miss Johanna L. 

Beckerman, Bernard 

Behr, Edward 

Behr, Miss Mag ia O. 
Bene dise Mrs. Albert R. 

Benson, Mrs. Philip A. 

Berg, Mrs. J. Frederic 


serkenfeld, Israel 
Berlind, Mrs. rae I, 
3erman, Haro 
3erman, Mrs. aan H. 
3ernstein, Abraham 
Betts, Miss Dorothy L. 
Beverly Garden Club 
sildersee, Miss Adele 
Biren, Mrs. Frances A. 
3ittner, Mrs. L. 
Blackie Dr. William W. 
Batchford, Miss Edna Léonie 
Blatchford, Miss Stella 
Blum, Mrs. Edward Charles 
Boardman, Mrs. George M. 
Boehrer, Mrs. Charles A. 
3ornmann, Dr. Alfred 
Bossert, John 
3ossert, Mrs. L. 
Boys’ High School, Brooklyn 
3radley, Miss Florence 
Braman, Miss Irene M. 


Miss Elizabeth A. 

, Mrs. : 

Mrs. Walter Shaw 

John R. 

Miss Alice 

Brockaway, Mrs. Otilia A. 

Brooklyn Plant, and Fruit 
Guild 


UAL 


3ranagan, 
Bran¢ 
Brewster, 
Brierley, 

3rinsmade, 


Flower 


Miss Theodora 
Dr. Jefferson 
Frank Daniel 
Mrs. George E, 
Brown, Mrs. G. Stewart 
3rown, Roscoe C, 

Mrs. Sanaa A. 
Brown, Mrs. Samuel T 


Mrs. 


Brossard, 
Browder, 
Brower, 
3rower, 


Brown, 
Brown, Theodore Burgess 
Browning, Dr, William 
Brukenfeld, Morris 
Buckley, Miss Jane T. 
3utterick, Miss Mary E. 
Cabot, Dr. Irving L 
Cadman: Mrs. Frederick L. 
Caldwell, Mrs. B. Palmer 
Camp, Miss Caroline D. 
Campbell, Miss Magy 
Canis, Prof, Otto P. M. 
Carpenter, Mrs. James N. 
Carter, Mrs, Oliver Goldsmith 
Cary, Mrs. William H. 
Casper, Sidney J 
Cass, Miss Erna W. 
Cedarhurst Gar den Study Group 
Christy, Mrs. s T. 
City Gardens Club 
Clark, D 
Cleveland, Miss Eleanor Naomie 
Coffin, Mrs. I. Sherwood 
Conover, Mrs. Henry S. 
Contemporary Club, The 
Corcoran, ee aie 
Cornman, Mrs. Tessie 
Coutts, Miss Frances H. 
Coykendall, Mrs. W. E. 
Crane, Mrs. Claude G. 


Cranford, Frederick L. 


r. Raymond 


142 


Cranford, Miss Margaret 
Cranford, ~ Walter V. 
Crary, Mrs. D, 

Creamer, W 


liner 
om 
Russell V. 
Cruikshank, Mrs. Russell V. 
Crystal, Mrs. Beatrice 
Cummings, Mrs. Tom 
Currie, Mrs. James N. 
Cuthrell, Mrs. Faith B. 
Dana, Mrs. Arnold Guyot 


mae 
—_ 


Cruikshank, 


Dana, Mrs. Arthur 

Dann, James E. 

Dauernheim, A. M. 

Davidson, Mrs. John A. 
ecker, Mrs. Charles A. 

deComps, Miss Pauline L. 

de Kay, Mrs. Sidney Gilder 


Delafield, Mrs. John R. 
Denbigh, Miss Helen D. 
De Silver, Mrs. Albert 

De Voe, Franklin M. 
Dickey, Miss Annie Louise 
Dietz, Nicholas 

Dillon, Miss Mary FE. 
Mrs. Laird C. 
Ditmas, Miss Caroline 
Dlugatz, Dr. 
Doane, Albe 
Dobbie, Mrs. Horace B. 
Dodge, Mrs. Francis D. 
Mrs. Philip A. 
Mrs. Samuel HH. 
Miss Loretto V. 
. Edward 


Dinsmore, 


Herman G. 
tC, 


Doherty, 
Doman, 
Donovan, 
Dreier, Mrs. 
Duhme, Mrs. H. 
du Pont, Mrs. T. Coleman 
DuVal, Guy 

DuVal, Mrs. Guy 

Earle, Mrs. Wm. P., Jr. 
Eckardt, Mrs. pcs io 
Eckstein, Harry 

Edinburg, Wes. William G. 
Eidlitz, Mrs. Ernest Frederick 
Eilers, Miss Emma 

Elbert, Mrs. William 


F, 


Eldredge, Mrs. O. Stanley 

Elkus, Mrs. Abram I. 

Emerson, Mrs. William 

Ericsson, Miss H. Wilhelmina 

Espenschied, Mrs. Thyra 

Etzel, Mrs. Mary M. 

Everit, Mrs. Edward A. 

Fairbanks, Miss Maria B. 

BainchildisB, <i 

Fairchild, Mrs. F. K. 

Rockaway Women’s 
Garden Group 

Fardelman, Mrs. A. Von Prief 

Fawcett, Mrs. Alfred 

Pracete Mrs. James M. 

Fawcett, Judge Lewis L. 

Ferris, Mrs. Joseph W. 

Field, Frederick 

Fisher, Miss Edna M. 

Fiske, Mrs. E. Rodney 

Fitzhugh, Mrs. William W., Jr. 

Fitz Patrick, Mrs. J 

Flushing Garden Club, ine 


Club: 


aM 
, Mrs. Motes je 
Poe Mrs. George E. 
Free, Mrs. Montague 
Freiman, Miss Bess G. 
Fricke, Miss Helen M. 
Friendly Tourist Club 
Frohne, Mrs. Theodore 
Fulda, Mrs. H. C 
Fultz, Mrs. Marjorie 
Gaillard, Mrs. William Dawson 
Gallagher, Miss Augusta 
Gallup, Miss Anna B. 
Garden Club of Lawrence 
Gibson, Miss Gertrude L. 
Gillingham, Mrs. Catherine R. 
Gillingham, James 
Girls Commercial H. S., Brooklyn 
Girls’ High School, Broce ga 
Gladding, Walter M 


143 


Goetze, Miss Emily H. 
Goetze, Mrs. Otto 
Goldstein, Louis G. 
Gonnoud, 
Goodfel ite. nes MiP: 
Goodman, Joseph 
Dr. Onslow A., Jr. 
Grasty, Mrs. Mabel R 
Great Neck Garden Club 
Great Neck Woman’s Club: 
eae 
Green, . Wyman R. 
Grieff, 7 ictor 
Griffen, Mrs. Charles 
Gunnison, Mrs. Herbert F, 
Gustafson, Miss Anna M. 
Haas, Miss Edith 
Haff, Mrs. Alvah C. 
Hagstrom, Mrs. Henry Theodore 
Hale, Miss Alfaretta May 
Halstead, Miss A. E. 
Halstead, Mrs. J. Morton 
Halstead, Mrs. Kenneth B. 
Halsted, Mrs. Henry M. 
IHlamburger, Mrs. Jerome W. 
Hamilton, Mrs. George S. 


Gordon, 


Hanks, Miss Lenda T. 
Hargitt, Dr. Chas. A. 
Harris, Mrs. fey 


Harrisson, Mrs. Stephen M. 
Hatheway, wets ee 


Haynes, Miss Mabel 

Healy, D. J 

Hearns, Mrs. Frank T. 
Hecht, Miss Sadie 

Hegeman, Mrs. D. V. B. 
Heissenbuttel, Mrs. Henry C. 
Heissenbuttel, Mrs. Wm. F. 
oe Mrs. Samuel E. 

apy cae 
; Mice Gustave A. 
Henning, Mrs. George 
Henry, Mrs. Robert Edward 
Herlehy, Mrs. Frances F. 


acob 


Garden 


Hervey, 
Hester, Mrs. W. V., Jr. 
Hevle, Miss Frances M. 
Higgins, Dr. Alice K 


Hoag, Mrs. J. Edward 


Hoffmann, Mrs. George J. 
Holcombe, Mrs. Walter P. 
Hollander, Mrs. Lewis FE. 


Hollenback, Miss Amelia B. 


Hollwegs, Miss Katherine 
Hooper, Mrs. William R. 
Horstein, Miss Mina 
Howard, Miss Laurette 
Hoyt, Miss Anne S 

Hoyt, Miss Mary F. 
Hume, Mrs. Henry M. 


Humpstone, Mrs. O. Paul 
Huncke, Mrs. Helen F. 
Hunter, Mrs. Wilham T. 
Hutton, Miss Sarah E. 
Iffla, Miss Florence E. 


Ingersoll, Mrs. Raymond V. 
oD y Pj 


Ingraham, Miss Grace 
Ingraham, Dr. Ruth 

Irish, William S. 

Jackson, Mrs. Edward 
Jackson, Mrs. Samuel, Sr. 
Jadwin, Mrs. Palmer H. 
Jadwin, Mrs. Stanley P. 
James, Mrs. Darwin R., Jr. 
James, Mrs. Warner 
James, William L. 


James Madison High School, I 


ology Dept. 
Jameson, Mrs. A. Stedman 
Jameson, Dr. P. Chalmers 
Jameson, Mrs. P. Chalmers 
Jansen, Miss Dora 
Jennings, Miss Annie B. 


144 


Johnston, Mrs. 


Jewell, John V. 
Johanns, Mrs. Frederick L. 
Johnson, Mrs. are C; 


. Cliffe 
Johnston, Miss a 
Jones, Mrs. Dunhe vam C. 
Jones, Helen S 
Jones, Mrs. Jane Bates 
Jones, Mrs. Wallace T., 
Jones, Mrs. Wallace Thaxter 
Jourdan, James H. 
Judd, Mrs. Orrin R. 

C, 


IKkay, Miss Lillian S. 
Keating, Miss Margaret R. 
Kennedy, Mrs. James 
Kerr, Mrs. William F. 
Keteham, Miss Clara L. 


Kindergarten Mother's Club, P. S. 


241 
Kirk’s School, Miss 
Kklempner, Mrs. Ida 
Knox, Miss Maria 
Kkunz, Mrs. M. Rk 
Lafrentz, ee Olga L. 
Lancaster, Miss Bertha 


Landon, Mrs. Stephen 
Lane, Miss Ella M. 


Lantry, Mrs. Joseph P: 

Lathrop, Mrs. John H. 

Laura S. Stewart Garden Club 

Lawrence, Mrs. Herbert 

Lawrence School, The 

Lee, Miss Catherine 

Leininger, Mrs. Ralph 

Lester, Mrs. Maxwell 

Levine, Mrs. Sarah 

Levingson, Isaac 

Levy, Harry 

Lewis, Miss Anna 

Lewis, Clarence Mck. 
Lewis, Mrs. Ilorence 

Lincoln, Mrs. Roy M. 

Litchfield, Miss Cornelia 

Lockwood, Mrs. William A. 


Lohman, Miss Helen 
Lohman, Mrs. W. H 
Loines, Miss Elma 
Loines, Mrs. Stephen 
Long, Mrs. Claramae B. 
Long, Mrs. Walter Pratt 
Lott, Mrs. Henry DeWitt 
Love, John H 
Lublin, Hymar 
Lubrecht, Mrs. Charles A. 
Lucia, Dr. William A. 
Lynbrook oe Group 
Lyons, Edwa 
Lysaght, ee bee 
MacCauley, Miss Minnie 
T 


Manvilte eee HL Edward 
Marine Park Garden Club 
Marks, Mrs. Alexander D. 
Marrow, Miss Lucille 
Marshall, Mrs. William W. 
Matheson, Mrs. 

Maynard, Mrs. acer P. 


Maynard, Mrs. Edwin P., Jr. 


McCammon, Miss Althea 
McCarthy, Edward Joseph 
McCarthy, Miss Mildred H. 
McCormick, Mrs. E. 
McDermott, Mrs. Arthur V. 
McDonald, Dr. Milo F. 
McGill, Mrs. Franklin C. 
McGill, Mrs. Margaret 
McHugh, Mrs. John J. 
MckKelway, Mrs. St. Clair 
McLaren, James R. 
McLean, Mrs. F. B. 
McNeill, panier Sr. 
Mead, D. 

Meeker, ae M. 

Mehl, Mrs. Frances 

Mehl, Joseph 

Meissner, Mrs. William C. 
Mellen, Mies Graham Kk 
Meltzer, Mrs. Joseph 
Melucci, Angelo 


145 


Merkel, Lawrence 

Merrill, Mrs. Whitney 
Merritt, Miss Lilla H. 
Merz, Dr. Frank G. 
Meyenborg, Miss Evelyn A. 
Michelsen, Mrs. Letitia M. 


anes Nee ae 1a, 
Muller, Adolf 
allie: Mrs. Richard 
Murray, Mrs. Joseph Bradley 
Myerson, Mrs. M. C. 
Namm, Major Benjamin H. 
Napoli, Peter 
Natelson, Mrs. L. F. 
Needham, Henry C. 

, Dr. Frank G 
iate Miss Charlotte 
Neumann, Mrs. Tamar M, 
Newman, Miss Louise M. 
Newton, Mrs. Charles E., Jr. 
North, Mrs. John H. 
Noschkos, Monroe 
Oak, Miss Dorothy 
O’Brien, Mrs. A. J. 


O’Donohue, Mrs. enane: A. 
Ohly, Dr. John H. 

O'Neill, Charles FE. 
Ormsbee, Mrs. Malcolm H. 
Osborne, Mrs. Dean C 


Parent Teachers’ Association, P. S. 
2 


Parker, Mrs. Elizabeth B. 
Parshelsky, Moses L. 
Parsons, Frank H. 
Pashley, Mrs. Charles L. 
Paumanacke Garden Club 
, Mrs. Bayard L 
?eck, Fremont C. 
Peloubet, Mrs. S. W. 


146 


Pa. School of Horticulture for Reinhardt, Mrs. Charles 


Women ‘suena i illiam C 
Perry, Mrs. John M. Rinschede, s Ida E. 
Peters, Mrs. Wm. Sterling Roberts, fe “John 5: 
Pfeiffer, Miss C. A. Roberts, Miss Willa 
Phenix, Mrs. Spencer Roe, Mrs. Clinton T, 
Pierrepont, Miss Anna J. Rogers, Mrs. Charles E., Jr. 

*Pierrepont, Miss Julia J. Rooney, Mrs. Mary T. 
Pilsbury, Mrs. E. H. Rosati, Dr. Vincent F. 
Pinkerton, ies Robert A. Rowe, Mrs. Frederick W. 
Platt, Mrs. Augustine R. Ruckegaber, Mrs. Louis A. 
Platt, Miss E. L. Rushmore, Dr. Jacques C. 
Platt, Rutherford Sanders, Edward I 
Plumb, Mrs. E. T. Satterlee, Mrs. Herbert L. 
Plump, Miss Julia H. Scheepers, John T 
Pond, Miss Pearl F. Schellhammer, Fred M. 
Pond, William H. Schepmoes, Mrs. F. R. 
Popper, Mrs. William C. Schiller, Miss Frances 
Porter, Mrs. E. Pender Schneider, Davic 
Post, Mrs. James H. *Schoonhoven, John J. 
Post, Miss Jessie W. Schrader, Miss M. H. 
Potter, Mrs. R. Burnside Scoville, Mrs. Herbert 
Powers, Miss Z. A. Seibert, Mrs. Albert FE. 
Pratt, Abram J. Seldin, Mrs. Tena 
Pratt, Frederic B. Sellew, Mrs. Waldo W. 
Pratt, Harold I. Sellinger, Mrs. Jean D. 
Pratt, Mrs. Katherine Sloan Sessler, David 
Pratt, Miss Mary Shanahan, Mrs. Thomas E. J. 
Pratt, Mrs. Richardson Shaw, Miss Agnes M. 
Price, Frank J. Shaw, Mrs. Awbrey N. 
Prince, Mrs. Benjamin Shepard, Charles S. 
Provost, Miss Eva M. Sherman, Mrs. Arnold W. 
Public School 155, Brooklyn Sherman, Mrs. S. 

Public School 197, Brooklyn Shoreham Garden Club 
Public School 241, Brooklyn Siebert, Mrs. William 
Purdie, Miss Bertha S. Simpson, Miss Etta 
Purdy, Miss Maud H. Simpson, Mrs. T. A. 
Putnam, Mrs. Henry St. Clair Skovron, Morris J. 
Queensboro Garden Club Slow, Frank 
Queens Village Garden Club Smith, B. Herbert 
Raiman, Mrs. Robert I. Smith, Miss Bertha H. 
Raskin, Abrahatr Smith, Mrs. C. M. 
Rathbun, Mrs. Nath uniel P. Smith, George W. 

Ray, Miss Mabel Smith, Miss Leona A. 
Recknagel, Miss Alice Smith, Mrs. Norman 


Reed, Mrs. George M. Snedeker, Mrs. Edwin L. 


Southard, Miss Edith Brett 
Spingarn, Mrs. Arthur B 
Spingarn, J. E 
Spingarn, Mrs, J. E. 
Sprackling, Mrs. Nelson 
Spring, Miss M. Louise 
Staber, Miss Maud J. 
Starkweather, Mrs. A. K. 
Stedman, Mrs. J. \V 

teele, Mrs. Rrederic ah 
Steele, Roswell H 
Steinberg, Morris 
Steiner, Mrs. Estella R. 
Stellwagen, Fred L. 
Sternberg, Martin N. 
Stewart, Miss E. Grace 
Stewart, Mrs. Seth Thayer 
Stewart Manor Garden Club 
Stobaugh, Miss Frances 
Stout, Mrs. Charles H. 
Strahs, Miss Jeanette 
Straus, Hugh Grant 
Streeter, Mrs. Milford B. 
Strong, Mrs. Theron G. 
Struse, Mrs. John F. 
Stuart, Lyall L. 

*Stutzer, Mrs. Herman 
Sullivan, Miss Bessie 
Sweedler, Nathan 
peccy David F. 

, Mrs. D. Shearman 
, Mrs. Jeannette 

rece Mrs. A. B. 

Thatcher, Mrs. Edwin H. 

Thatcher, Mrs. John H. 

Thayer, Mrs. Gordon & 

Thiemer, Mrs. E. 

Thirkield, Mrs. Gil Bere 15k, 

Thorndike, Miss Elsie 

Three Village Garden Club 


Tiernan, Mrs. Bartholomew T. 


Tille, Samuel 

Tilley, Dr. R. McFarlane 
Tompkins, Miss Elizabeth M. 
Tousey, Miss Elizabeth 
Towbin, Miss Julia 


147 


*Wikander, 


Towl, Mrs. F. M. 
Traendly, Mrs. Frank H. 
Troeck, Miss M. Dorothy 
Trull, Mrs. Frank T 
Turner, Mrs. Henry C. 
Tusch, Mrs. Walter 
Tuttle, Mrs. Winthrop M. 
Tyler, Mrs. Walter L. 
Vail, Harry C 
Valentine, Stephen 
Van Brunt, Miss Elizabeth R. 
oe Brunt, Jeremiah 

Van Sinderen, Adrian 
Mrs. Adrian 
Henry B. 
Mrs. Richard 
Walcott, Mrs. Arthur S. 
Wallace, Mrs. Charles F, 
Walmsley, Mrs. Clara E. 
Walton, Mrs. Henry A. 


Qu 


Von Lehn, 


, Mrs. Luther F. 
W antene William H. 


ba eeth, Dr. 


, Mrs. Walter F. 

WwW sae Fred. 

Wheeler, Mrs. William G. 
White, Alain 

White, Mrs. Alexander M. 
Miss Elin 
Wikle, Mrs. Herbert T. 
Willard, Miss Dorothy 
Willard, George N. 
Williams, Mrs. John O. 
Williams, Mrs. W. B. 

W illiamson, Miss Marguerite Moli- 


Wills. Louis Charles 
Wilson, Mrs. Christopher W. 


Wrenn, Mrs. Allen Stewart 
Yale, Mrs. William T. 
Zabriskie, Mrs. Elmer T. 


Wilson, Mrs. Francis A. 
Wing, Miss Beulah A. 

Wood, Miss Helen C. 

Wood, Mrs. Willis D. Zadde, Mrs. Augusta 
Woodmere Garden Club Zatz, Mrs. Gertrude 
Woodsburgh Garden Club Zellner, Mrs. Carl P. 
Woodward, Miss Mary Blackburne Zimmele, Charles F. 


SUMMARY OF MEMBERSHIP 


BGHETACtOES: a iccaren dite baad a hataa San aac o eae eA LE aware ete 
PAEGOUS:. ah datasheet Bas etace nea eae, anata siarteta nleamiatat aa ees seer emia tare 
TIOHOLS. Sede sitantskcd st ee hie ie et dae ee ee ee See et ee eee ea 
Permanent Members ......... 0. e cee eee ene nese eees 
Life Members 

Through the Botanic Garden 2.2.0.0... 0.000: e ee eee oun: 18 

Through “Other Denariients «sicisvre eters eee uae ede 
Sustaining Members 

Through the Botanic Garden ...... 0.0.00. 18 

‘Thieush. Other Deparinents ovcceenieeet estas hae esate 47 
Annual Members 2.02.0... 0.0 cece cee eee eee ent e eee teenies 


Toil HS OL Dept 2.490! shaurions rar eee eee ieee eave es 


The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences 
OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 
PRESIDENT 
EDWARD C. BLUM 
First Vick&-PREsIwENT SECOND VICE-PRESIDENT 


WALTER H. CRITTENDEN ADRIAN VAN SINDEREN 


THIRD VicE-PRESIDENT 
SUMNER FORD 


TREASURER SECRETARY 
EDWIN P. MAYNARD JOHN H. DENBIGH 
BOTANIC GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE 
MISS HILDA LOINES, Chairman 


PHILIP A. BENSON MRS. LEWIS W. FRANCIS 
EDWARD C. BLUM, Ex officio WILLIAM T. HUNTER 
MRS. WILLIAM H. CARY DAVID H. LANMAN 


WALTER H. CRITTENDEN EDWIN P. MAYNARD 
ALFRED E. MUDGE 


EX OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE BOARD 
THE FoLLowING OFFICIALS OF THE City or New York 
THE MAYOR 
THE COMPTROLLER 
THE COMMISSIONER OF PARKS 


GENERAL INFORMATION 


MEMBERSHIP.—AII persons who are interested in the objects and maintenance 
of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden are eligible to membership. Members enjoy spe- 


THE Botanic GARDEN is open free to the public daily from 8 a.m. until dusk ; 
on Sundays and Holidays it is open at 10 a.m. 


The street entrance to the Laboratory Building is at 1000 Washington Avenue, 
opposite Crown Street. 

Assist Mempers and others in studying the collections the services of a 
docent may be obtained. This service is free of charge to members of the Botanic 
Garden; to others there is a charge of 50 cents per person. rrangements must 
be made by application to the Curator of Public Instruction at least one day in 
advance. No parties of less than six adults will be conducte 

To REACH THE GARDEN take Broadway (B.M.T.) Subway to Prospect Park 
Station; Interborough Subway to Eastern Parkway-Brooklyn Museum Station; 
Flatbush \venue trolley to Empire Boulevard; Franklin Avenue, Lorimer Street 


kins Avenue trolley to Washington Avenue; St. John’s Place trolley to 


Sterling Plac Washington Avenue: ion Street or Vanderbilt Avenue 
trolley to Prospect Park Pla nd Union Street. By AutomosiLe from points 
Long nd take Eastern Pa y west and turn left at Washington Avenue; 


rom Manhattan, take Manhattan Bridge, follow Flatbush Avenue Extension and 
Flatbush Avenue to Eastern Parkway, turn left following Parkway to Washington 


Avenue; then turn right. 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN 
PUBLICATIONS 


quarterly (1912-1 Beane bimonthly (1929- 1932) ; cuartery wn a Contains, 
mong other things, the Annual Report of the director and heads of departments, 


laneous papers, and notes concerning Garden progress and events. Free to mem- 
bers of the Garden. To others $1.00 a year. Circulates in 59 countries 


MEMOIRS. Established, July, 1918. Published irregularly. Circulates in 
47 countries. 
. Dedication Papers: comprising 33 scientific papers presented at 
the dedication of the oe building and plant houses, April 19-21, 1917. 
521 pages. Price $3.50, plus p 
Volume IJ. The ite Sa of Long Island. Part I, The vegetation of 
Montauk: A study of grassland and forest. By Norman Taylor, June 11, 1923. 
108 pages. Price $1.00, plus postage. 
Volume III. Vegetation of Mount Desert Island, Maine, and its environ- 
ment. By pPemiperon Moore and Norman Taylor, June 10, 1927. 151 pages. 
Price $1.60 
CONTRIBUTIONS. spsee tenes April 1, 1911. Hapsie ey published 


riodicals, reissued as ee without change of paging, and numbered 
consecutively. wenty-five numbers “constitute one volume. "Dice 25 cents each, 
5 volume. Circulates in 34 cou 


No. 70. Inheritance ee Ces ahee to loose smut in hybrids of Fulghum and 
Black Mesdag oats. 10 p 1935. 

No. 71. Physiologic pe ee of the parasitic fungi. 19 pages. 1935. 

No. 73. Studies of the root nodule organisms of certain wild legumes. 19 
ae ia 

e effects of Chall ioe en plants: Résumé of the more important 

ee ps ipo fo dOSa. ned D 1936 

lo. 75. Inheritance of resistance to ‘the loose and covered kernel oni of 
sorghum. I. Dwarf Yellow Milo Siri II. Feterita hybrids. 40 pages. 1937. 


LEAFLETS. Established, April 10, 1913. puree weekly or eee 
during April, May, June, e, September, and October. The purpose of the Leaflets 
is primarily to give sunaincedients See flowering a other plant activities 
to be seen in the Garden near the date of issue, and to give popular, elementary 
information about plant life for feathers and others. Free to members of the 
Garden. To ee pa cents a series. Single numbers 5 cents each. Circu- 
lates in 28 coun 

GUIDES to the colleenons: Baers e and grounds. Price based upon cost 
of publication. Issued as num the Rrecorp; see above. 

# Guide No. 5. The Rock Onion 28 illustrations. Price, 35 cents. By mail, 
cents 

- Gu ide No. 6. Se sig potted trees (Hachinoki). 11 illustrations. Price, 35 

cents. By mail, 40 ¢ 

uide No. 7. ee ory of our boulders: ee geuogs we n° Brooklyn 
Binnie Garden, 22 Hingtrabons Price, 35 cen ail, 40 

Guide No.8. The story of fossil plants. 8 SE Pics x cents. By 
mail, 40 cents. 

SEED ere Ys ici See Established, December, 1914. Since 1925 
issued each y the Janu number of the Recorp. Circulation includes 160 
idtinic: Caiache ‘and istititions located in 40 cnanteies’ 

ECOLOGY. Established, January, 1920. Published quarterly in cooperation 
with | the POE Society OF AMERICA. Subscription, $4.00 a year. Circulates 
in 48 cou 

GENETICS. Established, January, 1916. Bimonthly. Subscription, $6.00 a 
year. Circulates in 37 countries. 


~ RECORD 


JULY, 1937 


CONTENTS 


BOTANIC GARDENS OF THE WORLD 
_ MATERIALS: FOR A HISTORY 


The Price of this Number. is $2.00 


= PUBLISHED QUARTERLY: 
AT PRINCE: AND. LEMON STREETS, LANCASTER, 
oY THE aces ote OF: ARTS AND ances 
OKLYN, shh? 


of August 24, 1912 


‘EMILIE PERPALL, CHICHESTER, Lib 
eae : ‘DONEY, M.S., Assistant i 
ILLI C 


AM H. DUR KIN, 
é HAM 


: uratorial 
D, 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD 


VOL. XXVI JULY, 1937 NO. 3 


BOTANIC GARDENS OF THE WORLD 
VADER MES HOR A] Hills i@RN 

Several years ago the writer began to collect data concerning 
the history, organization, and work of the botanic gardens of the 
world. A blank questionnaire was sent to all gardens of record. 
Some of these were returned with full answers to all the ques- 
tions, others were given only meagre replies, and still others were 
never returned. This accounts in large part for the fact that 
the data are much fuller for some gardens than for others. 
Pressure of administrative duties makes it increasingly unlikely 
that time can be found in the very near future to make the record 
fuller and more accurate, and so it is offered as it is because of 
knowledge of increasing need of such data in the botanical world. 

Botanic gardens fall roughly in one of two categories—those 
that are themselves institutions, and those that are only planted 
areas, literally “ gardens,’ serving as adjuncts to university de- 
partments of botany or other institutions. Both kinds are here 
included, but the following types of living plant collections, even 
though some of them may be loosely designated as “ botanic 
gardens,’ are not included: Nature preserves or “ Wild flower 
sanctuaries,’ Memorial groves, Public parks where the trees are 
labelled, Flower gardens in public parks, Private collections of 
trees and shrubs (with a few exceptions where these collections 
are open to the public). For the most part this is a list of insti- 
tutions, or of gardens organized primarily for botanical research 
or instruction or both. 

The choice of “ botanic” vs. “ botanical” appears to be purely 
arbitrary, with no distinction in meaning. The use of the plural, 


Copyright, 1937, by Brooklyn Botanic Garden 
149 


150 


“gardens,” vs. “garden,” is also arbitrary, but there appears to 
be a strong tendency on the part of the public to use the plural, 
especially for public institutions. This convention is a very old: 
one extending back at least as far as the time of ancient Greece. 
Thus we read of the “gardens of Epicurus ” (jou "Emxobpov) 
which was really only one “ garden.” 

The early dates of establishment of some of these institutions, 
still flourishing, emphasize a point the writer has made elsewhere, 
namely, the great momentum of botanic gardens—their tendency 
to persist through financial and other discouragements, political 
and social upheavals, and changes in the place of emphasis in 
botanical science. This shows that botanic gardens minister to 
fundamental human needs—scientific, educational, recreational, 
civic, and economic. 

Acknowledgment should here be made of the invaluable biblio- 
graphical assistance rendered by the librarian, Mr. William E. 
Jordan, and staff of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden Library, and 
the able cooperation, especially outside of official hours, by Miss 
Marie Louise Hubbard, my secretary. Without these aids this 
report would have been much more meager and longer delayed. 
Grateful acknowledgment is also made of the cooperation of those 
who took the time to fill out and return the questionnaires and 
otherwise to supply information. 

The writer makes no pretense that he has succeeded in making 
a complete list of botanic gardens, even within the limitations of 
the definition above implied. Nor could anyone who has com- 
piled masses of data ever claim with confidence that there are 
no important omissions or inaccuracies. 

It is hoped that this record may some day be of use to someone 
who will attempt the important and worth-while task of writing 
a real history of the botanic gardens of the world. 

C. Stuart GAGER, 


Anglo Egyptian Soudan 
KHARTOUM 
BoTANIC GARDEN 
Established: About 1918. (Nature, Nov. 6, 1919, p. 263.) 


Hil 


Argentina 


BUENOS AIRES 
_ Jarpin BotAnico MUNICIPAL 
Calle Sante Fé 3951 (Palermo) 


Established: 1892, Area: 10 Hectares. 
Directors: 1. Carlos Thays; 2. Benito J. Carrasco; 3. Pugonio 

Carrasco. 

Serves as a public park. Open daily, 7 a.m. to sundown. = Li- 
brary and Herbarium (17,000 specimens. System of De Can- 
dolle). Plantations: Systematic, after De Candolle. 6133 spe- 
cies, including trees and shrubs. Publication: Seed List. Lectures 
are given to classes, and study collections are loaned to schools. 
Living matter supplied for study to local schools. 


PAS PIEATA 
JARDIN BoTANiIco DEL FACULDAD DE AGRONOMIA DE LA 
Universitap NaAcIoNAL 
Llavallol, F. C. S. 


Australia 


ADELAIDE 
BoTANIC GARDENS OF THE UNIVERSITY 
North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia 


Established: 1855. Area: 104 acres. 
Directors: 

1. George Francis (1855-1865) 

2. R. Schomburgk (1865-1891) 

3. M. Holtze (1891-1917) 

4. J. F. Bailey (1917-1931) 

5. H. Graves (Present Director; 40 years service in the 

Garden, last three years as Director) 

Public Park: Adjoining the Garden there is a Botanic Park of 
60 acres which serves as a public park. Open free daily, 7 a.m. to 
sunset. Source of income: Government grant, and rent of Kiosk. 
Library: 1000 books in public library; 500 books in office. Her- 
barium: 12,000 sheets. Arboretum and a Fruticetum. Museum: 


152 


Open free from 9 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Supplies living specimens 
for the Botany Department of the University. 


BRISBANE 
BRISBANE BOTANIC GARDEN 
Botanic Gardens, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia 


Established: 1855. Area: 48 acres. 
Directors (Curators): 

1. Walter Hill (1855-1881) 

2. James Pink (1881-1886) 

3. A. M. Cowan (1886-1889) 

4. Phillip McMahon (1889-1905) 

5. J. F. Bailey (1905-1917) 

6. E. W. Bick (1917- ) 

Serves as a public park. Open free to the public daily from 
sunrise to sunset. Source of Income: Brisbane City Council. 
Note: In 1925 the Government transferred the Dee Gardens 
and Staff to the Brisbane City Council, and made that corpora- 
tion solely responsible for the financial st pport, but kept the 
Botanic Museum and the Herbarium in their pee eae the 
direction (March, 1937) of Mr. C. T. White. Liby ; (At the 
Museum) 5000 volumes, plus pamphlets not indexed. cap erbarium: 

000 specimens. Museum: Open free, daily, 9-5 (Saturday, 
9-12), except Sundays and ce holidays. Living material for 
study is supplied chiefly to University of Queensland and Phar- 
macy College. Affiliation: The Garden is not affiliated with the 
University, but the University is adjacent to the Garden and the 
Technical Schools, and professors, lecturers, and students can 
obtain any specimens desired. 


MELBOURNE 
MELBOURNE BoTANIC GARDENS 
South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 


Established: 1846. Area: 100 acres. 
1846 fide reply to our questionnaire. Some publications give 
1842. 


Directors (Curators): 
1. John Arthur (1846-1849) 
2. John Dallachy (1849-1851) 


HSS) 


3. Sir Ferdinand von Mueller (1851-1873) 

4, William R. Guilfoyle (1873-1909) 

5. John Cronin (1909-1923) 

6. William Laidlaw (1923-1925) 

7. F, J. Rae (1925- 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 7 a.m. to sunset (6 
mos.) ; 7:30 a.m. to sunset (6 mos.). Source of income: Govern- 
mental appropriation. Library: Reference. About 12,000 vol- 
umes and 1000 pamphlets. Herbarium: ‘“ Many thousands.” 
Actual number unknown; estimated ape 1,500,000. The Na- 
tional Herbarium with associated Botanical Library has now 
(1934) been combined with the Garden’s Herbarium and Library. 
Plantations: Systematic, with special reference to the use of 
students. Species under glass: Several thousand. Herbaceous 
plants out of doors: Several thousand he (Approx. 10,000 
species.) Publications: Catalogue of Plants. 1883. Handbook 
and Guide to the Gardens. 1908. Seed L a 1911 (Australian 
seeds only). Museum: Economic botany and plant products. 
Open free, week-days, Saturdays excepted, from 2-4 p.m. Study 
material: Living material, including wild plants, is supplied to 
both: public and private schools, in some cases regularly, in others 
occasionally on request. Some classes and colleges depend upon 
the garden for all their supply material. 


eK Able 
STERLING GARDENS 
Perth, Western Australia 
Established: 1840. Area: 6 acres. 
Director (Head Gardener): John Gates (1929). 

Note: The Secretary, State Gardens Board, Premier’s Depart- 
ment, Perth, writes: “There is no properly organized Botanic 
Garden in Perth; our city gardens more properly come under the 
heading of ‘Rest Parks.’” This information is recorded here 
because this park is sometimes referred to in print as a “ botanic 
garden.” 


ROCKAM PTON 
BoTANIc GARDEN 


Curator: R. Simmons (1921). 


154 


SYDNEY 
Botanic GARDENS OF NEw SoutH WALES 
New South Wales, Australia 
Established: 1816, Area: Garden 62 acres; park 129 additional 
acres, 
Directors (Curators): 
Charles Frazer (1828-1831) 
John McLean (1832-1833) 
Richard Cunningham (1833-1835) 
James Anderson (1835-1837 ) 
Allan Cunningham (1837-1838 ) 
James Anderson (1838-1842 ) 
. William Robertson (1842-1844 ) 
James Kidd (1844-1847 } 
9. John Carne Bidwell (1847-1848 ) 
10. Charles Moore (1848-1896) 
11. J. H. Maiden (1896-1924) 
12. G. P. Darnell-Smith (1924-1933) 
(The title “ Director” was discontinued on the retire- 
ment of Dr. Darnell-Smith) 
13. Edwin Cheel (1933- 
Appointed as Botanist and Curator of the National Her- 
barium 
13a. E. N. Ward, Curator of the Gardens (1933-7) 
14. R. H. Anderson (1937) 


hae as a ee park. Open free daily, / 


— 


NAUWER ON: 


io) 


a.m. to 6 p.m. in 


summer; 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. in winter. Source of income: Annual 
appropriations ee the State. Library: Reference. About 5090 
ee and 10,000 pamphlets. Herbariuim: About 500,000 speci- 


ens iganmnce Gets and cryptogams). Museum: Open free, 
WMenaye to Fridays, from 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. There are no loan 
collections for schools. Students from the University attend for 
lectures on Forestry and special studies. Living material for 


a limited number of herbarium specimens for special study at High 
Schools. Exchanges are made with leading Botanical Institutions 
throughout the world. 


SYS) 


Austria 


CERNAUTI (FORMERLY CZERNOWITZ) 
RoTANIC GARDENS OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY “‘ REGELE 
Cxrow 


Established: 1877. Area: 4 hectares. 

Directors: 
Karl Linstauer (1910-1911) M. Gusuleac (?-?) 
Otto Porsch (1912-1918) 


Serves as a public park. Open free daily in summer, to adults 
only, 6am. to 8 p.m. Source of income: State appropriation to 
the University. Library of Botanical Institute of the University. 
About 1500 volumes. Herbarium: About 35,000 specimens ; 
about 10,000 species. Plantations: Systematic, morphologic, eco- 
ae local flora, phylogenetic, pharmaceutic, technical. Publica- 

: Samen verzeichnis. Museum: In the Botanical Institute of 
the University. Study Material: Supplies both public and private 
schools, when requested, with all kinds of living plant eae 


for study. Instruction: Lectures and practicums are given to 
university students. Botanical excursions are conducted in ie 
garden and in the field by members of the staff. 


GRAZ 
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 
Holteigasse 6, Graz III 
Director: F. J. Widder (1937) 


HATZENDORF 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE EXPERIMENTAL 
Hatzendorf b. Fehring, Styria (Steiermark) 
Proprietor: Dr. Fritz Lemperg (1936). Seed List. 


INNSBRUCK 
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT INNSBRUCK 
Innsbruck (Ho6tting), Sternwartstr 13 
Established: 1793. Area: 20,000 sq. meters. 
Directors: 


156 


J. A. Schultes (1808-1826) Johan Peyritsch (1879-1889) 


Friese (1826-1847) Emil Heinricher (1889-1928) 
Fuchs (?-?) Adolf Sperlich (1928- ) 
Anton Kerner von Marilaun (1860-1878) 


ce 


Note: Between Friese and Kerner there were five “acting di- 
rectors” (Vertreter), fide I. Heinricher (Geschichte der Bot. 
Gard. der Univ. Innsbruck. Jena, 1934, p. 6). 


Serves as a public park, open free daily. Source of income: 
Bia aa from the State. Annual budget: 1. The employees 
of the Garden and Institute are State employees. Building im- 
provements and alterations are made by the University building 
administration. Since the economic crisis of 1931 governmental 


students. Library: There is no separate library apart from that 
of the Botanisches Institut, which is in charge of the Director of 
the Garden. Plantations: (A) Trees, shrubs and herbaceous 
plants are in systematic arrangement. In the Monocotyl section 
the arrangement is geographic and ecologic (plant societies). 
(B) Oecological and physiological groups Par to Hein- 


—Alps proper; other mountains. (£) Plants of the Caucasus. 
(Ff) Plants of Northeastern America. (G) Poisonous plants. 
(77) Scientific experimental garden (not on to the public). 
Publication: Samen Tauschkatalog. Museu part -of the 
Botanical Institute. Loan collections: Herbal arium is open to all 
scientific workers and loans to local schools such material as is 
available. Study material: A section of the Garden has been de- 
oted to genetical and physiological experiments. The entire 
plantation of the Garden is devoted primarily to the botanical 
instruction in the Universit 

Note: In 1798 Matheus Schipfer maintained a house and garden 
of 343 square fathoms (‘ Quadratklafter’’). This was the oldest 
“botanic garden” in Innsbruck. At the H6tting site Heinricher 
installed an ecological grouping, which was later imitated at 
Munich, Berlin, and elsewhere. There were 12 groups, as fol- 
lows: (1) Compass plants, and others whose leaves were alike on 
the upper and under sides; (2) “ Night-sleeping plants”; (3) 
Parasites; (4) Dissemination of fruits and seeds; (5) Insec- 
tivous plants; (6) Bog-plants; (7) Climbing plants; (8) Hy- 
brids; (9) Abnormalities (Teratology); (10) Cultivated varie- 


157 


ties; (11) Thorns and briers; (12) Leafless and nearly leafless 
plants. (De Vries. De botanische tuire te Innsbrtick. Supple- 
ment to E. Heinricher, l.c.) 


KLAGENFURT 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DES NATURHISTORICHES LANDESMUSEUM 
RUDOLFINUM 


Museumgasse 4 


KREMSMUNSTER 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER OBERGYMNASIUMS DER 
BENEDIKTINER IN KREMSMUNSTER 


Benediktiner Stift, Kremsmiinster, Upper Austria 
Established: 1889. Area: 3187 sq. m. (0.3187 hectare). 
Directors (Kustos): Father Anselm Pfeiffer (1889-1902) ; 

Father Leonhard Hugerer (1902-?) 

Source of income: Endowment. Library: Reference, only. 
About 1000 volumes, and about 200 pamphlets. Herbarium: 
More than 500 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, ecologic (bio- 
logical groups), Alpine plants, small arboretum and fruticetum. 


EEN Z 


BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER STADTGEMEINDE LINZ 


(Variant: Botanischer Garten der Landeshauptstadt) 
Dinghoferstrasse, Linz, an der Donau (Danube), Upper Austria 
(Oberosterreich ) 

(The garden is still at the same location where it has always been. 

However, Gemeindestrasse has been changed to Dinghofer- 


strasse. ) 
Directors: Franz Zischka, Franz Wule. 
Open free, daily, 8-12 a.m., 2-6 p.m. on week-days ; 8-12 a.m. on 

Sundays and holidays. 

Source of income: Appropriation by city. Library: Small. 
The Upper Austria Landesmuseum has a library of natural sci- 
ence of 15,000 volumes and 187 journals currently received. 
Herbarium: The Upper Austria Landesmuseum has a large her- 


158 


barium. Plantations: 1. Large alpine garden; 2. subalpine mead- 
ows; 3. water and swamp plants; as plants and ferns; 4. 

Pannonisch and Pontische Flora (1-4, together, over p 

cies). Systematic, witha particular reference to local flora (about 

1000 species). Conservatories: More than 1200 species, especially 

Cacti and Succulents. Publication: Seed List. 

Garden is visited by more than 130 school classes during the year. 
Legally protected plants are shown three times a year to gov- 
ernment officials. Plants are supplied to schools for study. 

The former owner of the Botanic Garden was the “ Verein fiir 
Naturkunde in Linz.” On account of conditions after the war 
this organization was discontinued in 1922 and since then the 
City of Linz administers the Botanic Garden. 

The members of the “Verein fiir Naturkunde” joined the 
Oberosterreichischen Musealverein in Linz, which was founded 
in 1833. This scientific society of Upper Austria, with more 
than 1000 members, supports the Landesmuseum (since 1920 in 
the possession of Upper Austria) through publishing a “ Jahr- 
buch,” and by exchange of journals and scientific cooperation. 


SALZBURG 


BOTANISCHER GARTEN 


Established: 1835. Area: 3000 sq. meters. 
Directors: 
1. George Hinterhuber, Apothecker (1835) 
. Franz Schuh (1836-1837) 
3. Josef Karl Holfstein (1837-1852) 
+. Gustav Wolf (1842-1849) 
5. Johan Biatzovsky (1850-1863) 
6. Karl Aberle (1863-1880) 
7. Eberhard Fugger (1880-7) 
Serves as a public park. Open free daily, April 1 to eae: 18 


8-10 a.m. and 2-6 p.m. Sundays and holidays, 8-10 a Li: 
brary: Reference. Herbarium: More than 3000 specimens, eae 
tations: Local flora of Salzburg and economic plan Publica- 


tion: Seed List. Study material: Living material, faaeeias wild 
plants, supplied when requested to local public schools. 


iU5}e) 


SCHONBRUNN (VIENNA) 
OESTERREICH BUNDESGARTEN 
Schoenbrunn, Wien 


This Garden is in the palace grounds in the southwestern outskirts 
of Vienna, 


VIENNA (1) 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN UND BOTANISCHES INSTITUT DER 
UNIVERSITAT WIEN 
Rennweg 14, Wien III 


Founded: 1754. Area: Almost 8 hectares (19.76 acres). 
Directors: 
Robert Laugier (1754-1768 ) 
Nicolaus Josef Freiherr von’ Jacquin (1768-1796) 
Josef Franz Freiherr von Jacquin (1796-1839) 
Stephan Endlicher (1839-1849 ) 
Eduard Fenzl (1849-1878) 
Anton Kerner Ritter von Marilaun (1878-1898 ) 
Richard Wettstein Ritter von Westersheim (1899-1931) 
8. Friedrich Knoll (April 1933— ) 
General admission free. Open from 7 a.m. until sunset, April 
Ist to October 31st. 


rce of income: Part of lecture fees from the University of 
Wrenn eg eae faculty). Wages for garden workers are 
paid by the Government (Ministry of Instruction). Library: 
(1934) about 10,000 volumes and 10,000 pamphlets. Periodicals, 
about 80. Herbarium: About 1,000,000 eee from all depart- 
ments (Thallophyta, Bryophyta, Pteridophyta, Anthophyta). De- 
partments of the Garden: Systematic, geographic, coe eco- 
nomic. Greenhouses (7 hothouses, 6 cold-houses). Experimental 
Garden for special cultures and research. Gr “ences Tie: 
About 5000 species. Out-door plants: (Woody plants and herbs 
together ) eee 2000 species. Botanic Museum: Open free to pub- 
lic every Saturday from 9a.m.to 12 noon. To Scientists, open at 
all times upon application to the Director’s office. Contains about 
3000 objects, partly dry and partly preserved in liquid. Picture 
collection: About 6000 pictures Gack portraits) ; 2000 photographic 
negatives. All ee collections are for use only in connection 
with the University lectures and for scientific research of the Uni- 


SUN A gS 


160 


versity, and are not loaned for other purposes nor to other persons. 
Publication: Samenverzeichnis. 
VIENNA (2) 
BOTANISCHER GARTEN IM BELVEDERE 
Prinz EKugenstrasse 27, Belvedere, Wein III/40 


Director: Franz Metschkal (1936). Samentauschliste. 


Belgian Congo 
EALA 


JARDIN BoOTANIQUE D’EALA 
Kala, Congo Belge, Africa 
Established: 1900. Area: Jardin Botanique 20 hectares; Champs 
d’essais, 200 hectares. 
Directors: 
. Léon Peynaert (1900-1908) 
Félix Seret (1908-1910) 
Moreel Laurent, acting (1903-1904, 1906, 1910) 
Acting Directors (1911-1914); Brown (1911); Lefevre; 

Vendelmans ; Dauvrin; Bonnivair; Nannan 
Vermoesen (1914-1915) 

Acting Directors (1915-1917) : Danorin; Lamboray 
Risch (1917-1919) 

Bogemans (1919-1920) 

Groossens (1920-1928) 

10. Cerbissier-Baland (1928-1933) 

Il. G, Gilbert, acting (1933-1934) 

12. J. Leemans, acting (October, 1934—June, 1936) 

13. G, Cuteaux, Conservateur (July, 1936- ) 

Source of income: Appropriations from the Colonial Govern- 
ment through the Institut National Pour l’Etude Agronomique du 
Congo Belge. Library: Reference. 1000 volumes, 2000 pam- 
phlets. Current periodicals received, 75. Herbarium: 3000 speci- 
mens. Plantations: Systematic; Arboretum; Fruticetum. Her- 
baceous plants outdoors: 2200. Publications: Catalogue des végé- 
taux (1924). “Communications” (in Bull. Agricole du Congo 
Belge). Small museum. 


— 
— 


aa de it 


OT Oya 


161 


ELISABETHVILLE 
ARBORETUM DU CoMITE SPECIAL DU KATANGA 
Route de |’Etoile 


Belgium 
ANTWERP 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA VILLE D’ANVERS 
Rue Leopold 24, Antwerp, Belgium 


Area: About one hectare. 


Directors: 
W. Verbert (?) M. Van Heurck (1874-1909) 
W. Sommee (?) H. de Beukelaer (1909- ) 


JreH. Ba VerlevensGlosG)) 


Serves as a gig park. Open free daily, 6 a.m. to 7 p.m. in 
summer ; 7 a p-m. in winter. Source of income: Municipal 
patianestions Sie ary: Reference only. Herbarium: 300,000 
specimens. Plantations: Systematic (following Prodromus of de 
Candolle) ; morphological; biological. Publications: Annual re- 
port, Seed List. Museum: Open. to the public free, Sundays and 
holidays, 9-a.m. to m. Lectures to school children at the gar- 
den about 35 annually, in addition to other public lectures. Study 
collections are loaned to schools as follows: herbarium specimens, 
dried seeds, alcoholic material, microscopic slides, lantern slides, 
economic plant products. Living material for study is supplied to 
schools. Both public and private schools are supplied on request. 
Local schools depend upon the garden for all their study material. 
Courses of instruction in botany and microscopy. 


AUDERGHEM 
JARDIN EXPERIMENTAL JEAN MAssart 
Chaussée de Wavre, 1850 
Established: 1928. Area: More than 4 hectares. 
Director: Alexandre Conard (1937). 

This Garden was begun in 1922 by Jean Massart, who died Au- 
gust 16, 1925. His colleagues, students, and other friends formed 
an association to continue his work at the same place (Rouge- 
Claitre, Auderghem, southeast of Brussels). The association has 
the same name as the Garden, which has six departments: 1. 


162 


Jardin experimental; 2. Jardin botanique; 3. Arboretum; 4. Col- 
lection of roses; 5. Large pond; 6. Laboratory. 

The Jardin Botanique is arranged on the basis of “ Ethology,” 
which was Massart’s main botanical interest. The Garden, we 
are told, is laid out like a beautiful park, the dominating idea being 
ecology. The plants are grouped according to the principal eco- 
logical associations which are found in oe ces Naturalistes 
Belges (Bull. Mensuel). No. 7. July, 

Publication: Liste de Graines Récoltées. Affiliation: Université 
Libre de Bruxelles. 

BRUSSELS 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’ETAT 
236 Rue Royale, Bruxelles, Belgium 


Established: 1870. Area: 16 acres. 
Director: W. Robyns (1936). 


Open free, daily. Source of income: Ministére de l’Agriculture. 
Herbarium: Many thousan parc usaity Plantations: ee 


Congo). Conservatory: About one acre under glass. Publica- 
tions: Bulletin du Jardin Botanique de |’Etat (2 numbers a year). 
Seed List. Note: Questionnaire not returned. 
GENT (GAND) 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE DE L’ ETAT 
Rue Ledeganck 31 


LAEKEN 
JARDIN COLONIAL DE LAEKEN 
521 Boulevard Em. Bockstall, Brussels, Belgium 
Established: 1900. Area: About 3 hectares (of which 16 ares 
are under glass 
Director: René nds (1900—?) 

Open, free, daily as authorized, except Sundays and holidays. 
Source of imcome: Appropriations by the colonial government. 
Plantations: Plants are arranged “according to origin, use, and 
mode of culture.” Species under glass: 900-1000. Publications. 
Seed List. Bulletin aaee du Service de l’Agriculture du Min- 


163 


istére des Colonies. Instruction: Confined to the agriculturists ot 
the Colonial Service. Living material of colonial economic plants 
is supplied to both public and private schools when requested. 
LIEGE | 
JARDIN urge DE L’INSTITUT BOTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE 
D’ETAT 
3 rue Fusch 
Established: 1835. Area: 4 hectare. 
Directors: 

1. Charles Morren (1835-1856) 

2. Edouard Morren (1857-1887) 

3. Auguste Gravis (1887-1927) 

4, Raymond Bouillenne (1927- ) 

Serves as a public park. Open, free, daily at all hours. Source 
ol income: State (University ) governmental appropriations. Li- 
brary: Bibliotheque de 1’Institut, 1020 volumes, O separata. 
Herbarium: 10,000 specimens. Arbo he and Fruticetum. 
Plantations: Systematic. Publications: Archives de l'Institut de 
Botanique de l'Université de Liége. Lectures: Special lectures are 
given to school children at the ‘Garden, and the Garden supplies 
living matter to the schools for study. 

LOUVAIN 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA VILLE 


Voer des Capucins 
TERVUEREN 
ARBORETUM GEOGRAPHIQUE 


Director: C. Bommer (1937). 


Bermuda 
HAMILTON 
BeRMuUbDA BoTANIC GARDEN 
P. O. Box 262, Hamilton 
Established: 1928 (?). Area: 17 ac 
Directors: EF. J. Wortley (1914-1920) ; = A. McCallan, appointed 
Director of Agriculture, Oct. 1, 1920. 


164 


ote: There appears to have been an earlier garden established 
1871 (Nature, Nov. 6, 1919, p. 205): 


PAGET EAST 
A circular letter of June 11, 1928 announced that a Botanic 
Garden was then being established in connection with the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station, under Dr. E. A. McCollan, Director 
of Agriculture (1911-1934). The present Director of Agricul- 
ture is T. A, Russell (1937). 


Brazil 


RIO DE JANEIRO 
Jarpim Botantco po Instituto pr BioLoctA VEGETAL 


Established: 1808. Area: About 149 acres (fide questionnaire) : 
(54 Hectares). 
Directors: John C. Willis (?); Alexandre Curt Boade (1936). 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily from 6-6. Source 
of income: Annual appropriations by the national government. 
Herbarium: “ A rich collection.” Library: Reference. About 
1000 volumes and 500 pamphlets. Current periodicals regularly 
received, 50. Plantations: Systematic, ecologic, geographic, eco- 
nomic, horticultural. Arboretum (about 800 trees), fruticetum 
(about 500 shrubs )—a total of more than 5000 labeled plants. In- 
cludes an area of virgin forest. Publications: Contributions du 
Jardin Botanique de Rio de Janeiro. Issued from 1901-7 only. 
Small museum, open free during the same hours as the garden. 
Note: The “ Reserva florestal de Itatiaya”” (formerly “ Estacdo 
Biologica de Itatiaya) is a nature preserve (“wild life sanctuary ”) 
affiliated with the Garden. This is located on the Rio de Janeiro 
—Sao Paulo railroad, about half way between these two cities 
(Station Homem de Mello) ; altitude, 800 meters, on the slopes 
of the 3000 m. high Itatiaya Mts. There are numerous resting 
points at various elevations. 


165 


PARA 
Horto Botanico 
Director: Jacques Huber (Died, 1914). 


SAO PAULO 
Horto OswaLpo Cruz 


Caixa de Correio 65, Butantan 


British Guiana 
GEORGETOWN 
GEORGETOWN BoTANIC GARDENS 
Georgetown, Demerara, British Guiana, South America 
Established: 1878 (18797). Area: 40 acres. 
Directors: G. S. Jenman (1879-1902); Sir J. Harrison (1902- 
1925) ; J. Sydney Dash (1927- ye 
Serves as a public park. Open, free to the public daily from 
7am. to 6 p.m. Source of income: Supported by Government. 
Library: Small. Herbarium: Approximately 20,000 specimens. 
Publications: Seed List. Guide. evoted to ornamental an 
experimental horticulture. A few special lectures are given to 
school children at the Garden. Sometimes supplies living material 
for study to local schools. This is the largest botanic ‘warden in 
any British colony of the Western Hemisphere. 
NEW AMSTERDAM 
Boranic GARDENS 
New Amsterdam, British Guiana, South America 
British New Guinea 
RABAUL (NEW BRITAIN) 
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE BoTANIC GARDENS 
British West Indies 
JAMAICA 
GOVERNMENT BOTANIC GARDENS 
Public Gardens, Kingston, Jamaica, b. W. I. 


Established: 1857. Abandoned for lack of Legislative appropria- 
tions, Re-established 1871. 


166 


Note: The Government Gardens comprise: 1. Hope Gardens 
(near Kingston) ; 2. Castleton Gardens; 3. Public Gardens, Kings- 
ton; 4. Hill Gardens, Cinchona; 5. King’s House Gardens and 
Grounds; 6. Gordon Town Garden; 7. Bath Garden and Nursery, 
St. Thomas. 

Directors; William Fawcett (1886-1908) Director, Botanic Gar- 
dens and Plantations. William Harris (1908-1920) Superin- 
tendent, Public Gardens and Plantations. M. S. Goodman 
(1920- ) Superintendent of Public Gardens. 

Hill Garden, or “ Government Cinchona,” is a reservation of 
several thousand acres, where the Cinchona tree (source of Peru- 
vian bark and quinine) was introduced into cultivation about 1870. 
Sir Basil Keith first conceived the idea of this Garden in 1774. 
The plan was first realized in 1869 under Gov. Sir John Peter 
Grant. In August, 1903, the Jamaican Government leased the 
property to the New York Botanical Garden by whom it was main- 
tained as a laboratory and sub-station for the propagation of trop- 
ical plants for about ten years, when the lease was terminated and 
the Gardens were taken over again for administration by the 
Government. 


ST. VINCENT 
ST. VINCENT BoTANIC GARDENS 
St. Vincent, Windward Islands, British West Indies 
Established: 1764. Area: 62 acres. 
Directors: 
Dr. George Young (1766-1785) 
Dr. Alex Anderson (1785-1811) 
Wm. Lochead, Esq. (1812-1815) 
Mr. George Caley (1816-1822) 
Garden abandoned (1822-1890) 
Mr. H. Powell (1890-1904) 
Mr. W. N. Sands (1904— ) 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, from sunrise to sun- 
set. Source of imcome: Annual appropriations from Colonial 
Government. Library: Reference only. Plantations: A general 
collection of tropical trees and plants. Publications: Annual Re- 


— 


NQAURON 


167 


port. Established 1890. Published by eee Department of 
Agriculture for the West Indies. Affiliation: The Imperial De- 
partment of Agriculture for the West Indies. 
Bulgaria 
SOFIA (1) 
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF THE FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE 
Address: Sofia, Bulgaria. Seed List 


SOREMAS (2) 
BoTANIC GARDENS OF THE NaturAL History MusEuM OF 
H. M. THE KING 
Kings Palace, Sophia, Bulgaria 


SOFIA (3) 
InsTITUTUM EXPERIENTE AGRARIUM , 
Institut Central de Recherches Agronomiques d’Etat, Sofia, 

Bulgaria 


Note: Not.a botanic garden, but publishes a Seed List (Delectus 
Seminum). 


SOFIA (SOPHIA) (4) 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA FACULTE DES SCIENCES 


Director: Nikola Arnaudoff (1936). Index seminum. 


Burma 


MAYMYO 
GOVERNMENT BoTANIC GARDENS 


Cameroons (Africa) 
VICTORIA 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE VICTORIA 
Cameroons, West Africa 


Established: 1892. Area: 60 hectares. 


168 


Directors: 

Prof. Paul Preuse (1892-1902) 
Dr. Strunck (1902-1904) 

Dr. Weberbauer (1902-1906) 
r. Bucher (1906-1911) 

Dr. Fickendez (1911—?) 

Prof. Preuss (?) 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Library: Refer- 
ence, small. Herbarium: More than 900 specimens. Plantations: 
The land is chiefly devoted to peat experimental work. u- 
seum: Founded in 1909. Note: Le Jardin botanique de Victoria, 
the chief center of peas of the former German colonies, in 
West pee was placed under a British mandate at the close of 
the World W 


et ee TSE 
~) 


Canada 


MONTREAL 
¢ Montreat BotanicaAL GARDEN 
(JARDIN BoTaNIQUE DE MontTREAL) 
4101 Sherbrooke Street East, Montreal, Canada 


Established: 1936. Area: Nearly 600 acres. 

Director: Frére Marie-Victorin (1936- 

Publication: List of Seeds, offered in exchange (specializing in 
interesting and little known Canadian plants). 

Note 1: Construction work began in the spring of 1936. The 
Garden is administered by the Commission du Jardin Botanique 
de Montréal of five members, including the heads of the botanical 
departments of the University of Montreal and McGill University 
(Montreal). There is an administration building (erected by the 
City of Montreal), two greenhouses, and a nursery (Science, 84: 
10, July 3, 1936). According to the article in Science, the first 
display unit to be laid out is an economic garden for school chil- 
dren and which in 1936, exhibited 124 varieties of fodder plants, 
grain crops, vegetables, oil-plants, ete. 

Note 2: In the spring of 1937 a multigraphed memorandum was 
circulated among Dominion botanists by the Canadian Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, Experimental Farms Branch, Division of 
Botany, entitled: “‘ Suggestions for the consideration of the mem- 


169 


bers of the Botanical Committee of the National Research Council 
in relation to the establishment of adequate botanical services for 
the Dominion.” 

Topic No. 6 of this memorandum (pp. 10-16) is entitled, “ Na- 
tional (Royal?) Botanical Garden or Gardens.” Appendix “ A”’ 
is entitled, “ Suggestions for the establishment of a Canadian 
Botanical Service,” signed by H. T. Gtssow, Dominion Botanist. 

Historical Note: In 1885 there was a movement to establish a 
botanic garden in Montreal. It was the announced intention of 
the promoters to make ample provision there for instruction in 
pure and applied botany. The institution was under municipal 
control and is stated to have been “ killed by political differences 
in the City Council.” The project failed in the same year in 
which it was started. 


OTTAWA 
BoTANIC GARDEN AND ARBORETUM, DEPARTMENT OF 
AGRICULTURE 
The Dominion Botanist, Botanic Gardens, Ottawa, Canada 


Established: 1886. Area: 65 acre 
Directors: Wm. Saunders, CMM.G. (1886-1909). Then trans- 
ferred to The Dominion Botanist (H. T. Gussow, 1909— ) 


Serves as a public park. Open free daily, from 7 to sunset. 
Source of income: Annual appropriations by the Dominion Gov- 
ernment. Government Appropriation: 1933—$11,250. Library: 
Reference only. Small. Current periodicals regularly received, 

Herbarium: About 12,400 specimens (Canadian flora only ). 
Arboretum: About 2416 species and varieties of shrubs and trees. 
Plantations: Arboretum, herbaceous border, local flora. Her- 
baceous plants out of doors: 2982 species and varieties. Publi- 
cations: Seed Exchange List. The annual account of: the work 
of the garden is contained in the Annual Report of the Experi- 
mental i Branch. Material for study is supplied to public 
institutions on request, so far as available. 


TORONTO 
There is a news item in Science, Vol. 82, p. 568, December 13, 
1935, referring to a proposal then being considered to establish 
a botanic garden in Toronto. Sir Robert Falconer was reported 


170 


to be Chairman of the Committee in charge of the project. It 
was stated that, ‘ A ravine area in which the development of the 
native flora as well as plants from abroad could be effected’ was 
favored by the Committee. Note: No reply to our Questionnaire. 


VANCOUVER 

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA BOTANICAL GARDENS 

University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia 
Established: 1912 as Government Garden (at Essondale, B. C.). 

1916, transferred to University of B. C., at Vancouver. Area: 

5 acres. Open to public free daily. 

Directors: John Davidson, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., Assistant Professor 

of Botany, Founder, and Botanist in Charge, 1912—? 

Library: About 1200 volumes. Herbarium: About 20,000 spe- 
cimens. Plantations: Systematic, economic, morphologic. Clas- 
sified in beds according to Engler & Prantl. Arboretum of native 
trees. Salicetum. Publications: Annual oe (of the Bo- 
peer Office, Province of B. C.). Seed List. Lectures are ar- 

anged for visits of Societies, ete. Supplies living material for 
ee to local schools occasionally. 


Canary Islands 
LA OROTAVA 
JArpim BoTanico 
La Orotava, Teneriffe Island 
Ceylon 
GAMPOHA 
HENERATGODA BOTANIC GARDENS 
HAKGALA 
BoTANIc GARDENS (See Peradeniya) 
PERADENIYA 
Royat Boranitc GARDENS 


ae ee 1810. Transferred from Slave Island to Peradeniya 
n 1821. Area: 146 acres. 


171 


Superintendents (Title abolished, 1857) : 
1. W. Kerr (1810-1814) 

2. Alexander Moon (1817-1825) 

3. Andrew Walker (Acting) (1825-1827) 

4, James Macrae (1827-1830) 

5. G. Bird (Acting) (1830-1832) 

6. James George Watson (1832-1838) 

7. J. G. Lear (Acting) (1838-1840) 

8. H. T. Normansell (1840-1843) 

9. W. C. Ondaatje (Acting) (1843-1844) 

10. George Gardner (1844-1849) 

11. G. Fraser (Acting) (March—-December, 1849) 

12. George Henry Kendrick Thwaites (1859-1857 ) 

Directors: 

13. George Henry Kendrick Thwaites (1857-1880) 

14. Henry Trimen (1880-1896) 

15. J. C. Willis (1896-1912 ) 

16. R. N. Lyne (1912-1916) 

17. F. A. Stockdale (1916-1928) 

18. W. Youngman (1930- ) 

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of Income: 
Government appropriations. Library: The old Royal Botanic 
Gardens Library was merged with the Department of Agriculture 
General Library in 1912. Museum: Contains a collection of eco- 
nomic plants of Ceylon. Herbarium: A general Herbarium in 
which the Ceylon indigenous, Ceylon cultivated, and foreign speci- 
mens are in separate covers. Arboretum: 55 acres established in 
1914, a Palmetum of 5 acres in 1916, a Pinetum of 4 acres in 
1921. Research Laboratory. Publications: Trimen has published 
a Catalogue of plants growing in the Gardens, also a “ Hand- 
Guide to Peradeniya Gardens,” which has passed through five 
editions. An “ Alphabetical List of Plants Growing in the Gar- 
dens ” was published in 1926, and a revision of the “ Hand-Guide 
to Peradeniya Gardens” in 1927, by Youngman. ‘“ Annals of the 
Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya,” established in 1901. A 
“Journal of Pure and Applied Botany,’ containing chiefly the 
results of work done wholly or in part in the laboratories and 
herbarium of the Ceylon Garden, or upon materials supplied by 
the Garden. Also a “Circular,” published at intervals. Branch 
gardens: There is a branch garden on the mountain at Hakgala, 
containing a large reserved area of both jungle and grass, and a 


VAs 


collection of plants from Europe, Australia, South Africa, the 
Himalayas, and other tropical mountains. It also contains a small 
laboratory with living accommodations, and a small herbarium of 
the local flora and plants cultivated in the garden. There is also 
a Branch Garden at Heneratgoda, three hours ride from Pera- 
deniya, and lying nearly at sea level. Branch Gardens at Badulla, 
on the eastern side of the aries established, 1886; a 
fourth at Anuradhapura, on the north side of the Island, estab- 
lished in 1883, were closed in 1906 when it was decided that the 
Department should devote greater attention to economic work and 
to agriculture 


=} 
ian 
a) 


Chile 
CONCEPCION 
JArpin BorAnico 
This Garden, in process of formation, announces that it will 
offer, in exchange, seeds of species indigenous to Chile. 
SANTIAGO 
; JARDIN BotANIco 


China 
AMOY (FOKIEN) 
eer BoTranicaL Museum, AND GARDENS OF THE COLLEGE 
OF SCIENCE oF Amoy UNTVERSITY 


CANTON 

“ A Botanical Research Institute has been established in the 
University of Kwangsi, and the former British Consulate in 
Wuchow and the Riverside Park in which it is situated have been 
allotted to the new Institute. The Park will be remodeled into 
a Botanic Garden, and 6000-7000 mounted specimens have been 
transferred from the Botanical Institute of Sun Yatsen University 
to form a nucleus for the new herbarium.” (Fide, Chronica 
Botamca, 1936, p. 101. 


KIUKIANG (KIANGSI PROVINCE) 
Lu-SHAN ARBORETUM AND BOTANICAL GARDEN 
Kuling, P. O. Box 4, Kiukiang 


Established: About 1933. Area: About 50 acres. 
Director* R.-C.-Ching (1937); 


Ws 


Plantations: A systematic Herbaceous Garden was inaugurated, 
April, 1936. Arboretum. Fruticetum. Publications: Annual Re- 
port (in Chinese and English) ; Seed List. Affiliation: Fan Me- 
morial Institute ©: Biology, and Kiangsi Provincial Agricultural 
Institute. Note: The Garden aims to study plants, especially 
Chinese, in ion to forestry and horticulture. Special atten- 
tion is being given to the vegetation of Mt. Lu- ei wee the 
Garden is situated. Most of the local flora plants are bei 
tivated in the Garden. Special study of the ferns of China and 
Sikkim-Himalaya 


NANKING 
BotANIC GARDEN OF THE SUN YAT-SEN Toms AND MEMORIAL 
PARK COMMISSION 
68 Ching Hsien Street 


Director: H. K. Fu (1936). Seed List. 


PEIPING 
Botanic GARDEN, NATIONAL Museum oF NATURAL HIsToRY OF 
PEIPING 
The Director, Institute of Botany, National Academy of 
Peiping, Hsi Chih Men Wai, Peiping, China 


Esiablished: April, 1930. Area: About 6 acres. 
Director: Liou Tchen-Ngo (1930-7). 


Serves as a public park. Admission free, daily. Source of im- 
come: From the Museum budget. Library: About 1157 volumes 
in the Library of the Institute of Botany, National Academy, 
Peiping. Plantations: Systematic. Publications: 1. Contribu- 
tions from the Institute of Botany. 2. Ilustre do Nord de la 
Chine. 3. Index Seminum, 1930, 1933. 1 and 2 are pee ay 
the Institute of Botany, National Academy of Peiping. Mus 
Open daily from 6 A.M. to 6 P.M. Admission, 10 cents. Study 
collections to loan to schools. Affiliation: The Garden is affiliated 
with the Institute of Botany, National Academy of Peipin 


PEIPING 
BoTANICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL GARDEN.—SAN-PEI-TZU- YUAN 


174 


Cochinchina 
HANOI 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE ET D’ACCLIMATATION DE HaNnol 
Ecole Superieure d’Agriculture et de Sylviculture de l’Indochine 
(Cochinchina ) 


Established: September 3, 1889. On March 21, 1918 it was given 
over, in great part, to the municipality for a public garden, and 
the experimental plots to “1’Ecole superieure d’Agriculture et 
de Sylviculture de l’Indochine”’; thus it is now partly just a 
public park and partly scientific. Area: 20 hectares in the 
beginning. 

Directors: 

September 3, 1889, M. J. Martin 

November 8, 1896, M. Ch. G. Lemarie, Agronomical Engineer 

November 9, 1901, M. L. Jacquet 

December 1, 1907, M. E. Lafitan 

March 7, 1910, M. Ch. G. Lemarie, Agronomical Engineer, Di- 

rector of Agricultural & Commercial Services of Tonkin 

January 1, 1915, M. Breymann, in charge of carrying on busi- 

ness during the mobilization of the Director as “ Officier de 
Complement.” 

The Garden serves now only as a public park. Admission free 
at all times. Source of income: The municipal budget. Arbore- 
tum: Many of the trees died during the World War. Planta- 
tions: No longer any labelling system. The classification was 
formerly systematic. Affiliation: That part of the Garden given 
over to l’Ecole Superieure d’Agriculture et de Sylviculture for 
experimental plots is now connected with the Universite Indo- 
chinoise, of which this school is a part 


SAIGON 


JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE SAIGON 


— 


Established: 1864, as both a commercial and a scientific institu- 
tion. Area: 12 hectares. 


Directors: 
M. Germain (1864-1865) Ed Brousmiche 
L. Pierre (1865-1877) Jacquet 
Corroy E. Haffner (1897-1909) 
Moquin Tandon Paul Morange (1909-1918) 


J. Martin Magen (1919-?) 


175 


brary: Small; reference only. Herbarium: More than 10,000 
specimens. Arboretum de Trang-Bém: About 000 _ species. 


experimental plots, which are part of the “ Service Economique. 
Publications: 1. “ Catalogue des plantes existant au Jardin Bo- 
tanique et a la Ferme experimentale des Mares,” by M. Corroy. 
2, Enumeration des vegetaux a l’etude en Cochinchine (La Cochin- 
chine en 1878). 3. General catalogue of classified plants in the 
Jardin Botanique de Saigon. 4. Catalogue of seeds for exchange. 
5. “Le Caoutchoue de plantation,’ M. Morange. 6. “La culture 


Cuba 
HAVANA (1) 

Ex Jarpin BotAnico pEL INsTITUTO DE SEGUNDA INNSENANZA DE 

LA HABANA 

Calzada de Carlos III 

Established: 1901. Area: 4 hectareas. 
Director: Filipe Garcia Cafiizares (1905- NE 
Open free on all “ work days,” 6-10 a.m., 2-5 p.m. 

Note: Cafiizares (El Jardin Botanico del Instituto de Segunda 
Ensefianza de la Habana. Habana, 1918, p. 11) states that the 
history of the Botanic Garden of the Institute is, in its beginning, 
intimately associated with that of the Jardin Botanico de la Uni- 
versidad Nacional. The two represent the continuation of the 
garden that, under the auspices of the Patriotic Society of Friends 
of the Country was inaugurated May 30, 1817 on the site of the 
station of the Villanueva Railway, and which later, “by action of 
the Cuban Congress,” was successively the site of the Presidential 
Palace and of the Capitol of Cuba. 


176 


HAVANA (2) 
Jarpin BorAnico DE LA UNIVERSIDAD 


Established: May 30, 1817. 
Directors: 

1. José Antonio de la Ossa (1817-1827) 

2. Ramon de la Sagra (1827-1831) 

3. Temporarily discontinued (1831— 

4. Pedro Alejandro Auber (acting) (1831-1843) 

Note: The period 1864-1897 (called the “ Second Epoch” of 
the Garden by its historian, Felipe Garcia Cafiizares) was char- 
acterized by scientific and administrative disorganization. The 
period, 1897-1914, is called the “Third Epoch.” During the 
academic year 1904-1905 a fence was erected separating the 
Jardin del Instituto de Segunda Ensefianza from the Jardin de 
la Universidad. 


SOLEDAD 
ATKINS INSTITUTION OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD 
UNIVERSITY 
Soledad, Cienfuegos, Cuba; or Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, 
Mass., U.S. A. 
Established: 1901. Area: About 300 acres. 
Directors: 


1. Robert M. Grey, Superintendent (1901—September, 1935) 

2. Elmer Drew Merrill, Administrator (October 1, 1935- ) 

Note: Established under the name “ Harvard Botanic Station 
for Tropical Research and Cane Sugar Investigation.” The title 
has varied. In 1927 it was “ Harvard Botanical Gardens, Soledad 
Estate, Cienfuegos, Cuba (Atkins Foundation).” The official 
one given above was adopted in 1932. The Administrator of 
Botanical Collections, Harvard University, has general supervision 
over this Institution as one of the separately endowed units of 
Harvard. About one half the 300 acres has been developed as 
a tropical botanic garden. The remaining part will be developed 
as funds become available. The land and its endowment were 
given by Mr. Edwin F. Atkins, who established the Soledad Sugar 
Estate. 


177 


Laboratory equipment is available for visiting scientists at Har- 
vard House (Casa Harvard), constructed by Mr. Atkins. Those 
wishing to use the facilities should (1937) communicate with Dr. 
Thomas Barbour, University Museum, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 

Note: This Garden was “formally inaugurated” in 1901 on 
Colonia Limones, about one-half mile from the present (1926) 
Harvard Biological Laboratory.’’ A small greenhouse was erected 
in 1902 ‘ for the germination of tropical seeds and propagation of 
tender cuttings; also for small plants requiring extra heat and 
moisture during the drying winds and cool winter weath.” “ The 
first seedling sugar cane raised in Cuba of which there is any 
authentic record, originated in the Harvard Botanical Gardens at 
Soledad in 1902 and 1904. 


Czechoslovakia (C.S.R.) 


BRNO (1) 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF MASARYK UNIVERSITY 
Ikounicova 63 


Director: J. Podpéra (1936). 


BRNO (2) 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE 
(Vysoka Skola Zemédélska) 
Cema Pole 102 


MAHRISCH OSTRAU (MORAVIAN OSTRAU) 
Botanic GarpEN (BoTANIcKA ZAHRADA) 


OLOMOUC (OLMUTZ) 
BoTANIKA ZAHRADA V OLOMOUCI 
(BoTANIC GARDEN IN OLMUTZ) 
Established: 1901. Area: 600 square meters. 
Directors: 
1. Leopold Frank (1901-1910) 3. Anton Heske (1911-1919) 
2. Konrad Zelenka (1910) 4. Josef Otruba (1919-— ) 


178 


Serves as a public park. Open free daily at all hours. Source 
of income: “ Annual appropriations by city, state, country, private 
subscriptions, membership dues.” Membership: Honorary mem- 
bers: No payment. Founders: Ké 100.00. Contributors: Ké 
5.00. Library: Reference only. About 540 volumes and 160 
pamphlets. Plantations: Systematic, morphologic, sore local 
flora, alpine plants, water plants, economic section, medicinal sec- 
tion. Special section for growing plants with which: a ee 
schools. Arboretum: About 200 species. Fruticetum: About 100 
species. Species under glass: About 500 pieces. Plants out of 
ae About 3000 pieces. Publications: Ueber die Bedeutung und 
Einrichtung wissenschaftlicher Garten und die Anlage des botan- 
ischen Gartens in Olmttz. By Prof. Hugo Lanner. Seed lists 
yearly. 1. Bericht der Naturwissenschaft Sektion des Vereins 
Botanischer Garten in Olmiitz, Olmtitz 1905. 2. Bericht der 
nae ecnany Sektion des Vereins Botanischer Garten in 
Olm z 1910. 3. Bericht der NG eee Sektion 
des Vereins oe nischer Garten in Olm Olmttz 1913, en- 
thaltend den “ Fiihrer durch den Boauaiee Garten in Olmttz ” 
(By Prof. Heinrich Laus and K. Zelenka.). Study Collections: 
Herbarium specimens and dried seeds are loaned to both public 
and private schools, and living material (not including wild plants) 
is supplied to local Orcots, both for botanical study and for classes 
in drawing. 

PRAG (PRAHA) €) 
Boranic GARDENS OF THE CHARLES UNIVERSITY 
(BoranicKA ZAHRADA Kartovy UNIVERSITY) 
Na Slupi 433, Praha IT, C.S.R 
Director; Josef Velenovsky (?-1930); Karel Domin (1930?-). 
Index Seminum (Seznam Semen). 
PRAG (PRAHA) (2) 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER DeuTSCHEN UNIVERSITAT 
Vinicna 3a, Praha II 
Director: Adolf Pascher. (Samen Verzeichnis. ) 
PRUHONICE 
DENDROLOGICAL GARDEN 


(DENDROLOGICKA ZAHRADA V PRUHONIC{CcH) 
Pruhonice u Prahy (near Prag) 
Director: Karel Domin (1937). Index Seminum. 


179 


ROUDNICE (RAUDPITZ) 
BoTANICKA ZAHRADA. Seed List 


. TABOR 
Hortus BoraNnicus (BoTanicKA ZAHRADA ) 
Zemska Vissi Skola Hospodaiska, Tabor, C.S.R. 


Director: Prof. Adolf Kutin. Delectus Seminum. 


Denmark 
CHARLOTTENLUND (NORTH OF COPENHAGEN) 
Hortus DENpROoLoGICUS (ARBORETUM ) 

See also Copenhagen (1). 


COPENHAGEN (1) 
UnNIvERSITETS BoTANISKE. HAvE, K@BENHAVN 


Established: 1871-74. Area: About 25 acres. 
Directors: 

Christen Friis Rottboll (1778-1797 ) 

Erik Nissen Viborg (1797-1801) 

Martin Vahl (1801-1804) 

Jens Wilken Hornemann (1804-1841) 
Joakim Frederik Schouw (1841-1852) 
Frederik Michael Liebmann (1852-1856) 
Johan Lange (1856-1876) 

. Didrik Ferdinand Didrichsen (1876-1885) 
. Johannes Eugenius Bulow Warming (1885-1911) 

10. Christen Raunkiar (Nov. 1, 1911—Aug. 8, 1923) 

11. Carl Hansen Ostenfeld (Sept. 1, 1923-Jan. 16, 1931) 

12. Knud Jessen (July 1, 1931- 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 1 p.m. to sunset; to 
students throughout the day. Source of income: ee SEU ORT 
ation by national ue ae Library: More than 20, 
umes and pamphlets. Herbarium: More than 400, 000 Beutiens, 
not counting cryptogams. Arboretum: About 650 species. Fru- 


— 


ORONAKHWN: 


atic; Local flora partly systematic, partly ecologic. Herbaceous 


180 


plants systematic. Publications: Arbej der fra den botaniske Have 
1 Kgbenhavn; Vjledning Universitetets botaniske Have, Novnling 
dennes biologiska Grupper. Index Seminum includes also seeds 
collected in the Botanic Garden of the Agricultural College of 
Denmark, in the Arboretum at Charlottenlund, and the Garden of 
Dr. F. Borgesellii, at Hellebaek. Museum is open to students and 
botanists only, from 124 p.m. Living material for study and 
seeds are furnished when requested to every school in Denmark. 
For many years the average distribution reached 10,000-14,000 
samples per year. Note: The first garden was started in 1600 near 
the University. The second was laid out by the botanist Oeder. 
The third, and present, was laid out in 1871-74 on the site of the 
old fortifications of the City—i.e., on the outskirts, near Charlot- 
tenborg. It now lies in the center of the City, so greatly has the 
City grown. 


COPENHAGEN (2) 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE 
See also Copenhagen (1) 


DISKO 
Botanic GARDEN 
Den Dansk Arktiske Station Paa Disko N. 12, Kgbenhavn, 
Denmark 
Established and endowed, 1906 by A. Holck as Den Danske Ark- 
tiske Station Paa Disko. (On the island of Disko off the west 
coast of Greenland, Latitude 69°15’. The station has been 
taken over by the Danish government. ) 
Director: Morten P. Porsild. 
Cultivates the plants of the Arctic regions, and is open to visit- 
ing investigators. 


Dominica 
ROSEAU 
AGRICULTURAL DEPARTMENT AND BoTANiIc GARDENS 
Roseau, Dominica, Leeward Islands, West Indies 
Director (Superintendent): F. G. Harcourt. 
Affiliation: Imperial College of Tropical Agriculture, Trinidad. 
Botanical investigation is no longer carried on at the College, 
but the Garden is maintained. 


181 


Dutch East Indies 
BUITENZORG 
’s LANDs PLANTENTUIN (GOVERNMENT Botanic GARDENS) 
Buitenzorg, Java, Dutch East Indies 
Established: 1817. Area: 86 hectares (205 acres) at Buitenzorg ; 

60 ha. (150 acres) at Tjibodas (mountain garden at 4500 feet 

elevation). 

Directors: 

1. C. G. L. Reinwardt (1817-1822) 

2. C. L. Blume (1822-1826) 

From 1826-1868 there were no directors, but several non- 

botanical superintendents instead. 

. H.C. C. Scheffer (1868-1880) 

M, Treub (1880-1909 ) 

. J. C. Koningsberger (1909-1918) 

. W. M. Docters van Leeuwen (1918-1932 

. K. W. Dammerman (1932—March, 1936) (Acting) 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 6 am.—6 p.m. 
Source of income: Appropriations by the government. Library: 
Not separated from the library of the Department of Agriculture. 
Herbarium: Number of specimens not exactly known. Total 
number o ants under cultivation: 10,000 in the garden at 
Buitenzorg. Publications: Annales du Jardin Botanique de 
Buitenzorg. Established 1876. Published by Brill Ltd. Leiden, 
Hollan Not offered in exchange. Bulletin du Jard. Bot. de 
Buitenzorg. Established 1898. Irregularly. Offered in ex- 
change. Scientific publications: Flora of Buitenzorg. Icones 
Bogorienses. A list of plants cultivated in the garden at Buiten- 
zorg and a seed list are published; free on application. Labora- 
tories: There are special laboratories for scientific visitors at 
Buitenzorg (6 places) and at Tjibodas. 


SEO MW BW 


Estonia 
TARTU 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 
(Tartu Utixootr BoTAANIKAAED) 
Lairan 40, Tartu (Dorpat) 
Director: T. Lippmaa. 
Publication: Acta Instituti et Horti Botanici Universitatis Tartu- 
ensis; Index Seminum. 


182 


Federated Malay States 


KUALA LUMPUR 
PusBLtic GARDENS 
Kuala Lumpur, Federated Malay States 


Though often referred to as a “ botanic garden,” The Director 
of Agriculture, as Chairman of the Gardens, states that it is a 
pleasure garden, and not a scientific institution. 


SINGAPORE 
Boranic GARDENS 


Established: 1859. Area: 72 acres. 
Directors: (first three called Superintendents ) 

1. L. Niven (1859-1875) 

2. H. J. Murton (1875-1882) 

3. N. Cantley (1882-1887) 

4. H. N. Ridley (1888-1912) 

5. I. H. Burkill (1912-1925) 

6. R. E. Holttum (1925- ) 


Serves as a public park. Open free daily at all hours. Source 
of income: Annual appropriations by national government, and 
sale of plants and seeds. Library: Reference only. Herbarium: 
Large and representative collection of plants of the Malay Penin- 
sula and neighbouring countries. Publications: Gardens’ Bulletin, 
established 1913. Issued at irregular intervals. Offered in ex- 
change. Seed List. Plantations: Systematic, ornamental, eco- 
nomic, arboretum (about 3000 species of trees). 


Finland 
BORGA 


Boranic GARDEN 


HELSINGFORS (HELSINKI) 
IKE JSERLIGA ALEXANDERA-UNIVERSITETETS BOTANISKA TRADGARD 
Unioninkatu 44 
Established: 1828. Area: 5.3 hectares. 


183 


Directors: 

1. C. R. Sahlberg (1828-1840) 

2. J. M. von Tengatrom (1840-1849) 

3. A. von Nordmann (1849-1857 ) 

4. W. Nylander (1857-1863) 

5. A. von Nordmann (1863-1865) 

6. S. O. Lindberg (1865-1889) 

7. J. P. Norrein (1889-1892) 

8. F. Elfving (1892—?) 

9. L. Linkola (1937) 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, during daylight. 
Sources of income: Endowment; appropriations by the state; and 
by the University (for coal). Plantations: Systematic, economic, 
arboretum, fruticetum. s tudy material (flowers, leaves, and cul- 
tivated phanerogamic plants) is supplied to both public ae es 
schools occasionally when requested. en is 
also the Botanical Museum and the Botanical Labora: of the 
University, quite independent from the Garden, but with the same 
director. They are not open to the public. In connection with 
them there is a library 


TURKU (ABO) 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE FINNISH UNIVERSITY 


France 


JNDINOMR IR (CSIUHOB Rs} SOWA Mebatsad Ole Ievadsel’S) (ah) 
JarvDIN BoTANIQUE 


According to Loudon (Enclyc. Gard. Loudon, 1865, p. 102) 
this Garden, in 1865, contained “the remains of what has been a 
tolerably complete arboretum,” including an extensive collection 
of hedge plants and hedges, “a grass ground containing patches 
of several yards square of all the principal grasses [a “ Gra- 


mineum”’], including the cultivated corns,” and other economic 


plants. “Close to the college . .. is [1865] a small systematic 
botanic garden, representing, perhaps, fifty of the Jussieuean 
orders.” 


isn O Rw SPLINE). (2) 
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’ECOLE V&STERINAIRE 


Director: H. Simmonet. Under the Ministry of Agriculture. 


184 


ANGERS (MAINE ET LOIRE) 
JARDIN DES PLANTES 


Butte du Pélican et Rue Boreau 


ARBORETUM DE LA MAULEVRIE 


Route des Ponts de Cé 


ANTIBES 
VILLA THURET 
Route du Cap d’Antibes, Alpes Maritimes, France 


Established: 1858. Area: 5.5 hectares. 


Directors: 
1. Thuret (1858-1875) 4. Poirault (1899-1936) 
2. Bornet (1875-1878) 5. Simonet (1936- ) 


3, Naudin (1878-1899) 


Serves as a public park. Open daily, 9-12 and 2-6. Admis- 
sion 2 francs. Source of Income: Ministére d’Agriculture. Li- 
brary: 2500 volumes. Herbarium: 600 cartons. Arboretum of 
3.5 hectares. Classes from schools of the Department visit the 
Garden by appointment. Affiliation: ‘“ Numerous relations with 
the University and Natural History Museum of Paris.” 


AURICAC (CANAL) 
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’ECOLE NORMALE DES INSTITUTEURS 


BAGNERES DE BIGORRE (HAUTES PYRENEES) 
JARDIN ALPIN ET LABORATOIRE BOTANIQUE 
Director: J. Bouget (1937). 


BELFORT 
JARDIN ALPIN DU BALLON D’ALSACE 
5 Avenue La Gare, Belfort, Alsace, France. (Discontinued, 
1936? Mail not delivered) 
Established: 1887. Area: 120 “ mts. carres.” 
Director (1912): Dubaie-Roy. 


185 


rce of income; Maintained by the committee of the Belfort 
See of the Club Alpin Francais. Plantations devoted to Al- 
pine plants. 


BESANCON (DOUBS) (1) 
Jarptin BoTANIQUE DE L'UNIVERSITE DE BESANGON 
Rue Girod de Chantrans 
Established: 1890. 
Directors: Antoine Magnin (1890-1919); P. Eberhardt (7). 
BIEVRE, (SEINE ET OISE) 
JARDIN ALPIN 


Director: Société National d’Acclimation, and the local Museum. 


BLOIS (LOIR-ET-CHER) 
JarpIn BoTANIQUE ROYAL 


Curator: Robert Morison, about 1651. Discontinued. 


BORDEAUX (1) 
JarpIN BoTANIQUE DE LA FacuLt& pE MEDECINE 
ET DE PHARMACIE 
Bordeaux, Talence (Gironde), France 


Director: J. Golse (1936). Seed List. 


BORDEAUX (2) 
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE LA VILLE DE BORDEAUX 

Director: L. Beille (1936). 

Herbarium: Specially rich in flora of the southwest of France. 
Library: About 4000 vols. Publication: Liste des Graines. 

BOURG SS). PIERRE (VANES) 
“La LINNAEA,” JARDIN ALPIN 

Established: 1883, by Henry Correvon, under the patronage of an 

international Committee. In 1915 the Société Académique de 

l'Université de Genéve became owners of the Garden and ap- 

pointed Dr. Robert Chodat director. 


186 


CAEN (CALVADOS) (1) 
JARDIN DES PLANTES DE LA FACULTE DES SCIENCES 


Directors: Pierre Choux (?-1936); Ferdinand Moreau (1936). 


CAEN (CALVADOS) (2) 
JARDIN DU PLANTES DE CAEN 
(JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA VILLE DE CAEN) 


Established: 1736(?). Area: 5 hectares. 
Directors: 

Marescot (1736-1747) 

Sebastien Blot (1747-1758) 
Goubin et Desmoueux (1758-1759) 
Desmoueux (1759-1786) 

de Roussel (1786-1797) 
Desmoueux, returned (1797-1801) 
de Roussel, returned (1801-1812) 
Lamouroux (1812-1821) 

Eudes Deslongchamps (1821-1839) 
. Chauvin (1839-1859) 

. Moriere (1859-1871) 

Vieillard (1871-1895) 

. Lignier (1895-1916) 

Houard (1916-1919) 

. René Viguier (1919-1931) 

Pierre Choux (1932-1936) 

17. Ferdinand Moreau (1936- ) 

This is a municipal garden, although the Botanical Institute, and 
the School and Museum of Botany are affiliated with the Uni- 
versity, and are conducted under the exclusive direction of the 
Professor of botany of the Faculty of Sciences and the Keeper 
(conservateur). All the plants of the Garden are at the service 
of the investigators in the Botanical Institute. 

The Garden was founded in 1736 by Marescot, Professor in 
the University of Normandy, and belonged to that University until 
1791. From 1791 to 1803 it was administered by the Department 
of Calvados. On the latter date it was given to the city. In 1829 
it was considerably enlarged. The large conservatory was built 


ts 
MRWNESORNAW A Who 


on 


187 


in 1850, and rebuilt and enlarged in 1894 and 1901. The Botanical 
Institute began in 1891. 

The park, planted about 1850, contains many beautiful speci- 
men trees, including Tavodium distichum, Cryptomeria japonica, 
Ginko biloba, Pinus Laricio, Cedrus atlantica, Thuya Lobbu, 
Quercus Ilex, Q. ruber, Fagus sylvatica, Salix Caproea, Sophora 
japonica, etc. 

The plants are arranged after the order of Hooker. 

A seed list is published annually by the conservator. 

Note: The faculty of medicine was established in 1448, but it 
was not until about 1688 that Prof. Callard de la Ducquerie pur- 
chased a garden which he filled with plants for use in teaching. 
Later the University provided modest funds for maintenance of 
the Garden. The garden called, “ Hortus botanicus agri Codo- 
mensis, contained 559 species, arranged according to their medic- 
inal properties. Marescot succeeded Callard in 1718 (fide per- 
sonal letter from René Viguier). Thanks to the devotion of 
Maréchal de Coigny, additional land was acquired in 1734 and 
actually occupied in 1736. 

= CHAMROUSSE 

JARDIN ALPIN DE CHAMROUSSE 
L’Université de Grenoble, Grenoble, France. Altitude: 1850 
meters 
Established: 1893, at a place called Roche-Béranger, by the So- 
ciété des Touristes du Dauphine. La Société Horticole dauphi- 
noise also gave moral and financial support. In 1898 the So- 
ciété des Touristes ceded the Garden to the Faculty of Grenoble. 
Director: P. Lachmann (1899-1908) ; Marcel Miranda (1908-). 

Source of income: The Ministries of Public ane and of 
Agriculture, the Consul General of Isére, and the City of Grenoble 
cooperating. This was the third alpine garden in oom of time, 
being preceded by Linnaea (See Bourg St. Pierre, Grenoble (1), 
and Lautaret). 


CLERMONT-FERRAND (PUY-DE-DOME) 


JarpIN BoTANIQUE DE L’ECoLE NoRMALE DES INSTITUTEURS 


188 


DIJON 
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE LA VILLE DE DIJON 
Avenue Albert 1°, Dijon, France 

Established: (1772) 1833. Area: About 4 hectares. 
Directors: ; 

1. Pierre Fleurot (1833-?) 3. Alphonse Lagrasse ( ?-?) 

2. M. Lavalle (?—-?) 4. Paul A. Genty (1898-7?) 

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income: 
Municipal appropriations. Library: About 3000 books and pam- 
phlets. Herbarium: About 50,000 specimens. Arboretum and 
fruticetum combined. Plantations: Herbaceous plants systematic, 
after De Candolle’s “ Prodromus.” Publication: Le Catalogue 
Annuel des graines récoltées et offertes en échanges. The Di- 
rector, during spring, conducts free public “ Herborizations”’ 


(field trips). Study material is supplied to students in the Uni- 
versity of Dijon, the Lycées, and schools. 


DOUAI (NORD) 

JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE LA SocrbTh NATIONALE D’AGRICULTURE, 
SCIENCES, ET ARTS 
Rue d’Arras 8 bis 


BEULLY ~RRONE) 
JARDIN BoTaANIQUE ET D’EssAIs 


Affiliated with the Ecole d’Agriculture Pratique du. Rhone. 


EVEREUX (EURE) 
JARDIN BOTANIQUE 


GRENOBLE (ISERE) (1) 
JARDIN DES PLANTES DE GRENOBLE 
L) Université de Grenoble, Grenoble, France 
Established: 1899. Area: About 10 acres. 


Directors: Joseph Allemand (7); Lachmann (1899-1908) ; 
Marcel Miranda (1908—?) 


189 


Serves as a public park, open free to the public. Source of im- 
come: University of Grenoble. Herbarium: Devoted to the plants 
of the western Alps. Plantations: 5 stematic, geographic. The 
garden is divided into the following sections: 1. A large area, scat- 
tered with rocks, simulating a small valley, traversed by a rivulet 
which empties into a small pond. This section is devoted specially 
to the flora of Lautaret. 2. A large area, comprising the syste- 
matic collection, is devoted to the flora of the western Alps in 
general. 3. All the rest of the garden is divided into 8 regions, 


to the following Lace regions: 1. Jura (calcareous rocks), 2. 
Pyrinus, 3. Mountains of the Mediterranean region, 4. Caucasus 
and Ural, 5. aes Alps and Carpathians, 6. Himalaya, Tibet, 
Altai, Siberia, Wp prone ee 8. Miscellaneous mountain regions. 
Publication. Seed 1 


GRENOBLE (ISERE) (2) 
JARDIN DE L’INsTITUT BoTANIQUE ALPIN DU LAUTERET 
Prof. de Litardiére, University de Grenoble 
Touring Club de France cooperating. Seed List. 


GRIGNON 
JarDIN BoraNIQUE D’ECOLE NATIONALE D’AGRICULTURE DE 
GRIGNON 
Grignon (Seine et Oise), France 
Established: 1873. Area: 2 hectares. 
Directors: 


1. Mussat (1873-1902) 

2. Dr. Griffon (1902-1912) 

3. Dr. F. P. Guegnen (1912-1915) 

4. Dr. Ducomet (1915-1931) et M. Viennot Bourgin (1926— 


1931) 
5. M. Guyot (1932- ) et M. Viennot Bourgin (1932- ) 


Open to visitors daily, 8-11 a.m. and 1-6 pm. Source of in- 
come: Governmental appropriations through the Minister of Agri- 
culture. Library: 15,000 volumes. 20 current periodicals re- 
ceived. Herbarium: 30, 000 specimens. Arboretum and Frutt- 
cetum: Both together oa 2200 species. Plantations: Sys- 
tematic. Species under glass: “ Several thousand.” Publication: 
Annales de Grignon. 


190 


LA. ROCHELLE 
JaArpIN BoraNnigue DEPARTEMENTAL DE LA CHARENTE- 
INFERIEURE 

Established: 1871. Area: one-half hectare. 
Directors: 1, Edouard Beltzemieux (1871-1894) ; 2. J. Foucaud 

(1894-1906). 

Served as a public park; open free, daily from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. 

Note: The president of the Society of Natural Sciences of the 
Charente Inférieure reports that the Botanic Garden of La Ro- 
chelle was discontinued after the death of the last director in 
1906, and transformed to an ordinary public garden belonging to 
the city and maintained by it. 


LAUTARET (HAUTES ALPES) 
JARDIN ALPIN 
L’Université de Grenoble, Grenoble, France 
Established: 1896. Area: 3000 sq. meters. Altitude: 2075 
meters. 
Director: 1. P. Lachmann (1896-1908): 2. Marcel Miranda 

(1908— ) 

The Ministry of Works having declined to finance the Garden, 
M. Bonnabel, proprietor of the local hotel provided the funds for 
its grading and terracing (1896-1897 ), and the planting was done 
in 1899. The most noteworthy feature was a collection of 532 
species characteristic of the flora of the western Alps. In 1908 
the Garden contained typical representatives of the principal moun- 
tai massives of the world. 


1 Es 


LAVOINE (ALLIER) 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE 
DE POUY (HAUTE LOIRE 


JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’ECOLE NorMALE DES INSTITUTEURS 


LAVALLOIS-PERRET (SEINE) 
Muste ET JARDIN BOTANIQUE 


Rue Lannois 37 Bis 


11 


LILLE (NORD) 
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L'UNIVERSITE CATHOLIQUE 
Rue du Port 


LEZOUX (PUY-DE-DOME) 
JARDIN ET HERBIER CLASSAGNE 
Willow Garden, About 10,000 living species, hybrids, and 
forms. 
LYONS (1) 
JarDIN BoTANIQUE A CHATILLON-LES-DOMBES 
Established: 1758, by Philibert Commerson. Discontinued. 
Note: Antoine Magnin (Prodrome d’une Histoire des Botanistes 
Lyonnais. Mem. Soc. Bot. de Lyon 31-32: 1-140; 1-39. 1906) 
says that the remnants (des épanes) of this Garden were still at 
Lyons in 1832. 


IENAOUN ESC) 
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’ECOLE VATERINAIRE. 
Established: 1763, by La Tourrette at the Guilloticre. 
Directors: 

1. L’Abbé Francois Rozier (1765-1766) 

2. Jean-Baptiste-Antoine Rest-Maupas (?) 

3. Jaques-Marie Hénon (1780-1809) 

Plantations: Systematic after Tournefort. Note: Transferred 
in November 1796 to the Claustral des Deux-Amants, quai Pierre- 
Seize. Enlarged in 1802 by the neighboring Claustral, des Corde- 
liers de l’Observance. 


IESZOINGS (AY) 
JArpIN BoTaNnIQuE DU Parc DE LA TETE D'OR 
Established: 1773. Area: The Park, 114 hectares; the Garden, 

13 hectares, 

Note: This garden was successively located (1) at Brotteaux 
near the Loge de la Parfaite-Harmonie (1773-1774), but was not 
completed there; (2) Clos de la Déserte, below la place Sathonay 
(1795-1857) ; (3) Pare de la Téte d’Or since 1857. (For further 


192 


data on its organization consult Soc. Bot. Fr. 1876 session. Pages 


c and 


ci.) The Garden was devastated by a terrible hurricane 


on August 4, 1853. 


Directors: 


— 


Ww bo 


= 


on 


ON 


I 


ise) 


© 


— 
2o 


ie 
ti: 
13. 
14. 
Lie: 


. Jean-Emmanuel Gilibert (1795-1799, 1804-1808). Founder 


of the Garden at the Clos de la Déserte. 


. Gaetano Nicodémi or Nicodémo) (Dec. 27, 1799-1804) 
. Gaspard Dejean, or de Jean de Saint-Marcel March 21, 


1808-1819) 
Jean-Baptiste Balbis (1819-August 20, 1830) 
Louis-Henry Latil de Thimécourt (July 26-August 18, 
1830) Roffavier (Roffavir) (August 19-21, 1830). 
Three days, only, in office. The Preface of the Flora of 
Balbis is signed “ Roffavier ”’ 


. Nicolas-Charles Seringe (August 24, 1830-September 29, 


1858) 

Gustave Bonnet (Director-General of the Pare de la Téte- 
d’Or, including the Jardin Botanique), (December 1858- 
1870) 


. Jean-Joseph-Augustin-Ernest Faivre (Actual successor of 


Seringe as Director of the Jardin Botanique (March 27, 
1871—June 24, 1879). First Director at la Téte-d’Or 
Louis Cusin, Assistant naturalist, was placed in temporary 
charge of various activities of the Garden, June 30, 1879- 
March 15, 1880. He continued as assistant naturalist 

from November 6, 1857 until October 1, 1884. 

Gustave Dutailly (March 15, 1880-April 5, 1880). He 
began the Arboretum, the Conservatories, and the labeling 
of the botanical collections of the City. 

Antoine Magnin (November 21, 1881—April 30, 1884) 

Léon Guignard (April 30, 1884—-March 1, 1887) 

Paul Lachmann (1887) 

Réné Gérard (March 1, 1887-1926) 

Louis L. Faucheron (1926- ) 


Open free, daily, from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. Source of income: An- 
nual appropriation by the city. Library: Reference. 4500 vol- 


umes. 
matic 


Herbarium: 1140 cartons of plants. Plantations: Syste- 
(after Bentham and Hooker) ; arboretum, fruticetum (about 


1000 species), a small section of medical plants, and one of hor- 


193 


ticultural perennials and annuals. Under glass: 7000 square 
meters. Herbaceous plants out of doors: 4211 species. Publi- 
cation: Seed List (Liste de graines). Museum: Rudimentary. 
The garden supplies art schools regularly with living material. 
Affiliations: The University, the veterinary school, and Ecole des 
Beaux-Arts. The director of the Garden is Professor of Botany 
in the University. Note: Le Jardin Botanique et Service des Cul- 
tures de la Ville de Lyon is situated in the Parc de la Téte d’Or, 
which contains also a zoological collection, a pharmaceutical gar- 
den, and a conservatory which has been described as “ the finest 

reenhouses in France,” containing “a unique collection” of 
orchids, palms, and cycads. 

MALMAISON (SUBURB NORTHWEST OF PARIS) 

JARDIN BoTANIQUE 

Loudon states that, at the time of Josephine, this garden “ was 
among the richest in Europe... . Various botanical collectors 
were patronised. . . . The seeds brought home by the navigator 
Baudin were here first raised, and described by Ventenant in the 
Jardin de la Malmaison, in 1803. . . . In 1813 Bonpland published 
the first volume of Plantes rares cultivees a@ Malmaison et a 
Navarre.” 

MARSEILLES (1) 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA VILLE DE MARSEILLE 
Pare Borely, Marseilles, France 

Established: 1880. Area: 1 hectare. 
Directors: 1, Edouard Heckel (1890-1897) ; 2. H. Jumelle (1897— 

ae 


Serves as a public park, open daily at all hours. Source of in- 
come: Municipal appropriations. Library: Reference. 700 vol- 


MARSEILLES (2) 
JarDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA FACULTE DES SCIENCES 


194 


MARSEILEES: (3) 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA FACULTE DE MEDECINE ET DE 
PHARMACIE 
92 Rue A. Blangui 
Director: C. Gabriel (1936). Seed List. 
METZ (MOSELLE) 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE 
Metz, France 


Director: C. H. Navel (1935). Catalog des Graines. 
MONT DORE eee 


Mus&E ET JARDIN BoTANIQUE ET D’EsSAIS 


MONTPELLIER 
JARDIN DES PLANTES DE L'UNIVERSITE DE MONTPELLIER 
Boulevard Henry IV, Montpellier (Herault), France 
Established: 1593. Area: 5 hectares. 
Director: Dr. Galavielle, Professor at the Faculty of Medicine. 
Open daily, 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. Source of income: Governmental 
appropriations. Library: Numerous works and_ publications. 
Herbaria: “18 different herbaria.” Plantations: Systematic, ac- 
cording to de Candolle. Museum: Open from 8 a.m. m 
Admission by permit from the Director. Affiliations: With the 
University of a area eu is attached to the Chair of Botany 
of the Faculty of Medici 
MONTREUX (VAUD) 


JARDIN ALPIN “ LA RAMBERTIA ” 


NANCY MEURTHE ET MOSELLE 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE NANCY 
30 Rue Ste. Catherine 
Established: 1758. Area: 1% hectares. 
Director: Edmond Gain (since 1912). 
Serves as a public park. Herbarium: 800 Ralooe at the Institut 


Botanique. Plantations: Systematic (2500 species). Publica- 
tion: Catalogue annuel des semences ee Affiliation: The 


195 


Garden is affiliated with L’Institut Botanique, Agricole et Colonial 
de Université. 


NANTES (LOIRE INFERIEUR) (1) 
Le JARDIN DES APOTHICATRES 
Established: 1687-1688. In the archives of the City of Nantes 
there is a “ Memoire pour le Jardin Royal et Botanique de 
Nantes, créé de 1687-1688 (Archives Municipales de Nantes, 
supt.-D.D. 339. | 
Promenades Publiques: Jardin des Apothecaires. This was 
the ancestor of the present Garden. The letters patent were 
signed by Louis XIV, February, 1688. This Garden existed 
for 186 years in the same place. In 1807 the Garden came 
under the direction of the Société des Pharmaciens. In 1806 
the first Jardin Botanique Municipal was established by Hectot. 
In 1840 the Library was established, and in 1844 the plantations 
were arranged according to the system of Jussieu. 

Id documents have been found in the Archives of Nantes 
proving that the City was proprietor of an ancient Apothecaries 
Garden as early as 1473. 

Directors: 
First Garden 
Le sieur Cigogne (Maitre Apothicaire) (1687-7) 
Lefebvre de Ferronniere 
Duplessis Richard 
Under the Revolution 
Second (present) Garden 
Le Citoyen Hectot (1810-1836). In 1806 he created 
the nucleus for the present Jardin des Plantes. He 
qualified as director March 13, 1810. 
Under the Municipal Regime (from August, 1820): 
See Nantes (2) 
NANTES (LOIRE INFERIEUR) (2) 
JARDIN DES PLANTES DE NANTES 
Rue Stanislas Baudry, Nantes, France 
Established: The present Garden, 1858. (See Nantes (1)) 
Area: 7 hectares, 15 ares, 60 centares. 


196 


Directors: 
1. Dr. Ecorehard (Professor 1836. Director 1840-1882. He 
died December 17, 1882). 
In April, 1853, the Garden was renovated and again opened 
to the public. From 1882-1893, there was no director. 
The Head Gardener, M. Rochay was in charge. 
2. Paul Marmy (April 28, 1893-1897) 
3. Théophile Pierre Pellerin (December 20, 1897-1899) 
4. Dr. Citerne (November 10, 1899-1 
In 1909 a bill did away with the scientific directorship, and M. 
Courbon, an architect was the head with title of “ Director 
of Architecture and Plantations.” 
a. P. L. Durivault, “ Jardinier en Chef de la Ville,” but acts 
as technical Director (1921- 


Ct 


Serves as a public park, Open free, daily in summer, 6 a.m.— 
8:30 p.m.; in winter, 7 a.m.to sunset. The greenhouses are open 
to the public twice a week and at the time of flower shows. Source 
of income; Municipal Budget. Librar y: More than 500 volumes, 
plus the library of the Director (1000 volumes), Herbarium: 
Local Flora: 1800 species (total 2368 specimens). Arboretum: 
361 species; fruticetum, 300 shrubs. They are classified system- 
atically (De Candolle system). Publication: Seed List. Mu- 
seum: Small collection of wax fruits, herbal of Dr. Ecorehard, and 
herbal of a local nurseryman (in very good shape). Open free. 


ORLEANS 
JARDIN BoraNnigue 
A small garden, on sandy soil. (Annales d’'Horticulture. Vol. 
Voip ol) 


PARIS (1) 
Mustum NATIONAL p’'HrstorrE NATURELLE 
61 Rue de Buffon, Paris, France 
Established: 1635 (See Note 1). Area: About 58 acres. 
Note 1: The official Popular Guide Book (Livret-Guide Popu- 
laire) of the Muséum National (including the Jardin des Plantes ) 
states that Louis XTIT, by letters patent, dated January 1626 and 


197 


registered July 6, 1626, decided that “un Jardin royal” should 
be planned and established by “le sieur Hérouard,” a leading 
physician, “to contain all kinds of medicinal herbs . . . and for 
the instruction of the students of the University of Medicine.” It 
was first called “Le Jardin du Roi,’ then “Jardin Royal des 
Plantes Medicinales.” Since 1635 it has been popularly known 
as the “ Jardin des Plantes.” 

“The National Museum of Natural History, known under the 
popular name of Jardin des Plantes, is an Institution of Higher 
Education comprising nineteen chairs for instruction in the natural 
sciences,” including Botany, Zoology, Physiology, Anthropology, 
Chemistry, and Geology. This is perhaps the first, and still almost 
if not quite a unique instance of official recognition of a botanic 
garden as essentially a museum (or in this case a subdivision of 
a museum). 

In an address delivered August 16, 1882, M. Alphonse Lavallée, 
president of the Société Nationale d’Horticulture de France, spoke 
as follows: “ The beginning of the seventeenth century seems to 
be the true starting point of our horticulture. The creation of the 
Jardin des Plantes was realized in 1626, but our great Establish- 
ment of Natural Science was neither completed nor opened to the 
public until 7634, as Deleuze has proved. Six years later the first 
course of lectures was given. Guy de la Brosse, in his pamphlet, 
‘The Opening of the Royal Garden,’ shows that the other Euro- 
pean gardens were at that time very small in comparison to that 
of Paris.” 

Loudon (Encyclopedia of Gardening, London, 1865, p. 99) 
says: “The Jardin des Plantes was founded by Louis XIII, in 
1610, and finished in 1634." (Gardener’s Chronicle, 20 N. S.: 
623. 7 July, 1883.) 

The date 1635 is the year given on our questionnaire returned 
by the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle. 

Directors: 
Herouard (1626- ) 
Guy de la Brosse (1635-1641) 


The official Guide names the following as 


‘ 


‘among his suc- 
cessors ”: Fagon, whose administration was long and happy; 


198 


Cisternay du Fay (died 1739); Buffon, “ who sent naturalists 

into all parts of the globe,” to collect for the Museum. 

Note 2: In June 1793 the Convention gave “a definitive organ- 
ization” to the Jardin du Roi, and since then the official name of 
the entire establishment (including the Jardin des Plantes) has 
been “ Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle.” 

The early directors of the Museum were: Daubenton; Bernard 
de Jussieu (d. 1777); Antoine-Laurent de Jussieu (1777-1826) ; 
Adrien de Jussieu (1826— ); Des Fontaines (7). 

Note 3: During the Consulate (1799-1804) André Thouin or- 
ganized the scientific and educational work of this Garden to in- 
clude the collecting of plants of economic interest, propagating 
them, and distributing them to the botanic gardens of all the De- 
partments of France. There was then a botanic garden in the 
capital city of each Department. So far as the supply lasted, 
plants and seeds were sent next to gardens in French colonies, 
and then to foreign countries. 
improved in 184 


— 


The gardens were enlarged and 


Serves as a public park. oo free daily. Source of income: 
ne appropriatio Plantations: Systematic (about 
species of Reece, plants Sed ge 1922); eco- 
ate ee (Alpine Garden). Arboretum, annexed to the 
Garden of sen near Versailles. Fr Ne: About 1500 spe- 
cies (Guide Book, 1922). Herbarium: Includes the collections of 
A.-L. de Jussieu, of his son Adrien, and of Auguste de St. Hil- 
laire. Museum: Open daily. Study collections and living plant 
material are supplied to schools. 


PARIS (2) 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA FACULTE DE PHARMACIE 
4 Avenue de l’Observatoire, Paris VI 
Director: E. Perrot (1936). 
Publication: Résumé des caractéres des Familles végétales, avec 
la liste des plantes cultivées en pleine terre et dans les serres et un 
plan du Jardin. By Leon Guignard. 3rd Ed. Toulouse, 1922. 


POITIERS (VIENNE) 
JARDIN BoOTANIQUE 


199 


RENNES (ILLE DE VILLAINE) 
JARDIN DES PLANTES DE LA VILLE DE RENNES 
Place Pasteur, Rennes (Bretagne) France 
Area of entire park about 7 hectares. 
Director: Emile Moriceau (1913-1935) ; L. Winter (1935- Ve 
Catalogue des Graines. 


RODEZ 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE ET D’l*ssAis DE L’EcoLE NORMALE DES 


T 


INSTITUTEURS 


ROUEN (SEINE INF.) 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA VILLE ROUEN 
114, Rue d’Elbeuf 
Director: E. LeGraverend (1936). Catalog des Graines. 

Of two acres when first laid out. In 1840 removed to a new 
site of 20 acres, with plants arranged systematically according to 
Jussieu as modified by Marquis. Included a collection of fruit 
trees, an arboretum, and a fruticetum. (Loudon.) 


Sil CROIX CY AUD) 


JARDIN BoTANIQUE “ La DRyADE ” 


SAMOENS (HAUTE SAVOIE) 
JARDIN ALPIN DE LA JAYSINIA 
Established by the physician, M. Cognacq-Jay, this “ remarkable 
garden’ was preserved by the l*orest Service and then committed 
to the Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. 


SAVERNE (BAS RHIN) 
JARDIN ALPIN DU COL DE SAVERNE 
16 Rue de la Gare, Saverne 
President: E, Walter. Specializes in rock plants and alpines, and 


European ferns, especially hybrids. 


200 
STRASBOURG 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE 
7, Rue de l'Université, Strasbourg (Bas Rhin), France 


Established: 1882. Area: 5 hectares. 
Directors: 
Anton de Bary (1872-1888) 
Hermann Graf zu Solms-Laubach (1888-1908 ) 
Ludwig Jost (1908-1918) 
Ch. Flahault (1919) 
C. Howard (1919-1933) 
H. Chermazon (1934 

Open free, daily, 7 to 12 (noon); 2 to 5 p.m. Source of in- 
come: Governmental appropriations. Library: 20,000 volumes 
astiut Botanique). Herbarium: 2500 bandits (Institut Botan- 
ique). Arboretum and Fruticetum. Plantations: Systematic, 
Geographic, Economic, Ecologic. Publication: Seed List. A ffili- 
ation: The Garden is affiliated with the Faculty of Sciences of the 
University of Strasbourg 


— 


ei eee f 


as 


TALENCE 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE TALENCE 
336 Cours Gambetta (pres Bordeaux), Talence (Gironde) 
Publication: Graines Récoltées. 
Affiliation: Faculté de Médecin et de Pharmacie de Bordeaux. 
TARBES 
JARDIN DE LA VILLE DE TARBES 
Director: Emile Moriceau (1911-1913). 
TOULOUSE (HAUTE GARONNE). (15 
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE LA VILLE TOULOUSE 
Director: G. Nicolas (1937). Catalogue des Graines. 
TOULOUSE (HAUTE GARONNE) (2) 
JARDIN DES PLANTES 


An article by C. Gerber (Bull. Soc. Bot. France 71: 788-842, 
1924) is entitled, “ Les jardins botanique toulousains et 1’étude 


201 


de la flore pyrénienne, sous l’Ancien Régime et la Révolution, 
d’aprés des documents inedits.”” This seems to imply that there 
has been more than one botanic garden in Toulouse. 


TOURS 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE Tours 
1 Boulevard Yonnellé, Tours, France 
Established: 1842. Area: 5 hectares. 
Directors: 


1. M. Margueron (1849-1852) 
2. M. LeComte de Villiers du Terrage (1852-1857 ) 


ww 


. M. Barnsby (1857-1903) 

4. M. Henri Lemoine (1903- ) 

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 6 a.m.—sunset; in 
winter 7 aam—dark. Source of income: Appropriations from the 
city and the Department. Plantations: " Systematic (according to 
the system of DeCandolle), arboretum (180 species), fruticetum 

230 species). Publication: Catalogue des graines récoltees. 
Museum: Open free, Thursdays and Sundays from noon until 


Note: The Garden is divided into two parts: 1. The scientific 
part, comprising the school (nursery), and the collection of plants 
of the world. 2. The horticultural part. There are collections of 
trees and shrubs, and of annual, biennial, and perennial herbs, all 
open to the public. In addition, there are five gardens in the city 
which depend upon this garden for direction and for their supply 
of decorative plants: 1. Le Jardin Prebaudes d’Oé (about 5 hec- 
tares) : 2. Le pare Mirabeau (114 ha.) : 3. Le pare de la Prefecture 
(1144 ha.): 4. Le jardin du musée (1 ha.): 5. Several squares 
comprising, all together, a total of about one hectare. There are 
about 14% hectares of gardens in the city of Tours having a 
scientific character, and open free to the public. 


WAR SyeMUEI IES 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE LA TRIANON 
Established about 1765 by Louis XV. It is said that it was in 


this Garden that Bernard de Jussieu, for the first time, arranged 
the growing plants systematically, according to the natural families. 


202 


VILLARD—D’ARENES 
JARDIN ALPIN 
L’Université de Grenoble, Grenoble, France 
Established: 1899, 


Alrea: 1600 sq. meters. Altitude: 1670 me- 
ters. 


Located just outside the village of Villard-d’Arénes. 
Note: The purpose of this Garden was to acclimate and breed 
forage plants, culinary herbs, and mountain fruits for the advan- 
tage of the inhabitants engaged in daily farming. More than 100 
kinds of vegetables were cultivated. Abandoned, about 1908 


French West Africa 


HANN (DAKAR, SENEGAL) 
JARDIN DES PLANTES DE HANN 


Germany 


BADEN-BADEN 


In 1909 Max Leichtlin was maintaining here a private botanic 
garden. 


BERLIN 
BOTANISCHER GARTEN UND MusEuM 
Direction des Botanischen Gartens und Museums, Konigin- 
Luise-Strasse 6-8, Berlin-Dahlem, Germany 
Established: 1646. 
Directors: 
1. J. G. Gleditsch (1744-1786) 
. K. L. Willdenow (1801-1812) 
. H. F. Link (1815-1851) 
. A. Braun (1851-1877) 
. A. W. Eichler (1878-1887 ) 
6. A. Engler (1889-1921) 
7. L. Diels (General Director) (1921- ) 


In Dahlem since 1909. Area: 42 hectares. 


wm Ww tv 


Serves as a public park with certain restrictions. Admission is 
free on Wednesday, Saturday, Sunday and on official holidays ; 
a fee of 25 Pfg. is charged on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and 


203 


Friday. The Museum is open from April 1st to Sept. 30th from 
11 a.m. to 2 p.m. on Sunday, and from 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. on Wed- 
nesday. From Oct. 1st to March 31st on the first Sunday in the 
month from 11 a.m. to 2 p.m., and each Wednesday from 10 a.m. 
to 3 pm. Guides are furnished to groups of He ee at 
charges varying from 7 Mk. for 10-30 no sons (1 guide and 2 
instructors) to 26 Mk. for 91-105 persons (4 guides, 7 in- 
structors). Source of income: Sate appropriations. Library: 
For the use of the staff, University students, and botanists gen- 
erally. 61, volumes and pamphlets. Number of periodicals 
received, 400. Herbarium: About 4,000,000 specimens. <Arbore- 
tum and fruticetum: Together, about 15 000 1 abeled plants. Plan- 
tations: Geographic, systematic, arboretum, ecologic, morphologic, 
genetic, economic (medicinal and otherwise useful), annual flowers. 
Periodicals published: Botanische Jahrbucher fur Systematik und 
Pflanzengeographie. Established by A. Engler, 1881. About 

issues annually. Editor, L. Diels. Notizblatt des Botanischen 
Gartens und Museums zu Berlin-Dahlem. Established 1895, 
About 4 issues annually. Offered in exchange. Editor, The Di- 
rector. Seed List. Courses of instruction are given at the Gar- 
den in affiliation with the University of Berlin. The affiliated 
‘“Botanisches Museum ” is an institute of the University of Ber- 
lin. Lectures and courses are given for students of that Uni- 
versity. 


BIELEFELD 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER STADT BIELEFELD 


Director: Gartendirektor Meyerkamp (1936) 


BONN A. RHEIN 
BoTANISCHES INSTITUT UND GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 


Poppelsdorfer Schloss 


BRAUNSBERG 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER STAATLICHEN AKADEMIE 
Stiftstrasse 4/10 


BRAUNSCHWEIG 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER TECHNISCHEN HOoOCHSCHULE 
Humboldtstrasse 1 


Established: 1824 (resp. 1840). Area: 1.40 ha. 


204 


Directors: 
1. F. H. Blasius (1836-1871) 4. G. Gassner (1917-1933) 
2. W. Blasius (1871-1912) 5. Jaretzky (1933- ) 
3. G. Tischler (1912-1917) 


Serves as a public park, Open free, daily, except Sundays, 7 
Gooey 8)-12; 2-7. Source of income: From national govern- 
ment, and the sale of publications, plants, and seeds. Library: 
Combined with the library of the Botanical Institute. Only a few 
books and journals are in possession of the Garden alone. Her- 
barium: At the Botanical Institute. Arboretum and Fr boise i 
together, comprise about 700 species. Plantations: Systemati 
ecologic, arboretum, alpinum. Species cultivated under le 
LAGOe FF CCOUS pla nts cultivated out of doors: 2000 species. 
Publication: Seed List. Museum: Only in the Institute if the 
Technischer Hochschule. Supply Material: ee phanero- 
gamic plants especially for students in pharmacy. Local schools 
depend upon the garden for all of their rater Beginning with 
1913 the Director gives demonstrations of living plants to the 
students of the Technischer Hochschule. 


BREMEN (1) 


30TANISCHER GARTEN 


Bremen I, Germany 
Established: 1905. Area: About 3 ha. 
Director: Georg Bitter (1905—?). 


Serves as a public park. Open daily, 7:30-7:30 in winter ; 
8-5 in summer. Admission, 1-2 Source of income: Private. 
The garden peoree to the family of the founder, Herr. 
Schulte. Library: Reference. Herbarium: Small. Plantations: 
geographic, Poe ecologic. The garden is laid out from the 
viewpoint of plant geography, with as illustrating variation, 
mutation, hybridization, economic plants, weeds, and_ biological 
groups. Publications: Contributions, Morceeene mead list: 
Loan collections and supply material: Schools of the town and the 
neighborhood get seeds of the Garden for their school gardens. 


BREMEN (2) 
BOTANISCHER GARTEN 
Hamburgerstrasse 331 
Established: 1923. Area: About 42 hectares. 


205 


Director: E. Nussbaumer. Originally a private enterprise. Since 
1923 owned by the City of Bremen. Came under the Park 
Board in 1937 and is united with the new botanical-zoological 
Public Park and Rhododendron Park. 


BRESLAU 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 
G6ppertstrasse 6/8 
Director: Johan Buder (1937) 


COLOGNE (SEE KOLN) 


DARMSTADT 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER TECHNISCHEN HOCHSCHULE 
Rossdorferstrasse 140 

Established: 1814. Area: 43,958 sq, meters. 
Directors: 
J. Hess (1814-1841) 
Georg Fritz Schnittspan (1841-1866 ) 
Eduard Metzler (1866-1867-ad interim) 
Heinrich Hanstein (1867-1869) 
Leopold Dippel (1869-1896) 
H. Schenck (1896-1927) 
G. Keyl (1927-1928-ad interim) 
Friedrich Oehlkers (1928-1932) 
Bruno Huber (1932-1934) 

10. Otto Stocker (April, 1934— ) 

Serves asa public park. Free, daily. Source of income: State 
eae id a sale of duplicate plants. Library: About 

000 volumes. Herbarium: “ Many t baer sheets.” Planta- 
ne Se geographic, ecologic, economic, morphologic. 
Arboretum. Fruticetum. Supplies study eee for the Staat- 
licher Technischen Hochschule. 

DOBELN 
BoraNISCHER GARTEN DES KNABENGYMNASIUMS UND DER 
HOHEREN LANDWIRTSCHAFTSSCHULE 


— 


wk wt 


SSS et 


Dobeln, Saxony 
Established: 1872. Area: 65 acres. 


206 


DORTMUND 


ARBORETUM UND STADTISCHER BOTANISCHER GARTEN 


DRESDEN 
STAATLICHER BOTANISCHEN GARTEN DRESDEN 
Dresden A 16, Stiibelallee 2 


Established: In the present location since 1890. Area: 1.5 hec- 
tares. 
Directors: 

1. Ludwig Reichenbach, until 1879 

2. Oscar Brude (1879-1921) 

3. Franz Neger (1921-1923) 

4. Friedrich Tobler (1924?) 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. in 
summer; 6 a.m. to 4 p.m. in winter. Source of income: Govern- 
mental appropriations. Library: Approximately 600 volumes and 
pamphlets. Herbarium: Quite small. That of the Botanisches 
Institut der Technischen Hochschule is very large. Plantations: 
Systematic, geographic, economic, morphologic, ecologic, histori- 
cal. Publications: Guide; Small Guide; Samen-Verzeichnis. Oc- 
casional lectures are given to school children at the garden. Af- 
filiations: The Director of the Garden is also Director of the 
Botanisches Institut der Technischen Hochschule, Dresden. 


DUISBURG 
STADTISCHER BoTANISCHEN GARTEN 
Schweitzerstrasse 24, Duisburg am Rhein 


Director: J, Leibig (1936). Index Seminum. 


ERLANGEN 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 
Schlossgarten 4 


Director: Julius Schwemmle. Samenverzeichnis. 


ESSEN AM RUHR 


BOTANISCHER GARTEN 


207 
FRANKFURT AM MAIN (1) 
BoTrANISCHER GARTEN DER JOHANN WOLIGANG 
GoETHE-UNIVERSITAT 
Viktoria-Allee 9 
Director: Friedrich Laibach (1936). Index Seminum. 
FRANKFURT AM MAIN (2) 


PALMENGARTEN DER STADT FRANKFURT 


Director: M. Bromme (1936). Samentauschliste. 


FRANKFURT AM MAIN (3) 


BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER Dr. SENCKENBERGISCHEN STIFTUNG 


Senckenbergisches Botanischer Garten, Frankfurt a.M., Germany 
Established: 1766. Area: About 9000 sq. meters. 
Directors (Nos. 1-3, Hilfsgartner): 

J. H. Baumert (1767-1814) 

Johan Becker (1816-1828) 

G. Fresnius (1828-1867 ) 

H. Ohler (1867-1876) 

Hermann Theodor Gehler (1876-1889) 
Wilhelm Jannicke (Oct. 1889-Mch. 1893) 
Martin August Johannes Mobius (1893-1927 ) 
Peter Stark (1928-Nov. 1932) 

Friedrich Laibach (1933— ) 

Open free, daily in summer, except Sundays. Source of m- 
come: The Senckenberg endowment. The Herbarium is in con- 
nection with the museum of the Senckenbergischen Naturforsch- 
ender Gesellschaft. Plantations: Systematic. Publications: Be- 
richte der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 
(since 1903. Nos. 1-X appeared under the title, Mitteilungen 
aus dem botanischem Garten zs. Frankfurt a.M.). Seed List. 
Museum: The museum of the Senckenb. Naturf. Gesellschaft. 
Loan collections: The Museum has loan collections of herbarium 
specimens, dried seeds, alcoholic material, microscopic slides, eco- 
nomic plant products, photographs. tudy material: Living 
material of cultivated phanerogamic, and of cryptogamic plants, is 
supplied to public and private schools occasionally when requested. 


— 


RS) C2) OSI AONS LEN pat va) 


208 


FREIBURG 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN UND BoTANISCHES INSTITUT DER GROSS- 
HERZOGLICHEN BANDISCHEN ALBERT-LUDWIGS UNIVERSITAT 


Schanzlestrasse 9/11, Freiberg, Germany 


Established: About 1605 (?). Area: About one hectare. 
Directors: 

J. L. Baader (1767) (regarded as the real founder) 

Perlot (1826-1845) 

Heinrich Anton de Bary (1860-1867 ) 

Friedrich Oltmanns (1907 ?-1931 ) 

Friedrich Oehlkers (1932 ) 

Note: The Institute and present Garden were started in 1931. 
The Institute buildings were completed in 1913, and the plant 
houses during 1914. 

Publication: Seed List. Library: A — library assembled by 
Perlot, who was the Director. Herbarium: About 4000 species, 
among them some Abysinnian plants collested by Schimper, plants 
from Australia, and from the Cape. Arboretum: One about 150 
years old; a later one with trees planted in rays from a central 
Paulownia wmperialis, There is also a ee BU He: 
Systematic (according to the system of Endlicher) ; Economic, 
Medicinal. Museum: A collection of fruits, ee drugs, etc., 
used to illustrate lectures. 


GERA 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN zU GERA-REuss 

Botanischer Garten, Gera, Reuss-Schleiz (Thiiringen), Germany 
Established: 1896. 
Directors: Robert Leube (1895-1909) ; G. Hahn (1909-?). 

Serves as a public park. Open daily, on week days. Sources 
of income: Endowment ; annual appropriations by city. Her- 
Gera and vicinity. Musewm: May be visited with the permission 
of the director. 

GIESSEN 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER HESSISCHE LANDESUNIVERSITAT 


Brandplatz 4 
Director: E. Kuster (1936). 


209 


GORLITZ 
STADTLICHLER BoTANISCHEN GARDEN 
Director: Max Geissler (1909). 
GOTTINGEN 


BoTrANISCHER GARTEN 


Established: 1734. Area: 4 hectares. 
Directors: 

. Johann Wilhelm Albrecht (1734-1735) 
Albrecht von Haller (1736-1753) 
Johann Gottfried Zinn (1753-1759) 
Rudolf August Vogel (1759-1760) 
Sigismund August Bittner (1760-1768) 
Johann Andreas Murray (1769-1791) 
Georg Franz Hoffman (1791-1802) 
Heinrich Adolf Schrader (1802-1836) 
. Friedrich Gottlieb Bartling (1836-1875) 

10. August Griesebach (1875-1879) 

11. Hermann Graf zu Solms-Laubach (1879-1888) 

12. Gustav Albert Peter (1888-1923) 

13. Georg Bitter (1923-1927 ) 

14. Fritz von Wettstein (1927-1931) 

15. Richard Harder (1932- ) 

Open free, daily. Admission to Greenhouses, 50 pfennig. 
Source of income: Supported by governmental appropriations. 
Herbarium: About 50,000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, 
geographic, morphologic, ecologic. Museum is not open to the 
public. Affiliation: Universitat Gottingen. 


GREIFSWALD (POMMERN) (1) 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER Ernst Moritz ARNDT UNIVERSITAT 
Grimmerstrasse 86/88 


Director: E. Leick (1936). 
Affiliation: Biologische Station Hiddensee. 


ONDA Rw No 


GREIFSWALD (2) 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 


Directors: Dr. Metzner (1936). Samen-Verzeichnis. 


210 


HALLE 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER Martin Luruer UNrversrrat 
Am Kirchtor 1, Halle (Saale) 
Established: 
The “ Hortus Medicus,” by Churfiirst Friedrich IIT (April 11, 
1698) 
The “ Furstengarten ” acquired for the University by Chan- 
cellor von Hoffmann (September 28, 1787 
The present Garden (1932). 
Directors: 

1. Georg Ernst Stahl (1698-1715) 

2. Michael Alberti (Jan. 10, 1716-Jan. 8, 1749) 

3. Christian Karl Strumpf (1749-1751) 

4. Andreas Elias Biichner (1751-1769) 

5. Philipp Caspar Junghans (1770-1797) 

6. Kurt Sprengel (July 17, 1797-1833) 

?. Heinrich Anton de Bary (1867—?) 

?. Wilhelm Troll (1935) 

Source of income: Government grant. Herbarium: The End- 
licher system. Plantations: Systematic (Engler system). Publi- 
cation: Seed Exchange List. Note: Friedrichs- ee a 
founded in 1502, was united with Wittenberg in 16 In 193941 
was re-christened “ Martin Luther Universitit Halle- eee 


HAMBURG 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN, HAMBURG 

Institut fur allgemeine Botanik, Jungiusstrasse 6, Hamburg 46 
Established: 1821. Area: 9.4 hectares. 

Directors: 

1. Johann Georg Christian Lehmann (1821-1860) 

2. Heinrich Gustav Reichenbach (1863-1889) 

3. Eduard Zacharias (1894-19 

4, Johannes (Theodor Gustav Ernst) Fitting (1911-1912) 

5. Hans Winkler (1912- ) 

Serves as a public park, Open free to the public, daily, 7 a.m. 
until dark. Source of income: City budget of Hamburg. Li- 
brary; Connected with the Stadts Institut fiir allegemeine Botanik. 
[erbarium: About 500,000. specimens. Plantations: Systematic, 


Zid 


economic, morphologic, ecologic, arboretum, fruticetum. Publi- 
cations: Contributions from the ee oe allegemeine * Botanik 


in Hamburg. Offered in exchange. d List (Index S Hei 
Museum: One daily from 10 a.m. to ae pan. Living material i 
supplied regularly to both Be and private schools. For this 


purpose there is a nursery of about 5 hectares from which schools 
may obtain material free on ee Affiliations: Hamburg 
University. 


HANN. MUNDEN (SEE MUNDEN) 


HEIDELBERG 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT HEIDELBERG 
Heidelberg, Verlangerte Monchhofstrasse 


Established: 1593. Area: 3.9224 Hektar. 
Directors: Georg Klebs (1907-1918); Interregnum (19197); 
Ludwig Jost (1920-1934) ; A. Seybold (1934— ) 


Serves as a public park. Open free daily in summer, 7 a.m. to 6 
p.-m.; in winter, 8 a.m. to 4: 30 p.m. Admission to the conserva- 
tories: 25, 15, 10 Pfennig. Source of income: Supported by Gov- 
ernmental appropriations through the Hearted Li- 
brary: Small. Herbarium: Number of specimens unknown. Ar- 
ies and Fruticetum. Plantations arranged in the following 


sections: Geographic, Systematic, Biologic-morphologic, Arbore- 
tum ; pea el plants, poison plants, horticultural plants, Alpine, 
aquatic and swamp plants, heath plants, cultivated plants. Pub- 


lications: Guide, “ Fuhrer durch den Botanischen Circa ” by 
Prof. Jost. Verzeichnis von Samereien. School classes are 
brought to the Garden by their instructors. Study material is 
supplied to schools on request. 4 ffiliations: The Garden is a De- 
partment of the University of Heidelberg. 


HOHENHEIM BEI STUTTGART 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER LANDWIRTSCHAFTLICHE HOCHSCHULE 
Hohenheim b. Stuttgart 

Established: 1829. Area: 4.88 hectares. 
Directors: Franz von Fleischer (1837-1878) ; Oskar von Kuchner 
1878-7). 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, at all hours. Sources 
of income: Annual appropriations by the State; the sale of publi- 
cations, plants, and seeds. Library: Biblioteck des Botanischen 


212 


Institutes. Number of volumes more than 3000. Herbarium: 
More than 33,000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, ecologic, 
economic, arboretum. 
INSTERBURG (OSTPREUSSEN) 
BoTANISCHER STADTGARDEN 
Salzburgerstrasse 2 und Georgenhorst 
Director: Gartenbau-Inspektor Fritsch (1936). 
Planned but not yet accomplished: Rose Garden, Alpine Gar- 
den, Arboretum, Pinetum. 


JENA 
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER FRIEDRICH SCHILLER UNIVERSITAT 


Established; ?. Area: 2.75 hectares. 


Directors: 
1. Rolfink 7. Voigt 
2. Schlegel 8. Matthias Jacob Schleiden 
3. Schelhammer 9, Nathan Pringsheim (1864-1870) 
4. Schenk 10. Edward Strasburger (1870-1881 ) 
5. Baldinger 11. Ernst Stahl (1881-?) 
6. Batsch 12. O. Renner (1936- ) 


Open daily without charge. Source of income: Appropriations 
by the State through the University. Herbarium: 15, 
mens. Arboretum and fruticetum combined : 2000 species. Plan- 
tations: Arboretum arranged systematically and geographically. 
Herbaceous plants, systematically and ecologically. 


KARLSRUHE 
BoTaANISCHER GARTEN DER TECHNISCHEN HocHSCHULE 
Kaiserstrasse 2, Karlsruhe, Baden 
Directors: 1. Graebener (?-?); L. Klein (?—?); W. Schwartz 

(1936). 

This garden announced by circular dated October, 1910, that it 
would thereafter discontinue the publication of a seed list and 
exchange of seeds, since this activity was cared for by the botanic 
gardens of the three universities of the Grand Duchy of Baden. 
vis., Heidelberg, Freibourg, and Karlsruhe. 


ZA 
KASSEL 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER STADT KASSEL 
Murchardstrasse 19 b, I 
Director: Hermann Schultz (1937). Seed List. 


KIEL 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 
Dusternbrookerweg 17 


Director: G. Tischler (1937). Samenverzeichnis. 


KOLN 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER HANSESTADT KOLN 
Riehl; Am Botanischen Garten 19, Koln am Rhein 


Established: 1892. Area: 4 hectares. 
Directors: P. Esser (1892-7?) ; H. Siep (1936). 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 7-12 a.m., 2-7 p.m. 
Source of income: Annual appropriations from the city. Library: 
- Reference only: About 1000 volumes, about 500 pamphlets. Her- 
barium: 3700 species. Arboretum: More than 300 species. Fru- 
ticetum: More than 800 species. Plantations: Systematic, eco- 
nomic, ecologic. Rose Garden, Economic Garden, a Section for 
Heredity. Species under glass: 350. Herbaceous plants out of 
doors: 2800 species. Publication: Seed List ectures are given 
at the garden to school children. Living mater ial, including flow- 
ers, leaves, buds, wild plants, cultivated phanerogamic plants, 
cryptogamic plants, is furnished regularly to both public and pri- 

vate schools, which depend upon the garden for all of their study 
material. Justruction: Regular courses are offered at the garden 
with the title, Biologischer cursus fiir die Professoren Rheinlands 
und W estfalens. 


KONIGSBERG 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 
Besselstrasse 6/7 
Director: K. Mothes (March 1, 1935- Ne 


Seed List (Auswahal zum Tausch angebotenen Samereien, 
Frtichte, und Sporen. 


214 


KREFELD 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER STADT KREFELD-UERDINGEN AM 
RHEIN 
Gartenamt der Stadt Krefeld, Nordwall Nr. 84 
Director: Noell (1936). 
Plantations: Systematic. Samen Verzeichnis. ee etum: 
Outside the main garden. About 700 species of conifer 
CELEZLG 
BoraANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 


Linnéstrasse 1, Leipzig C I 
Director: W. Ruhland. 


MARBURG 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT MARBURG 


Pilgrimstein 4, Marburg (a.d. Lahn) 


Established: 1810-1815. Area: 5 hectares. 
Directors: 

. Georg Wilhelm Franz Wenderoth (1810-1861) 
Albert Wigand (1861-1886) 

. Karl Immanuel Eberhard Goebel (1880-1891) 
Paul Arthur Meyer (1891-1921) 

Peter Claussen (1922- ) 


Serves as a public park. Open free all day, week-days; fore- 
noons on Sundays. Source of income: The garden is supported 
by the Prussian state together with the University of Marburg. 
Library of 5000 volumes and 7000 pamphlets is combined with 
that of the Botanical Institute. Herbarium: The exact number 

f specimens is not known. Plantations: There is an arboretum 
and fruticetum. The plantations are classified as systematic, geo- 
graphic, economic, ecologic. Number of cultivated species, 65009. 
A small museum is free for the use of docents and students 
Publication: Verzeichnis der abgebarren Samereien. Supplies 
living material for study to local schools on request, but does not 
do so regularly. Affiliation: With the University of Marburg. 
Wenderoth is considered the chief founder of this Garden. There 

s an earlier garden laid out in 1787 by Konrad Monch on the 
Ketzerbach (creek) 


— 


ww 


PANS) 


MERSEBURG 
ALPENGARTEN ZOESCHEN (FORMERLY NATIONAL ARBORETUM ) 


Zoeschen bei Merseburg, Sachsen 


Established: 1896. Area: 1.5 hectares. 
Director: Dr. Georg Dieck (1934). 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Admission on ap- 
plication. Library: Small. H erbarium: Cryptogams, about 2 2500; 
fare eac about 4000. Plantations: Geographic, arboretum, 
fruticetum. Publication: Bog and alpine plants. 1900. Living 
pace supplied to local schools when requested. 


MUNICH (MUNCHEN) 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN 
Karlstrasse 29 (Nymphenburg ) 

Established: 1st, 1809; 2nd, 1909. Area: 18,706 ha. (== 55 Tag- 

werk). 
Directors: 
Franz Paula von Schrank (1812-1832) 
Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martius (1832-1854) 
Interregnum? (1855-1856 
Carl Wilhelm von Nageli (1857-1891) 
Karl Immanuel Eberhard von Goebel (1891-1930) 
Fritz von Wettstein (1931-1934 
Friedrich Carl von Faber (1934— ) 


Note: This Garden was completely Sa 
under the direction of Goebel. Publication: Seed L 
Plantations: I. Horticultural Section ee Tr. Eco- 
logical Groups, including Ecological division, Alpine plants, Heath, 
Moor, Dune, Pond, Fern-ravine with R ododendrons, Plant ge- 
ography of Bayern; III. 
IV. Systematic ; Meee Note: The Munich Garden 1s 
younger than most other German botanic gardens. This, says 
Goebel (Fuhrer durch die Freilandanlagen des Bot. Garten. in 
Munchen. is associated with the fact that it was not until 
the 19th century that Munich became the seat of the Bayerischer 
Akademie der Wissenschaften (1807) and later (1826) of the 
University. From the first the Botanic Garden was an activity 
the Academy of Sciences. The first aia (Koniglicher 
Botanischen Garten) had an area of 5.1 == 15 Tagwerk). 


— 


PON SN oS SS) L 


Bs ieee 


216 


It was laid out by the first director, Prof. Franz Paula von 
Schrank, and was first opened to the public in 1812. It continued 
for about 100 years, but deteriorated owning to the encroachment 

of the Nageli suggested its removal, and this was accom- 
plished a Goebel in 1909-10 (to Nymphenburg suburb). 


MUNDEN (HANNOVERSCH MUNDEN) 

BoTANISCHER GARTEN HANN. MUNDEN 

Werraweg 1, Hann. Munden (Oberweser) 
The designation is “ Hann. Mtinden,” abbreviation for ‘ Han- 
noversch Munden.” Any other, such as “ Hannover-Miinden,” 
is incorrect and should not be used. 
Director: Moritz Busgen (1909) ; E. Jahn (1936). Seed List. 
Affiliation: Institut fur Botanik der Forstlichen Hochschule. 


MUNSTER 
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER WESTFALISCHEN WILHELMS- 
UNIVERSITAT 
Schlossgarten 3 
Directors: Carl Correns (?-1915); W. Benecke (1915-June 30, 
1935) ; Walter Mevius (July 1, 1935—- 


ROSTOCK IM MECKLINBERG 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 
Doberanerstrasse 143 


Director: H. von Guttenberg (1936). Samenverzeichnis. 


SANGERHAUSEN 
RosARIUM DES VEREINS DEUTSCHER ROSENFREUNDE ZU 
S ANGERHAUSEN 


Rosarium, Sangerhausen 
Established: 1903. Area: About 40 acres (40 Morgen). 
Director: E. Gnau (1903- 
erves as a public park. Open daily, 6 a.m. “till evening. 


Admission 30 Pfg. Source of income: Annual appropriations by 
the city, membership dues, admission fees, donations. City ap- 


” 


OE 


propriation: 1932: 6000 M. 1934, nothing. Membership: Un- 
classified, annual dues, 3 M. Library: Reference. 100 volumes. 
Herbarium of wild roses. Plantations: Rosarium (400,000 rose 
bushes and rose trees); 9000 varieties garden roses; 1200 wild 
roses. 


THARANDT (BEI DRESDEN) 
FORSTBOTANISCHER GARTEN 
Cotta-Ban 
Director: Bruno Huber (1936). 


TUBINGEN 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 
Wilhelmstrasse 5 


Director: Prof. Lehmann (1936). Samen Verzeichnis. 


WURZBURG 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 
Klinikstrasse 1 


Director: H. Burgeft (1937). Samenverzeichnis. | 


ZOSCHEN 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN 
Gold Coast (Africa) 

ABURI 
BoTANIC GARDENS 


Devoted to both ornamentals and crop plants. 


Great Britain 


ABERDEEN 
CRUICKSHANK BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 


The Chanonry, Old Aberdeen, Scotland 


Director (Curator): J. R. Matthews (1936). 


218 


BIRMINGHAM 
BoTANICAL GARDENS 


Established: 1829. Administered by the Birmingham Botanical 
and Horticultural Society. (Discontinued ?) 


BRADFORD 
BRADFORD BOTANICAL GARDENS 
Botanical Gardens, Lister Park, Bradford, Yorkshire, England 
Established: 1903. Area: 2 acres. 
Director: Michael Malone (1903— ) 

Serves as a public park; Lister Park, comprising no acres, 1s 
open to the public at all hours, free of char ge. The Botanic Gar. 
den (2 acres) is part of and in Lister Park. Lister Park also has 
a resident Head Gardener. Museum and Picture Gallery are also 
situated inside the Park. Source of income: Bradford City Parks 
Committee. Library: Only a small library. Herbarium: In 
Cartwright Hall, the British Flora. Arboretum and Fruticetum 
Plantations: Systematic, geographic, economic, ecologic. Mu- 
seum; Cartwright Hall in the Park. Oper eae LOsein. to 5 p.m: 
Special lectures are given to school children 


BRISTOL 
Botranic GARDENS OF THE UNIVERSITY 
Directors: O. V. Darbishire (?-1934) ; Macgregor Skene (1936). 


CAMBRIDGE 
University BoTANiIc GARDENS 

Established: 1762 (on present site 1846). Area: 21 acres. An 
additional 17 acres adjoining belongs to the University, and is 
now (1934) let in allotments, which are available for future 
extension. | 

Director: There is a Director, who is also University Lecturer in 
Botany, and a Superintendent, who manages the horticultural 
side of the Garden. 

Curators: Before the institution of a Directorship in 1920, the 
chief official was the Curator, R. T. Lynch, who succeeded Mr. 
Mudd, the first Curator. 


219 


Open free to the public on all weekdays from " a.m. until dusk. 
Plant houses open only during the afternoon. T arden is open 
on Sundays to members of the Senate of the Dae on pay- 
ment of ten shillings a year, and to non-members of the Univer- 
sity on payment of £1 a year. The University reserves its private 
rights in the Garden by closing it to the public one day in the year. 
Plantations: Systematic, arboretum, fruticetum. Publications: In- 
dex seminum ex horto Cantabrigensis Academiae ad mutuam com- 
mutationem propositoriim 

The botanical library, museum, and University Herbarium are 
located in, and form part of, the Botanical Department of the Uni- 
versity ( ‘Botany School) fede: the direction of the Professor of 
Botany. 

lies the great bulk of the material used for teaching (ap- 
proximately 100, 000 specimens per year), and a large proportion 
of that used for research in the Botany Schoo 

Material of all kinds for study is sold to local schools. The 
plant houses consist of eleven houses open to the public. There 
are also four “ pits” and one plant house not open to the public. 
In addition to the plantations mentioned above there are a Rock 
Garden and Bog and Water Gardens. There is a special collection 
of Bamboos. ‘The plants in the entire garden are arranged accord- 
ing to the natural system of De Candolle. 

Affiliations: The Cambridge Botanic Garden belongs to the Uni- 
versity of Cambridge and is a department of the Botany School. 
It is governed for the University by the Botanic Garden Syndicate, 
Cones of (1) the Governors of the Botanic Garden (viz. the 

e-Chancellor of the University, the Masters of Trinity and St. 
lone Colleges, the Provost of King’s College, a ees Pro- 
fessor of Physics, and the Professor of Botany, a officio, an 
(2) six additional syndics, each appointed for feng years, from 
among the resident members of the Senate (i.e. the whole body 
of Masters of Arts and other higher graduates of the University 
having their names on the University Registrar) by Grace (1e. 
resolution of the Senate 

The Botanic Gar teh Syndicate meets once a year, when a report 
is made to the Senate. is published in the University Re- 
porter. There is also an pee Committee which meets at 
least three times a year to discuss the working and management 
of the Garden. : 


CHELSEA (LONDON) 
CHELSEA PHysIc GARDEN 
Royal Hospital Road, Chelsea, London, S.W. 3, England 
Established: 1673. Area: 3% acres. 


we) 


Directors (official title “ Curator ’”’) : 

. Richard Pratt (1677-1680) 

John Watts (1680-1693) 

Samuel Dody (1693-1695) 

Isaac Rand (1720) 

Philip Miller (1722-1770) 
William (7?) Forsyth (1771-1784) 
John Fairbairn (1784-1814) 
William Anderson (1814-1846) 
Robert Fortune (1846-1848 ) 

10. Thomas Moore (1848-1887 ) 

11. William Hales (1899- 

From 1887 to 1899 no one occupied the position of Curator, the 
Garden being conducted by three laborers. Upon the transfer of 
the Garden in 1899, from the Apothecaries Society to the present 
trustees, the London Parochial Charities, the present curator was 
appointed. 


SS ee ee en 


Open daily to students and visitors upon presentation of a ticket 
of admission, to be obtained from the authorities free of charge. 
Source of income: Endowment a ae appropriations by the 
National Government and London University. Library: Refer- 
ence, ee about 400 volumes. Bunion Systematic (Benthan 
& ce r system). The Garden is arral oged SY uaa in 
long eee beds, about 6 ft. wide, and over 200 natural or- 
ders are represented in the open g ere The ee pee 
plants of purely botanical interest for the supply of the various 
types of plant morphology and those of interest historically. 
lication: Seed List. Lectures are given at the Garden, and Be 
material, including flowers, leaves, buds , wild plants, and cultivated 
phanerogams and cryptogams, 1s supplied to the University of 
London, Royal College of Science, and other local ee when 
requested. Affiliations: The Imperial College of Science, South 
Kensington, The University of London, i several Bey tcchpice. 
The laboratory, built in 1902, is chiefly used for research work by 
students of the Imperial College of Boece and the Professor 
of Botany of the college is scientific advisor to the Committee of 
Management. 


DURHAM 
BoTraNIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 
Established: About 1923. 
Director: B. M. Griffiths. 


jye)| 


EDINBURGH 
RoyaL Botanic GARDEN 
Edinburgh, 4, Scot 
Established: 1670. Area: 60 acres, 3 roods, 5 poles. 
Directors (official title, Regius Keeper) : 
James Sutherland (1699-1714) 
William Arthur (1715-1716) 
Charles Alston (1717-1760) 
John Hope (1761-1786) 
Daniel Rutherford (1787-1819) 
Robert Graham (1820-1845) 
John Hutton Balfour (1846-1880) 
. Alexander Dickson (1881-1887) 
. Isaac Bayley Balfour (1888-1922 

10. William Wright Smith (1923- ) 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, from 9 a.m. on week- 
days, and from 11 a.m. on Sundays, until sunset. Plant houses 
are open from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m., or until sunset if this be earlier. 
Source of income: One of three gardens maintained in the state 
by the United Kingdom. (The other two are the Royal Gardens 


— 


and 


CANAW EWN 


Over 60,000 volumes. The leading botanical and horticultural 
periodicals are taken. Herbarium: Contains a fair representation 
of the Floras of the world. Specially rich in Asiatic Floras. 
Plantations: Arboretum, Woodland Garden, Rock Garden, Rho- 
dodendrons, Systematic (Herbaceous garden and_ herbaceous 
border. Bentham and Hooker, Genera Plantarum). Publica- 
tions: Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh—a brief descriptive and 
illustrated account. Map, Key, Plan and Index to the Royal 
3otanic Garden. Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh with Key 


a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Sundays from 1 p.m. until sunset. Lec- 
tures: The Regius Keeper, from time to time, gives lectures which 
are open to the public. Supply material: Specimens for private 
study are supplied, as far as the resources of the Garden will per- 
mit, to visitors and students who make written application to the 
Regius Keeper. Application forms may be obtained at the office 
of the garden. Affiliations: For more than a century and a half 
the offices of Regius Keeper of the Botanic Garden and Professor 


gee 


of Botany in the University of Edinburgh have been held by the 
same person, and it has become the custom that the students of the 
University go to the garden for instruction in botany. Jnstruc- 
tion: Special instruction in the sciences underlying the prague 
of horticulture and forestry is provided for the staff of the garde 
The course of instruction is spread over three years, and cee 
of lectures upon, and practical instruction in, the sciences taught. 
A reading room and library is also provided for members of ‘the 
staff taking this course. 

Notes: In 1670 a small area, St. Ann's yards, south of Holyrood 
House was maintained by two physicians, Andrew Balfour and 
Robert Sibbald, as a Physic Garden. James Southerland was ap- 
pointed to the “ Care of the Garden.’’ This was the foundation 
of the Royal Botanic Garden of Edinburgh, the real ancestor of 
the present Garden, which is (next to Oxford, 1632), the oldest 
in Great Britain. 

“In 1676 the same physicians acquired from the Town Council 
of Edinburgh a lease of the Garden of Trinity Hospital and ad- 
jacent ground for the purpose of a Physic Garden in addition to 
the Garden already existing at Holyrood, and they appointed the 
same James Southerland (16??-1715) to be ‘ Intendant’ of this 
Garden.” This has been referred to as the Town’s Botanic Gar- 
den. Part of the site is now occupied by the Waverly Station of 
the North British Railway. ‘ Physic Garden Street’ is all that 
now remains as a reminder of this Garden. 

“Tn 1699 the King’s Garden, at Holyrood House, also became a 
Physic Garden, so the connection of the Royal Botanic Garden with 
the Crown goes back to this period. These gardens were laid out 
in formal beds devoted to native and foreign plants as well as 
medicinal herbs, arranged systematically. In 1789 both original 
gardens were abandoned and combined i in a new Garden near Hod- 
dington Place, off Leith Walk. e plants were here arranged 
after the then new system of eee 

“Tn 1702 another Botanic Garden was established in Edinburgh 
adjacent to the College grounds, “apparently on the site of the 
present South College Street. This was the College Garden, and 
of it James Southerland also became custodian.”—Anon. The 
Royal Bot. Gdn., Edinburgh, with Key and Plan. Edinburgh, 
June, 1972. 


—_— 


223 


Note: In 1761 John Hope became King’s Botanist at Holyrood 
and subsequently Professor of Botany and Materia Medica at the 
University. He soon secured the separation of this chair into 
two and, as Professor of Medicine and Botany, he initiated (1776) 
the movement for a new Botanic Garden on the outskirts of the 
City west of Leith Walk, combining the collections at Holyrood 
and the Town Gardens, and obtained from the Crown a per- 
manent endowment for the new Garden. Under J. H. Balfour 
the Garden was transferred to the better site which it now 
occupies. 

By 1823 the growth of the collection necessitated a larger site 
and the Garden was removed to Broompark or Quacaplesink of 
14 acres, part of Innerleith property. Adjacent areas were added 
in 1865 and 1876. The Arboretum was initiated about 1881. 


GLASGOW 
CorPORATION OF GLAsGoWw BoTANIC GARDENS 
Established: 1818. (Royal Charter 1817; opened to the public 
1819. They became public property in 1891). 
Directors: 
William Joseph Hooker (1820-1841) 
John Hutton Balfour (1841-1845) 
Walker-Arnott (1845-1868) 
Alexander Dickson (1868-1879) 
Isaac Bayley Balfour (1879-1884) 
Frederick Orpen Bower (1885-1924) 
James Montagu Frank Drummond (1925-Sept. 30, 1930) 
John Walton (1930-— ) 


ui + WwW lo 


Ec. 


HOLBORN 
(Now part of London) 

The “ botanic garden ” of John Gerard, author of ** The herbal, 
or generall historie of plantes. Gathered by John Gerarde, of 
London.” Ist ed. 1597. (See South Lambeth. ) 

Established near the close of the 16th century. 


Publication: Catalogus arborum, fruticum ac plantarum tam 
indigenarum, quam exoticarum, in horto Johannis Gerardi . . 


224 


nascentium. London, Hatfield. 1599. 22 p. This is stated to 
ye the earliest known ‘catalog of any one garden, 


1 HH Ee 


The Gardeners’ Chronicle for May 12, 1877 (p. 596) states as 
follows : 

“The town of Hull was one of the first to establish a public 
garden for the instruction and recreation of its inhabitants, and 
the Hull Botanic Garden has long enjoyed a well earned reputa- 
tion. . Curator, J. C. Niren, during many years.” Area: 6 
acres. The site became unfavorable owning to the growth of the 
City (“smoky atmosphere,” etc.), and “ the proprietors ”’ decided 
to discontinue the Garden. In 1877 they purchased a new site. 
“The capital of the new company is proposed to be £30,000 in 
3000 £10 shares.” Besides recreational and horticultural features. 
“a goodly extent of ground is to be devoted to botanical purposes. 
A collection of hardy plants, arranged in their natural orders, is 
intended to be introduced.” A lecture hall, museum, and botanical 
library were part of the plan. We have been unable to obtain 
later information. 


KEW 
Royat Botanic GARDENS 

Kew, Surrey, England 
Established: 1841. Area: 288 acres. 
Directors: 
. Sir W. J. Hooker (1841-1865) 
2. Sir J. D. Hooker (1865-1885) 
Sir W. T. Thiselton-Dyer (1886-1905) 
ot Col. Sine Dy Prain (1905-1022) 
. sir A. W. Hill (1922- 


— 


in fw 


Serves as a public park, open every day in the year, except 
10 t 


Christmas Day. ours: to sunset, or 8 p.m. lant Bes 
open from 1 to 5 p.m.; also mornings ‘on Students’ Days (Tue 
days & Ses Cite for admission 1 d. (6 d. Srident 


Ss). of imcome: Government. Librar y- Reference, 
about 44,000 vo recy Current periodicals regularly received, ap- 
proximately 700. Herbarium: About 4,000, O00 specimens. Ar- 


225 


boreium & fruticetum, together : 7000 species and varieties. Plan- 

tations arranged systematically. Species and varieties under glass: 
Herbaceous plants out of doors: 8000. 

Publications: 

Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information (Generally known as the 
“Kew Bulletin”). Ten numbers issued per year. To be ob- 
tained from His Majesty’s Stationery Office, or from the Curator 
of the Gardens. The price of the annual volume at the present 
time (1934) is about 15 shillings, plus postage. 

The Botanical Magazine. Quarterly. Edited by the Director. 
Price 17/6 per part net; annual subscription 63/— net. Consists 
of hand-colored figures and descriptions of plants raised and 
flowered in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and other botanical 
establishments and private gardens. Published by Bernard Qua- 
ritch, Ltd. 11, Grafton St., New Bond Street, London, W. 1. 

Hooker's Icones Plantarum: Contains figures with descriptions 
of new or rare plants, of which specimens are contained in the 
herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Edited by the 
Director for the Bentham-Moxon trustees. Each volume contains 
100 plates. Issued in four parts. Price, 10s per part. Pub- 
lished by Dulau & Co. 32 Old Bond Street, London, W. 1. 

Official Guides to the Gardens and to the Museums of Economic 
Botany and North Gallery; Catalogue of Portraits of Botanists ; 
Hand lists of the various classes of plants cultivated at Kew, 
pictorial postcards, obtainable from Kew or from His Majesty’s 
Stationery Office. 

Flora Capensis. Flora of Tropical Africa. Flora of British 
India. Index Kewensis Plantarum Phanerogamarum. Flora of 
West Tropical Africa. 

Museum: The four museums of Economic Botany and the 
North Gallery (paintings of plants by Miss Marianne North) are 
open free daily (except on Christmas Day) from 1etOro) Pp. Ob 
dusk. Lectures: No public lectures are given to school children 
or to the public, and living material for study is not supplied to 
schools. Museum duplicates of economic plant products are dis- 
tributed free to schools. Instruction is confined to the courses for 
the training of young gardeners, including systematic botany, geo- 
graphical botany, economic botany, and plant pathology. Research 
Students (other than staff) : About 200 a year. 


226 


LIVERPOOL 
LivERPOOL Borantc GARDENS 
Edgelane 
Established: On present site, 1836. Previously on another site. 
Under Liverpool Parks and Gardens Committee. 


LLANDUDNO 
LLANDUDNO PuBLIc GARDENS 
Town Hall, Llandudno, Caernarvonshire, North Wales 
Established: 1910. Area: Approximately 350 acres. 
Governors: Chairman and Pleasure Grounds Committee. 
Superintendents: 

1. Axtel (1910-1920) 

2. Humphreys (1920-1925) 

3. Robertson (1925-1934) 

4, William Beresford Pritchard (1934— ) 

Source of income: Local rates. Publications: Hand Book of 
Pie grown. 

LONDON 
RoyaL Botanic Socrety’s GARDENS (Discontinued ) 
Established: 1838. The Society was granted a Royal Charter in 

1839 and took over the site of the gardens the previous year. 
Area.. Nearly 20 acres. 

Note: This Garden ceased to exist when the lease of the Gar- 
dens in Regent’s Park expired, in April, 1932. Before this the 
following information was supplied; it now has historic interest. 
Directors: Managed by a Council of Fellows of the Royal Botanic 

Society of London. The President of the Society (1932) was 

The Right Hon. The Viscount Lascelles, K.G., D.S.O. 


en every week-day to fellows and orders, from 9 a.m. until 


Tennis, and various ae sources. ie yy Ree 2000 
volumes. Over 2000 pamphlets. Current periodicals received : 
30. Devoted largely to economic botany, including agriculture 


227 


and horticulture. No regular herbarium. Plantations: Arbore- 
rbaceous plants arranged in nat- 
ural orders in students’ garden; elsewhere arranged for ornament. 


Pp 
cies under glass: Varied collection. Publications: Masterly Sum- 
mary, succeeding the Botanical Journal of the Royal Botanic So- 
red 1 


ciety. Issued quarterly; 0 in exchange; subscription, 1 shil- 
ling. Discontinued. Musewm: Open free to all visitors to the 
gardens from 9 a.m. t Contained important collection of 


wide. Total area under glass was about 33,000 square feet. 
is said (Nature 110. 185-187. Aug. 5, 1922) to be “the first 
large iron house built in England, the palm-house at Kew being 
constructed later.” 

‘ OXFORD 

Oxrorb UNIVERSITY BoTANIC GARDEN 

Department of Botany, Oxford University, Oxford, England 

Established: 1621 (By the Earl of Danby). Area: 5 acres. 
Directors (Professors) : Custodians: 

(John Tradescant, Jr.,  ap- 
pointed, but never took office 
on account of his death in 
1637 or 1638) 

1. Robert Morison (1669- Jacob Bobart, Sr. (1632-1679) : 
1683) 

2. Jacob Bobart, Jr. (1683- Tilleman Bobart ? 
1719) 


3. Edward Sandys (1720- 
1724) 
4. Gilbert Trowe (1724-1734) 


228 


oar 


. John Jacob Dill (Dillen, G. D. Ehret (1750- ) 
Dillenius) (1734-1747) 

. Humphrey Sibthorp (1747— James Benwell (Gardener) (?) 
1784) 

. John Sibthorp (1784-1795) - 

George Williams (1796- J. Foreman ( ?-1812) 
1834) 

Charles Giles Bridle Dan- William Baxter (1813-1851) 
berry (1834-1867) 


ON 


CON 


so 


10. Marmaduke Alexander 
Lawson (1868-1883) 

11. Isaac Bayley Balfour William H. Baxter (1851-1887) 
(1884-1888 ) 

12. Sidney Howard Vines 
(1888-1919) 

13. Frederick Keeble (1920- W. G. Baker (1888- ) 
1926) 

I4. Arthur George  Tansley 
(1927- ) 


Publication: Seed List (One of the first—circa 1685). Open 
to the public daily without charge. The first greenhouse in Eng- 
land was erected in this garden in 1734. The tercentennary was 
celebrated June 23, 1923, 


READING 
AGRICULTURAL BoTANIC BARDEN oF READING UNIVERSITY 
The University, Reading, England 
Established: 1918. Arca: 2 acres. 
Directors: 

1. John Percival (1918-1932), who established the Garden 

2. William B. Brierley (1932- ) 

Most of the Garden “is laid out in small plots separated by 
grass paths, the remainder being covered by two bird-proof cages, 
each of approximately 950 sq. yards in extent. 

“The plots contain the chief forage plants and root crops of 
Western Europe, together with their wild prototypes. There are 
also plots of some of the commoner medicinal, dye, and oil plants 
which can be grown on farms in the British Isles. . 


229 


“Tn the cages, about two thousand varieties of Wheat; all the 
species of Aegilops; and numerous varieties of Barleys and Oats 
are grown annually. 

“The varieties of Wheat represent all the races and species of 
Wheat; these, and the Aegilops species were collected by Pro- 
fessor Percival from all parts of the world. 

“The garden is of interest to agriculturists, and is invaluable 
for supplying material for classes in Agricultural Botany. It also 
enables students to study the agricultural plants in various stages 
of growth. 

“There is a laboratory in the Garden which houses the collec- 
tion of dried specimens of the cereals, and affords opportunity for 
research on the plants growing in the garden. 

“An herbarium of the varieties of Wheat, and species of 
Aegilops is kept in the Agricultural Botany Department of the 


” 


— 


University. 


SOUTH LAMBETH (LONDON) 

Established, 1629, by John Tradescant, Senior, as a “ Physic 
Garden,” in South Lambeth, London, nearly opposite “ Spring 
Lane” on the east side of the South Lambeth road between Stock- 
well and Vauxhall. Lysons (Environs of London, 1: 330) cred- 
its this Garden as “ one of the first established in this Kingdom.” 
Sir William Watson (Philosophical Transactions of the Royal 
Society 46: 160) states that Tradescant’s Garden is, except that 
of John Gerard, author of the “ Herbal,” probably the first bo- 
tanical garden in England. Watson listed a few of the plants 
still surviving in 1749. (See Holborn.) 


UPTON 
Hortus UPToONENSIS 
Established: 1762. Area: About 5 acres. 

Note: This garden was established by John Fothergill, a noted 
physician in London from 1740 until his death in 1780. It was 
considered at the time as one of the most important in England. 
The ‘“ Green-House ” contained ‘“ upwards of 3400 distinct species 
of exotics” (Lettsom, Memoirs of Fothergill, p. 39). In the 


230 

open “about 3000 distinct species of plants and shrubs.’ In co- 
operation with others Fothergill sent a collector to Africa, and 
secured plants “ from all parts of the world.” Many American 
trees he secured from the nursery of one Gray, who, with Peter 
Collinson, Mark Catesby, and other collectors, had the first nursery 
in England that specialized in North American trees and other 
plants. 

Hortus Uptonensis was gradually abandoned after the death of 
Fothergill. 

WISLEY 
RoyAL HorticuLTURAL Society's GARDENS 
Wisley, Ripley, Surrey, England 

Established: 1904. Area: 60 acres. 
Directors: 

1. S. T. Wright (1904-1914) 

2. Frederick William Keeble (1914-1919) 

ay oe James Chittenden (1919-1931) 

4. R. L. Harrow (1932- ) 

Open daily from sunrise to sunset, to fellows only, of the Royal 


Horticultural Society. Sources of income: Membership dues; pri- 
vate subscriptions. Library: Reference on About 6000 vol- 


umes, including private library of Lindley. Arboretum and fru- 
ticetum., Publications: Transactions (1805- 1848) ; Journal, quar- 
terly (1848- e to fellows; Schedule of Year's Arrange- 


ee issued the ee ae in Janu uary of each year; Report of 

the Council; Various Horticultural Pamphlets; Seed List. Thirty 

free eae are given at the Garden each year. Courses of in- 

struction are given daily at the Garden by members of its sta 

a By ole this Garden was transferred from Chiswick to Wis- 
. Wright was the last Sup’t. at Chiswick. 


— 


YORK 
Tue Museum Botanic GARDEN 
The Yorkshire Museum, York, England 
Established: 1840. «trea: 13 acres. 
Director: The Keeper of the Museum. 


Museum and Garden open daily, 9 a.m.—5 p.m. Admission, one 
shilling. Local schools free. Source of income: Yorkshire Philo- 


23 


sophical Society. Library: 1000 volumes. Herbarium: approx- 
imately 20,000. Plantations not classified. Publication: Catalog 
of British Plants in the Herbarium. Occasional lectures are given 
to school children. 
Greece 
ATHENS (MODERN) (1) 

BotANICc GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 
(BoTANIKON ERGASTHRION TOU ETHNIKOU PANEPISTHMIOU ) 
104 Solon Street 

Established: 1835. Area: 5 acres. 
Directors: 

1. C. Fraas (1835-1848 ) 4. S. Miliarakis (1893-1917) 

2. M. Orphanides (1849-1882) 5. Jean Politis (1918- ) 

3. Th. Aphentoulis (1883-1892) 

Source of income: Budget of the University. Library: The 
common library of the Department of Botany, Botanic (Galan 
and Museum, 6000 volumes. Herbarium: “ Contains all native 
plants of Greece and many others.” Plantations: Systematic. Mu- 
seum: Open free daily, 10-12 a.m.; 4-7 p.m. Lectures to school 
children are given occasionaly, but no material is supplied to 
schools. Note: Theodore Heldreich was curator (Ephoros) of 
the Garden fae 1851 to 1902 


ATHENS (ANCIENT) (2) 

Tue Botanic GARDEN OF ARISTOTLE AND THEOPHRASTUS 
Established: About 340 B.C. 

It is stated by several historians of general science and of botany, 
both ancient and modern, that Aristotle’s garden, where he taught 
at Athens, was bequeathed by him to his pupil, Theophrastus. A 
careful study of the wills of both Aristotle and Theophrastus fails 
to confirm this. 

In the Life of Theophrastus (Diogenes Laeértius V. Bohn Ed. 
London, 1853. pp. 195-196) it is stated as follows: “It is said, 
too, that he [Theophrastus] had a garden of his own after the 
death of Aristotle, by the assistance of Demetrius Phalerius, who 
was an intimate friend of his.” This has been interpreted (with 
other evidence?) that this garden was bequeathed to Theophrastus 
by Aristotle, but Aristotle’s will (Diogenes Laértius, V. pp. 185- 


232 


186 Bohn Ed.) makes no mention of Theophrastus except to name 
him as one of five “ guardians of my children and of Herpyllis, 
and the trustees of all the property I leave behind me.’ The will 
appears to provide that, if Nicanor shall marry Aristotle’s daugh- 
ter the trustees shall turn the property over to him. “ But if 
anything should happen to Nicanor, which may God forbid, either 
before he receives my daughter in marriage, or after he has mar- 
ried her, or before he has any children by her, then any arrange- 
ments which he may make by will shall stand. But, if The- 
ophrastus, in this case, should choose to take my daughter in mar- 
riage, then he is to stand in exactly the same position as Nicanor.” 
Laertius does not say whether or not Theophrastus married the 
daughter of Aristotle and thereby acquired any of Aristotle’s 
property. 

Theophrastus mentions his garden several times in his will and 
leaves it to such of his friends as “ choose to hold a school ”’ in it. 
The Greek text (and Latin translation in parallel columns) of the 
wills of Aristotle and of Theophrastus may be found in Scriptorum 
Graecorum Bibliotheca. Paris. 1862. 

Haiti 
DAMIEN 
(Near Port-au-Prince) 

Bureau de Botanique, Service National de la Production Agricole 
et de l’Enseignement Rural, Port-au-Prince, Haiti 
Director: Frederic Kebreau, Chief, Division of Botany and Plant 

Pathology. 

Note: Under date of March 6, 1937, we were informed as fol- 
lows: “ It is our plan to organize a small botanic garden at Damien, 
near Port-au-Prince. We are just assembling inbormation and 
making plans, but the botanic garden is not yet established.’ 


Hong Kong 
HONG KONG 
Hone Kone Botanic GARDENS 


Superintendent, Botanical & Forestry Department, 1 Peak Road, 
Hong Kong, China 


ays) 


Date opened: June 8, 1864. Area: 9 acres, extended by 8.2 acres 
in 1871. 


Directors: 
1. T. G. Donaldson (1861) ae Green (1920) 
2. Charles Ford (1871) . G. B. Twemlow, Acting Su- 
Sees le Winn Gl903)) ee 1934 


4. W. J. Tutcher (1910) 

Serves as a public park. Admission free, at all hours of the 
day. Source of income: Practically nil as of 1934. The garden 
is supported by governmental appropriations. Library: Approx- 
imately 2000 volumes. Herbarium: Approximately 40,000 speci- 
mens. Publication: Annual Report of the Botanical & Forestry 
Department. 


Hungary 
PA om 


Hortus Boranicus UNIVERSITATIS BUDAPESTINENSIS 
Romanelli utca 25, Budapest VIII 


Established: 1771. Area: 4 ha 
Directors: 
1. J. Winterl (1771-1810) 6. J. Gerenday (1849-1862) 
2. P. Kitaibel (1810-1816) 7. F. Linzbauer (1862-1866) 
3. J. Schuster (1816-1817) 8. L. Juranyi (1866-1897) 
4. C. Haberle (1817-1834) 9. A. Magocsy-Dietz (1897-1928) 
5. J. Sadler (1834-1849) 10. J. von Tuzson (1928— ) 


Serves as a Ae ae ; open w eek- days 8 a.m. to : p-m.; Sun- 
days 8 a.m. to 12 noon. Admission 10 fillers. Source of income: 
Donation from he. See Library: 6353 volumes. eine 
300,000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, geographic, eco- 
nomic, ecologic. A small Arboretum and Fruticetum. Publica- 
tion: Index Horti botanici Universitatis Budapestinensis. Mu- 
seum: Hours are: 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. week-days, and from 3 to 6 p.m. 
on Sundays. Admission by permit of the Director. Lectures for 
school children are given. Supplies living material for study pur- 
poses to local schools. Affiliations: With: the Institute for system- 
atic Botany and Phytogeography of the Péter Pazmany Univer- 
sity of Budapest. 


234 


DEBRECEN 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF STEFAN TiszA UNIVERSITY 
Director: Soo de Bere. 
Note: In 1935-1936 the new Botanic Garden was opened, in 
cluding a systematic-morphologic section, Alpine Garden, Garden- 
laboratory, and greenhouses. 


SOPRON 
BoTANic GARDEN OF THE Forestry DIVISION OF THE PALATIN 
JOSEPH UNIVERSITY 


oy ALA AB) 
BoTaNic GARDEN OF THE HUNGARIAN FRANZ JOSEPH 
UNIVERSITY 
(Egyetemi Ftveszkert ) 
Baross-utea 2, sz. I, Egyetemi Novénytani 
Ungarn (Hungary ) 


Director: 1. Gyorffy. Index Seminum. 


India 


BARODA 
LAXMI VILAS PALACE GARDEN AND MAKASPURA GARDEN 
Established: 1885. Area: 1200 acres. 
Directors (official title, Superintendent, State Gardens) : 
1. G. H. Krumbiegel (1885?) 3. T. R. Kathavala (1911?) 
2. B. F. Cavanagh (?) 
Serves as a public park. Open free to the public Sgt 5 am.— 
Source of income: State pose taaeed and the sale of 
plants and seeds. Library: Small. Arboretum and fruticetum 


reported as containing “lots of trees and She Plantations: 
Systematic. Seed List. Aluseum: o yen free daily, except “half 
Sunday.” Loan collections for school use: Herbarium specimens, 


dried seeds, microscopic slides, economic plant products, and photo- 

raphs. Living material for study, including wild plants, is sup- 
lied to both public and private chee which depend upon the 
garden for all of their study material. Affiliations: Baroda Col- 
lege, High School, Girls School, Branch School, Male Training 
College, private schools. 


235 


BASSEIN (NEAR BOMBAY) (Discontinued) 
BoTANICAL AND AGRICULTURAL STATION, BASSEIN 
Established: 1906. Area: 90 acres. 
Directors: 1. G. S. Gammic (1906-1908); 2. William Burns 

(1908-1912) 

Source of income: Annual appropriations by the national gov- 
ernment, and sale of publications, plants, and seeds. Library: 
Reference only. Plantations: Systematic, economic, arboretum, 
fruticetum. Publication: Annual Report. Note: This garden 
was given up on April 1, 1912, and only a few men retained to keep 
the place in order until its future was definitely settled. 


BENGALORE 
GOVERNMENT BoTANIc GARDENS 
Lah-Bagh, Bengalore, India. Seed List. 


BOMBAY 


VictTorRtA BoTANIC GARDENS 


CALCUTTA 
RovaL BoTANIc GARDEN, CALCUTTA 
Sibpur, near Calcutta, British India 
Established: 1787. Area: 273 acres. 
Directors: (Superintendents ) 
Lt. Col. Robert Kyd, Founder (1787-1793) 
. William Roxburgh (1794-1814) 
Francis Buchanon (afterwards Sir Buchanon Hamilton) 
(1814-16) 
. Nathaniel Wallich (1817-1846) 
William Griffith (Offg.) (1846-1848) 
McClelland (Offg.) (1848- ) 
Hugh Falconer (1848-1855) 
Thomas Thomson (1855-1861) 
Thomas Anderson (1861-1868) 
10. C. B. Clarke (1869-1871) 
11. Sir George King (1871-1897) 


ww Noo 


CONAME 


236 


12. Sir David Prain (1897-1905) 

13. Col. A. T. Gage (1906-1923) 

14. C. Calder (1923- ) 

Source of income: Total amount of the budget for the garden 
(1934) is: Rs 1,31,531/-, Botanical Survey of Indian—Rs 41,- 
900/— and Cinchona Cultivation iene Sere of Ben Aa ie 
3,84,000/— Cinchona Cuavanon (Gov ernment of India)—Rs _1,- 
38 ees —total Rs 6,95,531/ 

Library: There is an up- -to- nae library a the awe a 
of fade in the Indian Museum. The Curator, Indus Sec- 
tion, who mainly deals with applied ene is also a bravia 
of the Botanical Survey of India. 

A library is also maintained by the Royal Botanic Garden, con- 
sisting of 25,000 volumes and numerous pamphlets, which is 
chiefly meant for reference work and books are sent on loan to 
recognized botanists throughout India. The Curator of the Her- 
barium, Mr. K. Biswas, M.A., presently serving Soe is also 
the : Librarian of the Royal Botanic Garder 6h; ‘alcutt 

The Herbarium was started, since the foundation of this Gar- 
den, by Dr. William Roxburgh, the “ Father of Indian Botany,” 
who was appointed the first official Super niece of the then 
East India Company’s Garden, at present known as the Royal 
Botanic Garden, Calcutta, in 1793. The present damp-roof and 
fire-proof structure was erected by the late Sir George King in 
1883, It is arranged in scientific order and contains a complete 
collection of dried tana of the plants of the Indian Empire 
as also a fair collection of those oo Asia outside India, and of 
Europe and Australia. vy he plants of Africa and America are far 
less perfectly represented. To the systematic botanist this well 
known herbarium is one of the best of its kind in Asia. Approxi- 
ae number of specimens is about 2,500,000. Present curator, 

r. K. Biswas, M.A., has charge of the scientific part of the work 
and botanical exploration i in different parts of the country. Loan- 
ing of specimens and exchange of herbarium materials are sys- 
tematically carried on with botanists of different institutions all 
over the world. 

Plantations: Geographical, lbecpiet fairly good a oe 
of the tropical plants of the world. The total number of tree 
and shrubs is about 1500. There is a large number of her- 
baceous specimens and grasses which are not counted. There are 
several ferneries, orchid houses and plant houses where valuable 
exotic palms, orchids and ferns are systematically cultivated. 
There is also a large nursery in which ue ticultural experiments 
are carried on in a limited manner egular supply of plants 
and seeds is made to local people Paes in horticultural gar- 


237 


dening. Considerable exchange relations are carried on with the 
different gardens of the world. Mr. W. Mitra, N.D.H., F.R.H.S., 
lal ., is the Curator of the Garden, who is in charge 
of the gardening operation and labor force numbering about 200. 
Publications: Scientific publications of the Royal Botanic Gar- 
den, Calcutta, as also of the Botanical Survey of India are: 1. The 
Annals of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta, consisting of mono- 
graphs of families and genera; 2. Shorter accounts of the botany 
of the different areas of India are published in the Records of the 
Botanical Survey of India; 3. The Annual Reports of the Royal 
Botanic Garden, Calcutta, Cinchona Cultivation in Bengal, and 
Botanical Survey of India are regularly published at the end of 
each year. 
here is no arrangement for public lectures but instructions in 
arboriculture are given free of charge by the members o 
staff to the officers of the Municipalities and Public Works and 
other Departments. 
ote: The Administrative Head of this Garden is the Govern- 
ment of Bengal, Agriculture & Industries Department. The Of- 
ficer-in-charge of this Garden is the Superintendent, Royal Bo- 


tions of the Indian Empire are carried on by his staff. 

The Industrial Section of the Indian Museum is also under the 
Government of India and its control is under the Director, Botani- 
cal Survey of India. The superior staff consists of the Industrial 
Section of the Indian Museum and an Assistant for systematic 
botanical work. The present Curator, Industrial Section, is Mr 
S. W. Bal. The Industrial Section of the Indian Museum is 
mainly the Museum of economic and applied botanical specimens. 

Kyd advocated “establishing a botanical garden, not for the 
purpose of collecting rare plants (although they also have their 
uses) as things of mere curiosity or furnishing articles for the 
gratification of luxury, but for establishing a stock for disseminat- 
ing such articles as may prove beneficial to the inhabitants as we 
as to the natives of Great Britain, and which ultimately may tend 
to the extension of the national commerce and riches ”—an empha- 
sis similar to that made by Sir Joseph Banks for Kew. 


— 


238 


DARJEELING 
Liroyp Boranic GARDEN 
c/o Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta 


This Garden is at Darjeeling, Sikkim Himalayas. See Note at 
end of ree 

Are acres. Plantations contain a collection of Eastern 
rE neaeer plants. Attempts are also made to grow temperate 
and alpine species. Herbarium: Rich in Sikkim plants. Library: 
About 25,000 volumes and many pamphlets. This is claimed to 
ve the “ oldest and best” botanical library in India. Strictly ref- 
erence, except that books are loaned to other libraries and “ recog- 
nized botanists” in India. 


KIRKEE 
GANESH KHIND BoTANICAL GARDEN 

Narkee (INirki, Khadki), Poona District, Bombay, British India 

Established (Re-established) : 1904. Area: 80 acres. 
Directors: G. A, Gammie (1904-1908) ; William Burns (1908-?), 
Serves as a public park. Open free daily, from sunrise to sun- 
set. Source of income: Annual appropriations by the national 
government ; sale of eae plants, seeds, flowers, bouquets, 
Hy Reference, small. Plantations: Sys- 
tematic, ns eetee Publication: Annual Report. 
Living material, including wild plants, is supplied to schools for 
study. Affiliations: The garden is attached to the Agricultural 
College, Poona, which is affiliated with the University of Bombay. 


OOTACAMUND (NILGIRIS) 
GOVERNMENT Botanic GARDENS AND Parks 
Director (Curator): F. H. Butcher (?-1936). 


POONA 
Empress BorantcAL GARDENS 
Poona, Bombay, British India 
‘Area: 60.37 acres. Serves as a public park. Open free daily, 
from sunrise to sunset. agi a hae Annual grants by the 


national government, and the s f flowers, fruits, plants, seeds. 
etc. Plantations: Not (on cee into sections, but a small 


239 


area (5.7 acres) is specially devoted to plants of botanical interest. 
Publication: Annual Report. Educational Work: Demonstrations 
in budding, grafting, and other garden operations are given to stu- 
dents of the local government station college, and schools, and to 
civilians and private cultivators. Study material is supplied, when 
requested, to schools and colleges for botanical study. Affiliation: 
Government Agricultural College; Agri-Horticultural Society of 
Western India. . 


SAHARANPUR (SEHARUNPUR; SHAHJAHANPUR) 
GOVERNMENT BoTANIC GARDENS 


Saharanpur, United Provinces, India 


Established: 1779. Area: 168 acres. 
Directors: 
Under Pre-British Government (1779-1817) 
Govan (1817-1823) 
Boyle (1823-1831) 
Hugh Falconer (1831-1842 ) 
Jameson (1842-1876) 
G. F. Luthrie (1876-1887 ) 
M. W. Gollan (1887-1904 ) 

8. H. M. Leake (1904-1906 ) 

9) A.C. Hartless (1906—°) 

Serves as a public park. Open free daily, from sunrise to 
sunset. Source of income: Annual appropriations by the national 

Library: Reference. About 500 volumes and 250 

Herbarium: Of garden plants only. About 1000 
Plantations: Economic, arboretum, fruticetum. Pub- 
Annual Report. Established, 1841. Bulletins (occa- 
sional). Note: The gardens were formerly entirely botanical, 
subsequently chiefly commercial, and now partly scientific and 
partly commercial . ig a branch garden at Dehra Dun. 
Affiliated with School of Horticulture. 


ry 


wR ON 


Nes 


= 


specimens. 
lications: 


Indochina (See Cochinchina) 


Italy 
BOLOGNA 
R. Isriruro ED Orto BoTANIco DELL’ UntverstrA pit BOLOGNA 
Via Irnerio 42, Bologna 


240 


Established: 1534. Area: 1 ha 
Directors: 

Ulisse Aldrovandi (1567-1605) 

Gio. Corn. Unterwerio (1605-1620) 
Bartolomeo Ambrosini (1620-1657) 
Giacinio Ambrosini (1657-1665) 
Gio. Battista Capponi (1665-1676) 
Lelio Trionfetti (1686-1722) 
Giuseppe Monti (1722-1760) 
Gaetano Monti (1760-1792) 

Luigi Rodati (1792-1802) 

Filippo Re (1802) (Quickly resigned ) 
. Giosué Scannagatta (1803-1815) 

- Antonio Santagata (Acting) (1816) 
. Antonio Bertoloni (1817-1869) 

. Giuseppe Bertoloni (1869-1878) 

. Giuseppe Gibelli_ (1879-1883) 

. Federico Delpino (1884-1893) 

7. Oreste Mattirolo (1894-1897) 

. F. Morini (1897-1927) 

. V. Peglione (1927-1929) 

. L. Buscalioni (1929-1936) 

21. E. Chiovenda (1937- 

Open to the public daily. Source of income: oye see ap- 
propriations. Librar - 3000 volumes. Tzwo Herbariums: Her- 
barium A. Bertoloni, and Herbarium Caldesi. ete Sys- 
tematic according to the Engler System. Arboretum. Publica- 
tion: “ Malpighia.” Museum: Open free daily. Study collections 


NOR RR ee 
CO MNAKNEWNE DOMNAUAWNE 


are loaned to schools. The Garden also supplies living material 
for study to schools. Note: Luca Ghini, the ereat teacher of bot- 
any, lectured on simples at Bologna from 1534 t 1544, but, as 


Meyer states (4: 257), “ without the help of a ee 


CAGLIARI 
Orto BoTanico pr CAGLIARI 
Viale Fra’ Ignazio da Laconi, N. 11, Cagliari, Sardinia, Italy 
Established: First established in 1765, then completely ae 
Giovanni Meloni-Baille, professor of natural history at the Uni- 
versity, agitated for its reestablishment in 1851, and his successor 
again in 1858, but it was not actu ally reestablished until 1864. 


— 


241 


Directors: 
Patrizio Gennari (1866-1892) 
Domenico Lovisato (acting) (1893-1898) 
Fridiano Cavara (1899-1900) 
Saverio Belli (1901-1908) 
Ermanno Giglio-Tos (acting) (1909) 
Flaminio Tassi (acting) (1910) 
Leopoldo Nicotra (1911-1914) 
Giuseppe Falqui (acting) (1915-1920 e 1922-1924) 
Giuseppe Gola (1921) 

10. Giovanni Negri (1925) 

11. Giuliana Mameli-Calvino (1926-1929) 

12. Renato Pampanini (1930- ) 
Affiliation: Istituto Botanico della R. Universita. 


NS) aIC 2S | AON IOAN a it tN ae 


CAMERINO 
Orto BoTANICcoO DELL’ UNIVERSITA 


Established: 1825. Area: About 6000 square meters. 
Directors: 

1. Vincenzo Ottaviani (1826-1841 ) 

2. Mariano Gajoni (1841-1850) 

3. Agostino Reali (1850-1882) 

4. Ranieri Reali (1882-1884) 

5. ? (1884-1895) 

6. Augusto Napoleone Berlese (1895-?) 

7. G. Teodoro (1935) 

Note: At the beginning of the 19th century a simple mountaineer 
collected the plants necessary for the botanical classes at the Uni- 
versity. In the reign of Leone II there was instituted the real 
botanic garden about 1825. Agostino Reali reorganized the garden 
and erected the greenhouses. Delectus Seminum. 


CATANIA 
Orto BoTANIco UNIVERSITARIO 
Via Etnea 397, Catania (Sicily) 
Established: 1847. 
Directors: Francesco Tornabene (1847-1892); Pasquale Bac- 
carini (1892—?); R. Savelli (1936). 


242 


FERRARA 
Istituto Orto Boranico DELL’ UNIVERSITA 
Via del Paradiso, Ferrara 

Established: 1771. 
Directors: 
. Giuseppe Parolini (1771-1794) 
Francésco Maria Giacomini (1795-1801) 
Giacomo Andreasi (1802-1803) 
- Antonio Campana (1803-1832) 
. University closed (1803-1815) 
. Garden attached to Lyceum 
. Francesco Jachelli (1832-1862) 
Domenico Jachelli (1862-1878) 
Caro Massalongo (1878-1918) 

10. Augusto Begninot (1918-1920) 

11. Emilio Carazzoni (1920-1922) 

12, Eugenio Baroni (1922-1930) 

13. Roberto Savelli (1930-1931) 

14. Luigi Buscaglioni 

PS, Cano Danpetlett (AS lel282) 

16. Felici Giselli (1932— ) 

Source of income: Governmental appropriations. Li ibrary: 
About 1200 volumes. Herbariwn: About 5000 specimens (speci- 
ally the flora of Ferrara). Plantations: Systematic. 


— 


mR wh 


OND 


FLORENCE (FIRENZE) (1) 
Orto &E Musto Boranico 
(R. Instituto pr Strupt SupError) 
Via Lamarmora 4, Firenze 
Established: About 1550. 

Note: Cosmo I entrusted the foundation of this Garden to Luca 
Ghini, who was also the first director of the Garden at Pisa (1547 
cir.-1554). No official documents appear to be known which give 
the exact date of the founding of the Florence Garden. It is 
known to have been in existence in 1557, having been planted as 
a garden of simples in the vicinity of San Marco. After a period 
of neglect it was flourishing again in 1718, under the care of the 
Botanical Society of Florence. In 1737 a portion of the Boboli 


243 


Garden was annexed, and the old Botanic Garden of San Marco 
became again a garden of simples. In 1783 it was transformed 
into an agricultural experiment garden. In 1883 the agricultural 
experiment garden became again an educational botanic garden, 
and shortly thereafter the botanical museum of Boboli was moved 
to the San Marco building. 

Directors: 

Giovanni Targioni-Tozzetti (1737-1749) 

Saverio Manetti (1749-1782) 

Attilio Zuccagni (1782-1806) 

Ottaviano Targioni-Tozzetti (1807-1829) 

Filippo Parlatore (1842-1877) 

Odoardo Beccari (1878-1879) 

Teodoro Caruel (1880—?) 


Open free daily. Source of income: Municipal appropriation. 


NAMA ONS 


FLORENCE (FIRENZE) (2) 
ARBORETO [0zZI E SIEMONI 
R. Instituto forestale di Vallombrosa, Firenze 
Established: 1886. Area: 7 hectares. 
Director: Prof. Vittorio Perona (1886-7). 
Source of income: Appropriations by the State. Arboretums: 
Two. Total number of species 3500. 


GENOA 
Orto Botanico DELLA R. UNIvERSITA DI GENOA 
Corso Dogali 1—B 
Established: 1803. 


Directors: 

Domenico Viviani (1803-1837 ) 

Federico (Giacinto?) Sasso (1837-1839, interim) 
Giuseppe de Notaris (1839-1872) 

Francesco Baglietto (1873-1875, interim) 

Federico Delpino (1875-1884) (1872-1884 fide Saccardo) 
Francesco Baglietto (int. 1885-1886) 

Ottone Penzig (1886-1929) 

. Augusto Béguinot (1929- ) 


DN AKRWN 


244 


Source of income; Annual appropriations by the national govern- 
ment. Library: Reference only. Number of volumes (“ very 
large”), not known. Current periodicals received: 80. er- 
barium: Number of specimens (very large) not known. Planta- 
tions: Chiefly systematic. An annex has been recently created for 
genetic researches. Publications: There is no official publication, 
except for the Catalog of Seeds. The Director publishes “ Ar- 
chivio Botanico per la Systematica, Fitogeografia, e Genetica,” at 
his own expense. Museum: Open daily, 9 am—5 p.m. Lectures 
on botany are given in the museum to students of medicine, phar- 
macy, and natural science of the University of Genoa. Living 
material for study is supplied occasionally when requested, to local 
public and private schools. Note: The building for the Botanical 
Museum (including museum, lecture room, laboratories, library, 
and residence of the director), was erected on the grounds of the 
Garden in 1892, as a gift from Sir Thomas Hanbury. It was 
inaugurated at the International Botanical Congress, September 6, 
1892, and is officially named “ Istituto Botanico Hanbury.” 


LUCCA 
Orto Borantco DELL’UNIVERSITA 

Established: 1819. 
Directors: 

1. Paolo Volpi (1819-1833) 

2. Benedetto Puccinelli (1833-1850) 

3. Attilio Tassi (1850-1860) 

4. Cesare Bicchi (1860-?) 
Publications: Indices Seminum (1851; 1858) 


MESSINA 
Orto Boranico 
Piazza XX Settembre, Messina 

Founded: About 1638-1640. Note: Pietro Castelli, the first di- 
rector, founded this Garden between 1638 and 1640. It was sup- 
pressed and in decay from 1657 to 1886. Antonio Barzi, ap- 
pointed professor of botany at Messina in 1879, reestablished the 
Garden beginning about 1884. 
Directors: 

1. Pietro Castelli (1638-1656) 

2. Garden abandoned (1657-1886) 


245 


3. Antonio Barzi (1886-1892) 
4, Fausto Morini (1892-?) 
5. G. E. Mattei (?+?) 


MILANO 
Orto BoTtTANico DI BRERA 
Via Brera 18, Milano 


Established: 1781. 
Directors: 

1. Fulgenzio Vitman (1781-1800 circa) 

2. Pietro Pratesi (c. 1800-1806) 

3. Filippo Armano (1806-1817) 

4. Pietro Armano (custodian) (1818-1820?) 

5. Giuseppe Acerbi (1817-1826) 

6. Giuseppe Balsamo Crevelli (1826-1852) 

7. (Various professors of the Lyceum Brera and of the R. 

Istituto Superiore Agrario) (1853-1870) 

8. Francesco Ardissone (1871-?) 

OF UgowsrizinGlL937) 

Note: Established by Vitman in affiliation with the Lyceum of 
Brera to aid in the teaching of officinal botany. In 1864 it became 
affiliated with the R. Istituto Superiore Agrario. 


MODENA 
Recio Istrruto EF Orto BoTANICO DELLA R. UNIVERSITA DI 
MopENA 
Viale Regina Margherita, Modena 
Established: 1772, by Duke Francesco III d’Este. Area: About 
3 hectares. : 
Directors: 
. Gaetano Rossi (1772-1775) 
Robert Francesco de Laugier (1776-1783) 
Guiseppe Maria Savani (1783-1798) 
Francesco Maria Savani (1798-1804) 
Bonaventura Corti (1805-1809) 
Marco Antonio Tamburini (1810-1812) 
Bartolomeo Barani (1812-1814) 
. Filippo Re (1814-1817) 


Dee 


ON 


2406 


— 


9. Giovanni de Brignoli de Brunnhoff ( 
10. Ettore Celi (1856-1873) 

11. Giuseppe Manzini (1873-1874) 

12. Giuseppe Gibelli (1874-1879) 

13. Giuseppe Manzini (acting) (1879-1880) 
14. Romualdo Pirotta (1880-1883) 

15. Antonio Mori (1883-1902) 

16. Giovanni Battista De Toni (1902-1924) 
17. Augusto Béguino (1924-1929) 

18. Emilio Chiovenda (1929-1935) 

19. Georgio Negodi (1935- ) 


Open free to the public only on Royal Statute Day, and on the 
birthdays of the King and Queen of Italy, from 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. 
Library: Reference. Only for students in the Institute. Pamph- 
lets: About 1400. Current periodicals received: 12. Herbarium: 
67,000 specimens (18,000 species). Plantations: Systematic, ar- 
boretum (coniferae, 81 species: other trees, 10 species), fruti- 
cetum, 300 species. Species under glass: 2192. Herbaceous 
plants out of doors: 1980. Puen Delectus Seminum (ir- 
regularly since 1818). Museum: A small one, open whenever the 
Garden is open. Study collections of herbarium specimens and 
dried seeds are loaned to schools. Note: At this Garden are the 
collections of the former director, Prof. De Toni, including his 
algological herbarium, and a rich collection of works and pamphlets 
on algae. 


818-1856) 


NAPLES 
REALE Orto BoTANico DELLA R. UNIversItA 
Via Fiora, Naples 

Established: 1807? Area: 13 ha. 
Directors: 

1. Michele Tenore (1810-1860) 
Guglielmo Gasparrini (1861-1866) 
. Giuseppe Antonio Pasquale (ad interim) (1866-1867) 
Vincenzo Cesati (1868-1882) 
G, A. Pasquale (1883-1893) 
Federico Delpino (1893-1905 ) 
Fridiano Cavara (1906-1929) 

8. Biagio Longo (1929— ) 

Open free, with a pernut, to the public on week days (except 
eeideey from 9 a.m. to 11:30 a.m., 3 to 4:30 p.m. Sounrce of 


NAW EWN 


247 


income: State appropriations. Library: Reference only. About 
pei volumes an pamphlets; 110 current periodicals re- 

eived. Plantations: Arboretum (the largest section), fruticetum, 
Ste (1813- ay and 1912-), geographic, economic, schoo! 
demonstration plan Publication: “ Bullettino dell’Orto Bo- 
tanico della R. Tae sita di Napoli.” seers 1898. Offered 
in exchange. Subscription price 150 lire. Herbarium: Tenore- 
anum, Gussonianum, etc. J/nstruction: Re courses are given 
in general botany, pharmaceutical botany, plant physiology, and 
medical botat ny (demonstration). To the Garden is annexed the 
“ Stazione See per ib Piante Officinali,” founded in 1928. 
Note: Toward the end of 1662 there existed a ana gar- 
den (of simples) called the Montagnolo Garden, in char of the 
religious house of Saints Annunziata. Professor pee the 
predecessor of Michele Tenore, kept a small part of the Mt. Olivet 
garden planted for instructional use. The real botanic garden w 
authorized in 1796, but not actually REECE until 1809 Gade 
the care of M. Tenore. (Fide Saccardo.) 


BADUA 
REALE Orto BoTanico pr PADOVA 
Via Orto Botanico 15, Padua 

Established: 1545. Area: About 5 acres (20,664 sq. meters). 

Note: This was the first Botanic Garden for didactic purposes. 
The Garden was established by a decree of the Senate of the Re- 
public of Venice enacted June 29, 1545, on the proposal of Francis 
Bonafede, who first conceived and urged the idea in 1543. Ten 
years earlier (1533) the same scholar, Professor of Medicine at 
the University of Padua, proposed and secured the establishment 
there of the professorship of simples (Lectura Simplicilum). 
This chair, the first professorship of botany in Europe, was 
founded by a decree of the Venetian Senate, and Bonafede was 
made the first professor. The Botanic Garden was established 
primarily to meet the need which Bonafede felt of illustrative ma- 
terial to enrich his lectures. 
Directors: 
. Luigi (Aluigi) Squalermo (called Auguillara) (1546-1561) 
Melchiore Guilandino (1561-1589) 
Giacom’ Antonio Cortuso (1590-1603 ) 
. Prospero Alpini (Alpino) (1603-1616) 


— 


HON 


248 


Giovanni Prevozio (Prevot) (1616-1631) 

. Giovanni Rhodio (suddenly resigned) (1631) 
. Alpino Alpini (1631-1637 

Giovanni Veslingio (Wesling) (1638-1649) 
Giorgio Dalla Torre (1649-1681) 

10. Jacopo Pighi (1681-1683) 

11. Felice Viali (1683-1719) 

12. Giulio Pontedera (1719-1757) 

13. Pietro Arduino (Acting) (1757-1760) 

14. Giovanni Marsili (1760-1794) 

15. Giuseppe Antonio Bonato (1794-1835) 

16. Roberto De Visiani (1836-1878) 

17. Pier’ Andrea Saccardo (1878-1915) 

18. Augusto Béguinot, acting (March 1, 1916—Oct. 15, 1921) 
19. Giuseppe Gola (Oct. 16, 1920- ) 


Open free daily. Source of income: Municipal appropriations. 
Library: More than 15,000 volumes. Founded in 1770 by Gio- 
vanni Marsili. Contains one of the la argest known aoilecions of 
portraits of botanists (more than 600), begun by De Visiani and 
continued by Saccardo. Includes Saccardo’s personal mycological 
library of 300 volumes and some 2400 pamphlets. erbarium: 
Initiated at the beginning of the 19th century by Bonato. 1. Gen- 
eral, more than 60,000 specimens; 2. Dalmatian flora, 10,000; 3. 
Saccardo’s personal phanerogamic herbarium, more than 10, 000 
specimens representing more than 3500 species; 4. Cryptogamic, 
comprising the personal herbarium of Saccardo of more than 
16,000 specimens. 4 ffiliation: University of Padua. Publication: 
Semina, Sporae, Bulbi, et Tuberi quae Hortus Botanicus Patavinus 
Pro Mutua Commutatione Offert. Note: Bonafede is said to have 
had a garden of simples at Padua as early as 1533, which was 
financed by the Venetian Senate. Instruction “of students began 
there in 1540. The present Garden is nearly surrounded by the 
Alicorno Canal which, since 1575, has supplied water for irrigation 

and for some seventeen fountains. 


ND 


PALERMO: ()) 
Orto BoTranico DELLA R. UNIVERSITA 
Via Lincoln 
Established: 1779 
Directors: 
1. Giuseppe Tineo-Ragusa (Porta Carini) (1779-1789) 


249 


Giuseppe Tineo-Ragusa (Villa Giulia) (1789-1812) 
Vincenzo Tineo (1812-1856) 

Agostino Todaro (1857-1892) 

Antonio dal Borzi (1892-1921) 

Luigi Buscalioni (1923-1928) 

Luigi Montemartini (1928— ) 

Note: Saccardo states that in 1779 Entichio Barone and Giuseppe 
Tineo-Ragusa planted a small garden near the fortification of 
Porta-Carini, Palermo, but that the actual botanic garden, near the 
Villa Giulia, was not inaugurated until 1789 under the direction 
of Tineo-Ragusa. A letter from the present (1937) director gives 
1880 as the beginning date for G. Tineo-Ragusa. 


ee 


NID 


PALERMO (2) 
R. GiARDINO COLONIALE DI PALERMO 


Director: Luigi Montemartini. 


PALLANZA 
VitLA TARANTO BoTANIC GARDENS 
Villa Taranto, Pallanza (Lago Maggiore) 


Established: 1931. 
Director: Henry R. Cocker (1937). 

Projected: Ayes Garden of several acres; Rose Garden with 
space for 5000 shrubs; Water Garden. Note: Privately owned 
by Capt. N. McEacharn, and still (1937) under construction. 
The present intention is to present this garden eventually to the 
Italian nation. Work has been ay ee by the Italo- 
Abyssinian war and resulting “sanctions.” Present personnel of 
40 is only about one-third of what it weal bane in normal times. 
“No plants, seeds, or bulbs may be imported from ‘ sanctionist ’ 
countries. No British periodicals may be received, including horti- 
cultural journals, and foreign seed and plant catalogs.” There is 
a training course for gardeners. Publication: Seed List. 


PARMA (1) 
OrtTo DEI SEMPLICI (Discontinued ) 
Established: About 1599. 


Directors: 
1. Pompilio Taghaferri (1600 ?-1639) 


250 


2. Lorenzo Porta (1639-7) 

3. Ant. M. Bacicalue (1705-1738) 

4. Position vacant (1738-1749) 

5. Silvestre A. Ponticelli (1749-1769) 

Note: The present Botanic Garden at Parma is the successor of 
the earlier “ Garden of simples.” 


PARMA (2) 
Orto BoTANIco DELLA REGIA UNIVERSITA 
Strada Farini 90 
Established: 1770. 
Directors: 
. Giovanni Battista Guattari (1769-1793) 
Bartolomeo Barbieri (ad interim) (1793-1795) 
Diego Baldassare Pascal (1795-1802) 
(Closed “ for political reasons,” 1802-1817) 

Giorgio Jan (1817-1843) 
Giovanni Passerini (1843-March, 1893) 
. Giovanni Battista De Toni (acting, April-October, 1893) 
. Carlo Avetta (November, 1893-1935) 
Francesco Lanzoni (in charge, 1935) 
Seed List. 


wn 


oS 


ON 


PAVIA 
Recio Istiruto (Orto) Boranico “ GiovANNI Briost”’ 
Via S. Epifanio No. 6, Pavia 

Established: About 1700. Area: 1% ettaro. 

Note: Saccardo says that the Garden of Pavia (Hortus tici- 
nensis) did not actually begin until 1774). 
Directors: 
. Fulgenzio Vitman (1763-1773) 
Valentino Brusati (1774-1776) 
Galli (di Varese) (1777) incaricato 
Giov. Antonio Scopoli (1777-1788) 
Domenico Nocca (1788) Supplente 
Valentino Brusati (1788-1796) 
Domenico Nocca (1796-1826) 
Giuseppe Moretti (1826-1853) 


pk 


SD TR WN 


Co 


Zo 


9. Sante Garovaglio (1853-1882) 

10. Guglielmo Gasparrini (1857-1861 ) 

11. Achille Cattaneo (1882-1883) Supplente 
12. Giovanni Briosi (1883-1919) 

13. Gino Pollacci’ (1919-1920) In charge 
14. Luigi Montemartini .( 1920-1926 ) 

15. Luigi Maffei (1926) Supplente 

16. Gino Pollaeci (1927- 


Source of income: Appropriation by the State, admission fees, 


sale of publications, plants and seeds. Consorzio Universitario 
Lombardo, laboratory analyses and determinations, etc. Annual 
budget for 1934 was 60, ures. Library: Reference only. 


About 50,000 vo lumes, including 350 periodicals. Herbarium: 
“ Many thousand ” specimens. Plantations: Systematic (after 
Eichler) ; geographic, economic, ecologic, local flora. Publica- 
tions: “ Archivio Del Laboratorio Crittogamico Italiano ° 
lished in 1874). Discontinued. Some back volumes for sale 

* Atti Dell’ Istituto Botanico E Laboratorio Crittogamico di Pavia,” 
2ndAth Series. Museum: Open during the school year. Loan 
colltctions for schools of herbarium specimens, dried seeds, alco- 
holic material, microscopic slides, photographs. Study Material: 
Living mater ial, including wild plants, are supplied to schools and 
laboratories for study; and living “ micotheca”’ (many species in 
culture) most of iar are fung ae on man and lower animals. 
Affiliation: Laboratorio Crittogamico “Ttali iano, now: R. Stazione 
Sperimentale Agraria, devoted to the study of pure and applied 
Cryptogamy. 

PUG IA: 


Orto BoTANICcO DELL’ UNIVERSITA 


Established: 1811. 

Directors: 
1. Domenico Bruschi (1811-1854) 
2. Alessandro Bruschi (1854-1884) 
3. Andrea Batelli (1885-?) 


PICCOLO S. BERNARDO (AOSTA) 
GIARDINO ALPINA “La CHANOUSIA” 
Via Cassia, Tomba di Nerone, Rome 
Established: 1897. Altitude above sea-level: 2200 meters. 
Director: Lino Vaceari. 


eon 


PISA 
ReALe Orto Boranico pELta R. Universita pr Pisa 
Via Luca Ghini 1, Pisa 
Established: 21544 (C. Fedeli) ; 1545 or later. (DeVisiani) ; 1547 
(Saccardo). 
Directors: 
Luca Ghini (1547 cir.-1554) 
Andrea Cesalpino (1554-1558) 
Luigi Leoni (1558-1582) 
Lorenzo Mazzanga (1582-1583) 
Giuseppe Benincasa (0 Casabona) (1583-1595) 
Polidoro Matteini (1595) 
Francesco Malocchi (1596-1614) 
. Giovanni Rocchi (1614) 
Domenico Vigna (Acting) (1615) 
. Jacopo Macolo (?Macaulay) 1615-1617) 
. Panerazio Mazzanga (1617-1625) 
Matteo Pandolfini (1626-1630) 
. Giacinto Maidalchini (1631-1632) 
. Domenico Vigna (1632-1634) 
Dionisio Veglia (1634-1636) 
. Claudio Guillermet de Beauregard (called Beriguardi ) 
(1636-1637) 
Giovanni Le Tellier (1637-1641 ) 
Tommaso Bellucci (1641-1672) 
Pietro Nati (1672-1685) 
. Michelangelo Tilli (1685-1740) 
. Angelo Attilio Tilli (1740-1781 ) 
. Giorgio Santi (1782-1814) 
. Gaetano Savi (1814-1842) 
4. Pietro Savi (1842-1871) 
25. Teodoro Caruel (1871-1880) 
26. Antonio Mori (Acting) (1880-1881) 
27. Giovanni Arcangeli (1881-1915) 
28. Biagio Longo (1915-1929) 
29. Ugolino Martelli (1929-1930) 
30. Alberto Chiarugi (1930- ) 


SOMNANFWNE 


— 
— 


| ee Oe 
Nw WN 


pt fd bee 
So AMN 


DO hb bw by 
WN re © 


NO 


t 


253 


Open to the public daily. Note: The questionnaire sent to this 
Garden was not returned. M. Lavellée,as President of the Société 
Nationale d’Horticulture de France, delivered an address on August 
16, 1882, which is reported in the Gardeners’ Chronicle (England), 
for July 7, 1883. In that address he credits the establishment of 
a botanic garden in Pisa (“the first botanic garden”) to the Grand 
Duke Cosmo de Medici I, and gives the date as 1543. C. Fedeli 
(Atti Soc. Tosc. Sci. Nat. proc. verb. p. xxv, pp. 8-20. 1918) 
states that the Pisa Garden was founded in 1544, “ one year before 
Padua,” but Robert De Visiani, Director of the Padua Garden 
from 1836 to 1878, and his successor, Pier Andrea Saccardo, in- 
sist on a later date (subsequent to 1545). Mattiolus, in the Pref- 
ace to his Commentaries, published in 1559, says that it was the 
new Garden at Padua that inspired Cosmo to found the Garden 
at Pisa. Pontedera (Epistolae ac dissertationes, p. 251) says that 
Padua, founded in 1545, was the first garden, Pisa later. 
(“ Primus hortus patavinus existit, qui ab anno 1545 principium 
ducit, pisanum autem secundum titulus januae super positu us OS- 
tendit.”) This question is discussed at greater length in Brooklyn 
Botanic Garden Record, 20: 1—24. 1931, 


BORIC! 
Orto Boranico pEL R. IstiruTo SPERIORE AGRARIO 
Ix Palazzo Reale, Portici, presso Napoli 
Established: 1872. Area: 2 ha. 
Directors: 


1. Nicola Pedicino (1872-1877) 

2. Orazio Comes (1877-1917) 

3. Camillo Acqua (in charge) (1917-1918) 

4. Francesco De Rosa (in charge) (1918-1919) 
5. Alessandro Trotter (in charge) (1919-1923) 
6. Giuseppe Zodda (in charge) (1923-1924) 

7. Giuseppe Lo Priore (1925-1928) 

8. Alessandro Trotter (in vi (1928-1932) 
9. Giuseppe Catalano (1933- 


Herbarium: 20,000 specimens. L ibrary: 5000 volumes and 
pamphlets. Affiliation: Facolta Agraria della R. Universita di 
Napol1. 


= 


254 


ROME (ANCIENT) (1) 


According to Pliny (Nat. Hist., XX, Chapter 100; XXV, 
Chapter 5), Antonius Castor, who lived in Rome in the first 
century A.D., had a botanic garden, which seems to have been 
the first one in Rome. In Book XXV (Chapter 5) Pliny says 
that he had the opportunity of visiting this garden in which 
Antonius, though he had passed his hundredth year, “ cultivated 
vast numbers of plants with the greatest care.” 


ROME (2) 


R. Orto Botanico DELLA R, UNIversirA pi RoMA 


Via Milano 75 


Established: 1884. Area: About 10 hectares. 
Directors: 


—s 


Wh 


Pao oe 


. Michele Mercati (probably under supervision of Andrea 


Cesalpino) (1566-1593) 


Andrea Bacci (Baccio?) (1593-7) 


Castore Durante ( ?-1600) 

Giovanni Feber (supplemented temporarily by Antonio 
Nanni) (?-1630) 

Pietro Castelli (1630-1638) 

Giovanni Benedetto Sinibaldi (1638-7) 

Domenico Panarola (1646—?) 

Francesco Sinibaldi (1667—?) 

Giovanni Battista Trionfetti (1676-1706) 


. Piétro Assalti (1706—?) 
. Antonio Volpi (?+?) 

P33 
. Cosimo Grilli (1728-?) 

. Angelo Marcangeli (?-?) 

; ays De Panicis (21747) 


Antonio Celestino Cocchi (1726—?) 


. A. Cinnaneschi (1748-?) (Prof. of theoretical botany ) 


: a F. Maratta (Director, assisted by Lib. Sabbati) (1748-?) 


Giorgio Bonelli (?-1777) 

Niccolo Martelli (Director and Prof. of botany) (1777- 
1805 ) 

M. A. Poggioli (Prof. of theoretical botany) (1805-1843) 


259 


21. Antonio Sebastiani (Director & Prof. of practical botany ) 
(1813 ?-1820) 

22. Ernesto Mauri (Director & Professor) (1820-1831) 

23. Carlo Donarelli (assisted by Giulio Verni) (1831-1851) 

24. Pietro Sanguinetti (Professor) (1843-1855) 

25. Francesco Ladelei (Professor) (1855-18707) 

26. Ettore Rolli (Professor) (18517-1870?) 

27. Giuseppe De Notaris (1870-1877) 

28. Nicola Pedicino (1877-1883) 

29. Romualdo Pirotta (1883-1928) 

30. Enrico Carano (1928- ) 

Does not serve as a public park, but may be visited with the per- 
mission of the director. Source of income: Governmental grant. 
Library: That of the Regio Istituto Botanico di Roma ” Her- 
barium: Of cultivated plants only. Plantations: Systematic, eco- 
nomic, ecologic. Publications: Catalogo del R. Orto Botanico di 
Roma, Established 1885. Index seminum, sporarum, frutuum. 
Storia della Botanica in Roma e nel Lazio. The scientific publica- 
tions of the garden are published with those of the Regio Instituto 
Botanico in the Annali di Botanica. The museum is open during 
the same hours, and under the same conditions as the garden. 

Note: As early as about 1288 there existed at the Vatican a phar- 
maceutical garden (not for instruction), planted by Simone Ge- 
nuense, physician to Pope Niccolo IV. Also Niccolo V had a 
similar garden at the Vatican about 1447, “ filled with all kinds of 
herbs.” A true scientific garden for instruction was instituted at 
the Vatican about 1566 by Michele Mercati, physician of Clement 
VIII, and a pupil of Cesalpino. The Botanic Garden of Rome 
was founded at the Vatican, says Saccardo (La Botanica in Italica. 
Venezia, 1895. p. 193), under Alexander VIII, about 1660, and 
was under the direction of G. B. Trionfetti. In 1870 the garden 
was relocated at Via Panisperma, 89B, Rome. Subsequently, its 
address was Via Milano 75. 


SALERNO 
MEDICINAL PLANT GARDEN OF MATHOEUS SYLVATICUS 


Dating from 1309. Not now in existence 


256 


SASSARI 
Orto BoTANIco 
Via Rizzedder 


Established: 1888. 
Directors: Fausto Morini (1888-1892) ; Leopoldo Nicotra (1892- 
*) 


Note: An earlier small botanic garden was completely abandoned 


in 1853. 


SIENNA 
OrtTo BoTANICO DELLA R. UNIVERSITA DI SIENNA 
Via P. A. Mattioli 2 


Established: 1784, 

Directors: 

Biagio Bartalini (1783-1822) 
Giuseppe Giuli (1822-1851) 
Giovanni Campani (1851-1860) 
. Attilio Tassi (1860—?) 

Arturo Nannizzi (1937) 

Note: In 1588 a professorship of “ Simples ’ 
the University of Sienna by Grand Duke Ferdinand, of Tuscany. 
The first professor was Adriano Moreschini (1588-1617). The 
seventh professor, Pirro Maria Gabbrielli (1669-1706), formed 
about 1684 a herbarium of plants collected in the surrounding 
fields. This garden was, in time, annexed to the Hospital of S. 
Maria della Scala. In 1756 the lectureship of simples was dis- 
continued, and three years later there was instituted a course of in- 
struction in Natural History, given by Giuseppe Boldassarri, physi- 
cian to the Monk superior of Monte Oliveto Maggiore. Boldas- 
sarri (1759-1782) had enriched the small Pharmaceutical Garden 
of that Monastery. Finally, in 1784, Pietro Leopold, Grand Duke 
of Tuscany, decided to establish at Sienna a true botanic garden, 
and to transform for that purpose, the Orto dei Semplici annexed 
to the Hospital of S. Maria della Scala. Biagio Bartalini, who 
succeeded Boldassarri, became first director of the Orto Botanico, 
as above indicated. Seed List. 


— 


mew 


was instituted at 


257, 


TRENTA (GORIZIA) 
GIARDINO Botanico ALPINO “ JULIANA ” 


TRIESTE 
Orto BoTaANico COMMUNALE Di TRIESTE 
(Civico Orto Boranico) 
Farneto Boschetto N. 861 
Established: 1828. 
Directors: 
1. Bartolomeo Biasoletto (1828-1859) 
2. (Garden abandoned, 1860-1878) 
3. Raimondo Tominz (1879-7?) 
4. Carlo de Marchesetti, honorary directory of the Museum of 
Natural History and director of the Botanic Garden, died 
April 2, 1926. (Science, 63: 473. May 7, 1926.) 
5. Mario Stenta (as of April 2, 1926) 


Note: The Commune of Trieste reestablished this Garden in 
1879 to honor the memory of its illustrious citizen, M. Tommasini, 
and named the Garden after him. 


TURIN (TORINO) 
R. Orto BotTanico DELL’UNIVERSITA DI ToRINO 
Viale Mattioli 31 (al Valentino), Torino (106) 
Established: 1729. Area: About 2 ha. 


Directors: 

Bartolomeo Caccia (1729-1749) 
Vitaliano Dinati (1749-1763) 

Carlo Allioni (1760-1781) 

Giovanni Pietro Maria Dana (1781-1801 ) 
Giovanni Battista Balbis (1801-1814) 
Giovanni Biroli (1815-1817) 

Carlo Matteo Capelli (1817-1831) 
Giuseppe Giacomo Morris (1831-1869) 
Giovanni Battista Delponte (1870-1879) 
Giovanni Arcangeli (1879-1883) 
Giuseppe Gibelli (1883-1898 ) 


pe NAS) RISE) SAC aS) ed ame 


—h pe 


258 


12. Saverio Belli (1898-1900) 

13. Oreste Mattirolo (1900-1932) 

14. Carlo Cappelletti (Nov., 1932- ) 

Admission by permission of director. Source of income: Gov- 

Library: Reference. About 9000 vol- 

umes and 5500 pamphlets. Herbarium: About 405,000 specimens. 
The “ Aboretum” comprises both trees and shrubs. Plantations. 
Systematic, according to Engler. 


ernmental appropt iations. 


Publications: Enumeratio Semi- 
num pro commiutatione (Biennial) ; Labori Esequiti dal Personali 
Scientifico (Biennial). Cronistoria dell’ Orto Botanico della R. 
Universita di Torino, 1792-1929, by Oreste Mattirolo. Museum: 
Comprises : General Herbarium; Herbarium Pedemontanum: Seed 
Collection (about 4000 tubes containing specimens) ; A collection 
of Woodcuts; Models of flowers which can be dismembered for 
teaching purposes; Dried specimens of medicinal plants. Museum 
open by permission of the Director. 4 ffiliations: The garden is 
part of the Royal Botanic Institute of the University of Turin 
(Faculty of Mathematical, Physical and Natural Sciences 


URBINO 
Orro Boranico DELL’ UNIVERSITA 
Via Safh 96, Urbino 
Fstablished: 1809. 
INrectors: 

1. Andrea Marcantini. (1828-1832) 

2. Pietro Camici (da Pistonia) (1832-1860) 

3. Antonio Federici (1860-1884) 

4. Dante Badanelli (interim) (1855) 

5. Giovanni Alberto Mamini (1886-7) 

Note: The Garden was first planted in 1809, as an annex to the 
Lyceum, by Giovanni de Brignoli de Brunhoff, then professor of 
botany and agriculture, near the convent of St. Francesco. It be- 
came affiliated with the University in 1815, especially with the chair 
of botany of the school of Pharmacy. (Saccardo. ) 


VALLETTA: DI-MAIINA 
30TANIC GARDENS OF THE UNIVERSITY 
La Valletta, Malta 
Established: 1675, 


259 


Directors: 
1. G. Zammit (1675-7) 
2. P. F. C. Giacinto (1805) 
3. Stefano Zerafa (1827) 
4. Giovanni Carlo Grech- Delicata (1850-1870) 
5. Gavino Gulia ( 7-1889 
6. Francesco Debono (1889-7) 


Note: Of the Garden established by Zammit, professor in the 
University of Malta, at St. Elmo in 1675, not a trace is left. In 
1805, under the auspices of the English governor, A. J. Ball, there 
was established a somewhat larger garden under the direction of 
Giacinto, in the suburbs of Floriano. 


VAIN TCH 
A Medicinal Plant Garden, dating from 1533, is said to have 
been established by Gaultieri on a site given by the Venetian state. 


VENTIMIGLIA 
Hanpspury Botanic GARDENS 
Ventimiglia, Italy 
Established: 1867. Area: 120 acres. 
Directors (Curators) : 

1. Gustav Cronemeyer 

2. Curt Dinter 

3. Alwin Berger (1912) 

4, Joseph Benbow (1920-1923) 

5. S. W. McLeod Braggins (1923-7) 

?. Mario Ercoli (1936) 

Open on cay and Friday afternoons. Admission fee, 5 
Lire: mae : Reference only. 2000 volumes. Current period- 
icals regu ie received, 20. Herbarium: 30, specimens. 
Plantations: Coe entirely of sub-tropical plants, trees, shrubs, 
and herbs, with a very few species under glass There is a large 
collection made by E. H. Wilson in China, “and another by Brunn- 
thaler in South Africa. Also representatives from intertropical 
countries, including Australia, New Zealand, Mexico, and Africa. 
Publications: Alphabetical Catalog, 1889. Edited by G. Crone- 
neyer. Systematic Catalog, 1889. Edited by G. Cronemeyer. 
Igoe ea Catalog, 1897. Edited by C. Dinker. Hortus Mor- 


260 


tolensis, 1912. Edited by A. Berger. Florula Mortolensis. 
Seed List (yearly), since 1883. Museum: Not public. Admis- 
sion by letter from Gr. Uff. Cecil Hanbury, M.P. Comprises 
woods, seeds, fruits, herbarium speciinens, and specimens preserved 
in alcohol. Living material for study is supplied to students (but 
not to schools ) cael when requestted. 15,000 packages of 

seeds is a yearly output. Note: The money received for entrance 
re is given to local charities, foremost among these being the 
Ventimiglia hospita 

Japan 
KASUKABE (SAITAMA-KEN) 
MepIcInaAL Plants GARDEN oF THE Tokyo Hycienrc LApora- 
TORY OF THE HomME OFFICE 


Director: ‘T. Kariyone (1937). 

KIOTO 

BoTrANICAL GARDEN OF THE CIty 
Kamigamo 
KOBE 
BOTANICAL GARDEN OF Kore 
Kobe City Office 

Established; A letter of September 18, 1936, from Sakuichi Nishi, 


Chief, Seen of Industry, states that plans were under 
way to establish “a municipal botanical garden.” 


KOSHUN 
KosHwuNn BoTANIcAL GARDEN 
IKoshun, Formosa, Japan 
Established: 1902. Area: 325 hectares. 
Directors (Curators): Yasusada Tashiro (1902-1910); T. Ina- 
mura O-?). 
Source of income: Appropriations by the Imperial Government. 


NIKKO (TOCHIGI-KEN) 
BorTaNnic GARDENS OF THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE 
Tokyo Imperial University, Tokyo 
Dtrector: T. Nakai (1937). 


261 


SAPPORO 
DEPARTMENT OF BoTANy, FACULTY OF SCIENCE 
Hokkaido Imperial University, Sapporo 
Director: Y. Yamada (1936). List of Seeds and Spores. 
Note: The Dept. of Botany issues a Seed List separately from 


that of the Botanic Garden of the Faculty of Agriculture. The 
address should not be confused. 


SAPPORO 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE 
Hokkaido Imperial University 
Directors: Kingo Miyabe (?);S. Ito (1936) ; Y. Tochinai (1937). 
Plantations; Arboretum, Fruticetum, Herbaceous Garden. Seed 
List. 


TAIHOKU 
BoTraAnic GARDENS OF TAITIOKU IMPERIAL UNIVERSITY 
Taihoku, ‘Taiwan 
Director: S. Hibino (1937). Seed List. 


ROTKVORG 
Botanic GARDENS OF ToKkyo IMPERIAL UNIVERSITY 
Koishikawa-Ku 
Established: 1684. Area: About 45 acres. 
Director: T. Nakai (1935-7). 

Open free daily. Source of income: Annual appropr ae from 
National Government. Library: The University Libra Her- 
barium: Engler and Gilg system. Publications: Seed ee 
List. Guide. Plantations: Systematic (Engler and Gilg). Spe- 
cializes in Asiatic plants. 


TNO ARG4O i @2)) 
‘ BOTANICAL GARDENS OF THE IMPERIAL HOUSEHOLD 
(Imperial Palace Botanic Garden ) 


Shinjuku Yatsuya-Ku 


262 


In the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London (Session 
1931-32, Part IV, p. 147), it is stated that His Imperial Majesty, 
the Emperor of Japan, maintains a private botanic garden and lab- 
oratory. 

In a letter of January, 1934, a correspondent of the author, Mr. 
3unkio Matsuki, reports that he made a careful investigation “in 
regard to a botanic garden in the Imperial Household,” with the 
aid of the Imperial Household Librarian, Hon. S. Kitsui, and 
found as follows: 

“ His Majesty, the Emperor of Japan, is an earnest student of 
biology and possesses a laboratory in Momijiyama, which is a part 
of the private Imperial Palace Garden. As far as the investigation 
was made there is no botanic garden in the compound of the Im- 
perial Palace. But, in one sense, the whole Momijiyama (which 
means * Maple-Mount’) is devoted to all kinds of, flowers, and 
itself is a botanic garden.” 

LORY ONS) 
TsuMURA MEDICINAL PLANTs GARDEN 
Tsumura Laboratory, Senkawa, Jindaimura, Tokyo 
Director; Dr. Jukyu Cho. Note: Questionnaire not returned. 
The claim was made (in 1934) that this was the only medicinal 


plant garden in Japan. Publication: Bulletin (No. 1, January, 


Irish Free State 
CORK 
Boranic GARDEN oF UNrversity CoLLEGE 
University College, Cork 
Established: 1877. Area: about 2 acres. 

Plantations: Systematic garden (about 11% acres), rockeries, 
water and bog gardens. Her barium: eee and foreign (espe- 
cially American). Head Gardener: J. Griffin (1914). 

DUBLIN 
Trinity CoLLtece Boranic GARDENS 


Shelbourne Road, Ball’s Bridge 


263 


Established: 1806. Area: 8 acres. 
Directors: 

1. J. T. Mackay (1806-1855) 

2. John Bain (1855-1868 ; 1873-1874) 

3. A. Dickson (1868—?) 

4. E. P. Wright (?-1873) 

5. Michael Dowd (1874-1876) 

: 70) 

7. F. W. Moore (1876-1879) 

8. F. W. Burbridge (1879-1905 ) 

9. Henry H. Dixon (1905- ) 

Source of income: Trinity College, Dublin. Library: That of 
Trinity College. Herbarium. Plantations: Systematic; Arbore- 
tum. Seed List. Study material: Living specimens of both wild 
and cultivated plants are supplied to schools occasionally ce re- 
questect. 


‘GLASNEVIN, DUBLIN 
THe Botanic GARDENS 
(Garrai Na Lus) 
Glasnevin, Dublin, N.W. 3, Ireland 


Established: 1794. Area: 51 acres. 

Directors: (Curator, 1794-1877; Keeper, 1877- ) 
Wade (1794-1825) 

Samuel Litton (1826-1834) 

Ninian Nivin (1834-1838) 

David Moore (1838-1879) 

Sir F. W. Moore (1879-1922) 

6. J. W. Bessant (1922- ) 

Serves asa public park. Open free, daily, noe es a.m. to 7 p.m. 
or dusk; Sundays from ll a.m. Source of inc : Annual vote 
of Parliament. Librar y: About 5000 volumes “and ieee aL ass 
Herbarium: Dppost ys 15,000 specimens, incluc the acu 
gustine Het y Herbarium. The main Nae Ora Her- 
barium is ee the Deen of Education and is included in 
the Natural History Department of the National Museum. There 
is an Arboretum and a Fruticetum. Plantations: Peay Rock 
Garden, Rose Garden, Herb Garden. Publications: Seed List 
(Liosta Siolta le Malartu) ; The Botanic Gardens: Origin, His- 
tory, and Development (Reprint from the Dept. of Agr. Journal 


—" 


RO Tie 


264 


33: No. 2, 1936). Does not supply living material for study to 
local schools, but only to Colleges and Higher Grade Schools (Na- 
tional University, Royal College of Surgeons, and others). 


Java 
LAWANG 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE 
Director: M. Buijsman (1934?). 


Jugoslavia 
BELGRADE (BEOGRAD) 
BoTaANICAL INSTITUTE, GARDEN, AND HERBARIUM OF THE 
UNIVERSITY 
Jevremorac, Botanicka bassta 


Director: Ljwb. M. Glisié (1935). Delectus Seminum. 


LATBACH (LIUBLIANA) 
BoTANICAL INSTITUTE AND GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 


ZAGREB (FORMERLY AGRAM) 
BoTANICKI URT I ZAVOD UNIVERZITETA 
(Botanic GARDEN AND INSTITUTE OF THE UNIVERSITY ) 
Zagreb, Marulic trg 20 
Established: 1890. Area: 8 hectares. 
Director: Vale Vouk (1890- ). 

Serves as a public park. Open free to the public daily, except 
Sundays. Source of income: Governmental subvention. Library: 
About 4000 volumes. Herbarium: About 120,000 specimens. 
Plantations: Systematic, geographic, economic, ecologic. Arbo- 
retum and Fruticetum. Publications: Acta Botanica of the Bo- 
tanical Institute. Delectus Seminum. 


265 
Latvia 


RIGA 
BoTANIc GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF LATVIA 


(Latvijas Universitates BoranisKkais DARzs) 


Alberta iela 10 
Director: N. Malta. 
Publications: Acta Horti Botanici Univ. Latviensis (May, 1936). 
List of Seeds (Sélker Saraksts). 


Lithuania 
KAUNAS (1) 
VYTAUTO Dipziojo UNIVERSITETO BOTANIKOS SODAS 
V. D. Un-to Botanikos Sodui 


Established: 1923. Area: 30 hectares. 
Director: Constantin Regel. 


ju 


Serves as a public park. Admission, free, 9 am. to 6 p.m. 
Source of income: In 1934—48,000 It. from the University and 
the salary of the staff. Governmental appropriations and the 
University. Library: About 6000 volumes at the Botanic Insti- 
tute of the University. Herbarium: About 50,000 specimens. 
Arboretum: About 600 species. Fruticetum: About 100 varieties. 
Plantations: Systematic, geographic, economic, morphologic, eco- 


ogic, rosarium, etc. ublications: Index seminum (annually). 
Ser ipta horti Botanici Universitatis Vytauti Magni. A small mu- 
seum with about specimens. A filiation: With the Univer- 


sity at Kaunas, which has also three sections of applied botany: a. 
medicinal plants; b. plant diseases; c. nursery for trees and shrubs. 


KAUNAS (2) 
MepicaL PLANT SECTION OF THE BOTANIC GARDENS OF THE 
UNIVERSITY 
V. D. Un-to Botanikos Sodui Vaistiniu Augalu Skyrius 
Director: Provisor K. Grybauskas (1936). 
Publications: Lithuanian Medicinal Plants, Vols. I & II, by K. 
Grybauskas. Seed List. 


266 


Luxembourg 


LUXEMBOURG 
The old botanic garden of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg 
has been abandoned, and the grounds transformed into a public 
park. The herbarium of the former garden was transferred to 
the Musée National. There is still (1937) the Botanische Ab- 
teilung des Grossherzoglichen Instituts. 


Madagascar 
TANANARIVE 
Parc BoTANIQUE ET ZOOLOGIQUE DE TANANARIVE 
Established: 1927, Area: 23 ha. 
Directors (Head Gardener): Francois (1927-1934): P. Boiteau 
(1934— 


Serves as a public park, Open free, daily, except Sunday. 
Source of income: Government appropriations. Herbarium: 4000 
specimens (local flora). Plantations: Ecological (Ombrarium, 
Rocailles, Humides, etc.). Publication: Index Seminum et Spo- 
rarum (Index l'Echanges). Museum: Being reorganized. Lec- 
tures are given to school children and study material i is loaned and 
given to schools. Greenhouses include an “ aseptic’? house for 
growing Rhizoctonia symbionts of indigenous orchids. Note: 830 
species cultivated—230 Madagascar flora, 600 foreign, principally 
xerophytes from Mexico, U.S. A., So. Africa and Mauritiu S. 


"any 
im 


Malta 
FLORIANA 
ArcoTH! Botanic GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MALTA 
Director: S. L. Vella (1937). Seed List. 


Manchoukuo 
HARBIN (CHARBIN) 
30TANIC GARDENS OF THE MANCHURIAN RESEARCH SOCIETY 
Director: I. Fukushima (1937). 


267 
PORT ARTHUR (Ryojun) 
BoTANIc GARDENS 


Director: J. Sato (1937). 


Mauritius 
PAMPLEMOUSSES 
BoraANic GARDEN OF PAMPLEMOUSSES 
Director of Agriculture, Reduit, Mauritius 

Established: 1735. Area: About 130 acres (90 arpents). 

Successively known as Jardin “Mon Plaisir,” Jardin des 
Plantes, and Jardin Royal. 

Directors: 
, . Le Poivre (1767-October, 1772) 
Jean Nicolas de Céré (1774—-May 2, 1810) 
Auguste Céré (1810—December 3, 1810) 

The Island surrendered to the British, December 3, 1810. 
John White (1820-1826) 
Mr. Burke, Honorary Supervisor. 
Charles Telfair, Honorary Supervisor (1826-1829) 
J. Newman (1829-1849) 
James Duncan (May 1849-1864) 
Charles James Meller (1864-1866) 
10. John Horne (ad interim, 1866—August, 1876) 
11. John Horne (1876—-August, 1893) 
12. William Scott (1893-July, 1898) 
13. Joseph Vankiersbilck (1898—September, 1903) 
14. Paul Koenig (1903-1913) 
15. Frank Arthur Stockdale (1913-1916) 
16. Gilbert Grahame Auchinleck (1916-1917; acting) 
17. Harold Augustin Tempany (1917-1929) 
18. Donald d’Emmerez de Charmoy (1929-1930) 
19. Alexander George Glendon Hill (1930-1932; acting) 
0. Gilbert Edwin Bodkin (1932- ) 

Note: On the creation of the Agricultural Department the 
Pampelmousses Garden came under the administration of the Di- 


CoS a 


Ne 


i) 


268 


rector of the Department, July, 1913, and the scientific work cen- 
tered on the study and cultivation of sugar cane, and the scientific 
application of manures to increase its productivity. (Bull. Mise. 
Information. Kew. Nos. 6 and 7, 1919. Pp. 279-286.) 


Mexico 
CHAPULTEPEC 
JARDIN BorANnico bE ACLIMATACION 
Chapultepec, Mexico, D. F. 

Established: 1923. Area: 7 hectares. 
Director: Prof. A. L. Herrera (1923- ys 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 7 to 17 (7 am. to 5 
p.m.). Source of income: Supported by the Federal Government 
and the Sociedad de Estudios Bioldgicés. Library: More than 
2000 books and pamphlets. Herbarium: Approximately 60,000 
specimens. Plantations: arranged systematically. Arboretum and 
Fruticetum. Publications: Boletin de la Direccion de Estudios 
Biologicos. Supplies living plants for study to local schools. 


MET COR Is FF 


JARDIN BotrANico 


SAN JUAN BAUTISTA (OR BAPTISTA) 
(Formerly Villa Hermosa) 
JArvin Botanico “ PLutarco Exias CALLEs’” 
San Juan Bautista, Tabasco 
Established: September 1925. Area: “1 Ha. 52 A. 62' 9C.” 
Director: Joaquin Camelo G. (January 18, 1926- Me 
Serves as a public park. Open free daily. /ncome: Govern- 
ment appropriations. Library: The Director’s library, containing 
about 1500 books. Herbarium: The Instituto “ Juarez,” contain- 


269 
Netherlands 


AMSTERDAM 
Hortus Boranicus 
Plantage Middenlaan 2a 


Established: 1082. Area: 4 acres. 
Directors: First a Board of Administration. Since 1877, Di- 
rectors. 
1. C. A. J. A. Oudemans (1877-1896) 
2. Hugo de Vries (1896-1918) 
3. Ed. Verschaffelt (1918-1923) 
4+. Theo J. Stomps (1923- ) 


Open to the public daily. Admission, flo. 50 (20c or 25c) on 
Sundays and Wednesdays and Saturday afternoon. Source of 
income: Annual appropriations by the municipality. Annual Bud- 
gets (1934): fl. 4100 (without salaries, coal, water, gas, elec- 
tricity), and fl. 1800 for the library. The laboratories also have 
their own appropriations, fl. 4000. Library: Reference only. 
Herbarium: Contains, first, control specimens for the plants of the 
garden, then, an almost complete collection of Holland and several 
local collections of the Dutch East Indies. Plantations: System- 
atic, experimental. Sine a Seed List. Museum: Has a 
large collection of fungi. Instruction: Regular courses are given 
at the garden by three members of the staff (only for students). 
A ffiliations: The garden is a university institution with 2 labora- 
tories. a. botany in general; b. plant physiology. 


—_— 


BAARN 
CANTONSPARK, BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF 
UTRECHT 
Cantonspark, Javalaan 5 


Established: November 16, 1920. Area: 4 Ha. 
Director: A. Pulle (1920- Ne 


Serves asa public park two days a week. Admission free, Mon- 
day and Wednesday 9-12 and 2-5. Source of income: Budget of 
the State Department of nducecen (Arts and Sciences.) It is 
the Property of the State. Library: That of the Botanical Mu- 

_seum and Herbarium of the University of Utrecht. Herbarium: 
That of the Botanical Museum and Herbarium of the University 
Utrecht. Plantations: Systematic and mixed, Arboretum and a 


270 


Fruticetum. There is a phytopathological section. Publication: 
Seed List (Zaadlijst). 4 filiation: The Garden at Baarn is a sec- 
ond botanic garden of the Rijksuniversiteit, Utrecht; the other 
smaller garden is in Utrecht. 


DELFT 
CULTUURTUIN Voor TECHNISCHE GEWASSEN 
Poortlandlaan 67 
Established: March 5, 1917. Area: 2.5 ha. 
Director: G. van Iterson, Jr. (1917- ie 
Source of income: Grants from the Government Treasury. Li- 
brary: 3600 volumes, 3000 pamphlets. Herbarium: 15,000 speci- 
mens. Plantations: Partly systematic, partly economic. Publica- 
tion: Liste des Graines. Museum: For technical and economic 
plants in the laboratory. Free for students. Supplies living ma- 
terial for study in local schools. Affiliation: Laboratory for Tech- 
nical Botany of the Technische Hoogeschool, Delft. ( Labora- 
torium voor Technische Botanie en Cultuurtuin van de Technische 
Hoogeschool. ) 
GRONINGEN 
Hortus Boranicus GRONINGANUS 
Groote Rozenstratte 31 


Established: 1642. Area: 1.5 hectares. 
Directors: J. W. Male (1890-?) ; W. H. Arisz (1936). 


Open to the public on payment of admission fee of 15 cents, 
except Tuesdays from 2-4, when the admission is free. Source 
of income: Appropriations by the State. Library and Herbarium 
are in the botanical laboratory. Species under glass: 3000. er- 
baceous plants out of doors: 2600. Museum: In the botanical lab- 
oratory. Study material: Flowers, leaves, buds, wild plants, culti- 
vated phanerogamic plants, and cryptogams are supplied occasion- 
ally, when requested, to both public and private schools. ilia- 
tion: Belongs to the University of Groningen. Publication: Index 
Seminum. 

HARTECAMP 

George Clifford (1685-1760), a director of the Dutch East 
India Company, “ formed a famous botanic garden with museum 
and library at Hartecamp.” 

Linnaeus visited this garden in 1735. The herbarium was ar- 
ranged and written up by Linnaeus under the title, Hortus Clif- 


271 


fortianus. 3000 species of this collection (thirteen sheets of which 
bear notes in handwriting of Linnaeus) forming the types of this 
work are now in the Herbarium of the British Museum. (fide. 
British Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Dept. Bot., Exhibition of a selection 
from the historical collections. Fifth International Bot. Congress, 
1930. London, p. 13.) 


LEIDEN 
Hortus BoTaNicus 
Nonnensteeg 3 

Established: 1587. Area: 2 hectares. 
Directors: 
. G. Bont (1587-1593) 
Ch. Clusius (1593-1609 ) 
P. Baaw (1609-1617) 
E. Vorstius (Van Voorst) (1617-1624) 
A. Vorstius (Van Voorst) (1624-1663) 
A. Schuyl (1663-1670) 
A 
P 


— 


A. Syen (1670-1678) 
. Herman (1679-1695 ) 

9. P. Hotton (1695-1709) 

10. H. Boerhaave (1709-1731) 

11. A. Van Royen (1731-1754) 

12. D. Van Royen (1754-1786) 

13. S. J. Brugmans (1786-1819) 

14. C. S. C. Reinwardt (1819-1845 ) 

15. W. H. de Vriese (1845-1862) 

16. F. W. R. Suringar (1862-1893) 

17. J. H. Janse (1899-?) 

18. L. G. M. Baas Becking (1937) 

Open free, daily, April 1 to October 1, from 9-6; October IES io) 
March 31, from 9-4. Sundays in summer, 10-4. October I to 
March 31, not open on Sundays. Sources of income: Endow- 
ment; annual appropriations by national government. Library: 
In the botanical laboratory. Plantations: Systematic (following 
Kichler), ecologic, pharmaceutic. Arboretim (about 100 species). 
Fruticetum (about 400 species). Species under glass: about 1500. 
Herbaceous plants out of doors: About 1400 species. Publication: 
Seed List. Supplies living material (except wild flowers) occasion- 


Ble 


ally, when requested, to both public and private schools. 4 ffilia- 
tion: The State University, Leiden. Note: Alphonse Lavallée 
states that “the first greenhouse’ was established at Leiden in 
1599, “for the protection of some plants introduced from the 
Cape of Good Hope, Geraniums, Mesembryanthemums, ete. It 
contained, according to Boerhave, nearly 6000 plants.” 

Sir William Brereton (Travels in Holland, London, 1844) 
states that this Garden is one of only two things “memorable ” 
about the University of Leiden. He describes how Adolphe Van 
Voorst gave his lectures in this Garden “ very fluently ” in Latin. 
“ His manner is to take a whole bed, four yards long and one 
broad, and to discourse of the nature and quality of every herb 
and plant growing therein, which he points out with his staff when 

” 


he begins to speak thereof. 


ny 


ROTTERDAM 
BoTANICAL SECTION OF THE ZOOLOGICAL GARDEN 


Seed List. 
UTRECET 
Hortus Botanicus 
L. Nieuwstratt 106 
Established: lend of the 17th or heginning of the 18th century. 
Area: 1 ha. 
Directors: 

1. Bergsma (till 1861) 

2. Miquel (1861-1871) 

3. Rauwenhoff (1871-1896) 

4. F. A. F. C. Went (1896-1934) 

5. V. J. Koningsberger (1934— ) 

Open free to the public daily from 9-4 or 5 o'clock. Source of 
income: Annual appropriations by the national government. Ap- 
propriation, 1933 (not including salaries) 9800 guilders, out of 

ich must be paid also the expenses of research, heating, etc. 

_ Library: About 8500 volumes (periodical volumes included), and 
about 3000 pamphlets. The Library of the Herbarium is com- 
bined with that of the Laboratory and garden. Herbarium: The 
Herbarium, established by Miquel (1861-1871), has about 200,000 
specimens. It forms a distinct department together with the Bo- 
tanical Museum under the directorship of the Professor of Syste- 
matic Botany. There is a conservator for the herbarium. “The 
herbarium receives an independent appropriation from the gov- 


273 


ernment. Publications: Mededeelingen van het Botanisch Mu- 
seum en Herbarium, Utrecht, Holland. Seed List. Plantations: 
Systematic, with a small rockery. Specimens under glass: 3500. 
Herbaceous plants out-of-doors: 1000 species. Affiliations: The 
Garden, together with the Botanical Laboratory, is a department 
of the University of Utrecht. All instruction is given by the 
botanical staff of the University. There is a director for both the 
laboratory and the garden, and a curator for the Garden. (See 
also Baarn.) Affiliation: Rijksuniversiteit, Utrecht. 


WAGENINGEN 
ARBORETUM OF THE STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE 
To avoid all errors address only—Arboretum, Wageningen, 
Holland. 
Director: J. Jeswiet (1936). 


Publications: Mededeelingen van het Arboretum van de Land- 
bowhoogeschool te Wageningen. (Begun in 1936.) Catalogue 
de Graines. 


Netherland East Indies 
DBO DAS CN DAK SINDANGLAIJA) 


MouNTAIN GARDENS AND BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE 
GOVERNMENT BoTANIC GARDENS 


New Guinea (Territory of) 
RABAUL 


BoTANIC GARDENS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE 


New Zealand 


CHRISTCHURCH 
CHRISTCHURCH BOTANIC GARDENS 


Established: 1861. Area: 52 acres. 
Directors: 
1. T. Barker (1864-1867) 
2. J. F. Armstrong (1867-1889) 
3. A. Taylor (1889-1907 ) 
+. J. Dawes (1907-1908) 


5. J. Young (1908-1933) 
6. J. A. McPherson (1933- ) 


Serves partly as a public park. Open from sunrise to sunset. 
Source of income: By rating areas (10 miles radius from Chief 
Post Office). Library: A pproximately 100 volumes and 250 
pamphlets. (Proposals are on foot to build proper library ac- 
commodation). Supplies living material for study to local schools. 


Note: The Garden is a recognized training ground for Horticul- 
tural ee wishing to sit for the National Diploma of Horticul- 
tute: CN. Classes are held among the living ee and 


the eee of training is limited to five years. (Both boys and 
girls are taken on as trainees. 


DUNEDIN 
DuNeEDIN BotranicAL GARDENS 

In 1878 this Garden was brought under the Public Domains Act 
of 1860 and placed under the control of a board of seven members. 
In 1884 this plan was terminated and the control vested in the 
Dunedin City Council. Plantations: Special section for indigenous 
plants. 

WELLINGTON G1) 
Botanic GARDEN 

Established: 1870 (Nature, Nov. 6, 1919, p. ZOOS.) 


WELLINGTON (2) 
OrarI Open-Arr Native Plant Museum 
Established about 1930-31 by Dr. L. Cockayne and Mr. J. G. 
Mackenzie. Native plants are grouped on an ecological basis. 


Nigeria 
IBADAN 
(Botanic Garpens DiscontTiINUED) 
Director of Agriculture, Ibadan, Southern Nigeria 
The following statement was received on October 30, 1913, 
from the Director of Agriculture: 


_ “In reply to your circular letter of Ist September 1912, T have 
the honor to inform you that the two Bolanite gardens: '(Ebute 


Japs 


Metta) and (Calabar), which previously existed in Southern Ni- 
geria have been converted into Economic Gardens and are con- 
trolled from this office. Strictly speaking, no Botanic Gardens 
now exist in Southern Nigeria. 


North Africa 
ALGER 
JarpDIN BoTANIQUE DE L'UNIVERSITE D’ALGER 
Established: 1887. Area: About 3 hectares. 
Directors: 1. Louis Trabot (1887-1923) ; 2. René Maire (1923-). 
Open every day from 8 to 12 and from 2 to 5 for students and 

Pee travelers. Admission free. Source of income: Bud- 
g he University. Library: About 10,000 volumes and 
pamphlets. Herbarium: About 300,000 specimens. Arboretum: 
Inaugurated in 1935. Plantations: Systematic. Publication: In- 
dex Seminum. 

Norway 

AAS 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 


Norge Landbrukshoiskole 


BERGEN 
3ERGENS MUSEUMS BoTANISKE Have 
Established: 1897. Area: “ Quite small.” 
Directors: 

1. Jérgen Brunchorst (1897-1906) 

2. Jens Holmboe (1906-1925) 

3. Rolf Nordhagen (1925- 

Serves as a public park. Open daily from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. 
Source of income: Annual appropriations from the state and from 
the city. Mag as “ Forschungen aus dem Botanischen Garten 
in Bergen.” No “ During the years 1926-1930 the Ben 
director eee in enlarging the grounds considerably. It 1 
still the only botanic garden in Western Yorway and Satie 
about 2500 species of hardy plants cultivated in the open and 
systematically arranged in Hee _famili ies, but also freely ar- 
ranged in rock-grounds, pools, “As the climate in Bergen 

very mild, a lot of evergreen SP eFaBe, conifers, and perennials 
can be ata in the open which otherwise do not thrive well in 


276 


Perro (Rhododendrons, fare _Ligustrums, Skimiias, 
ucaria_araucana, eee meria ja os ica, Bambo 00s, Solanum 


Iris reticulata, ee noe: albus, Narcissus balboeeliutn, etc.) 
The Garden has a modest conservatory for educational purposes 
Courses of lectures are given at the Museum for students of nat- 
ural science and Fey. 


GSES) 


UNIVERSITETETS BoTANISKE Have 


Universitetets Botaniske Museum 


Established: 1814. Area: (1933): 130,000 square meters. 
Directors: 

Christen Smith (1814-1816) 

2. Jens Rathke (1816-1843) 

3. M. N. Blytt (1843-1862) 

4, F. Chr. Schtibeler (1864-1892) 

3) 

6 


—" 


. J. N. F. Wille (1893-1924) 
. Jens Holmboe (1925— ) 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, in summer from 7 
a.m.—-l0 p.m. Source of income: Government appropriation. <An- 
nual Budge (1933-1934) : 29,600 Norwegian crowns (kroner), 
excluding fuel and salaries to director, gardeners, and assistant. 
Library: About 8500 volumes. Periodicals currently received 
about Arboretum and Fruticetum are combined. Number 
of trees and shrubs, about 1800 (about 500 species). Plantations: 
a ae Geographic, Economic. pees under glass: About 
2500. aceous plants out of doors: Abou O species, 
Be Jointly by the eve and the Museum: “ Nyt 
Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne.” Annual Seed List. Mu- 
seum: Erected in ectures: No public lectures are given 
at the Garden, but students from various schools and the Uni- 

ersity are given regular instruction and demonstrations. Af- 
Allations: The Royal Frederic University, Oslo. 


TROMSO 


The Garden of Troms6 is not a botanical garden in the strict 
sense of the word. It is more particularly a park, wherein, be- 


277 


sides ornamental plants, stress is laid upon the planting of in- 
digenous timber and bushes. The museum has a botanical sec- 
tion, including a herbarium, and specimens of the vegetation of 
northern Norway. There is no special director or custos for the 
botanical division. 

Palestine 


JERUSALEM 

BoTANICAL GARDEN OF THE HEBREW UNIVERSITY MONTAGUE 
Lamport MEMORIAL 

P. O. Box 340 
Established: 1932. Area: 344 ha. 
Directors: In charge, Dr. Alexander Eig, Dept. of Botany, He- 

brew University. 
ource of income: Nees) budget (special Lamport fund). 

eae - 1250 volumes; about 1200 separata. Herbarium: 140,- 
O00 specimens. Plantations: Geog graphic, ecologic. Museum: 
University collections of Palestinian “fruits, vegetables and woods. 
Museum of Biblical Botany and Plantlore. Free admission. 


Paraguay 


ASUNCION 
JARDIN BoTANrIco 


Peru 


LIMA 
JARDIN BoTANICO DE LA FACULDAD DE CIENCIAS 


Philippine Islands 


MANILA 
Tue First anp Now Extinct Botanic GARDEN 
Established: Before 1787(?). 

Note: E. D. Merrill (Philippine Jour. Sci. 7: 363-369. Dec. 
1912) gives evidence that there was a botanic garden in existence 
in the city of Manila at the time of the arrival of the Malasping 
Expedition (left Cadiz, Spain, July 30, 1789; arrived in Manila 


278 


March 27, 1792). Antonio Penada was the naturalist of this ex- 
pedition and died in June, 1792. James Britten (Biographical 
Notes XXX.—L. A. Deschamps and F. Noronha Jour. Bot. 41 
282-285. 1903) states that the Spaniards erected a monument 
to their countryman, Dr. Norojfia, ‘in the island of Luzon, near 
Manila, on ground belonging to the royal botanic garedn which . . . 
Dr. Norona had done everything in his power to bring into order, 
and to stock with many valuable plants.” Norofa died in 1787, 
and this is evidence that the botanic garden existed before the 
Malasping Expedition arrived. ‘There is little doubt, says Mer- 
rill, that a monument to Pineda was erected in 1792 in what was 
at that time the Botanic Garden, in the same tract with the Noronha 
monument, “located outside the city of Manila, as the city was 
constituted from 1780 to 1800.” As to when and why this gar- 
den was abandoned we have no record. ‘The area was, after the 
American occupation, the site of the experiment station of the 
Philippine Bureau of Agriculture. 

In 1858 a Botanical Garden was established in Manila within 
the zone of fortifications of the Walled City. Its area was but 
about 5 hectares. The first Director was Francisco Ramos, the 
second, Zoilo Espejo, the third Inocencio Madrigal, none of them 
of any eminence as botanists. In 1873 Domingo Vidal was given 
charge of the gardens in addition to his duties as Director of the 
Forestry Bureau. On his death in 1878, he was succeeded in 
both positions by Sebastian Vidal, who retained the position rin 
his death in 1889. 

‘The garden, as such, never amounted to very much due to fe 
restricted area and unsuitable location. After Vidal’s death no 
attempt was made to develop it, but it was maintained as an In- 
stitution until the American occupation in 1898. Since 1898 
has been maintained as a public park. 


Poland 
CRAKOW 


30TANICAL GARDENS OF THE JAGIELONSKI UNIVERSITY (OGROD 
BoTANICZNY UNIVERSYTETU JAGIELLONSKIEGO) 


Kopernica 27 
Director: Wladystow Szafer (1936). 


aS) 


KORNIK 
THE KORNIK GARDENS AND ARBORETUM 
(Or Nationat Founpation, KORNIK INSTITUTES) 
(OcrRopy KORNICKIE) 
Gardens and Arboretum, Kornik near Poznan 


Established: 1926. Area: 52 hectares (130 acres). 
Director: Anthony Wroblewski, since 1926. 


Serves as a public park. Open daily from 8 a.m. to twilight. 
Admission, 10 cents. Source of income: Agricultural and forest 
property, area of 19,661 astern The Garden does not receive 
annual governmental appropriations. Library: 1270 volumes. 
Herbarium: 2000-4000 numbers. Arboretum: 25 hectares. Fru- 
ticetum: 5 hectares. Pomological Garden: 14 ha. Nurseries: 
8 hectares. Publication: Catalog des Graines d’Arbres et d’Ar- 
bustes. Museum: Museum dendrologicum (not yet open). 


The National Foundation of Kormk Institutes has organized, 
on the strength of an Act of Parliament, an Institute for Re- 
search in Dendrology and Forestry. This Institute will carry on 
scientific research work on all sorts of forest, fruit, park, and 
other trees, with regard to their life, structure, anatomy, geograph- 
ical distribution, acclimatization, cultivation, and uses of all sorts. 
The Institute consists of three sections, viz: Dendrology and 
Pomology, with the Gardens and Arboretum; Forest Biology; 
Forest Technology. At present the organized sections are Den- 
drology and Pomology, with the Gardens and Arboretum. 


LEOPOL (LWOW) 
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF THE JEAN KasIMIR UNIVERSITY 
(Ocrop BotaniczNy, UNIveRSYTETU JANA IAZIMIERZA) 
Ul. Dilugosza 4 and UI. Cetnarowska 54. 
Director: St. Kulezynski (1937). 
Herbarium: about 50,000 bundles. Seed List. 


— 


LWOW (LEMBERG) 
Ocrop Itrory PotsKieEy (GARDEN OF FLorA oF PoLAND) 
Ul. Cetnerowska 54, Ogrod Botaniczny 
Established: 1907. Area: 3.5 ha. 


280 


Directors: 
1. Teofil Ciesielski (1907-1917) 
2. Directorship vacant (1917-1924) 
3. St. Kulezynski (1924— 


Open free to the public, 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. Source of income: 


University Jean Casimir, and government appropriations. Lyi- 
brary: In Bot ee Institute and Library of the University. 
Herbarium: Abo specimens. Plantations: Ecologic. 


Arboretum and eee ees of Polish species only. Publication: 
Catalogus plantarum in horto cultivatarum (since 1933). Mu- 
seum;: Under organization. Lectures are given to school children 
at the garden. Study collections and living material are occasion- 
ally supplied to schools. A ffiliation: W ith the Institute of Plant 
Morphology and Systematic Botany of the University. 


POZNAN (1) 
Hortus Botanicus PoSNANIENSIS 


(Ocrép BotaniczNy PozNANIN) 
W. Poznanin 
Director: A. Wodziezko (1936). Selectus Seminum (Wykaz 
Nasion). 
POZNAN (2) 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE 
Matejiki 5, Poznan 
weed List. 
WV EGNOe CT) 
BoTrANICAL GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 
Zakret, al Zakretowa 1 


Director: J. Trzebinsky. 


VILNO (WILNIE) (2) 
Hortus MeEpIcINALIS UNIVERSITATIS BATOREANAE IN VILNO 


Institut de Parmacognosie, Université, Objasdowa 2, Vilno, 
Pologne 


Director: Jan Muszynski (1936). Delectus Seminum. 


281 
WARSAW (WARSZAWA) 
Hortus Boranicus UNIversitaTis J. PILSUDSKII VARSOVIAE 
(Ocrop BotaniczNy UNIWERSYTETU WARSAWSKIEGO ) 
Al. Ujazdowskie 6/8 


Director: B. Hryniewiecki (1937). Index Seminum. 


Portugal 


COIMBRA 
Jarpim Boranico DA UNIVERSIDADE 
(Instituto BorAntco po Dr. JOL1I0 HENRIQUES) 
Instituto Botanico, Faculdade de Ciéncias 
Established: 1772. Area: 13 acres. 
Directors: 

1. Domingos Vandelli 

2. Félix de Avellar Brotero 

3. Antonio José das Neves e Mello 

4. José de Sa Ferreira Santos do Valle 

5. Antonio Rodrigues Vidal 

6. Henrique do Couto Almeida Valle 

7. Julio Augusto Henriques 

8. Luis Wittnich Carrisso (1936) 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 10 a.m. until sunset. 
Source of income: Budget of the State. Library: 22, volumes 
and pamphlets. Herbarium: 150,000 specimens. Plantations: 
Systematic and ecologic. Arboretum and Fruticetum. Publica- 
tions: Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana; Memorias da Sociedade 

3roteriana; Anuario da Sociedade Broteriana : Index Sern: 
Museum: Open free two hours daily. Study collections are 
loaned to the school children and also living material. i Minas 
Universidade de Coimbr 


LISBONTGS) 
JArpim BoTaNnico DA UNIVERSIDADE DE LISBOA 
Faculdade de Sciencias, Lisboa 


Director: Ruy Telles Palhinha (1936). Delectus Sporarum et 
Seminum. 


282 


LISBON (2) 
JarpIM COLONIAL DE LISBOA 


Roumania 
BUCURESTI (1) 
GrADINA BOTANICA 
Giadina Botanici, Universitea din Bucuresti 
Director: M. Vladescu (?-1936); S. Radian (1937- 1 
Plantations: Systematic; Rock Garden. Herbarium; Museum; 
Library 
BUCURESTI (2) 
Boranic GARDEN OF THE AGRICULTURAL ACADEMY 
Academia de Inalti Studii Agronomice, Bucresti-Herastrau 


Has an experimental garden for medicinal plants. 


CLUJ (1) 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 
(GrapInA BoraNnica, UNIVERSITATEA “ REGELE FERDINAND pore) 
Str. Regala 28 
Established: 1873 (Old Garden). A new Garden was organized 
in 
Area: The old and now abandoned Garden has 8 hectares. The 
new Garden is 18 cad. jug. (env. 10 Ha.). 
Directors: 
1. A. Kanitz (1873-1897) 4. V. Borbas (1904-1905 ) 
2. J. Istvanffy (1897-1901) 5. St. Gyorffy (1913-1919) 
3. A. Richter (1901-1913) 6. Al. Borza (1919- ) 


mens. Arboretum and fruticetum are not separate. Plantations: 
1. Systematic. 2. Flora of Roumania (geographical, ecological). 
3. Extra-Roumanian floras and Rock Garden. 4. Morphologic- 


283 


biologic groups. 5. Pomological section. 6. Economic section. 
7. Officinal plant section. 8. Conservatories. 9, Japanese Gar- 


Garden of Cluj in the Bihor Mountains, in the climatic locality 
Stana de Vale. Publications: 1. Buletinul Gradinu botanice si al 
Muzeului bot. dela Universitatea din Cluj (in Roumanian and in- 
ternational languages). Vol. I-XVI. 2. Flora Romaniae exsic- 
cata, projected in 60 parts, XI centuries have already (1934) been 
published, 3. Popular Leaflets of the Botanical Garden, Cluj. 
2 numbers. 4. pe sen hee de Cluj, Roumanie. 
Separate reprints. Mus : There is a great Botanic Museum of 
the University, open da ily. Sok iG to loan to schools ; 
supplies living matter for study to all local schools. 


Cle CZ) 
GrApINA BoTANICA DE ACADEMIA DE INALTE STUDIA 
AGRONOMICE DIN CLUJ 
Established: About 1900. Area: 0.5 hectare. 
Directors: Pater Béla (1900( ?)-1920); Prodan (1920- NE 
Open daily, for students only. Source of income: The Agricul- 
tural College. Plantations: Systematic and economic. 


South Africa 
CAPE TOWN 
Carr Town Botanic GARDEN 

Commissioners appointed May 5, 1848, opened a subscription 
list, appointed as gardener a local nurseryman of the name of 
Draper, and laid out and planted an area assigned for their use 
from the Government Gardens. Governmental appropriations 
were meager (7£ 10s. per month!), and Karl Zeyher, celebrated 
botanical collector, appointed 1849, was dismissed the following 
year. Dr. Berthold Seeman, who visited the Garden in 1851, 
wrote that the Committee had “ passed a resolution that their 
Botanic Garden could do without a botanist.” Toward the end 
of 1891, while the Garden was under Professor MacOwan, 
F.L.S., as Director (1880-1891), Government appropriations be- 
ing wholly inadequate, the Commissioners voted to discontinue the 


284 


garden as a botanical establishment and treat it as “ merely a town 
pleasaunce of flowers and shady walks.’’ The change became ef- 
fective Jan. 1, 1892. The Kew Bulletin (Jan. 1892) expressed 
the hope that at some future time a Botanic Garden might be 
established at the Cape under scientific control. See Kirstenbosch. 


DURBAN (1) 
MunicrpaL Botanic GARDEN 
Durban, Natal 

Established: 1849. Arca: 48 acres. ¥% undeveloped until re- 
cently. Part of this area laid out in 1934. 

Directors: (official title Curators). 

Johnstone (1849-1850) 

. M. J. McKen (1851-1853; 1860-1872) 

Alex. Smith (1853-1854) 

Plant (1854-1856) 

James Weir (1856-1857) 

R. Rogers (1857-1859) 

—— DeLa Chaumette (1859 3 mos.) 

A. Moore (1859-1860) 

Keit (1872-1881 ) 

J. Medley Wood (1882-1900) as Curator. In 1900 became 
Director of Natal Herbarium and the Municipal Botanic 
Garden, which were then combined. In 1913 became 
Director of the Natal Herbarium. (See Durban 2.) 
11. J. Wylie (1913-1930) 

12. H. Rutter (1917-1930) 

13. Botanic Gardens came under the direction of the Director 
of Parks and Gardens (Director, Mr. P. Robertshaw, 
1930-1932). 

14. F. W. Thorns (Officer in charge of Botanic Gardens, 
1932—? 

15. P. Robertshaw (1936) 

Serves as a public park. Open free to the public daily from 
7:30 a.m. to 6 p.m. Children under ten years of age are not ad- 
mitted unless “ accompanied by a competent protector.” Source 
of income: Maintained by the Corporation of Durban as a section 

the Parks an ardens Department. Direct income—nil. 
ey barium: (See Natal Herbarium ae Plant Pathological Sta- 


— 


ore ee a ee 


—" 
S 


285 


tion.) Scientific publications: Natal Plants, Vol. 1 by Wood and 
Evans; Vols. 2-5 by J. Medley Wood. ‘Each vol. of 100 plates 
and descriptions. Study eee is furnished eerie to 
public schools when requested. Formerly combined with the 
Natal ateabevrnrn but aes over in 1913 by the Municipality. 
(See Durban 2.) 
DURBAN (2) 
Tue NataL HERBARIUM AND PLANT PATHOLOGICAL STATION 
Durban, Natal 


Established: 1913. Taken over by the Government of the Union 
of South Africa in 1913 and given its present name. It is an 
out station of the Division of Plant Industry, Department of 
Agriculture. Was formerly combined with the Natal Botanic 
Garden (which see). 

Directors: J. Medley Wood (1913-1915); P. A. van der Bij], 
Mycologist-in-charge (1915-1921); H. H. Storey, Mycologist- 
in-charge (1922-1928); A. P. D. McClean, Mycologist-in- 
charge (1928— 

A collection of many type specimens of species brought together 
by Dr. J. Medley Wood is housed here, and is open to the public. 
The determination of plants is undertaken for inquirers. 

Source of income: Appropriations by the Union of 5. Africa 
Government. Herbarium: A quarantine greenhouse of modern 
type has been built by the South African Sugar Association at the 
Herbarium, and in this building new varieties of sugar cane, im- 
ported from foreign countries, are grown under conditions of strict 
isolation and inspection by Government officers. The pee 
laboratory undertakes the examination of diseases of any crops, 
but its activities have, in recent years, mainly centered mre the 
group of virus diseases of plants. segs Sas of Streak dis- 
ease of sugar cane and maize, of mosaic the same host plants 
and of rosette disease of peanuts have aie wn them to be trans- 
mitted under local conditions by particular insects. This institu- 
tion has a special experimental ground adjacent to the building 
and is equipped with insect- proof g greenhouses for the study o of 
plant virus diseases. 


GRAHAMSTOWN (C. P.) 
MunictpaAL BoTANIC GARDEN 


Curator: E. Lever (1937). 


286 


KIRSTENBOSCH 
NatronaL Botanic GARDENS OF SouTH AFRICA 
(Headquarters). Kirstenbosch, Newlands, C. P. 
Includes two gardens, viz: (1) Kirstenbosch; (2) The Karoo 

Garden, Whitehill, C. P. (near Matjesfontein). See under White- 

hill. 

Established: 1913. Iwaroo Garden established 1921 by private 
benefaction. Area: (1) Kirstenbosch (including Upper Kirsten- 
bosch Nature Reserve) approximately 1100 acres. (2) White- 
hill, 40 acres. 

Directors: 

H. H. W. Pearson (1913-Nov., 1916) 
2. Directorship vacant (1917-1918) 
3. R. H. Compton (March, 1919- 
Kirstenbosch is open free to the public fang daylight every day 


of the year. Whitehill is open on weekdays during working 
hours. 


Source of income: The funds of Kirstenbosch are derived from: 
(1) grants made by the Union Government, the Cape Town 
Corporation, ay the Cape Divisional Council; (2) eee bene- 
factions, either direct or through the Botanical Society; (3) 
sales and me eaecue eine funds of Whitehill are a ived 
from private eee ee and from sales only. 

Library: The s Herbarium includes a botanical library, mainly 
on South AG sy ee botany. The Gardens possess also 
a small reference libr 

Herbarium: The Gar Hear do not maintain their own Herbarium, 
but the Bolus Herbarium, which is the property by bequest of 
the ees sity of Cape Town, is located on a site in the Kirsten- 
bosch grounds. 

Species Pla cultivation: Exact number not available, but some 
thousands, almost entirely South African indigenous eae with 
some hundreds of exotic plants of economic importance 

Affiliation: The Botanical Society of South Africa, of some 300 
spa Pine members was established in 1913 “ primarily to 

ve general and financial support to the work of Kirstenbosch 
cad Whitehill.” Members of the Society enjoy special priv- 
ileges at the Garden. As stated in its Constitution, it is also 
the purpose of the Society “To encourage the eas of 
South Africa to take an active part in the progress and develop- 
ment of the National Botanic Gardens at epi osch the 


287 


Karoo Garden at Whitehill, and any other Garden that may be 
established by the Trustees of the said National Botanic Gar- 
dens; and to induce the said inhabitants a appreciate their re- 
sponsibilities therein.” Also, “To augment the Government 
grants toward developing, improving, wea ee a 


of any Garden referred to in the preceding subsection.” See 
Cape Town and Wiutehull, 


STELLENBOSCH (C. P.) 
BoTANIC GARDENS OF THE UNIVERSITY 
Head: G. C. Nel (1937). 


WHITEHILL 
IKAROO GARDEN 
Karoo Garden, Whitehill (near Matjesfontein), Cape 

Established: 1921. The Survey of the piece of ground chosen as 
the Logan Memorial Garden was carried out and the transfer 
to the Trustees was arranged in 1921. The land was offered 
by Mr. J. D. Logan, who died before the transfer of title was 
made. 

Area: 20 morgen (= about 40 acres). About 4 Natural Re- 
serve, and protected from grazing and planting. 

Director: Karoo Garden is under the same control as Kirstenbosch, 
and also works in cooperation with the Bolus Herbarium for 
purposes of systematic research. Director, 1937, R. H. Comp- 
ton. 

Plantations: Cultivated area divided into sections on a geograph- 
ical basis, e.g., Little Karoo, Southwest Africa, Hex River dis- 
trict, etc. Succulent flora chiefly dealt with, and planted accord- 
ing to districts. See Kirstenbosch. 


Spain 
BARCELONA 


Jarpi BorAnic DE BARCELONA 


Director: Font Quer (1936). 


288 
BLANES 
JArpi BotAnic “ Mar 1 Murtra” 
Director: C. Faust. 
MADRID 


JARDIN BorANnico DE MapRID 
Plaza de Murillo 2 


VALENCIA 
Jarpin BotAnico pe LA UNIVERSIDAD 


Established: 1802. Area: 4 hectares. 
Directors: 

. Vincente Soriano (1802-1804) 

. Vicente Alfonso Lorente (1804-1813) 
. Jose Pauli (1813-1817) 

Joaquin Carrascosa (1829-1843) 

Jose Pizcueta Donday (1843-1863) 
Rafael Cisternas Fontsere (1863-1876) 
Jose Arevalo Baca (1876-1890) 
Vicente Gonzalez Caveles (1891-1892) 
Eduardo Bosch Casanoves (1893-?) 

. F, Beltran (1936) 

Open on all working days from sunrise to sunset. Source of 
imcome: Appropriations by the national government and by the 
University. Library: Small. Herbarium: About 10,000. speci- 
mens. Plantations: Systematic, geographic, economic, arboretum 
(about 300 species), fruticetum (about 190 species), local flora. 
Publication: Seed List. Museum: Open, free, on all working 
days, on presentation of permit from the director. Living mate- 
rial, including wild plants, is supplied to both public and private 
schools occasionally when requested. 


VO ON AMR wh 


MADRID 
JArpin BotAnico bE Maprip 
Established: 1755. Area: About 12 hectares. 
Directors: D. A. Frederico Gredilla y Gauns (1934); A. Garcia 
Varela (1936). 


Herbarium: About 70,000 specimens. Publication: Catalogus 
Seminum., 


289 


Straits Settlements 
PENANG 
WATERFALL GARDENS 


(Administered by Botanic Garden, Singapore, q.v.) 


SINGAPORE 
Tue Botanic GARDENS 
Director: R. E. Holttum. 


Source of Income: Supported by the Government of Straits 
Settlements. 


Sweden 
BERGIELUND 
See Stockholm (Hortus Bergianus ) 
GOTEBORG 
GOTEBORGS BOTANISKA TRADGARD 
Established: 1919 (1916). Area: 11 hect. under cultivation, 37 
hect. wild park. 
Director: Carl Skottsberg (July 1, 1919- ye 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, 8 a.m. until dark. 
Source of income: Appropriations by the City of Goteborg. Li- 
brary: Several thousand volumes and pamphlets. No exact figures 
available. Herbarium: 00 000 specimens. Plantations: 


Systematic, geographic, ecologic. Arboretum and Fruticetum. 
Publications: Acta Horti Gotoburgensis (Meddelanden fran Gote- 


HALSINGBORG 
BoTANICAL GARDEN 
Established: 1936. Area: 12 acres. 


In process of establishment. Specially for the Flora of Akania- 
Akane. 


290 
TEN) 
UNIVERSITETETS BOTANISKA TRADGARD 


O. Vallgatan 18 


Directors: 
1. Frederick Wilhelm Christian Areschoug (1879-1898) 
2. Sven Berggren (1898-1902) 
3. Svante Samuel Murbeck (1902-1924) 
+. Inter-regnum (1924-1927) 
5. Thore Christian Elias Fries (June 3, 1927-Dec. 31, 1930) 
6. Inter-regnum (1930-1934) 
7. Nils Heribert-Nilsson (March 1, 1934— ) 


Index Seminum. 


STOCKHOLM 
Hortus BercraAnus (BERGIANSK BOTANISKA Fee) 
Stockholm 50 
Established: 1791. Area: 17 acres. 
Directors: 

1. Olof Swartz (1791-1818) 

2. J. E. Wikstroém (1818-1856) 

3. Nils Johan Andersson (1856-1879) 

4. Veit Brecher Wittrock (1879-1914) 

5. Klas Robert Elias Fries (1915) 

Library: More than 6000 volumes. Plantations: Systematic ; 
Xock Garden. Herbariwin: More than 10,000 species in over 
20,000 sheets. A ffiliation: Royal Academy of Science and School 
of Horticulture. Note: Located at Albano, northwest of Stock- 
holm, Called Bergielund garden by its founder, Peter Jonas 
Bergius (pron. Bare-Yis), “who died in 1790, age ed 60. He had 
been a pupil of Linnaeus and had built up the library and her- 
barium. Wittrock established the Acti Horti Bergiani, published 
by the Garden 

UPPSALA (1) 
UppsaLa UNIVERSITETETS BOTANISKA TRADGARD 
Botaniska Tradgarden, Uppsala 
Established: 1787. Area: 8.5 hectares. 
Directors: 
1. G. P. Thunberg (1787-1828) 


| 


G. Wahlenberg (1829-1851) 
E. M. Fries (1851-1863) 

J. E. Areschoug (1863-1876) 
Th. M. Fries (1877-1899) 
F. R. Kjellman (1899-1907 ) 
H. O. Juel (1907-1928) 

8. N. E. Svedelius (1928- ) 


Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income: 
Annual appropriations by the National Government and own 
funds. Plantations: Systematic, economic, organographic, arbore- 
tum, fruticetum. Publications: Sy mbolae Botanicae Upsaliensis ; 
Semina Selecta. Note: The former botanic garden of the Uni- 
versity was founded in 1655 by O. Ru dbeck, Sr. From 1742- 
1775, it was under the esc a Linnaeus. It is still main- 
tained as a public historical garden (“ Linné-Tradgarden,”’ Ad- 
dress: Svartbacksgatan 27, coo Sweden) under the direction 
of the Swedish Linnean Society. 


BES See ke 


(UPAR SVAN Zan) 
Hortus LINNAEANUS 
(LINNE TRADGARDEN ) 
Linnégatan 6 
Established: 1923. 
Keeper: Carl G. Alm (1936). Delectus Seminum. 
Owned and under the direction of the Svenska Linnésallskapet, 
a Society founded in 1917 to publish writings by and about Lin- 
naeus and his pupils, and to restore and maintain the old Botanic 
Garden of the University as it was in the time of Linnaeus.’ 


Wal Sine? 
Botanic GARDEN oF D. B. W. 


(D. B. W.’s BoranisKA TRADGARDEN ) 


Switzerland 
BASEL 
BoTANISCHER GARTEN 
Botanische Anstalt der Universitat, Schonbeinstrasse 6 


Established: 1898. Arca: 13,600 sq. m., 


202 


Directors: 1. G. Klebs (1898); 2. A. F. W. Schimper (1899- 
1901) ; 3. A. Fischer (1907-1912) ; 4. Gustav Senn (1912-?). 
Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income: 

From city and from the Freiwillige Academische Gesellschaft, 
asel. Library: Both reference and circulating. Publications: 

Seed list, Annual. Affiliation: “ The garden belongs to the botani- 

cal institute of the university.” 


BERN 
BoraNISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 
Altenbergrain 21 


Established: 1859-60. Area: 2.6 hectares. 
Directors: Ludwig Fischer (1860-1897) ; Edward Fischer (1897- 

?); W. H. Schopper (1936). 

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income: 
Appropriations from both the State and the city of Bern. Li- 
brary and Herbarium. Plantations: Chiefly systematic: Alpinum : 
Useful plants. Publications: Jahresbericht : Seed exchange list. 
Living plant material supplied in limited quantity to local schools 
for study. Affiliation: The Botanical Institute of the University 


BEX (VAUD) 
“La THomasia,” JARDIN ALPIN 
Established: 1891. 


BOURG-SAINT-PIERRE 
JARDIN ET LaporatorreE ALpIns pr La LINNAEA 
La Linnaea, Bourg-Saint-Pierre, Valais 
Established: 1889. 
Directors: 

1. H. Correvon (1889-1915) 

2. Robert Chodat (1915-1934) 

3. Fernand Chodat (1934— ) 

Open to the public daily. Admission 0.25 centimes. Source 
of income: Société de l'Université de Genéve. Library: 500 vol- 
umes. ferbarium: “ Temporaire.” Plantations: Geo raphic, 
Ecologic, Arboretum, Fruticetum. 4 ffiliation: Administered by 
the University of Geneva. 


293 


FRAUENFELD 
BoraANISCHER GARTEN DER THURGAUISCHEN KANTONSSCHULE 


Established: 1864. Area: 25 ar. 
Directors (always the professor of botany in the Kantonsschule) : 

1. L. Wolffgang (1864-1872) 

2. E. Kollbrunner (1872-1877) 

3. G. Stricker (1877-1889) 

4. H. Wegelin (1890-1920) 

5. A. Gunthart (1920— ) 

Source of income: Supported by the State of Thurgau as a part 
of the Kantonsschule. Plantations: Systematic, ecologic. Jn- 
struction: Lessons in botany in the Kantonsschule are given at the 
Garden. 


GENEVA 


CONSERVATOIRE ET JARDIN BOTANIQUES DE GENEVE 


Rue de Lausanne 192, Geneva 


Established: 1817. Area: 6-7 ha. 
Directors: 
1. Augustin-Pyrame de Candolle (1817-1849) 
2. Alphonse de Candolle (1817-1849) 
3. G. Reuter (1849-1872) 
4, Jean Muller (arg.) (1874-1896) 
5. John Briquet (1896-1931) 
6. B. P. G. Hochreutiner (1931- ) 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, from 7 a.m. to IE 
pm. The Alpine Garden is open on Thursday and Sunday. 
Source of income: Supported by the City and gift of Rockefeller 
Foundation. Library: 30,000 volumes. 40,000 pamphlets. Her- 
barium: 3,000,000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, Alpine 
Garden, Geographic, Pharmaceutical Garden, Arboretum and a 
Fruticetum. Publications: Candollea; Annual Reports; Seed 
List. Museum: Open free, daily, from 2 p.m. to 5 p.m. except 
Saturday and Sunday. Special lectures given to the schools and 
the University. Supplies great quantities of living material for 
study to the local schools. Affiliation: The actual Director is Pro- 
fessor of Systematic Botany at the University and Director of the 
botany collections there, 


294 

Note: The origin of the Jardin Botanique of Geneva dates from 
the beginning of the 19th century, and is intimately associated with 
the arrival at Geneva of Augustin-Pyrame de Candolle. He had 
been professor of botany at Montpellier, and made the establish- 
ment of a botanic garden, a condition of his accepting the pro- 
fessorship at Geneva. 

INTERLAKEN 
ALPENGARTEN “ SCHYNIGE PLATTE” 


LAUSANNE (1) 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L’UNIVERSITE 


Director: FE. Wilezek (1936). Graines Offertes en Echange. 


LAUSANNE. (2) 
JarpIn ALPIN pU Pont DE NANT 


ZURICH 
BOTANISCHER GARTEN DER UNIVERSITAT 
Pelikanstrasse 30 
Established: About 1832. Area: About 2 acres. 
Directors: 
1. Hans Schinz (July 18, 1893-April 15, 1929) 
2, Albert Ulrich Daniker (ad interim, June 1, 1929-1933) 
3. Albert Ulrich Daniker (1933- 
Herbarium, Library, Museum. Seed List (Verzeichnis im Tausch 


abgebbarer, Samereien und Fruchte). 
Tanganyika 
DAR-ES-SALAAM: BOTANIC GARDENS 
Tasmania 
HOBART 
BoraNIcAL GARDENS 
Superintendent, Botanical Gardens 


Established: 1844. Area: 25 acres. 


295 


Directors (Superintendents ) : 

1. W. Newman (1848-1857) 

2. Francis Abbott (1857-1903 ) 

3. Alexander Morton (1903-1908) 

4. Robert Hall (1908-1911) 

5. John Wardman (1911-7) 

The garden is part of the Queens Domain of 640 acres, which 
is under the care of the Superintendent of Gardens. Open free 
to the public on week days from 7 a.m.—6 p.m.; on Sundays from 
2 p.m.-6 p.m. 

Source of income: Endowment, and the sale of plants and seeds. 
Herbarium: Composed chiefly of Tasmanian and Australian spe- 
cies, with a few European. Lectures: Public lectures on nature 
study and botany. Study material (flowers, leaves, buds, pharero- 
gamic and cryptomagic plants) is supplied to schools occasionally 
when requested, but local schools do not depend on the garden 
for all their material. 


LAUNCESTON 
BotANIC GARDENS 


(Fide: Director of Agriculture, Adelaide, Australia) 


1 


Tchécoslovaquie (See Czechoslovakia) 


Trinidad 
PORT OF SPAIN 
Royats BorANiIC GARDEN 
Established: 1818. Area: 67 acres in garden proper. A large 
area is held in wild vegetation. 
Superintendents: 
1. D. Lockart (1818-1846) 5. J. H. Hart (1887-1908) 
2. T. Purdie (1846-1854) 6. J.B. Carruthers (1909-1910) 
3. H. Crueger (1854-1864) 7. W. G. Freeman (1911-1922) 
4. H. Prestoe (1864-1886) 8. R. O. Williams (1922-1934) 
Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, from sunrise to sun- 
set. Source of income: Annual appropriation by the national 
8 


government. Annual Budget, 1934: £1847. Library: Reference. 
About 1000 volumes. Current periodicals received: 23. Her- 


296 


barium: About 30,000 specimens. Plantations: No distinct divi- 

sions. Species under glass: Glass used very little, but Adiantums 

and other ferns are kept under partially glazed houses, with open 

sides. Publications: Flora of Trinidad and Tobago. Useful and 

ornamental plants of Trinidad and Tobago. Guide Book of the 
oyal Botanic Gardens. 


Turkey 
ISTANBUL 


Hortus Botranicus IsSTANBULENSIS 
(IstanspuL UNiversitest Napatat BAHGES!I) 
Nabatat Bahcesi Direktérii, Fen Fakiiltesi, Universite, Istanbul 
Established: 1936. 
Director: A. Heilbronn (1937). Index Seminum (Tohum Kata- 
logu). 


Uganda 
ENTEBBE 
Boranic GARDENS 
P. O. Box 60, Entebbe, Uganda, Africa 

Established: 1898. Area: 70-75 acres. 
Directors: 
. Mr. Alexander Whyte (1898-1902) 
Mr. E. T. Dawe (1902-1903) 
Mr. E. Brown (1903- oa 
Mr. R. Fyffe (1907-Apr. 1917) 
Mr. S. Simpson ore 1929) 
Dr. J. D, Tothill (June, 1929— ) 
rves as a public park, “ but not in such a broad sense as the 
term is eae in England.” Open free from sunrise to sunset, 
through the . Source of income: Protectorate Revenue. Sup- 
ported by ee eee Dept. funds annually. Library: About 
300 volumes, 50-100 pamphlets available at the Agricultural Lab- 
oratories, Kampala (Bot. Section). Herbarium: “4000 specimens 
approximately. No arboretum, but many fine tree specimens are 
among the collections. 1ere is a small collection of fruit trees 
(tropical). Supplies living material for study to local schools. 


_ 


eon ar ae 


297 


Union of Socialist Soviet Republics 


ALMA ATA (SEE KAZAKSTAN) 


ASKANIA NORA 
BoTaNIc GARDEN 
ASkania Noid, Clo. on Ke 
Affiliation: Die All-Ukrainische Akademie der Landwirtshaftlichen 
Wissenschaften, Staats-Steppen Institut. Seed List. 


ASKHABAD 
Hortus Botanicus TURCOMANICUS 
Askhabad (Turcomania), U. S. 5. R. 
Affiliation: Turkmenski Botanitscheskij Institut. Delectus Sem- 
inum. 


BAKOU (BACU—A. S. 5S. R.) (1) 
Hortus Boranicus BAKUENSIS 
Rue Communiste 10, Baku (Baki), U. S. S. R. 
Director: A. A. Grossheim (1936). Delectus Seminum. 
Affiliation: Sectio Botanica Filiae Azerbaidzhanicae Academiae 
Scienciarum, U. S. S. R. 


BAIKOUTCS SS. Rae) 
Botanic (EXPERIMENTAL) GARDEN (Opytrij BoTANITSCHESKIJ 
SAD) 


BATUM (ADSHARISTAN) 
SuBTROPICAL BOTANICAL GARDEN 
(BatumMskiy BoTaANITSCHESKIJ SaD) 


Makhinjauri, Georgia, U. 5S. S. R. 


BILA ZERKVA (UCRAINE) 


BotaNtc GARDEN (BOoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 


298 
CHARKOW (UKRAINE) 
Botanic GARDEN (CHARKOWSKIJ BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 


Klotschkowskaja 52 


DNEPROPETROWSK (UCRAINE) 
Boranic GARDEN (BoTANITSCHESKIJ Sap) 
Rue Urizki No. 10 
Director: A. Levitska (1936). Seed List. 


ERIVAN (ARMENIA) 
BoraNic GARDEN (BoTaNITSCHESKIJ SAD ARMENII) 
Daschli—Kutscha 49, Armenia, U. S. S. R. 


GORKY (VOLGA—FORMERLY NISJNY NOVGOROD) 
Botanic GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 
Komsomolskij per 7, Gorky, U.S. S. R. 
Director: S.S. Stankov (1937). Delectus Seminum. 


GORY-GORKY 
JARDIN BOTANIQUE DE L’INSTITUT AGRONOMIQUE 
Gory-Gorki, Belorussia, U. S. S. R. 
Director: N. F, Nikolaev (1937). Delectus Seminum. 


JALTA (CRIMEA) 
Mototov Nikita Botanic GARDEN 
(Gos. Nixiraxiy Opytniy BotaNnirscuEeskiy SAD, IMENT 
Mo.otowa ) 


KAMIANETZ-PODILSKYJ (KAMIENETZ-PODOLSKYI) 
Botanic GARDEN (BotTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 
PaO Box //. Ukraine “U5... &- 
Established: 1930. Director: N. A. Shukowskyj (1937). Index 
Seminum. 


299 


KASAN 
BotANiIc GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 


(BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD UNIVERSITETA ) 


KAZAKSTAN 
JarpIN BoTANIQUE 

Academie des Sciences, Alma-Ata, Vinogradova 18 (Kazakstan) 
Director: A. J. Milorzorov (1937). Index Seminum. 

Note: Located at Lat. 43° 14’ N., Long. 76° 56’ E.; altitude 900 
meters. 

KIEV (KIEFF, KIEW) (1) 
Jarpin BoTANIQUE DE L’ACADEMIE DES SCIENCES DE LA Ren Sens: 
bp’ UKRAINE 
Rue Vydubetzkaja No. 49, Kiev (Ukraine), U. S. 5. R. 

Directors: N. Dubovik (1936). N. Ptitzyn (1937). Index 

Seminum. 


KIEV (2) 
Botanic GARDEN OF THE BOTANICAL INSTITUTE OF THE 
UcRAINIAN ACADEMIE OF SCIENCES 


Established: 1838. Area: ? “22.5 h. plus 207 H.” 
Directors: 
1. Schmalhausen (1879-1894) 3. Fomin (1914-*) 
2. Nawaschin (1895-1914) 


Serves as a public park. Open ae to the public. Source of 
income: Appropriations from the Soviet Ucrainian Government. 
Arboretum and fr uticetum: 1500 species. Species under glass: 
6000. Publications: Seed List (‘Index Seminum”’). “ Journal 
de I’Institut Botanique de l’Academie des Sciences.” Living ma- 
terial for study is supplied for the Kiew University and Institutes. 
Herbaria: Herbarium Caren Herb. Ucrainicum, Herb. Cau- 
casicum. Museum: Specimens mounted for public inspection. 


KIEV (UKRAINE) (3) 
MunicipaL Botanic GARDENS 
Ul. Kominterna 1 


Director; N. W. Dubowik (1936). 


300 


KIROVSK (KIROBSK) 
(Formerly Chibinogorsk; Leningrad obl.) 
Hortus Borantcus Arcro-ALpInus ACADEMIAE SCIENTARUM 
Nauk 
(BoraniTscHESKIJ SAD AKADEMIA NauK) 
Hortus Botanicus, Kirovsk, Peninsula Kola, U. S. S. R. 
Established: 1932. Area: 1200 hectares. 

Note: This Garden was established by the Academy of Sciences 
of Nauk “on the initiative of the Kola Expedition by Academician 
A. It, Fersman and the Party, Soviet, and economic organizations 
of the Murmansk District.” It is located in the Khibinsk Moun- 
tains, Kola Peninsula. (Murmansk District, Leningrad Region), 
north of the Arctic Circle (67° 35’ north latitude), near the new 
town of Kirov (formerly Khibinogorsk) and the apatite mines. 
It is on a moraine on the slope of Mt. Woodyavrchorr. Its alti- 
tude ranges from 315 to 1060 meters above mean sea level. It is 
reported to be “the first botanical garden beyond the Arctic Cir- 
cle.” Publications: Delectus Seminum. 


KOOIBUCSHEFF 
BoTaNICAL GARDEN 
Kooibucshetf 2 (Samara), U. S. S. R. Seed List. 
Affiliation: Board of Instruction of the Kooibucsheft Region. 
EO ASERIZA Ass BES <5 ae) 
Botanic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ Sap) 

LENINGRAD (1) 

Marin Botanic GARDEN OF THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


(ForMeRtYy: Boranic GARDEN OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY) 


(BoTANITSCHESKIJ Sap) 
Universitetskaja nab. 7/9, Wassil, Ostrow 
Established: 1st, about 1712 by Peter the Great as a Druggist’s 
Garden. 2nd, 1824, reorganized as the Imperial Botanic Gar- 
den. 3rd, 1917, again reorganized as the Principal Botanic 
Garden of the U. S.S. R. 


301 


Directors: 

_E. L. Fischer (1843-1850) 
_ A. Meyer (1850-1855) 
_K. Kuster (1855-1857) 
Regel (1857-1865 ) 
Trautvetter (1865-1875 ) 
Regel (1875-1892) 
Batalin (1892-1896 ) 
Fischer de Waldheim (1896-7) 
L. Isacenko (1928) 

A. Keller (1937) 

Serves as a ae park. Open daily free. Library: Reference. 
About 48,000 volumes and pamphlets. Herbarium: More than 
3,000,000 specimens. Plantations: Systematic, geographic, eco- 
nomic, local flora. Fruticetum and arboretum. Delectus Sem- 
inum. Museum: Open three times weekl Tuesday, Thursday 
and Saturday, at three o’clock. Admission only * by order.’ 
Free lectures were given occasionally at the garden. Study col- 
lections of herbarium specimens, dried seeds, alcoholic (formalin ) 
material, microscopic slides, economic plant products, and photo- 
.graphs were loaned to schools. Living material, including wild 
plants, was supplied when requested to both public and private 
schools 


— 


| SREP OR ERAS 


Nore: The above data were obtained before the World War. 
The only information we have been able to obtain since then is as 
follows, received in March, 1937, from Prof. N. I. Vavilov, Di- 
rector of the U. S. S. R. Institute of Plant Industry of the Lenin 
Academy of Agricultural Sciences. 

“The Botanical Garden in Leningrad belongs now to the Botan- 
ical Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the U. 5. 5. R. It 
has one of the biggest herbariums in our country, containing sev- 
eral millions of specimens. It has two kilometers of greenhouses 
with an enormous collection of living plants, as well as a beautiful 
garden. There are several laboratories. . .. In Leningrad we 
have only one Botanical Garden; it is called the Main Botanical 
Garden of the Academy of Sciences.” . . . In 1912 there was the 
200th anniversary of this Doe and three big volumes of its his- 
tory were published. .. . The Director of this Garden is Pro 
B. A. Keller.” 


302 


The date, 1843, given by our Petrograd correspondent before 
the World War, must refer to a reorganization. In the Botan- 
ische Zeitung (18: 138. 1860) there is an article, Uber den 
botanischen garten in St. Petersburg, by Prof. Ferdinand Cohn 
(Breslau) stating that this Botanic Garden was established by 
Peter the Great in 1714 (vs. 1712 implied by the date of the 200th 
anniversary celebration), ‘‘ Eleven years after the foundation of 
the City,” (1703). Cohn says further: 

“For one hundred years the Garden made little progress, but, 
during the reign of Alexander the First, F. E. L. Fischer, formerly 
in charge of the gardens of Count Al. Rasumoffsky, at Gorenki, 
near Moskow, became director. Under Fischer the Garden be- 
came a first-class botanical institution.” 

LENINGRAD (2) 
DENDROLOGICAL GARDEN 
Forest-Technical Academy, Leningrad 18. Seed List. 
MINSK 
30TANIC GARDEN OF THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF WHITE 
Russia 
Established: 1930. Area: 98 hectares. 


Director: S. P. Mjelnik (1936). Delectus Seminum. 
Note: A portion of the Garden is a nature reserve. 


MOSCOW (1) 


BOTANICAL GARDEN OF THE UNIversITY oF Moscow 


(BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 
1 Meshchanskaja, 28, Moscow 10 


Established: 1707. Area: © hectares. 
Directors: 

Hoffmann (1804-1824) 
Maskymowich (1824-1834) 

Fisher von Waldheim (1834-1860) 
N. J. Kaufmann (1860-1870 
Chistakof (1870-1873) 

. Goroshakyn (1873-1900) 


— 


aft rae 


oy 


303 


7. Golenkyn (1900-1931) 

8. M. S. Navashin (1934-1937) 

9. D. Synytzkaja (1937- ) 

Serves as a public park. Orangery open daily, 9:30-5; “ The 
Park ” on even days, 9:30-7. Admission: Excursionists, 20 cop; 
individuals, adults, 60 cop., children, 20 cop. Source of income: 
Government subsidy, admission fees, and sale of plants. Library: 
About 10,000 volumes. Herbarium: In the University.. No sep- 
arate herbariums for the Botanic Garden. Plantations: In “ Den- 
dropark,” systematic; Orangery, geographic. Arboretum and a 
Fruticetum. Publications: Delectus Seminum; Guide. Lectures 
are given at the Garden to school children, and study material is 
supplied to schools. Affiliation: “ Students and post-graduates of 
the University work in the Botanic Garden.” 


MOSCOW (2) 
Botanic GARDEN OF THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 


MOSCOW (3) 
Botanic GARDEN OF THE TIMIRIASEV ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
Timiriasev Academy, Corpus 17, Cathedra Botanica,. Moscow 8, 
* 7 On osin sree 


ew 


Director: P. M. Zhukovsky (1936). Delectus Seminum. 


NIKITA 
GOVERNMENT BoTANICAL GARDEN 
Nikita, Yalta, Crimea, U. S.S. R. Seed List 


ODESSA (UKRAINE) 


GOVERNMENTAL Botanic GARDEN (GosubD, BOTANETSCHESKYI 
SA 


(Hortus Boranicus UNIversITatTis RESPUBLICANAE 
ODESSANAE ) 
Proletarakyi Bulwar 87 
Directors: W. 1. Lipskii (?-1937) ; I. A. Viassenko (1937- Dp 
Seed List. 


304 


OMSK 
Boranic GARDEN OF THE INSTITUTE OF AGRICULTURE 
(Omsxkoje Institut SetsKo-CHosyAISTWENNY BOTANET- 
SCHESKYI SAD) 
Omsk (Siberia), U. S. S. R. 
Director: N. Plotnikov (1937). Seed List. 
Branch of the Leningrad Garden. 


PENZA (VOLGA) 
Botanic GARDEN (BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 
Krasnaja 36, Penza, U. S. S. R. 
Director: D. G. Nazarov (1937). Delectus Seminum, Quae 
curatio arearum reservatarum rei publicae in regione Kuj- 
byschevensi (Volga media) pro mutua commutatione offert. 


PERM 
JARDIN BoTANIQUE DE L'UNIVERSITE D'ETAT DE PERM 
Perm: aly Zana. Se ee 
Director: E. A, Pavsky (1937). Index Sporarum et Seminum. 


RIDDER (ALTAT) 
Botanic GARDEN (BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 


ROSTOW-DON 


Boranic GARDEN ( BOTANETSCH ESKIJ SAD) 


Rostow na Donn, Potscht. jastsch 330, U. S. S. R. 
Director: M. Wipirailenko (1937). Seed List. 


SHITOMIR 
BoraNic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKI] SAD) OF THE AGRI- 
CULTURAL INSTITUT 
Shitomir, Ukraine, U. S. S. R. Katheder der Botanik 
Director: J. Litwino (1936); E. I. Gorenky (1937). Index 


Sporarum, Seminum, Fructum. 


305 


SOTSCHI (SEW.-KAWK. KRAJ) 
ARBORETUM AND Forest EXPERIMENT STATION 
Chudjakov Park 


SVERDLOVSK (EKATERINBURG) (URAL) 
Boranic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 
4 Msl’kova 


Director: Prof. Kasanski (?-1936). Index Seminum. 


TASHKENT 
Hortus BotraNicus UNIVERSITATIS ASIAE MEDIAE 
Tashkent, Usbekistan, U. S. S. R. 


Director: Th. Russanov (1936). Index Seminum. 


SNORILIES,- (CUBES IL CErMOIEIPAy). (l) 
State BoTANICAL GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 
Tiflis, Georgia, U. S. S. R. (Caucasus ) 
Director: Adolph Rolloff (7). 


Heiss Me LETSE) 2) 
Boranic GARDEN OF THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
(BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 
Tiflis, Georgia, U. S. S. R. (Caucasus) 
Director: D. Sosnovsky (1937). Delectus Seminum. 


TOMSK 


Boranic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 


UFA 
Hortus Botantcus (BoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 


VLADIVOSTOCK (DALNIJ WOSTOK) 
Botanic GARDEN OF THE B. I. N. 


(OTDELENIE GLAWNOGO BOTANTTSCHESKOGO SADA) 


306 


VOLOGDA 


BoraNnic GARDEN (BOoTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 


VORONESCH (WORONESH) 
BoTraNnic GARDEN (BOTANITSCHESKIJ SAD) 
Universitetskaja ul. 5 


Director: W. Ph. Wassiliew (1937). Delectus Seminum. 


WASILJEWO (MOSK.-KASANSK. SHEL. DOR) 
ARBORETUM OF THE Kasan AGRICULTURAL INSTITUTE 
(DENbROL. Sap INst. SELSKOGO CHOSJAISTWA 1 LEsowopstWa ) 


WITEBSK (BES) os ka 
BoTaANic GARDEN OF THE VETERINARY COLLEGE 
(BoraANETSCHESKIJ SAD WeETER. Inst.) 
Woropajewskaja ul. ega 


United States of America 
Arizona 
SUPERIOR 
Boyce THompson SOUTHWESTERN ARBORETUM, INC. 

Established: 1924; First planting, 1928; Officially opened April 

6, 1929. Area: 401 acres. 
Directors: Franklin Jacob Crider (1924-1935) ; Frederick Gibson 

(Jan. 1, -1936- oe 

Note: The purpose of this Arboretum, as stated in its pamphlet, 
“ Purpose, History, Dedication” (Superior, Arizona, July, 1930) 
is as follows: “. . . the specific purpose of the institution, as now 
conceived, is to bring together and grow, for study and possible 
utilization, the plants of sub-arid climates and to publish the re- 
sults of such investigations.” There is a special collection of 
Cacti. Col. Thompson said: “1 have in mind more than mere 
botanical propagation. I hope to benefit the State and the South- 
west by the addition of new products ... to see if we cannot 
make these mesas, hillsides, and canyons far more productive and 


307 


of more benefit to mankind. ... We will build here the most 
beautiful, and at the same time the most useful, garden of its kind 
in the world.” 

Source of Income: Income from endowment provided by the 
founder, Col. William Boyce Thompson. Through Special Usage 
Permit from the U. S. Federal Forest Service, the total area avail- 
able for Arboretum purposes has been increased to 1,127 acres. 
The mean rainfall is 17 inches, about equally divided between 
mid-summer and winter. 


California 


ANAHEIM 
Rancuo Santa ANA BoTaNIc GARDEN 
IP, (Os 1Bxop GVA Rel Bras), Anaheim 
Executive Office: 3210 West Adams St., Los Angeles. 
Established: 1927. Area: 200 acres. 

Director and Founder: Mrs. Susanna Bixby Bryant. 
Herbarium; Library (reference). , 
The announced primary purpose is to provide facilities for 
research in plant life by assembling in one accessible locality a 
living collection of the different species of plants indigenous to 
California that will grow in the Santa Ana Cafion, Orange County, 
40 miles East of Los Angeles. Educational work is planned in 
cooperation with schools and colleges in their nature study and 
botany classes by means of field days at the Ranch. Publication: 

Report, April 1, 1931. 


REGIE EY 
University oF CALirornIA BoTANICAL GARDEN 
University of California, Berkeley, Calif. 
Established: July 1, 1934. Area: 60 acres. The first Garden 
was established in 1891. 
Director: T. H. Goodspeed (Dec. 1, 1934— We 


Open free to the public daily, 9 am-—5 pam. Source of Income: 
Budget of University of California and_ private benefactions. 
Library and Herbarium not distinct from those of the University. 


308 


An Arboretum and Fruticetum under development as of 1936. 
Plantations: Systematic and Morphologic. Himalayan Area. 
Publications: “ Leaflet ” series: taxonomic, morphologic, and cul- 
tural notes on Garden collections. Plant material supplied to 
classes in the University. 


LOS ANGELES (1) 
CALIFORNIA Boranic GARDEN (ABANDONED) 
(Formerly) 600 Mandeville Canyon Road, Los Angeles 
Established: 1927. Area: 800 acres. 
Director: Elmer Drew Merrill (1927-1929). 

Note: Owing to the economic depression this Garden was aban- 
doned in 1930. The area has been built up as a residential sec- 
tion. “ The only thing that ever came out of our ideal was the 
herbarium Dr. Merrill purchased and which was subsequently 
presented to the University of California at Los Angeles.” 

Publications: Members Bulletin, June, 1928-May, 1929; Book- 
let of Information (no date; about 1929) ; Descriptive and His- 
torical Material, 1928. 


LOs ANGELES (2) 
Rancuo Santa Ana Botanic GARDEN 
Executive Office: 3210 West Adams Street, Los Angeles, Calif. 
Garden situated in Santa Ana Canon, Orange County, California 
Established: 1927. Area: Approximately 200 acres. 
Directors: Self perpetuating Board of five Trustees. 


Open free to the public on Thursdays during April, May, and 
June by card. Source of income: Endowed by Susanna Bixby 

ryant in memory of her father, John W. Bixby. Library: Ap- 
proximately 2000 volumes. Herbarium: 11,694 specimens, of 
which 8204 are mounted. Plantations: Restricted to native plants 
of California. Plantings of trees and shrubs, mainly by families, 
with variations on account of special requirements. Publications: 
First privately printed report 1931. Descriptive Garden pamphlet 
1933. Lectures are given occasionally to school children at. the 
Garden. Living material occasionally supplied for study to local 
schools. 


309 


SAN MARINO 
HUNTINGTON BOTANICAL GARDEN 


Established: 1928. Area: 200 acres. 
Board of Directors: 

1. Henry M. Robinson, Chairman 

2. George Ellery Hale 

3. Archer Milton Huntington 

4. Robert A. Millikan 

5. Henry S. Pritchett 

Open free, daily (except Mondays and the Ist and 3rd Sundays 
of each month), from 1:15 until 4: 30 pm. Source of income: 
Trust Endowment. Owned and administered by the Henry E. 
Huntington Library and Art Gallery. Library: Approximately 
3000 volumes and pamphlets. Plantations: Systematic and Geo- 
graphic. Arboretum. Publications: ““ The Genus Cereus,” by Dr. 

. Werdermann. Supplies surplus living matter to schools. 


SANTA BARBARA 
BLAKSLEY BOTANIC GARDEN 
P. O. Box 198 


Established: 1926. Area: 30 acres (including a wooded terrace). 
Use of 15 more acres. A memorial to Henry Blaksley, father 
of the late Anna Dorinda Blaksley Bliss. Located on Mission 
Canyon Road. 

An exhibition garden of native plants grown under horticultural 
conditions adapted to private gardens and for roadside planting. 
Drought-resistant plants. 

Directors: Elmer J. Bissell, M.D. (1926-1936), who purchased 
the land and developed and landscaped it in association with his 
wife, Ervanna Bowen Bissell; Maunsell Van Rensselaer 
(1936-— 

Source of income: Supported by Mrs. W. G. Bliss and the Di- 
rectors. Serves as public park. Open free daily from sunrise 
to sunset. Open to college students and public-school pupils for 
botanical study ; supervised instruction. Library: Outdoor book- 
shelves of reference for use in garden. Book-table in Chaparral 


310 


section. Books and nature magazines. Bird-books (field glasses 
on application to caretaker ). A retired place for reading, study 
of birds and plants by families. Music: Classical concerts on Sun- 
day and — times a week ‘‘ to draw people and interest them in 
botany.” Plantations: Systematic, ecologic, geographic. Special 
section of flora of Santa Barbara Channel Islands. Special col- 
lection of Ceanothus. Publications: Popular leaflets in form of 
notes on plants and geology. 4 ffiliations: The Santa Barbara Mu- 
seum of Nat ural History holds the deed to the Garden, but is not 
Sollee responsible for maintenance. The Garden “ serves as 
an ‘ outdoor wing’ of the Museum.’ 


SANTA MONICA 
30TANIC GARDEN OF UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT Los ANGELES 
2460 Euclid Ave. 


Connecticut 
HARTFORD 
The Superintendent of Parks 
Area: 260 acres. 
Park Superintendent: George H. Hollister. 

During 1935 a botanical survey was made, with Federal Works 
Progress Administration (WPA) labor, to determine what trees, 
shrubs, and herbaceous plants were on the site. The appropriation 
was $470. In 1936 preliminary plans were being made by a land- 
scape architect. As of November 27, 1936, the development of 
the Garden had not yet been begun. 


NEW HAVEN 
MarsH BoTANICAL GARDEN 


Established: 1900. Area: 12 acres. 
Directors: 
1, James W. Toumey (1900-1919) 
2. Committee (Henry S. Graves, Chairman) (1 920-1926) 
3. George Elwood Nichols (1927— ) 
Serves within limits as a public park. Admission free, daily. 
ource of income: Yale University, general funds. Library: De- 
partmental library of the University Department of Botany. Her- 


olf 


barium: Herbarium of the Department of Botany. Arboretum: 
None has been definitely organized, but several plantings of trees 
and shrubs on University grounds are planned along arboretum- 
fruticetum lines. Plantations: Systematic, native plants; educa- 
tional tulip garden, iris garden, rock garden displays. Publication: 
Seed Exchange List (none since 1924). Affiliation: With Yale 
University. 


NEW LONDON 
CONNECTICUT ARBORETUM AT CONNECTICUT COLLEGE 


Established: 1931. Area: 70 acres. 
Director: George S. Avery, Jr. (1931- Ne 

Serves within limits as a public park and is open at all times, 
free of charge. Source of income: Appropriations by Connecticut 
College and gifts of friends. Herbarium: 6000 specimens. Plan- 
tations: Systematic. Publication: Bulletin, published once yearly, 
starting 1934. 


SLORRES 
THe AGRICULTURAL BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE CONNECTICUT 
AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE 
Established: 1909. Area: 1 acre. 
Director: A. F. Blakeslee (1909-1915). 
Source of imcome: Annual appt opriations by the college. 
Plantations: Systematic, economic, ecologic, arboretum (100 spe- 
cies), local flora. 

Note: This Garden was founded primarily as an outdoor museum 
and laboratory for the Department of Botany of the college. It 
supplied study material to the regular college classes and the sum- 
mer school. The entire college campus was laid out by a landscape 
architect, and a planting plan adopted with reference to future 
walks, drives, and buildings, and with the aim of developing the 


campus as a scientific arboretum. 

We are informed (1936) that after 1915 this Garden underwent 
a gradual decline and was abandoned in 1928, when it was assigned 
to the Department of Floriculture of the College and used for a 
display of herbaceous ornamentals. 


Sie 


District of Columbia 
WASELLN GON (GL) 
UNITED STATES BoTANtc GARDEN 
Established: May 8, 1820. Area: 5 acres. Increased, 1824, to 

12.5 acres. 

After about 20 years the Garden was discontinued and the prop- 
erty, which had been assigned to the Columbian Institute for botanic 
garden purposes, reverted to the Federal Government. Thomas 
Jefferson, John Adams, James Madison, and Lafayette were mem- 
bers of the Institute and active in promoting the Botanic Garden. 

Re-established: May 1850, by Act of Congress, on the present 
site on the Mall. The name “ Botanic Garden” was not officially 
apphed to the site until August 18, 1856, when the Joint Committee 
on the Library was charged by Congress with its administration. 
Directors: 

Wilham D. Brackenridge (1842-1852) 

William R. Smith (1852-1912). 

Charles Leslie Reynolds (1912-1913) 

George W. Hess (1913-1934) 

David Lynn (architect of Capitol), acting (July, 1934— ) 

Note: According to a preliminary Report on the United States 
Botanic Garden by the House (of Representatives) Committee 
on the Library (73rd Congress, 2nd Session. House Committee 
Print. Congressman Kent E. Keller, Chairman; John G. Brad- 
ley, Clerk, Washington, 1934), the activities of the Garden in 
recent years “have consisted mainly in the purchase, care, and 
distribution of growing plants. . . . Comparatively speaking, 
propagation, experimentation, and adver activities have been lim- 
ited. Another activity of the Garden .. . is the giving away o 
growing plants and cut flowers to members of Congress and 
friends. . . . Its activities as an educational institution ... as a 
scientific es rablistimient ... or as a botanic garden pa the 
definition previously submitted, are wholly negligible.’ 

The same Report states that the cost of this Garden has varied 
from $5000-$6000 a year (during the first years) to a maximum 
of $173,960 in 1930, with a total of $3,511,180 for the entire 


— 


Ee lade: 


313 


period 1842-1934, an average for the 92 years of less than $40,000 
a year. This does not include the cost of building and grounds 
of the new conservatory in 1927, $1,862,538, which would bring 
the average to about $58,500 per year. 

In 1921 Representative Langley introduced a bill (H. R. 2166, 
67th Congress, lst Session) ‘‘ To increase the area of the United 
States Botanic Garden.” Its removal from its old location on the 
Mall was necessitated by an Act of Congress locating the General 
Grant Memorial (completed about 1920) on the site of the Garden. 
The old site (about 12 acres) was between Maryland Avenue (on 
the West) and Pennsylvania Avenue (on the East) and the Cap- 
itol Grounds and Third St., S.W. The new site lies south of 
Maryland Avenue. 

This is chiefly an educational display garden, as the botanical 
research, herbarium, and botanical library are provided for under 
other branches of the Federal Government. In 1933 a new Con- 
servatory, costing $604,000, was completed on the corner of Mary- 
land Avenue and First Street, Southwest. 


WASHINGTON (2) 
NATIONAL ARBORETUM 


Established: The Congressional Act authorizing the establishment 
of this Arboretum was passed March 4, 1927, and became a law 
on the signature of President Coolidge. 

Area: Total present (1937) area, 386 acres. There is an area of 
about 400 acres of federal land which may later be added. 

Director: An office with the title, Director, is contemplated ; in the 
meantime the administrative head will be an Acting Director. 
Dr. Frederick V. Coville was Acting Director from the begin- 
ning until his death in January, 1937. His successor has not 
yet (June, 1937) been appointed. 

Plantations: Up to 1937 no planting has been done except a small 
nursery. Care has been given to existing native plants on the 
property, to soil improvement, and preliminary development of 
roads and fences. 


314 


MWASELNGEON =< (3) 
MEDICINAL AND DruGc PLANT GARDENS 


Division of Drug Plants, Bureau of Plant Industry, ie 2. Dent, 
of Agriculture, Washington, D. 


Mimeographed lists of the plants grown may be obtained on 
POQUIeST: 


Florida 
CHAPMAN FIELD 
FAIRCHILD BOTANICAL GARDEN 
A proposal for a tropical botanic garden has been made in a 

publication, “ An argument for a botanical garden in south Florida, 
to be called the Fairchild Botanical Garden,’ by Marjory S. 
Douglas (ells Press, Coral Gables, Florida). The site suggestec 
is a frost-free area in the extreme southern part of Florida, near 
Chapman Fieid, where the U. S. Dept. of Agriculture maintains 
a Plant Introduction Garden for growing tropical plant intro- 
ductions. 


fades 


SEBRING 
FroripA BoTANICAL GARDEN AND ARBORETUM 

Established: 1936. Area: More than 1500 acres 
Direction: The Garden is controlled by the Flomfa Botanical Gar 

den and Arboretum Association. The first president was Dr. 

Abel J. Grout (1936-1937) ; second president, Col. F. N. K. 

Bailey, Sebring. 

The Garden and Arboretum occupy Section 4 of the Highlands 
Hammock State Park. 


Pe of income: Developmental work has been done by the 
(Civilian Conservation Cor Pe initially Highlands 

SP Ss, later changed to a new site o 
Ia) 1 


Camp 
1 Lake Jackson and designated 
SP-10. The new site was conidia ed by the Hooker Ham 
mock “arms Corporation. In addition to the Federal Funds 
Cons Piet. lations have been made | oy the State of Florida. 
\e City of Sebring, and the Highlands County Commissioners. 
Numerous priv ate organizations and individuals have made contri- 


S15 


butions. Library and Herbarium have been started. Plantations: 
Azalea Garden (donated by the Florida Federation of Garden 
Glubs:. ns Garden; Dahlia Garden; Taxonomic Garden; Nurs- 


eins = dha Arboretum section 8500. trees and shrubs have been 
planted. Wi Wood Collection, including species native to Florida 
oP others, is being prepared. Publications: . Report of the 


Florida Botanical Ce den and Arboretum. June 1, 19867 by: AW 

Altvater, Project Superintendent, Highlands Camp SP-3, National 

Park Service. Ze ie sort on the Botanical Activities of the Florida 

Botanical Garden ae Arboretum. June 1, 1936, by J. B. McFar 

lin, Wild Life Technician, Highlands Camp SP-3, National Par k 
WLS 


Service. . Department of the Interior: National Park 
Service Branch of Planning and State Cooperation, Sebring, 
Florida, February 20, 1937. By A. C. Altvater, Project Super- 


intendent, Highlands Camp SP-10. This contains a Report by 
Die Abele: Grout, then president of the Florida Botanical Garden 
and oNaworentia Association. The above three a were pub- 
‘lished in mimeograph (or multigraph) form. There is also a 
small printed folder, anonymous, entitled, “Florida B Reel Gar- 
den and Arboretum: A Going eroyect: 


Idaho 
MOSCOW 


CHARLES Huston SHATTUCK ARBORETUM 
Affiliation: University of Moscow. 
Reports more than 9000 specimens under cultivation. 


Illinois 


CHICAGO (1) 
DuNE Forest GARDENS (ABANDONED) 
Dune Forest Company, 77 West Washington St., Chicago 
Established: 1927. Area: 100 acres. 
Director (In charge): Dr. Paul C. Standley of the Field Museum, 

Chicago. (1928-1930) 

Note: About 1927 The Dune Forest Company subdivided a 
piece of wooded and hilly property in the sand dune region of 
northern Indiana, adjacent to the Indiana Dunes State Park. It 
was the plan of the Forest Dune Company to “ improve’ 100 
acres, and to leave the balance in its natural condition. During 


paar 


316 


the world-wide economic depression the property was lost to the 
owners, and apparently the project, which started out with so much 
promise, has been abandoned. 


CHICAGO (2) 
(Borantc GARDEN ‘OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO) 
Department of Botany, Chicago University 

An Associated Press dispatch, in 1934 announced that the Uni- 
versity of Chicago had “ set aside a tract of land for the establish- 
ment of a botanic garden at some future date.’ Official informa- 
tion received from the University Department of Botany, states 
that the University “has no botanic garden properly so-called, 
nor do we term the experimental plots a botanic garden. 


CHICAGO (3) 
PILCHER ARBORETUM 
(In Marquette Park) 
LISLE 
Morton ARBORETUM 
Lisle, Du Page County, Illinois 


Established: Fall, 1921. Administration Building in memory of 
Mr. Joy Morton, founder, completed November, 1935. Area: 
419 acres. 

Directors: 

Mrs. Joseph M. Cudahy, Chairman of Board 
C, E. Godshalk ( ?- ) 


Admission: Free, daily, ‘aoe sunrise to sunset. Source of in- 
come: Endowment ($300,000) made by the late Joy Morton, 
founder. Library: 2000 volumes. Herbarium: 10,000 specimens. 
The Arboretum (with Fruticetum) is situated on State Highway 
No. 53, in Du Page County, approximately 25 miles west of the 
Chicago Loop, 1 mile north of Lisle, and 3 miles south of Glen 
Ellyn. Arrangement: . Systematic, geographic, horticultural. 
See for landscape effect are chiefly. along the boundaries of 
the Arboretum and borders of streams, lakes and drives. In the 
forestry plantings are large groups of trees valuable for forestry 
purposes, whose economic and practical value is being tested. Pub- 
lication: Bulletin of Popular Information. 


SMH 


Indiana 
HUNTINGTON 
LOEW BoTANICAL GARDEN AND ARBORETUM 
Huntington College, Huntington 
Dedicated: June 12, 1937. Area: Garden, 3.5 acres; Arboretum, 
40 acres. 
Director: Fred A. Loew (1937). 

Open free daily. Plantations: Largely systematic, with more 
than 300 species. It is planned to devote one section entirely to 
native grasses. Arboretum now well wooded with many of the 
trees and shrubs native to the region. “ Others will be planted 
until it is complete. . The development of this garden and arbo- 
retum which is the ante project of its kind in the state, is the work 
of Fred A. Loew, now professor of botany, and has been named 
after him.” (Science 86: 99. 30 July, 1937.) The dedication 
address was given by Dr. Ernst A. Bessey, professor of botany, 
Michigan State College, and from 1911 to 1914 director of the 
Beal Botanic Garden, East Lansing. 


INDIANAPOLIS (1) 
BoTaANiIc GARDEN AND ARBORETUM 


General Superintendent, Department of Public Parks 


Note: The following information was supplied under date of 
March 22, 1937, by Mr. A. C. Sallee, Gen’l. Supt. 


“Several years ago the late John H. Holliday, founder of the 
Indianapolis News, presented his country estate, consisting of some 
0 acres, to the City of Indianapolis to be used for a public park. 
On account of the unprecedented business depression during the 
past few years and the uncertainty of raising taxes, this tract has 
not been developed as a city park. Recently Mr. Willard N. Clute, 
the Indiana Nature Study Club, and members of the Indianapolis 
Council of Garden Clubs, which organization has cooperated with 
the Park Board in a campaign of city beautification, have agreed 
that the money estate would be the ideal site for a botanic garden 
and arboret 

A ieee architect has been employed to assist in the develop- 
ment of this garden. It is planned to perfect a strong citizen or- 
ganization to cooperate with the Park Board and provide con- 


318 


tinuity for the operation of the garden, ossibl , the raising of an 
y > 


peepee fund, and the employment of a “ Botany Director.” 


INDIANAPOLIS (2) 
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF BUTLER UNIVERSITY 
Butler University, Indianapolis, Indiana 
Established: 1928. Area: 15 acres. 
Director: Willard N. Clute (1928- » 


Serves as a public park. Open free every day, all day. Source 
of income: Funds appropriated by the University. Library: About 
3000 volumes available at the University Library. Herbarium: 
35,000 specimens. There is an Arboretum and a Fruticetum. 
Plantations: Largely systematic. There is a Herbaceous garden, 

Sand garden, Native Wildflower garden, Rock garden, and Water 
garden. Special lectures are given to school children at the garden, 
also to clubs, garden societies, and general public. Study material 
is supplied to local schools on application. 


ary 


peek 


MUNCIE 

BoTANIC GARDEN oF BALL STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 
About 18 acres adjoining the college campus. Source of in- 
come: State appropriations. 


Iowa i 
GRINNELL 
BoTANic GARDEN OF GRINNELL COLLEGE 
Established: 1908. Area: 1% acres. 
Director: H. S. Conard (1908- ) 

Phe Garder. was established by subscription of funds, the sub- 
scriptions closing December 31, 1908, payable within three years. 
Phe sum now set aside as a special endowment for the garden is 
$1630.00. Some additional funds are supplied by the botany de- 
partment in return for materials used by the department. A con- 
siderable amount of work in the garden is done as class exercises 
by students of horticulture. 


The first plantings were in 1909, 
with 14 species. 


In 1910 about 100 more were added. At present 
there are in the garden about 200 herbaceous species and varieties 


and about 200 of trees and shrubs under cultivation. The trees 


SHS) 


will be removed to another place before they grow large. The 
garden is strictly for herbs and shrubs. The local flora is largely 
represented. 

The Garden is administered by the Professor of Botany of Grin- 
nell College. The College Laboratories contain herbaria of about 
10,000 sheets. No seed list or other publications are issued, but 
seeds and plants are gladly supplied when possible. 


Kentucky 
LEXINGTON (1) 
KENTUCKY Botanic GARDEN 
Lexington 

Established: 1927. Area: About 7 acres. 

Directors: A joimt committee from the Lexington Garden Club 
and the University of Kentucky. Miss Mary L. Didlake 
Chairman. 

Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income: 
Appropriations from University and donations from Kentucky 
Garden Clubs. Library: Those of the University and the Experi- 
ment Station. Herbarium: Those of the University and the Ex- 
periment Station. There is an arboretum, but no fruticetum. 
Plantations: Mainly under ecologic heads. Affiliation: The Gar- 
den is affiliated with the University of Kentucky and is under its 
management. 

LEXINGTON (2) 


Botanic GARDEN OF TRANSYLVANIA University (Abandoned) 


Louisiana 


NEW ORLEANS 
ARBORETUM 

In 1934 plans were initiated in New Orleans for the develop- 
ment of an Arboretum as a part of the City Park extension. Much 
preliminary work has been done on the site by W.P.A. (U. S. 
Works Progress Administration) labor. The New Orleans Acad- 
emy of Sciences and the New Orleans Garden Society have been 
interested in furthering the project by securing funds and other- 
wise. 


320 


Maine 
THOMASTON 
IKKNOX ARBORETUM 
dere cited Bea Fey 
Established: 1908. Area: 100 acres. 
Director; Norman Wallace Lermond (also Curator & Librarian) 


(1908- 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Source of income: 
Public contributions ibrary: volumes; 700 pamphlets. 
This is the Knox Academy Library. Herbarium: Approximately 
800 aerate Plantations: Systematic. Publications: Lists ot 
fie and shrubs, two having been issued by the Garden to date 

934). ae Under construction (1934). Affiliation: 
oe by the Knox Academy of Arts and Sciences, Thomaston. 


Maryland 


BALTIMORE 
Botanic GARDEN OF THE JoHNS HopkINsS UNIVERSITY 


Established: 1909. Area: 2 acres. 

Director: Duncan S. Johnson (1909-Feb. 18, 1937) 

Plantations: 1. Morphologic-ecologic ; 2. Structure and ecology of 
reproductive organs; 3. Systematic; 4. Useful and ornamental 
shrubs. 


Massachusetts 
CAMBRIDGE 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY 
Botanic Garden, Garden Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 
Established: 1807 (1805?). Area: 7 acres. 
Directors (or Chief Administrative Officers) : 
. William Dandridge Peck (1807-1822) 
(Vacant 1823-1824) 
Thomas Nuttall, Curator (1825-1834) 
Asa Gray (Professor in Charge) (1842-1873) 
Charles Sprague Sargent, first Director (1873-1879) 
George Lincoln Goodale, Director (1879-1909) 


— 


Mek eee 


Syl 


6. Oakes Ames, Director (1909-1922) 
7. Stephen F. Hamblin, Director (1923-1930) 
8. Robert H. Woodworth, Curator (1930-1935) 
9, Elmer D. Merrill, Supervisor (1935- 
Ras of income; A small endowment and gifts. Has received 
aid from Harvard College in compensation for illustrative 
sree supplied. Library: The Garden has on its premises, and 
of easy access, the Library of the Gray Herbarium amounting to 
about 39,000 volumes and pamphlets. Herbarium: The Gray Her- 
barium, of Harvard University (about 800,000 sheets). Planta- 
tions: Systematic. Arboretum and Fruticetum: (Harvard Uni- 
versity, of which the Botanic Garden is a small part, has all of 
these well developed at the Arnold Arboretum, g.v.). Jnstruc- 
tion: The Garden is constantly used by instructors connected with 
different parts of the University. Its function is to supply il- 
lustrative material, but classes from Harvard College are often 
brought, as are classes from neighboring schools to ane Garden. 
Affiliation: Formerly a separate Departm nent of Harvard Univer- 
sity. Since 1928 a part of the Department of Botany of the 
University. 
Announcement Concerning The Harvard Botanic Garden 
“The Harvard Botanic Garden, hitherto a separate department 
of the University, has been transferred to the Department of Bot- 
any. President Lowell has given out the following statement in 
connection with the change: ‘Some years ago a number of people 
interested in gardening asked the corporation to conduct the gar- 
den for horticultural objects, offering to pay the expenses involved, 
which the corporation was glad to do so long as the cost was thus 
defrayed. After a while the committee became weary of raising 
subscriptions, and last spring it was decided that in view of this 
fact, and of the comparatively small scientific value of horticulture 
to the University, the Garden had better be used for scientific pur- 
poses. The direction of the garden has, therefore, been trans- 
ferred to a member of the Department of Botany, who will use 
the small income of the endowment for the benefit of that Depart- 
ment.’ ’—Science 70: 605, December 20, 1929. 
Note: For Atkins Institution, Soledad, Cuba, see under Cuba, 
Soledad. 


ae 


JAMAICA PLAIN 
ARNOLD ARBORETUM OF Harvarp UNIVERSITY 


Established: 1872. The principal collections of trees and shrubs 
were not planted until 1886. Area: 260 acres. 

Director: Charles Sprague Sargent (1872-1927). 

Supervisors: Oakes Ames (1928-1935); Elmer D. Merrill 
(1936- ) 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, from sunrise to sun- 
set. Source of income: Interest from endowment, special contri- 
butions, municipal appropriations for construction and mainte- 
nance of carriage drives and walks. Library: About 4100 bound 
volumes; 10,000 pamphlets; 17,000 photographs. Herbarium: 
About 390,000 specimens, representing the woody plants (only) of 
the world; Carpological collection 8000; Wood collection 4000. 

‘onservatories: As the arboretum includes only woody plants,. 
hardy in the climate of Jamaica Plain (near Boston), there are no 
plant houses except a small propagating house. Plantations: Sys- 
tematic. 


1. Arboretum. Stated by the authorities (in 1934) to contain 
the largest number of species of woody plants assembled in any 
one place in America. (More than 6500 species and varieties of 
trees, shrubs, and vines representing about 339 genera. 

2. Fruticetum. The Shrub Collection ‘is arranged in beds ten 
feet wide, with a total length of 7765 feet, and separated by grass 
covered paths five feet wide. In these beds the shrubs are planted 
in a single row and in botanical sequence, all the species of a 
genus being thus brought together. In this collection only those 
genera are included in which all the species are shrubs, while those 
genera which contain trees and shrubs, like Cornus, Syringa, Vi- 
burnum, Rhamnus, Rhus, Evonymus, Rhododendron, ete., are 
planted in other parts of the Arboretum and as near as possible 
to the other genera of their natural families. 

“ The object of this special Shrub Collection is to enable stu- 
dents, landscape-gardeners, and nurserymen_ to compare readily 
the different shrubs which are available for planting in the North- 
ern States; to make the collection as valuable as possible for this 
purpose only well-known hardy shrubs are included in it. Less 
hardy and all imperfectly known shrubs will be found in more 
sheltered and less conspicuous positions, where supplementary col- 


— 


323 


lections of most of the prominent genera of shrubs are maintained. 

“Three sides of the shrub ground are surrounded by a trellis on 
which the vines of the collection are trained, all the species of each 
genus being planted together.” 

3. Hawthorn collection. “ About 1300 species, forms, and va- 
rieties of this genus are now represented in this collection. The 
plants were nearly all produced at the Arboretum, from seeds 
carefully gathered from the individual trees which served as the 
types from which the species were described. The plants are in 
square beds, and several individuals of each species are planted 
together ; then as these grow they are reduced to one or two plants 
of each variety. Diagrams of each bed are kept on cards, and 
the name, history, position, and final distribution of each indi- 
vidual are recorded.” 


4. Pinetum, containing the pines and other Gymnosperms. 
Publications: Shaw, George Russel, The pines of Mexico, Boston, 
. Wilson, E. H., Vegetation of Central and Western 
China. (500 photographs), 1911. The Bradley Bibliography, 
a guide to the literature of woody plants published before the 
beginning of the twentieth century. Plantae Wilsonianae, an 
enumeration of the woody plants collected in western China, 
etc. A guide to the Arnold Arboretum (with map). Bulletin 
of Popular Information—issued during spring and autumn, 
about 12 numbers per year. $1.00 per year. Journal of the 
Arnold Arboretun—Quarterly. Contributions from the Arnold 
Arboretum—issued at irregular intervals. The Genus Pinus. 
Catalogue of the Library of the Arnold Arboretum. The Cher- 
ries of Japan. The Conifers and Taxads of Japan. The For- 
est Trees of New England. 
Note: See also Cuba: Soledad (Cuban branch of Arnold Ar- 
boretum ). 


LEXINGTON 
Tue Lexincton Boranic GARDEN 
93 Hancock St. 
Established: 1930. Area: 10 acres. 
Director: Stephen F. Hamblin (1930— Ne 


324 


Admission free daily. Source of income: Memberships and 
gifts. Plantations: Wholly for herbaceous plants. Engler and 
Prantl system. Specializing on North American species and rock 
garden plants. Publications: Seed Exchange List; Bulletin; Lex- 
ington Leaflets. 


NORTHAMPTON 
Boranic GARDEN OF SmiITH COLLEGE 
Established: 1893. Area: About 4 acres for the Herbaceous 

Garden; the Arboretum and Fruticetum include the College 

Campus of 80 acres, and the woods adjoining. | 
Directors: William F, Ganong (1894-1932). 

Since 1932 there has been no official with the title of director, 
but the Garden has been under the management of the Botanical 
Department of the College, Miss Sara Bache-Wiig, Chairman 
(1936). 

Open free, daily, to the public. Library: That of the Depart- 
ment of Botany. Specially rich in books on the history of botany 
and botanical education. Herbarium: About 22,000 sheets. 
Plantations: Systematic. Hardy Herbaceous Plants, 1000. Ar- 
boretum: 250 species. Species under glass, 1200. Fruticetum: 

OO species. 


SOUTH HADLEY 
CLARA LEIGH Dwicut GARDEN 
Mount Holyoke College, South Hadley, Mass. 


Established: 1878. Area: 10 acres, garden and arboretum. 
Directors: 

1. Lydia Shattuck (1878-1887) 

2. Henrietta E. Hooker (1887-1900) 

3. Asa 5. Kinney (1900-° '~ 


Open free, daily, except Sundays, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Source of 
income: Income from endowment and College. Herbarium: Over 
8000 specimens, representing nearly 1600 genera. Plantations: 
Herbaceous garden, arboretum (about 150 species of trees an 
shrubs). Species under glass: 300. Herbaceous plants out-of- 
doors: 125 species. 


S25 


WALTHAM 
Botanic GARDEN OF THE MIDDLESEX 
CoLLEGE OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY 
An Associated Press dispatch of June 15, 1928, announced that 
this college was developing its then newly acquired campus at 
Waltham as a botanic garden. ‘“ More than an acre will be cul- 
tivated for botanical study’ from the medical point of view. No 
reply to our questionnaire. 


WELLESLEY 
ALEXANDRA BoTANIC GARDEN AND HUNNEWELL ARBORETUM OF 
WELLESLEY COLLEGE 
Established: 1923. Area: 24 acres. 20 additional acres for ge- 
netics, ecology, and horticulture. 
Directors: Margaret C. Ferguson (1923-1932) ; Helen I. Davis 
1932- Ne 


1 free, daily. Source of income: Endowment, $60,000. 
In addition Wellesley College maintains the large trees (pruning, 
spraying, etc.), walks, electric lights, a nd water » supply. Herbar- 
am; More than 85, 000 specimens. Arbor etum was formerly 
“The Horatio Hollis Hunnewell Arboretum.” 


Michigan 
ANN ARBOR (1) 
BoTANICAL GARDENS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN 
Department of Botany, Ann Arbor 
Established: 1914. Area: 51 a 
Directors: Henry Allan Cleat False cbeuaty, 1919) Harley 
Harris Bartlett (1919- 
Source of income: Budget of the University of Michigan. 
Plantations The more notable features of the outdoor plantings 
an extensive wild rose Pe a large collection of species 
aa varieties of Prunus, and a great many of the varied introduc- 
neo: 


tions of the ce of Foreign Plant Introduction of the U 
Department of Agriculture. 


320 


The School of Forestry of the University maintains its nurs- 
eries at the Gardens. The greenhouse collections are (1937) 
chiefly remarkable for the large cactus collection. The facilities 
of the Garden provide for bringing into flower, for identification 
and study, many plants which are collected by various university 
expeditions. 

Affiliation: The Botanical Gardens constitute an ge nae 
department of the College of Literature, Science, and t 
Facilities for scientific investigation are offered to all Debate 
of the University, and have been utilized, not only by the Depart- 
ment of Botany, but also by the School of Forestry and Conserva- 
tion, the School of Pharmacy, and the Department of Zoology. 
Historical Notes: Dr. H. H. Bartlett, Professor of Botany, Uni- 
versity of Michigan, has kindly supplied the following historical 
information : 

The earliest intimation that there was to be a Botanical Garden 
dates from the reorganization of the University in Ann Arbor 
just a hundred years ago, when Asa Gray, the first professor to 
be appointed, made a plan for the development of the campus, 
which showed the eastern half of the original forty acres as 
“ The Botanical Garden.” Gray was sent to Europe to buy books, 
and because of his appointment at Harvard he never returned to 
Ann Arbor, and this plan remained unrealized. 

A Botanical Garden on the campus was ultimately established. 
The first notice of it in the University Calendar appears in the 
volume for 1901-1902. It was under the direction of Julius Otto 
Schlotterbeck, then Assistant Professor of Pharmacognosy and 
Botany in the School of Pharmacy, and occupied an area in front 
of and extending to the westward of the General Library. The 
only recognizable trace of it that now remains is a tree of Fraxinus 
Ornus near the northwest corner of the Library. 

The space on the campus for the Garden was too small. The 
City of Ann Arbor owned thirty acres of land along the Huron 
River which it was willing to use as the nucleus of a new Botanical 
Garden. Additions were made to it by gifts to the University 
from Dr. Walter H. Nichols and his wife and from Professor 
F.C. Newcombe of the Department of Botany. 


S27, 


The development of the Huron River site was begun in 1906, 
and in the Calendar for 1906-1907 Assistant Professor George 
Plummer Burns, of the Department of Botany, is listed as Di- 
rector of the Botanical Gardens. This position he held from 
1907 to 1910, being succeeded by Charles H. Otis as “ Curator’ of 
the Botanic Garden and Arboretum” (1910-1912). The De- 
partment of Botany continued the administration until 1915. The 
land was hilly and although admirably suited for permanent dis- 
play plantings of woody species and for landscape effects, it of- 
fered no sufficient flat area for a large greenhouse plant and ex- 
perimental fields, in which the Department of Botany was espe- 
cially interested. 

The University therefore purchased, in 1914, the initial twenty 
acres of the present site to the west of Packard Road on the line 
between Ann Arbor and Pittsfield townships. The botanists trans- 
ferred to the Packared Road site in 1915, leaving the land along 
the river subsequently known as the “ Nichols Arboretum” to 
be administered by the Department of Landscape Design. This 
arrangement is still (December, 1936) in effect. Dr. Henry Al- 
lan Gleason was the first Director of the Botanical Gardens on 
the Packark Road site. 


ANN ARBOR (2) 
NicHots ARBORETUM 
Established: About 1907. Area: About 90 acres. 
Director: Aubrey Tealdi (1936). Plans are under way to in- 
crease the area to 160 acres. 


BAG ME a AGRE IC 
LEILA ARBORETUM 
City Hall, Battle Creek, Michigan 
Established :1922. Area: 255 acres. 
Director: City Commissioner of Public Buildings and Grounds. 
Open free from sunrise to eae te urce of mcome: re ap- 

propriations. Plantations: System Lectures are given to 
school children at the Garden. oan ieee are loaned to the 
schools. 


328 


EAST LANSING 
BraL Botanic GARDEN 
Michigan State College, East Lansing 


Established: 1877. Area: Slightly more than 3 acres. 
Directors: 

1. W. J. Beal (1877-1910) 

2. Ernst A. Bessey (1911-1914) 

3. H. R. Darlington (1915-1930) 

4. H. L. H. Chapman (Superintendent) (1931- ) 

Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Source of income: 
Appropriations from ee State College. No separate ap- 
propriations. Library: The Library of the Botany Department. 
Herbarium: About 90,000 specimens, belonging to the Depart- 
ment of Botany. Plantations: Systematic, economic, local flora. 
Conservatories: A small range. Publications: Seed Exchange List 
(annually). Lectures are given to school children at the garden 
on request. Living material supplied for study to local schools 
occasionally. 

“Perhaps the greatest service that the Garden does is as an ac- 
climatization experiment station. Thanks to the fraternal rela- 
tions that exist between all Kew graduates, Superintendent Chap- 
man obtains each year from Kew men all over the world, hundreds 
of kinds of seeds of plants which he tests out here as to their 
adaptability and desirability under Michigan conditions. Of 
course, only a very few each year prove to be valuable. These are 
mostly plants which are not to be found in the general nursery 
trade. When a plant proves to be desirable a sufficient number 
are propagated so that these can be exchanged for other valuable 
plants with various growers in Michigan. In this way, the grow- 
ers have these new things available and at the same time several 
desirable plants are added to their collection. 

“The Garden is visited in the summer by thousands of people. 
Excursions are made by Garden Clubs from points as far as a 
hundred miles away. Several schools have the habit in May of 
bringing two or three truckloads of children to the Garden, some 
of them coming as far as ninety miles. On days like July 4, May 
30 and Labor Day, sometimes from five to ten thousand people 
visit the Garden.” 


2D) 


HILLSDALE 
BoTANIC GARDEN AND ARBORETUM OF HILLSDALE COLLEGE 


Vee SWeA Na 
SCIENCE GARDENS 
Michigan State Normal College 


Established: 1904. Area: One acre. 
Directors: W. H. Scherzer (1904-1919) ; J. M. Hover (1919-). 
Open free, daily. Source of income: State PU aaiees 
Herbarium: About 4000 specimens. Arboretum of native trees. 
Fruticetum of the more common ornamentals. BInneations are 
arranged systematically, and are intended primarily to serve as 
teaching collections for botany classes. Publication: Flora of 
Washtenaw County, by R. A. Walpole. Special lectures are given 
to school children, and study collections are loaned “to training 
schools only.” Affiliation: Niece State Normal College. 


Minnesota 


LAKE CITY 
UNDERWOOD ARBORETUM AND STATE GAME REFUGE 


Established: January 1, 1931. A memorial to J. M. Underwood. 
Area: 500 acres. 
Director: R. D, Underwood. Open free, daily. 
MINNEAPOLIS (1) 
THe Mepicinat PLANT GARDEN OF THE COLLEGE OF PHARMACY, 
UNIvERSITY OF MINNESOTA 


Established: 1892-93 by Dean Frederick J. Wulling. Area: 3 


cres, 
Director: Frederick J. Wulling (1892- Ne 


Open free to public inspection. High school classes, women’s 
clubs, and other organizations are fre equent visitors. Source Oj 
imcome: Garden produces no monetary income except in small 
way from the digitalis which it prepares for those pharmacists 
who have physicians’ specifications for Minnesota Unive 
talis. The expenses of the Garden are car He by the ee Col- 
lege of Pharmacy Budget. The Garden is not supported by any 


330 


special governmental appropriation, but about 49.5 per cent of the 
Pharmacy Budget, out of which the Garden is maintained, comes 
from the State of Minnesota. Library: The dep ea library 
of the College of Pharmacy contains about 4 volumes, and all 
of the pharmacy periodicals of this country and the Fa aa ones 
of other countries. The students in pharmacy have access to all 
of the library facilities of the University. Herbarium: About 5000 
specimens, ne the saree in paeeueey have access to the her- 
yarium and other facilities of the Department of Botany, College 
of Science, ite eee Soe hae piggies: Largely systematic. 


MINNEAPOLIS (2) 
UNIVERSITY oF MINNESOTA BOTANIC GARDEN 


Area: 3 acres. Administered by the Department of Botany 
chiefly as a source of study material. 


NORTHFIELD 


CARLETON COLLEGE ARBORETUM 


soi ie Oy 08 B 
STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE 

A letter of December 26, 1934 from the Department of Biology, 
State Teachers College, St. Cloud, states as follows: 

“Our State Teachers College has acquired about a square mile 
of islands in the Mississippi river near the College. In addition 
we own one hundred and twenty acres which formerly was a gran- 
ite quarry. We would like very much to establish (1) a botanical 
garden and tree plantings on the quarry site and (2) an arboretum 
on the islands.” 

As of the above date, nothing had been done toward the develop- 
ment of these areas. 


Missouri 
Shou ls 
Muissourt BoTANICAL GARDEN 


Established: The grounds locally known as “ Shaw’s Gardens,” 
were opened to the public in 1859, but its formal opening as a 
botanical institution took place upon the organization of the 


Soll 


trust, in the fall of 1889. Founded by Henry Shaw, of St. 
Louis, who gave the original building and planted grounds, and 
the initial endowment. 

Area: City Garden, 75 acres; Arboretum, Gray Summit, Mo. 
(near St. Louis), 1600 

Directors: William ee *(1889-1912) ; George T. Moore 
(1912- 


Open free, daily except New Year’s and Christmas; on week- 
days aoe 8 a.m. to one-half hour after sunset; Sundays from 10 
a.m. to sunset. Source of income: Endowment, about $5,000,000. 
Annual See: Approximately $150,000. Li brary: Chiefly refer- 
ence, with a “limited circulation. Total number of volumes about 
50,000; number of pamphlets near] ; manuscripts, 332. 
Number of periodicals regularly received, 1400. Herbarium: 
About 1,050,000 specimens. Plantations: In St. Louis, iris, rose 
medicinal plant, formal and water gardens. At the arboretum (at 
Gray Summit), pinetum, native wild flower plantations, azalea- 
rohdodendron garden, flowering crab, cherry, and apple orchards. 
Species under glass: 6500. Herbaceous plants out of doors: 7500. 
Publications: 

Missouri Botanical Garden Bulletin, established Jan. 1913. 
Monthly. Subscription $1.00 a year. Not a scientific publication, 
but “devoted almost exclusively to informing the people of St. 
Louis and vicinity what can be seen and learned at the Missouri 
Botanical Garden.” Contains the annual report of the Director. 

Annals of the Missouri Botanic Garden. Established March, 
1934. Quarterly. Subscription $6.00 a volume. 

The Annals and the Bulletin together take the place of the An- 
nual Report (1890-1912). The Twenty-third Annual Report 
(1912) marked the close of that publication. 

Museum: Henry Shaw Museum, containing relics pertaining to 
the life of Henry Shaw and the history of the founding of the 

Garden. 


Lecture Courses: Course for amateur gar deners, and an advanced 


course on gardening and allied subjects. January—April. ec- 
tures on gardening and allied subjects are delivered by members 
of the staff before various organizations, outside the Garden. 


Affiliations: Washington University, St. Louis, Mo. The Director 
of the Garden is Engelmann, Professor of Botany in the Shaw 
School of Botany of Washington University. 


332 


School for Gardeners: There is a provision for six garden ap- 
prenticeships which provides for three years’ training in general 
horticulture, forestry, and other subjects. The students work 
full time in the Garden under the heads of the various depart- 
ments. 


New Jersey 
TRENTON 
Pack Memoria Arsoretum (Washington Crossing State Park) 
State Forester, Dept. of Conservation & Development, State House 
Annex, Trenton, N. J 
Established: May 19, 1932. Area: 10 acres. 
Direction: N. J. State Board of Conservation & Development. 
Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income: 


State appropriations. There is an Arboretum. Plantations: Geo- 
graphic and Morphologic. 


New York 


BROOKE YN (ly) 
Brooktyn Botanic GARDEN 
1000 Washington Avenue 
Established: 1910 (Authorized December 10, 1909). Area: 50 


acres. 
Director: C. Stuart Gager (1910- Dy: 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Sources of income: 
Private funds eeu New. York City Tax Budget Appropriation. 
Endowment: $1,350,000. 

Membership: oe (7) classes, as follows: 

Benefactor (on payment of $100,000 or more) 

Patron (on payment of $25,000 or more) 

Donor (on payment of $10,000 or more) 

Permanent member (on payment of $2,500 or more) 

Life member (on payment of $500 or more) 

Sustaining member ($25 a year) 

Annual member ($10 a year) 


538 


Library: Reference. 19,500 volumes and 16,000 pamphlets. Cur- 
rent periodicals received, nearly 1000. Herbarium: About 
150,000 specimens, including Phanerogams and Cryptogams. 

Plantations: Systematic, Ecologic, Horticultural, Special Gardens 

Rose Garden, Rock Garden, Japanese Garden, Local Flora, 

Wall Garden, Water Gardens, Children’s Garden, Medicinal 

Plant Garden, Herb Garden.) 

Publications: Ecology, quarterly ; Genetics, bi-monthly ; Contribu- 
tions, irregular; Memoirs, irregular; Record, quarterly (in- 
cludes Prospectus, Seed Exchange List, and Annual Report) ; 
Leaflets, bi-monthly. 

Lectures and Classes: Lectures are given to children and adults 
in addition to courses of instruction. Study Collections: The Gar- 
den has study collections to loan to schools, and living matter for 
study is supplied to local schools when requested. 4 ffiliations: 
New York University, Long Island University. 


BIO OKIE VIN 72) 
Hunt HorticutTturaAL AND BoTANICAL GARDEN 
(Called also The Brooklyn Hunt Botanical Garden) 
Incorporated: April 9, 1855. 

Note: Three city blocks east of Fifth Avenue, Brooklyn and 
between 57th and 60th Streets, and $87,000 were given by Thomas 
Hunt, William C. Langley, and Henry A. Kent. The movement 
was started by The Brooklyn Horticultural Society incorporated 
in April, 1854. The plan was abandoned within one year, but 
no reason for the failure has apparently been left on record. The 
site is now completely covered with buildings. The land was 
deeded back to the original three donors. 


BROOKLYN (3) 
PARMENTIER’S GARDEN 

Established: October, 1825. Area: 23 acres. 
Note: The site was “ between the Jamaica and Flatbush roads,” 

on the outskirts of what is now the City of Brooklyn. It was 
near the present Brooklyn Terminus of the Long 1S nee ae ee ne 
It is recorded ee U. S. Catholic Historical Society, p. 440, 
December, 1904) by Thomas F. Meehan, that the “ black beech 


334 


tree” (Fagus sylvatica var. purpurea?) was first introduced into 

America through Parmentier’s Garden. Here were grown 396 

kinds of ornamental and forest trees and ornamental shrubs. 
Established by André Parmentier. 


BUPPFALO. (1) 
BuFrraLo Boranic GARDEN 
(SoutH Park Boranic GARDEN) 
Lackawanna, New York 


Established: 1894. Area: 155 acres. 
Directors: John F. Cowell (1894-1915); Patrick W. Scanlon 
(1915- Ne 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, at all hours. Source 
of income: Annual YUU ae by the City of Buffalo. Li- 
brary: Reference. 600 volumes, 3000 pamphlets. Number of 
current periodicals oes received, 10. Herbarium: 100,000 
specimens. Plantations: Systematic, Arboretum (500 species), 
Fruticetum (700 species). Museum: Open free, daily, from 
a.m. to .m. Lectures to school children are given both at the 
Garden and at schools. Loan collections for the use of schools: 
herbarium specimens, dried seeds, economic plant products, photo- 
graphs. Study material supplied occasionally a requested to 
both public and private schools. Affiliations: The first director 
was professor of forestry in the University of Buffalo. 


BUFFALO (2) 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF BUFFALO City HospIraL 
462 Grider Street. Seed List 


CORNW ALL-ON-THE-HUDSON 
Tue Brack Rock Forest 


Established: 1927. Area: 3137.68 acres. 
Director: Henry H. Tryon (1927- Je 


A private property organized as a forest laboratory for fe Sa 
in problems of fundamental and applied Silviculture and Fore 
Management, and for as neue Roe eagl ae of es 
anaes _ Source of inc Expenses are met in part by the 
owner, Dr. E. G. Stil fae ne in a through he sale of forest 
ae Open free, daily, “ For public use by anyone who will 


Soo 
treat it properly.” Publications: Bulletin (established 1930; an- 
nually). Black Rock Forest Papers (established 1935); quar- 
terly ). 


FLUSHING 
LINNAEAN BoTanic GARDEN (DISCONTINUED) 


Established: 1737. Area: At first 8 acres; later, 80 acres. 
Proprietors: Robert Prince (1737- ); William Prince (?); 

William Robert Prince (?-1869). 

Note: This garden was primarily a nursery. The name “ Lin- 
naean Botanic Garden” was not given it until 1793. The garden, 
from its beginning to its end, was for 130 years conducted by one 
family—through five generations. Here, it is said, were planted 
the first tulips, the first Lombardy poplars, and the first Mahonia 
in America. This appears to have been the first “ botanic garden ”’ 
on Long Island. 


GILBOA 
(Fossir Plant Botanic GARDEN ) 
The Director, State Museum, Albany, New York 
Established: 1927. Area: 80 sq. ft. 
ilboa Fossil Trees. This is a roadside exhibit of specimens 
of fossil tree stumps near the spot where they were taken from 
the rocks at Gilboa, in the Catskill Mountains, Schoharie County, 
New York State, U.S. A. The group is just within a fence and 
can be plainly seen from passing automobiles. A large-lettered 
label can easily be read from a car standing in the road. The 
stumps are set in a cement base thick enough to be unaffected by 
the action of frost. The fossil forests of Gilboa are of Upper 
Devonian age. 

This exhibit was installed by the New York State Museum 
(Albany, N. Y.) through the cooperation of the New York City 
Board of Water Supply in the spring of 1927. According to a 
statement of the Museum, ‘“ These Gilboa trees in general must 
have resembled the tree ferns of the tropics today, and also of 
the ancient Carboniferous and Upper Devonian Times. They 
do not, however, belong to this group, but were higher types— 
seed ferns | Pteridosperms].” 


336 


“The greatest interest in these forests is that they are the 
oldest known to science.” (See Lester Park; Ritchie Park.) 


PED ACA 
CorRNELL UNIversITy ARBORETUM 
Cornell University 
Established: 1934. Area: 500 acres. 
Directors: Under the direction of an arboretum committee of the 
faculty. 
Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Source of income: 
The initial planting was done by CCC (Civilian Conservation 
neon of the National Recovery Administration—NRA) men in 
1935, cost of maintenance is met by annual appropriations 
to Cornell University. erbarium and Museum: As of 1935 no 
steps ya been taken Saad the development of a herbarium and 
museum apart from those already in existence at the University. 
During 1936 “much planting was done 


LACKAWANNA (SEE BUFFALO (1)) 


LESTER PARK (NEAR SARATOGA SPRINGS) 
Fosstt Botanic GARDEN 
The Director, State Museum, Albany, New York 


In 1914 the New York State Museum received from Willard 
Lester, Esq., a deed of gift of about 3 acres of land in the town- 
ship of Greenfield, two miles west of Saratoga Springs, N. Y. 
This area includes the widely known “ Cryptozoon Ledge,” and 
is set apart as a public park to be preserved and protected by the 
State because of its paleobotanical interest. A notice of this gift, 
and a brief geological and paleobotanical description of the area 
was given by Dr. John M. Clarke, Director of the New York 
State Museum, in Science 40: 884. 18 D 1914, under the title, 
“ A fossil botanical garden.” (See also Ritchie Park, p. 339.) 


IN YORI Cli, aL) 
Evcin Boranic GARDEN (DISCONTINUED) 
Established: 1801, by Dr. David Hosack. Area: 20 acres. 


337 


This Garden was established ‘‘ as a repository of native plants, 
and as subservient to medicine, agriculture, and the arts.’ The 
land was purchased by Hosack from “ the Corporation of the City 
of New York,” for $4,807.36, and in the first edition of his 
“Catalog of Plants Contained in the Botanic Garden at Elgin” 
(New York, 1806), he reports that the greater part of the area 
was then in cultivation. He states further that “ A primary ob- 
ject of attention in this establishment will be to collect and culti- 
vate the native plants of this country, especially such as possess 
medicinal properties, or are otherwise useful.” Also to introduce 
similar kinds of plants from different parts of the world to as- 
certain which ones might be successfully naturalized. The plan- 
tations were in part systematic illustrating the “ 
according to both Linnaeus and Jussieu. 

On January 3, 1811 Hosack conveyed the Botanic Garden with 
its conservatory and all other appurtenances to the State of New 
York for the sum of $74,268.75. The plants and tools were, in 
1810, appraised by a Committee that included the botanist Pursh, 
as worth $12,635.74%4 cents. The Regents of the State placed the 
Garden in the control of the College of Physicians and Surgeons. 
When this college became part of Columbia University (1814) the 
University took over the ownership and management. Subse- 
quently 16 city lots at 48th St. and Fifth Ave. were sold to the 
Collegiate Dutch Reformed Church for $80,000 and about 1900 
the block between 47th and 48th Sts. was sold for about $3,000,000. 
The Garden became neglected for lack of funds and was gradually 
given up. The land between 48th and 51st Streets, from Fifth 
to Sixth Avenue was leased in 1929 to John D. Rockefeller, Jr., at 
a rental of $3,000,000 a year, and is now the site of Rockefeller 
Center. Of 513,575 sq. ft. (nearly 12 acres) of the area of the 
Rockefeller Center, 445,600 sq. ft. were in the area of the Elgin 
Botanic Garden. 


” 


natural orders 


NEW YORK CITY (2) 
Ture New York BoTanicAL GARDEN 
Fordam Branch P. O., New York, N. Y. 
Established: 1895 (Chartered, April, 1891). Area: 40 acres. 


338 


Directors: | 

1. Nathaniel Lord Britton (1895-1930) 

2. Elmer Drew Merrill (1930-October 1, 1935) 

3. Marshall Avery Howe (1935—December 24, 1936) 

4. Henry Allan Gleason (Acting) (1937- ) 

Serves as a public park. Open free every day in the year, at 
all hours. Sources of income: Bacon nt, annual appropriations 
by the City of Greater New York, private subscriptions, member- 
ship dues, sale of publications and photo cee 


Membership: Eight (8) classes, as folloy 
single poetribution $25,000 


TOR CLO terre: Crarsctavn acre etek 
RAD Ole ay cet eo ey ita SIP Le CONTA D MON 5,000 
Bellow for Lite sec. cGs single contribution 1,000 
Member for iuiie-<...4.... «single contribution 250 
Fellowship Member ....... annual fee 100 
Sustaining Mengber ........ annual fee 25 
mmigal Wien ber 4 + ea aca annual fee 
Garden Club Membership .. annual fee for a club 25 
Library: Reference. 43,500 yous and many thousand pam- 

phlets. Current periodicals received : Approximately 1000. er- 


barium: More than 1,706,000 specimens, dist ibuted BuO EY 
as follows: Flowering Plants and Ferns: 1,121,000; Fungi: 252, 
000; Mosses: 171,000; Hepatics: 55,000; Algae: 77 OOO ; Lichens : 
30,000. Plantations: Systematic, arboretum, fruticetum, Rose 
garden, Rock garden. 

Publications: 

Journal. established 1900. Monthly. Subscription, $1.00 a 
year. [Editor, Arlow Burdett Stout. 

Bulletin. Established 1896. Issued irregularly. Subscription 
$3.00 a year. Editor —— 

Mycologia. Babicned 1909. Bi-monthly. — Subscription 
$6.00 a year. ($5.00 to members of the Mycological Society of 
America.) Editor, Fred J. Seaver. 

North American Flora. Established 1907. Planned to be com- 
pleted in 34 eae Royal, 8 vol., each vol. of 4 parts. 75 
parts now issued (1935). Subscription $1.50 a part. 

Addisonia. Established 1916. Semi-annual. Devoted to col- 
ored plates and descriptions. Subscription $10.00 a volume. Ed- 
itor, Edward J. Alexander. 

Brittomia. Established 1931. Issued irregularly. Subscrip- 


tion, $5.00 a volume. 


339 


Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Ustablished 1900. 
Issued irregularly. pe a to members of the Garden $1.50 
a volume; to others $3.00 

Contributions. Beene’ 1897, Reprints from other jour- 
nals. 25 cents each, $5.00 a volume. 

Museum: Open free, daily, from 10 a.m. to 4:30 pm. Lec- 
tures: Special lectures are given to school children at the garden, 
but not at schools. Study Collections: There are no study collec- 
tions to loan to schools, but ane material is supplied to teachers 
in both public and private schools, to a limited amount, occasionally 
when requested. Affiliation: Cua University. 


BORING EV EIS 
LETCHWORTH PARK ARBORETUM 
Established: 1907. Area: About 1000 acres. 

Occupies a strip of land extending for three miles along both 
banks of the Genesee River, given to the State of New York in 
1907 by William Pryor Letchworth. A museum and library 
building was erected in 1912-1913. 


— 


POUGHKEEPSIE 
Durcuess County BoTaNIcAL GARDEN 

Established: 1920. Area: 4 acres. 
Director: Edith A. Adelaide Roberts (1920- Ve 

Open free to ae public. Plantations: Ecological. Popularly 
known as the tchess County Ecological Laboratory.” aM 
majority of the ce plants of Dutchess County are grown here 
in some 28 ecological 880 (out of a total of 30 in Dutchess 
County ). Source of income (in part): In 1922-1923 the De- 
partment of Botany was granted the income from the Elizabeth 
Drinker Storer Fund for seven years. Affiliation: Vassar College 
(Department of Botany). 


RITCHIE PARK (NEAR SARATOGA SPRINGS) 
PETRIFIED GARDENS 
191 Caroline Street, Saratoga Springs, Route 29, three miles west 
of Saratoga Springs 


Established: About 1930. Area: 30 acres. 


340 


Note; About one-half mile south of Lester Park on the Green- 
field road is Ritchie Park, privately owned by Mr. Robert Ritchie, 
Saratoga, New York. This entire area is all underlain by “ Cryp- 
tozoon reefs,” formed by three different species of this calcareous 
alga. The display is said to be finer than the ledge in Lester Park. 
About six acres have been cleared so as to display the fossil re- 
mains. “The finest thing of the kind in the world,’ 

Open to the public; admission 35 cents. Guides. A natural 
ledge, 500 feet long, is being developed as a rock garden. “ Our 
future project includes conservation of the natural beauty of the 
park, testing plant material for hardiness, and a ‘bird haven.’ ” 
(See also Lester Park and Gilboa.) 

North Carolina 
CRA RH ie 
ARBORETUM OF THE UNIversity or NortH CAROLINA 
Established: 1902. Area: 5 acres. There is also a greenhouse 
and propagation ground of about 2 acres at another place on 
the campus. 
Director: W. C. Coker (1902- e 


Source of income: University of North Carolina. The Arbo- 
retum 1s administered as part of the Department of Botany of the 


University. Library; That of the University. erbarium: “ One 
of the best in the South.” Medicinal Plant Garden. 
HICKORY 


THe Hickory ARBORETUM 
G. F. Ivey, Hickory, North Carolina 
Established: 1933. Area: 7 acres. 
Director: G. F. Ivey (1933- ne 
Serves as a public park. Open free daily. Source of income: 

Private funds. Plantations: Not definitely classified. 

Ohio 

CINCINNATI (1) 
Mr. Atry Forest ARBORETUM 
c/o Board of Park Commissioners, 2005 Gilbert Avenue 


341 


Established: 1931. Area: About 106 acres. 
Director: Under control of Cincinnati Board of Park Com- 
missioners. 
The Arboretum is a part of the public park. Open free daily. 
Source of income: General Park appropriations and private dona- 
tions. Plantations: Systematic. 


CINCINNATI (INDIAN HILL) (2) 
S. M. Rowe ARBORETUM 
R. R. No. 1, Station “M” 
Established: 1929. Area: 100 acres. 

This Arboretum is a private estate. It does not serve as a pub- 
lic park, but is open free at any time to those interes ted. Source 
of income: Private funds. Library: Small. Fruticetum: Shrubs 
not ee 

CEEVEAFIEAIN TD) 
Tur HoLtpen ARBORETUM 
The Cleveland Museum of Natural History, 2717 Euclid Avenue 
Established: December, 1930. Area: 100 acres. 
Directors: Under supervision of the Museum. 
Source of income: None at present. Future income from me- 
morial fund. There have been a few private gifts. Library: 
10,000 See Publication: “ Significance of the Holden 
Arboretum 
COLUMBUS (1) 
ARBORETUM OF OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY 

In 1926 a movement was started “ for the purpose of establish- 
ing an arboretum in connection with Ohio State University.” A 
“ Constitution and By-Laws of the Ohio Botanic Garden Society ” 
was adopted. 


COLUMBUS (2) 
Botanic GARDEN OF OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY 
Department of Botany, The University 


Director: Edgar N. Transeau. 


342 


NEWARK 
DAWES ARBORETUM 
Established: June, 1919, by Beman G. Dawes. Area: 325 acres. 

In Licking County near Newark. 

Source of income: Endowment. Note: “ Orietndue figures 
of gov ernment, secretes hae and sport circles have planted 
some of the Arboretum’s 700 trees, which represent all the varie- 
ties that thrive in the aoe zone,’ including “* descendants of 
such famous and historical trees as the Charter Oak and the Logan 
Elm 

TOLEDO 

The Director, Toledo Zoological Society, Walbridge Park 

Note: In the Museum News, April 15, 1936, it is reported that 
the Toledo Zoological Society has under construction a natural 
science development, comprising a Museum of Natural and Social 
Science, and a Botanic Garden with CONSE) vatorics. Our letter 
of inquiry with questionnaire remains unanswered. 


WOOSTER 
WoosteR ARBORETUM 
Established: 1908. Area: 70 acres. 
Administered by Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station, Division 
of Forestry. 
Serves as a public park. Open free, daily. Library. 


Pennsylvania 
BETHLEHEM 
ARBORETUM OF LEHIGH UNIVERSITY 


FEestablished: About 1916. Superintendent: A, Litzenberger. 


MARSHALLTON 
MARSHALLTON ARBORETUM (DISCONTINUED) 


In 1773 Humphrey Marshall, cousin of John Bartram, began 
the foundation of an Arboretum in Marshallton (then called 
Bradford), Penn. (See Philadelphia: Bartram Garden.) 


343 


MEDIA 
PAINTERS ARBORETUM (DISCONTINUED) 
Established: About 1825. Discontinued “ sometime in the ’seven- 
ties.” Area: About 4 acres. 
Location: Middletown Township, Delaware County, Pennsylvania 
—three miles from Media. 
Founders: Jacob and Minshall Painter (brothers). 

Note: H. S. Connard (Proc. Delaware County Institute of Sci- 
ence 7: No. 1. 1-14. May, 1914) stated that as late as 1898 
the site of this Garden contained “one of the richest and rarest 
collections of trees and shrubs in this vicinity.” He gives a par- 
tial list of them (as of 1898), comprising eighty genera and about 
117 species, including the Cutter-dock (Petasites), Sequoia gi- 
gantea, Cedar of Lebanon, and Gordonia (Franklinia). A de- 
scription of the ecology of this area is given by T. Chalkley Palmer 
in The Westonian, Vol. 30, No. 4, Autumn, 1929. In this article 
Mr. Palmer records the fact that this area, part of a tract of some 
800 acres or more, was, in 1929, in the ownership of Mr. John J. 
Tyler, of Germantown (Philadelphia), a nephew of the Painter 
brothers. As of 1936 Mr. Gerard Ronon, of Philadelphia, was 
Trustee of the property. Our questionnaire was not returned. 


MERION 
ARBORETUM OF THE BARNES FOUNDATION 
Merion, Montgomery Co., Pennsylvania 
Established: 1923. Area: 11 acres. 
Director: Mrs. A. C. Barnes (1923- MN 
Admission by request. Source of income: Barnes Foundation. 
See article by Frank A. Schrepper, The Arboretum of the Barnes 
Foundation. (Landscape Architecture 25: 21-26. Oct. 1935.) 
PHIEADELPHIA 
Awsury ARBORETUM 
Germantown, Philadelphia 
Established: 1918. Area: 65 acres. 
Directors: Arthur W. Cowell (1919-?); Howard S. Kneedler, 
Jr. (1935- 


344 


Serves as a public park. Open free, daily, from sunrise to 
sunset. Source of income: Endowment fund and subscriptions. 
Fruticetum: Shrubs not segregated. 


BARTRAM GARDEN (DISCONTINUED) 


Founded 1728 by John Bartram on the banks of the Schuylkill 
River. The site is now within the city limits of Philadelphia, and 
is preserved as a historic “ monument.” It was continued by 
William Bartram, son of John. Harshberger considers the 
Gingko biloba, planted by John, as the first Gingko to be planted 
in America since it is larger than the one in Woodland Cemetery 
(Philadelphia) which Charles 5S. Sargent considered the oldest. 
Discontinued about the end of the 18th century. John Bartram, 
2nd, erected a building on the site in 1775. 


BoraNic GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 


Established: 1892. Area: Nearly 4 acres. 
Directors: J. M. McFarlane (1895-1920); Rodney H. True 
(1920-July 1, 1937). Jacob G. Schram (July 1, 1937- Dy 


Open free to the public daily from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Source of 
income: Endowment of $55,000, and annual University grant. 
Library: More than 10,000 volumes, ee pamphlets (as of 1934). 
Herbarium: More than 100,000 s Plantations: Systematic 
and general. Supplies about 7000 ee annually to local 
schools for study. 


DarLinGcton’s ARBORETUM (DISCONTINUED) 
Established: About 1850. Laid out as part of the public park 
of Westchester, Pennsylvania, by William Darlington. 
EvaANs’s ARBORETUM (DISCONTINUED) 
Established: 1828, near Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania. 
HEMLOCK ARBORETUM 
Care of C. F. Jenkins, Mt. Airy, Philadelphia, Pa. 


Established: 1931. Area: 5% acres. 
Director (and owner): C. F. Jenkins. 


345 


Does not serve as a public park, but is open free to the public 
at all times. Source of income: Privately endowed. Librar 
Small. Plantations: Systematic and geographic. Publications: 
Quarterly Bulletin. (Jan., April, July and Oct.) 


MARSHALL'S GARDEN (DISCONTINUED) 


Established: 1773, at West Bradford, Pennsylvania, by Humphry 
Marshall, a cousin of John Bartram. Some of the trees are 
still standing (1937) but the garden, as such, has been aban- 
doned. (See Philadelphia: Bartram Garden.) 


Morris ARBORETUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 
Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia 


Established: Oct., 1932. Area: 160 acres. 
Director: Rodney H. True (1932- Ne 

Does not serve as a public park. Admission free. Hours: 2-5 
Wednesdays and Thursdays, 1-5 Saturdays. Source of income: 
Endowment (The Morris Foundation). Library: 1500 volumes ; 
125 pamphlets. Herbarium: 10,000 sheets. Fruticetum: Shrubs 
not segregated. Plantations: Mainly systematic with attention to 
soil diversity. Publications: se eae eae planned (1934). 
Scientific monograph series planned (1934). Lectures on horti- 
cultural subjects free to the public. Stwdy material supplied to 
schools in limited quantity. Affiliated with University of Penn- 
sylvania. 

There are a number of graduate fellowships for students in 
botany working for advanced degrees. A stipend of $1200 ac- 
companies each appointment. 

The property comprises two estates: “Compton” (about 90 
acres), at Germantown and Hillcrest Avenues, Chestnut Hill 
(Philadelphia), and “ Bloomfield”? (70 acres), in Montgomery 
County, across the City line from “ Compton.” 


RosiIcRUCIAN GARDEN (DisconTINUED ABouT 1800) 
Located on the lower Wissahickon River, previous to the 
American Revolution (early 18th Century). Contained medicinal 
herbs used by the Rosicrucian (Red Cross) fraternity. 


346 


Wirtt’s Botanic GARDEN (DISCONTINUED) 
Established: 1708, by Christopher Witt at Germantown, now a 
suburb of Philadelphia. 


READING 
READING BOTANIC GARDEN 


In 1925 plans were initiated for a Botanic Garden to be operated 
in conjunction with the Reading Museum, Levi W. Menzel, D1- 
rector. The Museum is under the jurisdiction of the Board of 
Education. 


SELINGSGROVE 
BoTANIc GARDEN OF SUSQUEHANNA UNIVERSITY 
Announcement was made by letter of Feb. 11, 1921, that a 
Botanic Garden was about to be established at Susquehanna 
University. 


SWARTHMORE 
ArTHuUR Hoyt Scorr HorricuLTuRAL FOUNDATION 
Swarthmore College 
Established: 1929. Area: 250 acres. 
Director: John C. Wister (1930- y 


Serves as a public park. Open free at all times. Source of 
income: Endowment, Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Founda- 
tion. Library: The botanical and horticultural books in the Col- 
lege Library. Herbarium: That of the Botanical Department of 
the College. Fruticetum, but shrubs not segregated. Plantations: 
Systematic and geographic. Publications: A preliminary report 
and occasional small pamphlets about flowering plants. Affiliation: 
The Garden is affiliated with Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, 
Pa 


— 


TYLER ARBORETUM (PAINTERS ARBORETUM) 
(See Media) 


347 


WESTTOWN 
WESTTOWN ScHooL ARBORETUM 
Westtown 


Established: 1906. Area: 20 a 
Directors: Alfred Z. Haines (1906-1909) ; Albert J. Bailey, Jr. 
(1921- 


Open free daily. Source of income: Donations. Library: The 
School library consists of about 200 volumes on botany. Her- 
barium: Approximately OO specimens. The arboretum is re- 
stricted to ‘ ae eo natural species.” There is no fruticetum. 
Plantations: Systema Shrubs and horticultural varieties of 
trees, while present in some numbers, are not the main interest of 
the project. This on account of limited area and funds. Conifers 
about 100 (including 25 species of Pinus). Deciduous trees, about 
250. Publications: None. ‘There is no scientific nor special edu- 
cational program beyond the elementary botany courses of the 
Westtown (preparatory) School. 


South Carolina 


CHARLESTON 

THomas WaLTER’s BoTANICAL GARDEN (DISCONTINUED) 

This Garden was established by Thomas Walter in the second 
half of the 18th century on the banks of the Santee River, north 
of Charleston, South Carolina, U.S. A. Upon his death the Gar- 
den was abandoned, and nothing remains now except Walter's 
grave, marked by a broken marble slab. Walter was the author 
of Flora Caroliniana (1788). Dr. John K. Small refers to this 
publication as “the first manual of the plants of a more or less 
definite geographic area.” (Small, John Kunkel. Manual of the 
Southeastern Flora, ix. 1933; Torreya 36: 166-167. 1935.) 


Tennessee 
KNOXVILLE 
A, F, SANrorp ARBORETUM 
P. O. Box 197 
Established: 1930. Area: 20 acres. 


348 


Open free daily. Source of income: Maintained by owner per- 
sonally. Plantations: Systematic. eee ee Occasional cata- 
logues and planting list. Affiliations: University of Tennessee 
botanical department cooperates iinofficial y. 


Texas 


AUSTIN 
BoTANIC GARDEN OF THE UNIVERSITY 


A tract of land of 500 acres on the Colorado River near Austin 
belonging to the University was set aside to be developed in whole 
or part, as a botanic garden. (Jide personal letter.) 


FORT WORTH 
Fort Worth Botanic GARDEN 
c/o Fort Worth Park Department, Rotary Park 


Established: 1933. Area: 35 acres. 
Directors: Board of Park Commissioners. 


Open free at all times. Source of income: The City refunds 
taxes on Park properties for up-keep. Plantations include Arbo- 
retum, Water Gardens, Rose Garden, Arid and Native Wild 
Flower Gardens, and Nature Trails. Library: In the making 
(about 500 volumes and pamphlets in 1935). Herbarium: 8500 
specimens mounted and classified. A large part of the Garden, 
just a little more than one year old (a Government Project), was 
built by relief labor. Special lectures are given to school children 
at the Garden. Living material is sttpplied to local schools for 
study. The Garden operates the Fort Worth Garden Center in 
the Horticultural Building. Affiliation: Fort Worth Public 
School; Fort Worth Gar Aon Club. 


HOUSTON 
Houston BoTANIcAL GARDEN 
Established: 1925. Area: 15 acres. 
Administered by City Park Department. Open free, daily. Her- 
barium: About 3000 sheets. 


349 


Washington 
CARSON 


WIND River ARBORETUM 
424 U. S. Court House, Portland, Oregon 


Established: 1912. Area: Nearly 9 acres. 
Director (Acting): Donald N. Matthews (1936). 

Administered by U. S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Serv- 
ice, Project of Pacific Northwest Experiment Station, ten miles 
northwest of Carson in Columbia National Forest. Plantations: 
About 1700 trees, nearly 150 species. Publication: Reports of 
pened (mimeographed). Located across Columbia River about 
40 miles from Portland, Oregon. 


Saari (Gl) 
MerpicINAL PLANT GARDEN 
College of Pharmacy, University of Washington 
Seed hist: 


SIDA EI, (C4) 
WASHINGTON ARBORETUM AND BoTANIcAL GARDEN 
Department of Forestry, University of Washington 

Established: December 16, 1935. Area: 260 acres. 

Director: Hugo Winkenwerder (1935-— 

Serves as a public park. In 1935 the area, Washington Park, 
adjacent to the Campus of the State University of Washington, 
was set aside as a botanic garden and arboretum by the Seattle 
Park Board. It is to be “a state-wide institution under per- 
petual supervision of the University of Washington. 

Source of income: On December 16, 1935, a WPA (U. S. Works 
Progress Administration) Project, jointly sponsored by the 
University of Washington and the Park Department of the City 
of Seattle, was put into operation. This provides for $166,629 
of Federal Funds, and $129,660 additional in services and ma- 
terials contributed by the University and the City. This project 
was closed July 8, 1936, because the funds allotted were ex- 
hausted.. 


350 


The Arboretum Foundation, ‘‘a non-profit corporation,” has been 
formed “to assist in and foster the development of Washing- 
ton’s Arboretum and Botanical Garden.’’ Membership in the 
Foundation is in five classes, as follows: 


ENEROCIOLE Ha eaesa ces Annual dues $ 2.00 
Beoulat sess auld a : 5.00 
PRCT Coe rye inet tes . x 10.00 
UStMING a. e. k es ™ - 25.0 
1a 0) 6 gee ee oe One payment of $500.00 or more 


Plantatins: Systematic; Ecological; Special. 
Publications: The Arboretum Bulletin. Vol. I, No. 1, December, 
1936. Seed List. 


West Virginia 
WHEELING 
ARBORETUM 
In the Museum News for May 15, 1928 it was stated that the 
first Arboretum in West Virginia was about to be established in 
Wheeling with an area of about 70 acres. Address given “ Man- 
ager, Waddington Farm, Wheeling.” No reply to our ques- 
tionnaire. 


Wisconsin 
MADISON (1) 
WISCONSIN ARBORETUM AND WILD Lire REFUGE 


Arboretum Committee, Biology Building 
Established: April, 1932. Area: 500 acres. 


Director: FE. M. Gilbert, Chairman of Arboretum Committee 
(1932- 
Serves as a public park only in very small part. Admission 
free. Source of income: Gifts. Also appropriations from the 


State. Library: University Library. Herbarium: University 
Herbarium (approximately 120,000 specimens). Plantations: 
Systematic, geographic, ecologic. Some acreage has been set aside 
for Family, Genus, and Species groupings, but most of the plant- 
ings will be in the nature of natural groupings, such as American 
Larch Association, Wisconsin Oak Woods, Juniper Association, 


—" 


335) 


Open Prairie (90 acres), Marsh, ete. Lectures are given to school 
children at the Garden. Affiliations: With the University of Wis- 
consin. Note: In the development of the Arboretum natural sur- 
faces are being left undisturbed, except in some places where it 1s 
absolutely necessary to change them for service or safety. An 
item in Science for March 5, 1937, p. 236, states that the ea 
Research Foundation has allotted $8000 which will provide for 
the continuation of the work now being done by Professor Aldo 
Leopold on game management and land-waste problems in con- 
nection with the university arboretum. 
MADISON (2) 

WISCONSIN PHARMACEUTICAL GARDEN 
Area: 38 acres. 
Direction: Wisconsin Pharmaceutical Experiment Station. 


RIPON 
BorANIc GARDEN OF RIPON COLLEGE 


Plans for the establishment of this Garden were announced in 
1928. Dr. James F. Groves, of the Botany Dept. of the College 
was chosen Director. Initial planting in the spring of 1928. 


Uruguay 
MONTEVIDEO 
JarpIn BorAnico DEL PRADO 
Avenida Reyes 1155 y 1179 
Director: W. G. Herter. 
This Garden is under the Municipal Park Department. 
Venezuela 
CARACAS 
Jarpin BoTANICco 


Windward Islands 


GRENADA 
BoraNic GARDENS, GRENADA 
St. George’s, Grenada, Windward Islands 


352 


Established: 1866. Area: 26 acres (including areas now being 
annexed to the Botanic Gardens). 
Directors: (Present title, Superintendent of Agriculture) 
1. W. R. Elliott (1886-1889) 
2. E. M. Murray (1889) 
3. G. Whitfield Smith (1890-1894) 
4. W. E. Broadway (1894-1904) 
5. R. D. Anstead (1904-1909) 
6. Gilbert Auchinleck (1909-1914) 
7. J. C. Moore (1914-1920) 
8. R. O. Williams (1920-1921) 
9. W. O’Brien Donovan (1921-1929) 
10. K. T. Rae (1929-1931) 
11. W. O’Brien Donovan (1931- ) 
Serves as a public park. Open free to the public daily, from 
6am. to 6 pam. Source of income: Annual sUUe neuen by 


in a scientific sense, but are chiefly ornamental and used for the 
propagation of economic plants. ae Department uses spare 
corners for minor economic experiments.” 


ST. LUCIA 
BoTaANic GARDENS, CASTRIES 

Established: 1887. Area: 7.5 acres. 
Directors (Agricultural Superintendent) : 

1. John Gray (1887-1895) 

2. John Chisnall Moore (1895-1914) 

3. Archibald Joseph Brooks (1914-1922) 

4. Ernest Alfred Walters (1922- ) 


Library: Reference. About 403 volumes. Plantations: Economic 
only. Small decorative section at Botanic Gardens. Publications: 
Annual Report, Pamphlets. Lectures: Occasional lectures to 


S30) 


school teachers. Note: “ The staff of the agricultural department 
directs agricultural training in the primary schools, gives occasional 
lectures to school teachers, visits and advises planters and peasants 
on practical agricultural matters, conducts experiments in cultural 
methods on estates and at the experiment station, and raises and 
distributes at nominal charges such economic plants as are re- 
quired for estate planting, besides introducing and trying new 
plants.” A few native pupils are trained at the department sta- 
tions in practical agri-horticulture. 


Yugoslavia—See Jugoslavia 


os x 
a : ' ; : ; ne) 
ae = og” 


oe on : - - : 2 ne 


Alddendum 


Georgia 
LIBERTY COU iy 
Boranic GARDEN OF Louis LEContE (DIscoNTINUED) 
eeulinteds About 1810 (?). 
ote: “ Years ago Georgia could boast several small botanic 


garc me Mr. Louis LeConte had a delightful small botanic 
garden about his home in Liberty County.” 


MAXEY 
LiInpsEy Puysic GARDEN (DiscOoNTINUED) 
Established: About 1810 (?). 

Note: “ Coeval with the LeConte garden [in Liberty County, 
Georgia] Dr. Lindsey Durham, of Maxey, Ga., maintained a 
physic garden on his plantation and from this garden procured a 
large part of the materia medica for his practice (Garden Gate- 
ways. Pub. by Garden Club of Georgia, Atlanta. 4: 1, Sept 
1917. Citation for this and the above quotation.) 


Erratuin 


Page 316, eighth line under center heading LISLE should read: 
C. E. Godshalk (1922- ): 


The 6 Brooklyn eniee of ‘Arts and “Sciences 


_ OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 


PRESIDENT 
EDWARD. C. BLUM 


. : - First Vice-PResIpeNT Sreconp Vice-PRESIDENT 
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN ADRIAN VAN SINDEREN 


THIRD VICE-PRESIDENT 
SUMNER FORD 
; TREASURER SECRETARY 
EDWIN P. MAYNARD JOHN H. DENBIGH 
BOTANIC GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE 
MISS HILDA LOINES, Chairman 


PHILIP A. BENSON WALTER HAMMITT 
‘EDWARD C. BLUM, Ex officio WILLIAM T. HUNTER 
MRS. WILLIAM H. CARY DAVID H. LANMAN 
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN EDWIN P. MAYNARD 
MRS. LEWIS W. FRANCIS ALFRED E. MUDGE 


EX OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE BOARD 
THE FoLLowInG OFFICIALS oF THE City or NEw York 
THE MAYOR 


THE COMPTROLLER 
THE COMMISSIONER OF PARKS 


GENERAL INFORMATION 


MempersHiP.—All persons who are mere in the objects and maintenance 
of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden are eligible to membership. Members enjoy spe- 
cial privileges ual Membership, $10 a ly; Sustaining Membership, 


yearly; Life Membership, $500. Full information con cerning membership may 
_ be had by Aelgs The Director, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1000 Washington 
ee Bro n, N. Y. Telephone, Prospect 9-6173. 
HE Se ‘Ganen i is open free to the Public daily from 8 a.m. until dusk; 
on Sundays and Holidays it is open at 
Aaa Flatbush Avenue, near Empire Boulevard and near Mt. 
Prospect Reece on Washington Avenue, south of Eastern Parkway and near 
gue Boulevard: ‘on Eastern Parkway, west of the Museum Building 
~ street po iage to the Laboratory Building is at 1000 Washington Avenue, 
Saya Crown 
To ASssISsT Mice and others in studying the ehections the serv: a 
_ docent may be obtained. This service is ie ot facnt hee o members of ae Botanic 
Garden; to others there is a charge of 50 cents per person, Arrangements must 
be made by a abi to the Curator of Public pearon at least one day in 
ok oe of less than six adults will be c ed 
To REACH THE ‘cas ARDEN take Broadway (B.M. T) poe to Prospect siecle 
‘Station; ferechora ugh Subway to Ea yc ne nt -Brooklyn Museum. Station; 


ce arkway west an m 
~ from Manhattan, take Manhattan Bridge, follow Flatbush Avenue Extension and 


Flatbush Avenue to Eastern Parkway, turn left following Parkway to Washington 
Avenue ; then turn right. 


fic apers radenbea a 
Uses, i ’ He 


ITRIBUTIONS. Established, April 1, 1911. Papers originally hed 
in p Vesna ah reissued as “ separates we out. he of er ing, and numbered 


ee oe ee ere: num 
“Cire ulates it 


tance of resistanc 


ice ee ents each, 


ate . 76. Inheri : 
or. hn: I Peerita ae 23 pages, 


GC locial geology ot the fe 
35 cent By mail, 40 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD 


VOL. XXVI OCTOBER, 1937 No. 4 


PROSPECTUS 
OF COURSES, LECTURES, AND OTHER EDUCATIONAL 


ADVANTAGES OFFERED TO MEMBERS AND TO 
THE GENERAL PUBLIC 


1937-1938 


PUBLISHED QUARTERLY 
INCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA 
BY THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 


Entered as second-class matter in the post-office at Lancaster, Pa., under act of August 24, 1912. 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN 


Scientific, Educational, and Administrative Officers 


SCIENTIFIC AND EDUCATIONAL 


= Staff 
C. STUART GAGER, Ph.D., Sc.D., Pd.D., Dire 
MONTAGUE FREE, Certificate, aa Bota tanic Garde ens, Sie "Elo tieualiiviss 
ARTHUR HARMOUNT GRAVES, Ph.D., Curator of Public Instruction 
ALFRED io penne Docteur de “Université ee Curator of Plants 
WILLIAM E. JORDAN, B.S., 
GEORGE M. REED, Ph.D., ee oF ie Putholbby 
ELLEN EDDY SHAW, B.S., Curator of Elementary se acbbie 
HENRY K. SVENSON, Ph. D., Curator of the Herbari 
MARGARET M. DORWAR D, ACO, Assistant Curator "OF 
Elementary I asiructi ion 


Other Officers 
MARY AVERILL, Honorary Curator of Japanese Gardening and Floral Art 
HAROLD A. CAPARN, Consulting Landscape Architect 


RALPH CURTISS BENEDICT, Ph.D., Resident Investigator (Ferns) 
RALPH H. CHENEY, Sc.D., Resident Investigator (Economic Plants) 


nee PERPALL, CHICHESTER, Library Assistant 
CHARLES F. DONEY, M.S., Assistant in eee Plants 
See H. DUR KIN, Curatorial Cobad 
ELSIE TWEMLOW HAMMOND, M.A., Ins 
D. ELIZABETH MARCY, A.M., Ph.D., Research cae 
RANCES M. MINER, * A.B., Inst 
MARGARET BURDICK PUTZ, Ciratoria Accson 
ESTER M. RUSK, AM., Instruc 
MARGERY H. UDELL, Cupatorial assist 
GORDON UTTER, MS., Research Assistant 
HILDA VILKOMERSON, AB., Curatorial Heels 


LOUIS BUHLE, Photographer 
MAUD H. PURDY, Artist 


ADMINISTRATIVE 
DANIEL C. DOWNS, Secretary and Accountant 
MAUDE E. VORIS, Assistant Secretary 
NORMA STOFFEL BANTA, Office Assistant 


MARIE-LOUISE HUBBARD, A.M., Secretary to the Director 
ERTRUDE W. MERRILL, AB., Field Secretary 
FRANK STOLL, Registrar anid Custodian : 


LAURA M. BREWSTER, Stenographer 
CONSTANCE PURVES ELSON, B.A., Stenographer 
HELEN E. BENNETT, Stenographer 


* On leave of absence, October 1, 1937, to October 1, 1938. 


INFORMATION CONCERNING MEMBERSHIP 


The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences is organized in 
three main departments: 1. The Department of Iducation. 2. 
The Museums. 3. The Botanic Garden. 

Any of the following seven classes of membership may be taken 
out through the Botanic Garden: 


SIAN abahbied banal esanle sy cheer pee emesis onied™ 2 $ 10 
Pee Sustain mieilel. wa ahd doe cee 25 
SP aSiiher MeN Clete caG rae oe oo) Yr een ae 500 
Gb Pletciaeaten ales ali onc) 601 0\ ci camer eee er eyernS cers 2,500 
Bicol DYoyal oye Secs Seca 6k arty, are tee oot 10,000 
(hs RIB Ov aL oe ae gem AP 25,000 
VPP CIGLAGUO GRRE Cl keh ie eee cee 100,000 


Sustaining members are annual members with full privileges in 
Departments one to three. Membership in classes two to seven 
carries full privileges in Departments one to three. 


In addition to opportunities afforded to members of the Botanic 
Garden for public service through cooperating in its development, 
and helping to further its aims to advance and diffuse a knowledge 
and love of plants, to help preserve our native wild flowers, and to 
afford additional and much needed educational advantages in 
Brooklyn and Greater New York, members may also enjoy the 
privileges indicated on the following page. 

Further information concerning membership may be had by 
addressing The Director, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, 
N. Y., or by personal conference by appointment. Telephone, 


Prospect 9-6173. 


il 


PRIVILEGES OF MEMBERSHIP 


1, Free admission to the buildings and grounds at all times. 

2. Cards of admission for self and friends to all exhibitions and 
openings preceding the admission of the general public, and 
to receptions. 

3. Services of docent (by appointment), for self and party (of 
not less than six), when visiting the Garden. 

4. Admission of member and one guest to field trips and other 
scientific meetings under Garden auspices, at the Garden or 
elsewhere. 

5. Free tuition in most courses of instruction; in other courses a 
liberal discount from the fee charged to non-member 

6. Invitations for self and friends to spring and fall “ Flower 
Days,” and to the Annual Spring Inspection. 

7. Copies of Garden publications, as follows: 

a. Recorp (including the ANNUAL Report). 
GuIpEs (to the Plantations and Collections). 

c. LEAFLETS (of popular information). 

d. CONTRIBUTIONS (on request. ‘Technical papers). 

8. Announcement Cards (Post Card Bulletins) concerning plants 
in flower and other items of interest. 

9. Privileges of the Library and of the Herbarium. 

10. expert advice on the choice and care of ornamental trees, 
shrubs, and herbaceous plants, indoors and out; on plant- 
ing the home grounds; the care of lawns; and the treatment 
of plants affected by insect and fungous pests. 

11. Determination of botanical specimens. 

12. Participation in the periodical distribution of surplus plant 


material and seeds, in accordance with special announce- 
ments sent to members from time to time. 

13. Membership privileges in other botanic gardens and museums 
outside of Greater New York, when visiting other cities, 
and on presentation of membership card in Brooklyn Bo- 
tanic Garden. (See the following page.) 


ill 
OUT-OF-TOWN MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES 


In accordance with a cooperative arrangement with a number of 
other institutions and organizations, Brooklyn Botanic Garden 
members, when visiting other cities, may, on presentation of their 
Botanic Garden membership card at the office of the cooperating 
museum or organization, be accorded, without charge, the same 
privileges as are enjoyed by the members of that institution, in- 
cluding admission to exhibits and lectures, and invitation to social 
events. ‘This does not include being enrolled on the mailing list 
for publications, and does not include free admission to the Phila- 
delphia and Boston spring Flower Shows. 

In reciprocation, the members of the cooperating units, when 
visiting the Metropolitan district of Greater New York, will be 
accorded full membership privileges at the Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden. 


The cooperating units are as follows: 


Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. 

Berkshire Museum, Springfield, Mass. 

Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass. 

Buffalo Museum of Science, Buffalo, 

California Academy of Sciences, on Prisco: 

Carnegie Museum, Pas Pa. 

Charleston Museum, Charleston, S. C. 

Everhart Museum ‘ Natural History, Science and Art, ee Pa. 
Fairbanks Museum of Natural Science, St. Johnsbury, 

Field Museum of Natural History, Chicaco. Il. 

Los Angeles Museum, Los Angeles, Calif. 

Massachusetts Horticultural Society, Boston, Mass. 

Missouri Botanical Garden uis, Mo, 

Newark Museum, Newa ae N. Te 

New York State Museum, Albany, N. Y. 

Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology, reac Mass. 
Pennsylvania Horticultural Society, Philadelphia, 

Philadelphia Commercial Museum, Philadelphia, Pa, 

Southwest Museum, Los Angeles, California. 


REGULATIONS CONCERNING PHOTOGRAPHING, 
PAINTING, AND SKETCHING 


1. No permit is required for photographing with a hand camera, 


ay 


or for sketching or painting without an easel on the Grounds or in 
the Conservatories. 

2, Sketching and painting with an easel and the use of a tripod 
camera are not allowed in the Japanese Garden, the Rose Garden, 
the Local Flora Section (Native Wild Flower Garden), nor the 
Conservatories at any time without a permit. No permits are 
given for use after 12 o’clock noon on Sundays and holidays. 

3. Artists, and the public in general, may not bring into the 
Botanic Garden chairs, stools, or anything to sit in or on. 

4. Holders of permits must not set up tripod cameras nor 
‘asels in such a way as to involve injury to living plants or 
lawns, nor to cause an obstruction to traffic on congested paths 
or walks. 

5. Application for permits should be made at the office of the 
Director, Laboratory Building, Room 301, or by mail (1000 
Washington Avenue), or by telephone (PRospect 9-6173). 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN RECORD 


VOL. XXV1 OCTOBER, 1937 No. 4 


COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 
The Brooklyn Botanic Garden offers courses of instruction in 
botany, gardening, horticulture, and nature study. 


A. For members and the general public (“ A” courses, p. 356) 
] ” courses, p. 360) 

Cy or children @ -C scourses, 9.363) 

D. Other courses of a special nature (“ D” courses, p. 364) 

EK. Research courses (“ E” courses, p. 364) 

Any course may be withdrawn when less than ten persons apply 
for registration and no course will be given when less than six ap- 
ply. Since registration in many of the courses is restricted to a 
hxed number on account of the limited space available in the green- 
houses, and for other reasons, those desiring to attend are urged 
to send in their application for enrollment, with entrance fee, to 
the Secretary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, several days in advance 
of the first exercise. This avoids delay at the beginning of the 
first exercise, ensures a place in the course, and enables the in- 
structor to provide adequate material for the class. 

Enrollment.—Persons are requested not to register in any 
course unless they are reasonably confident that they can attend 
the sessions of the class regularly and throughout. This is espe- 
cially important where the number to be enrolled is limited. To 
register and not attend may deprive someone else of the privilege 
of attending. With the exceptions noted, no registrations will be 


accepted for separate class exercises. 
Equipment available for the courses: 
Three classrooms, two laboratory rooms, and three [nstructional 


Greenhouses, the Children’s Garden occupying about *% of an acre 


S20 


356 


and divided into 150 plots for instruction in gardening; at the 
north end of the Children’s Garden, the Children’s Building, for 
conferences, and for the storage of tools, seeds, special collections, 
etc.; the auditorium, on the ground floor, capable of seating 570 
persons, and equipped with a motion-picture machine and _stere- 
opticon, and electric current, gas, and running water for experi- 
ments connected with lectures. 

In addition to these accommodations, the dried plant specimens 
in the herbarium, the living plants in the conservatories and planta- 
tions, and the various types of gardens, are readily accessible ; while 
the main library and children’s library which contain a compre- 
hensive collection of publications on every phase of gardening and 
plant life, may be consulted freely at any time. 


A. Courses for Members and the General Public 

Although the following courses are designed especially for 
Members of the Botanic Garden, they are open (unless otherwise 
specified) to any one who has a general interest in plants. Teach- 
ers are welcome. Starred courses (*) are open also for credit to 
students of Long Island University, and are described in the cur- 
rent Long Island University catalog. In harmony with an agree- 
ment entered into in the spring of 1935, the Botanic Garden, upon 
recommendation of the Chairman of the Biology Department of 
Long Island University, offers a course scholarship to one student 
of the University. 

Unless otherwise specified, all “ A” courses are free to mem- 
bers, but the individual class exercises are open only to those who 
register for the entire course. Of others a fee is required, as in- 
dicated. In courses where plants are raised, these become the 


— 


property of the class members. 
FALL COURSES 

Al. Plants in the Home: How to Grow Them.—Tl'ive talks 
with demonstrations. This course deals with the principles to be 
followed in raising plants. Practice in potting, mixing soils, mak- 

5 ] Fo 5 ’ 

ing cuttings, etc. The members of the class have the privilege of 

7 For information concerning membership in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden 


consult pages i-i1t. 


357 


keeping the plants they have raised. On account of restricted 
space in the greenhouse, this class must be limited to 40. Regis- 
tration according to the order of application. Fee to non-mem- 
bers, $6 (including laboratory fee); to members, $1 laboratory 
fee. Wednesdays, 11 am., November 3 to December 1. 
Vita ree: 
*A5. Trees and Shrubs of Greater New York: Fall Course. 
—Ten outdoor lessons in the parks and woodlands of Greater New 


York on the characteristics of our common trees and shrubs, both 
native and cultivated, emphasizing their distinguishing features in 
the winter condition. Fee, $5. Saturdays, 2:30 p.m., October 2 
to December 11. (Onvutting November 27.) The first session 
will be held at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 
Dr. Graves and Miss Vilkomerson. 
Al0. Evergreens.—Eight outdoor lessons: American pines; 
Old World pines ; cedar and hemlock; spruce and fir; yew, crypto- 
meria, and umbrella pine; cypress family ; broad-leaved evergreens. 
Fee, $4. Wednesdays, 10:45 to 12:00 noon, September 29 to No- 
vember 17. Dr. Gundersen. 
Al13. Wild Flowers and Ferns of the New York Region.— 
Six sessions. Field identification of the common plants of woods 
and roadsides, including identification of seeds and fruits. Lee, 
$3. Saturdays, 2:30 p.m., September 18 to October 23. 
Miss Rusk. 
Al4, Flower Arrangement.—A course of five lectures and 
demonstrations. The selection and use of plant material and con- 


tainers, the principles of color and design in flower arrangement, 
the various types of period arrangements, and table settings for 
formal and informal occasions. The last session will consist of 
a criticism of arrangements made by members of the class. Flow- 
ers will be supplied for class use. Fee to non-members, $4; to 
members, $2. Wednesdays, 4 p.m., October 6 to November 3. 
Mrs. Merrill. 

A24. Beginning Course in Fall Greenhouse Work.—Five 
sessions, Lifting flowering plants from garden, potting up, and 
cutting back for winter flowering; discussion of artificial and nat- 
ural methods of plant propagation; making cuttings; lecture on 
bulb culture; types; planting tulips, hyacinths, narcissus ; demon- 


358 


stration of other forms of plant propagation; potting up rooted 
cuttings ; potting on a house plant; planting calla lies and [aster 
lilies. Class limited to 40 members. /*ee to non-members, SS; 
to members, $3.50 laboratory fee. Wednesdays, 10:30a.m., Oc- 
tober 15 to November 10. Miss Shaw and Miss Dorward. 

*A31,. Ornamental Shrubs. 
outdoors in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, for the purpose of be- 


ight sessions, which are held 


coming acquainted with the common species and varieties of culti- 
vated shrubs. Fall flowers and fruits of ornamental shrubs and 


small trees, also evergreen shrubs, are studied. This is a continua- 
tion of the spring course. Fee, $5. Wednesdays, 4:00-5:15 p.m, 
Sept. 22 to Nov. 10. Mr. Doney. 


A40. Botany in Your Garden.—l*ight lectures and discus- 
sions on fundamental processes in plant life as applied to garden- 
ing and horticulture. Designed especially for those interested in 
amateur gardening. /’ec, $4. Tuesdays, 11 am., October 26 to 
December 14. Dr. Svenson. 

A41. Planning and Planting the Small Place.—A course ot 
five illustrated talks for those who have small grounds and gardens 
and wish to plan them to the best advantage for beauty and use. 
Soth town and country plots will be considered with detailed dis- 
cussion of landscaping and planting problems. /I’ediesdays al 
11:00, January 12 to February 9. Fee to members $4, non- 
members $6. Miss Helen Swift Jones, Member American Society 
of Landscape Architects, Guest Speaker, and Mr. Montague Free. 


SPRING COURSES 


*AQ,. Trees and Shrubs of Greater New York.—Ten outdoor 
lessons in the parks and woodlands of Greater New York. Sim- 
ilar to A5, except that the different species are studied in their 
spring and summer conditions. Fee, $5. Saturdays, 2:50 p.m, 
April 16 to June 18. Dr. Graves and Miss Vilkomerson. 

All. Wild Flowers and Ferns of the New York Region.— 


Six sessions, in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden and in the wood- 


— 


ands near the City, for field identification of flowers and ferns of 
spring and early summer. Jee, $3. Saturdays, 2:30 p.m., April 
30 to June 4. Miss Rusk. 


Bek, 


A20. Garden Plants and Flowers.—A course of lectures, il- 
lustrated with lantern slides and living plants, with accompanying 
tours in the Botanic Garden to see the plants or flowers under 
discussion. To derive the most benefit from the course, one 
should have a knowledge of the elements of gardening equivalent 
to that presented in Courses Al or A25. The following dates have 
been chosen to accord with the time when the particular plant 
group 1s at its best in the Garden. 


—" 


Ornamental Mrees.cwewlay 4 Is o.~tnceeeeee see May 25 
Rock Garden Plants ...May 11 Ornamental Shrubs ...June 1 
PAGS int as Ne eee os Mase I6. INO8€S ~s0scs aioe ee June 8 


A limited number of bearded iris plants will be available for 
distribution to those taking the course. Fee, $5; single exercises, 
$1. Wednesdays in May and June, 11:00 a.m. to 12:30 p.m. 

Mr. Free, Dr. Gundersen, Dr. Reed, Mr. Doney. 

A25. Fundamentals of Gardening.—A course in first prin- 

ciples, for those w 


— 


10 desire to carry on practical work in their 
own gardens. The lessons are as follows: planting seed in the 
greenhouse; pricking out seedlings in the greenhouse; the garden 
soil; outdoor lesson. Class limited to 60 persons. Ice to non- 
members $7 (including laboratory fee) ; to members, $2 laboratory 
fee. Wednesdays, 10:30 aan., March 2 to April 6, omitting 
March 16. Miss Shaw and Miss Dorward. 
A26. Advanced Spring Garden Work. (Jor those who have 
taken A25.)—Lessons include the sowing of seeds of perennials, 
potting on and staking fall-sown annuals; talk on herbaceous 
borders, art lesson—imaking a workable plan of an herbaceous 
border; sowing seeds of slower growing annuals and_ biennials ; 
talk on pruning and general care of flowering shrubs; pricking 
out perennials; talk on care of the lawn; pricking out seedlings. 
An extra session may be necessary to finish pricking. Class lim- 
ited to 40 persons. Fee to non-members, $8; to members, $3.50 
laboratory fee. Fridays, 10:30 am., February 18 to March 25. 
Miss Dorward. 

*A30. Ornamental Shrubs: Spring Course.——Ten outdoor 
meetings on the grounds of the Botanic Garden. * 


peel 


= 


‘he principal 
flowering shrubs and small trees are considered at their times of 


360 


flowering, emphasis being placed on their uses in landscape work, 
their cultivation, and distinguishing characters. Fee, $5. Wed- 
nesdays, 11:00 aan., April 13 to June 15. Mr. Doney. 

A32. Families of Flowering Plants.——Ten outdoor sessions 
in the Botanic Garden. This course takes up chiefly the structure 

f flowers and their possible lines of evolution; and the character- 
istics of important families of flowering plants. (Not offered in 
1936.) Dr. Gundersen. 

A37. Lilacs in Flower.—|I*ive outdoor lessons in the Garden 
where the unusually comprehensive collection affords opportunity 
for the study of about fifteen species and a large number of varie- 
ties of lilacs. In the 


ast lesson, culture and propagation are 
studied. Cuttings, which become the property of those taking the 
course, are prepared for rooting. fee, $2.50. Four Wednesdays 
and one Monday, 10:45 to 12:00 noon, May 4, 11, 16, 18, and 
June 8, Dr. Gundersen and Mr. Free. 

A38. Plant-Animal Links in the Chain of Life.—Three il- 
lustrated lectures on the divergent but interdependent evolution 
of the two great lines of life: (1) Water plants and water animals. 
(2) Land plants and cold-blooded animals. (3) Flowering plants 
and warm-blooded animals. No fee. MWednesdays, 4 p.n., March 
9, 16 and 23. Dr. Gundersen. 

A39. Herbaceous Plants.—Ten outdoor lessons in the Gar- 
den, to study the characteristics of the principal ornamental peren- 
mials and annuals as they come into flower. These include the 
Pink, Buttercup, Poppy, Mustard, Saxifrage, Rose, Pea, Primrose, 
Mint, I*igwort, Composite, Lily, Amaryllis, and other plant fam- 
ilies. Fee, $5. Wednesdays, 4-5:15 pan., April 13 to June 15. 
Dr. Gundersen. 


— 


B. Courses for Teachers 


These courses have been accepted by the Board of Education of 
New York City for ‘in-service credit,” one credit being granted 
for each 15 hours (with the exception of “ B&, Plant Culture ’’). 
Through an agreement with Long Island University, undergradu- 
ate credit for certain courses will be allowed toward fulfilling the 
requirements for a university degree, provided the admission re- 
quirements at the University and the laboratory requirements have 


BOL 


been fulfilled. Such courses are starred (*). By special arrange- 
ment with the institution concerned, these credits have also been 
used as undergraduate credits in other colleges and universities. 
Nature materials used in the courses, and plants raised become the 
property of the student. 

Members of the Garden are entitled to a 50 per cent. discount 
from the regular fee for all “ B” courses; from other persons 
the indicated fee is required. Long Island University students 
desirous of electing any of these or of the “A” courses should 
notify Dean Tristram W. Metcalfe or Dr. Ralph H. Cheney, who 
will give the candidate a card entitling him to admission to the 
course, The student should present this card at the beginning of 
the first session of the course. 

Bl. General Botany.—A two-year course of thirty two- 
hour periods (class and laboratory combined) each year. One 
year (A) is spent on the structure and functions of the higher 
plants. The other year (B) deals with the structure, life histories, 
and relationships of the lower groups: bacteria, algae, fungi, 
lichens, mosses, and ferns. Four credits each year. Either half 
of the course may be taken first. In 1937-38, B will be given. 
Fee, $10 each year. Wednesdays, 4-6 p.m., beginning September 
ae Miss Rusk. 

B2 (a). Economic Plants in their Relation to Geography.— 
A thirty-hour course in fifteen two-hour sessions, designed pri- 
marily for teachers of geography and nature study. Lessons will 
be given on the more important food plants of the world, and 
those used for clothing, shelter, and other needs of mankind. 
When possible, illustrative material will be given to members of 
the class. During the fall of 1937, this course will be offered in 
place of Fall Nature Study. Two credits. Fee, $10. Tuesdays, 
4-6 p.m., beginning September 28. Miss Hammond. 

B2 (b). Spring Nature Study.—A thirty-hour course in fif- 
teen two-hour sessions. This course is based on the New York 
City Syllabus in Nature Study. Miss Farida Wiley, of the Amer- 
ican Museum of Natural History, will conduct a field lesson on 
bird study on a date to be announced. Two credits. fee, $10. 
Tuesdays, 4-6 pim., beginning February 8. Miss Hammond. 


362 


B3. Elements of Horticulture.—Thirty sessions. For teach- 
ers only. Lessons in potting and general care of house plants; 
methods of plant propagation, including the planting of bulbs; 
making cuttings (soft wood, and leaf); sowing seeds; preparing 
for the outdoor garden. Most of this work is carried on in the 
greenhouses. Emphasis will be laid on problems of a practical 
nature. ‘Two credits. fee, $10. Wednesdays, 4 p.an., beginning 
September 29. Miss Shaw and Miss Dorward. 

*B13-14. Trees and Shrubs.—Twenty trips in the parks anc 
woodlands of Greater New York, to gain a ready acquaintance 


foes 


with the trees and shrubs of the eastern United States. 2 credits. 
Fee, $10. Saturdays, 2:30 p.m., Oct. 2 to Dec. 11 (omitting Nov. 
2/); and April 16 to June 18, 1938. 
Dr. Graves and Miss Vilkomerson. 
B7. Greenhouse Work.—Thirty sessions. For teachers 
only. A continuation of Elements of Horticulture and open. to 
students who have taken that course. Further study of plant 
propagation methods; arrangement of plants in hanging baskets, 
window boxes, dishes, etc.; special culture of certain house plants 
and winter-flowering greenhouse plants. Two credits. Fee, $10. 
Tuesdays, 4 p.m., beginning October 5. Miss Dorward. 
B8. Plant Culture——.\ course of twenty weeks duration for 
those who have completed [Elements of Horticulture and Green- 
house Work. No Board of Iducation credits are given for this 
course. (a). Section A is for those people who have already 
taken B&.  (b 
BS, and consists of a series of lectures on plant operations in the 


s is for students who have never taken 


. Section 


— 


outdoor garden, as well as greenhouse work. Fee, $10. Thurs- 
days, 4 p.m., beginning October 14. 
Miss Shaw and Miss Dorward. 
“B10. Flowering Plants: Field and Laboratory Study.— 
Thirty sessions. The object of this course is to become acquainted 
with species of wild flowering plants, including weeds. Field and 
laboratory work are distributed according to the weather, the sea- 
son, and the needs of the class. The field work is done in the 
3rooklyn Botanic Garden. The laboratory work consists of com- 


pany 


varing similar plants and learning how to distinguish them: press- 
] ton) ton) S ’ 


ing, drying, and mounting plants to serve as permanent specimens. 


363 


Four credits. Fee, $10. Thursdays, 4-6 p.m., beginning Sep- 
tember 23. Miss Rusk. 

B17. Genetics——An introductory course in heredity and 
variation, including discussion of Mendelian principles, the phys- 
ical basis of heredity, sex linkage, factor linkage, factor interac- 
tion, and quantitative inheritance. Laboratory work on plant ma- 
terial and Prosophila. Prerequisite: an elementary course in 
botany. (Not given in 1937-38.) Miss Rusk. 


C. Children’s Courses 
More than thirty separate courses are given Saturday mornings 


for boys and girls from eight to nineteen years old in the spring 
fall, and winter. 


; 


The children are grouped according to age and experience. 
For example, under I (below), twelve separate courses are given; 
under II, four separate courses; under III, fourteen. Under IV, 
the Outdoor Garden, 200 children are working from late April to 
mid-September, This does not represent one course, but many 
courses combined under one heading, ‘ The Outdoor Garden.” 

Miss Shaw and Assistants. 

I, The Fall Course takes up nature study on the grounds; 
plant propagation in the greenhouses, using stem and leaf cuttings ; 
bulbs and corms; making of terrariums and dish gardens.  En- 
rollment limited to 175 children. Fee, ten cents. Saturday morn- 
ings, 9-11:15, October 16 to December 18. 

II, Winter Course.—Children who have shown unusual! 
ability are chosen from the fall group f¢ 
Group limited to 50. No fee. Saturday mornings, 9-11:15, Jan- 
uary 15 to February 26. 

III. Spring Course.—Nature study and preparation for the 
outdoor garden, including studies of seed germination, seed sowing 
in the greenhouse, and the making of garden plans. All candi- 


1 early winter work. 


7 


dates for the outdoor garden must be in spring classes. [nroll- 
ment limited to 200. I’ee, ten cents. Saturday mornings, 9- 
11:15, March 12 to April 9. 

IV. Outdoor Garden Course.—The outdoor garden is open 
throughout the summer season, and time is arranged to fit in with 


364 


children’s vacation schedules. No child is assigned an outdoor 
garden who has not had the spring preparatory work. Group lim- 
ited to 200 children. lee, twenty-five or thirty-five cents depend- 
ing on the size of the garden. The garden session begins April 23. 


D. Course for Student Nurses 


D1. General Botany with Special Reference to Medicinal 
Plants.—A course of 10 spring and 10 fall lectures, demon- 


strations, and field trips for student nurses. Arranged 1 


— 
_ 


1 ‘€O= 
operation with various hospitals. The general principles govern- 
ing the life of plants, as well as the use and care of flowers and 
potted plants in the sick room, will be considered. Special atten- 
tion will be paid to the outdoor identification of officinal plants. 
Hours to be arranged. No fee. Dr. Graves. 


E. Investigation 
1. Graduate Work for University Credit 

By the terms of a cooperative agreement between New York 
University and the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, properly qualified 
graduate students may arrange to carry on independent investiga- 
tions in botany at the Garden under the direction of members of 
the Garden Staff, who are also officers of instruction in the Grad- 
uate School of the University. The advantages of the library, 
laboratories, herbarium, and collections of living plants at the 
Garden are freely at the disposal of students registered at New 
York University for such work. Such properly enrolled graduate 
students are charged no additional fees by the Garden. The fol- 
lowing courses are approved by the faculty of the Graduate School 

of New York University and are given credit as full courses: 
E6. Research in Mycology and Plant Pathology.—Investi- 
gation of problems relating to fungi and fungous diseases of plants. 
Dy. dkeed, 
E8. Research in Forest Pathology.—Investigation of the 
diseases of woody plants. Di, Graves 
E9. Research in the Structure of Flowers. Dr. Gundersen. 


poet 


305 
E10. Research in the Systematic Botany of the Flowering 
Plants. Dr. Svenson. 
2. Independent Investigation 


The facilities of the laboratories, conservatories, library, and 
herbarium are available to qualified investigators who wish to 
carry on independent researches in their chosen field. There is 
a charge of $25 per year, payable to the Botanic Garden. 


COOPER MELON WITH LOCAL SCHOGOES 


anny 


The Brooklyn Botanic Garden aims to cooperate in every practi- 
cable way with the public and private schools of Greater New 
York in all matters pertaining to the study of plants and closely re- 
lated subjects. The purpose of the Garden in this connection is to 
supplement and enrich the school work in the way of instruction, 
demonstration methods, study material, ete., which otherwise would 


not be available. 

Geography classes, as well as classes in nature study and botany, 
find the collection of useful plants in the Economic Plant House, 
the Local Flora Section, the Japanese Garden, and also the Merid- 
ian Panel, the Armillary Sphere, and the Labeled Boulders, valu- 
able adjuncts to their class work. Arrangements may be made by 
teachers of geography to have their classes study these collections 
under guidance. Illustrated lectures for geography classes may 
also be arranged for at the Garden. 

To visiting college classes in geology and physiography the Bo- 
tanic Garden offers interesting material for a study of glaciation. 
Notable features are a portion of the Harbor Hill terminal moraine 
(Boulder Hill), the morainal pond (the “ Lake’), the labelled 
Je boulders, and the Flatbush outwash plain. See Guide No. 

, The Story of our Boulders: Glacial Geology of the Brooklyn 


— 


ane Garden.” 
Talks at Elementary Schools.—The principals of public or 
ave talks given at the 


— 


private elementary schools may arrange to 
schools on various topics related to plant life, such as school gar- 
dens and garden work with children, tree planting, the conservation 


366 


of wild flowers, Arbor Day, ete. If an illustrated lecture is de- 
sired, the lantern and operator must be provided by the school, 
but shdes will be furnished by the Botanic Garden. Address the 
Curator of Elementary Instruction for a list of talks and for ap- 
pointinents. 

Talks at Secondary Schools and Colleges.—Informal illus- 
trated talks on various subjects of an advanced botanical nature 
are always gladly given at Secondary Schools and Colleges by 
Arrangements for such talks should be 


members of the staff. 
made with the Curator of Public Instruction. 

School Classes at the Garden.—(a) Public or private schools 
may arrange for classes, accompanied by their teachers, to come 
to the Botanic Garden for illustrated lectures either by the teacher 
or by a member of the Garden Staff. 

(b) Notice of such a visit should be sent at least one week 
previous to the date on which a talk is desired. Blank forms are 
provided by the Garden for this purpose. These talks will be 
illustrated by lantern slides, and by the conservatory collection of 
useful plants from the tropics and subtropics. Fall and. spring. 
announcements of topics will be issued during 1937-38. 

(c) The Garden equipment, including plant material, lecture 
rooms, lantern, and slides, is at the disposal of teachers who desire 
to instruct their own classes at the Garden. Arrangements must 
be made in advance so that such work will not conflict with other 
classes and lectures. For High School and College classes address 
the Curator of Public Instruction. For Junior High and Ele- 
mentary School classes address the Curator of Elementary In- 


peal 


struction, 

(d) The principal of any elementary or high school in Brooklyn 
may arrange also for a series of six lessons on plant culture to be 
given to a class during the fall or spring. A small fee is charged 
to cover the cost of the materials used. The plants raised become 
the property of the pupils. The lessons are adapted for pupils 
above the third grade. 

Special classes for the blind may be arranged. A week’s 
notice is asked so that plant material in sufficient amount may be 
ready. 


367 


Seeds for School and Home Planting.—Penny packets of 
seeds are put up by the Botanic Garden for children’s use. In the 
early spring, lists of these seeds, order blanks for teachers and 


— 


pupils, and other information may be secured on application to the 
Curator of Elementary Instruction. 

Demonstration Experiments.—Teachers may arrange to 
have various physiological experiments or demonstrations con- 


ducted at the Garden for the benefit of their classes. Communica- 
tions in regard to these matters should be addressed to the Curator 
of Public Instruction. 

Loan Sets of Lantern Slides——Sets of lantern slides have 
been prepared for loan to the schools. Each set is accompanied 
by a short lecture text of explanatory nature. In all cases these 
sets must be called for by a responsible school messenger and re- 
turned promptly in good condition. Address, by mail or tele- 
phone, Mr. Frank Stoll. The subjects now available are as fol- 
lows. Other sets are in preparation. 


te Plant dade 4. Fall Wild Flowers 
2. Spring Wild Flowers 5. Forestry 
3. Common Trees 6. Conservation of Native Plants 


Study and Loan Material for Elementary Schools.—To the 
extent of its facilities, the Botanic Garden will provide, on request, 
various plants and materials for nature study. As far as pos- 


— 


sible this material will continue to be supplied gratis to elementary 
schools in case one or more of their teachers are members of reg- 
ular Botanic Garden classes. Kequests should be made to Miss 
Elsie T. Hammond, and material should be called for at the In- 
formation Booth on the ground floor, 


STUDY AND LoAN MATERIAL FoR HicuH ScuHoors, Junior Hien 
SCHOOLS, AND COLLEGES 
Available at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1937-1938 
The Botanic Garden is able to supply various plants and plant 
parts for study; certain protozoa; sterilized nutrient agar; and also 
material and mounts for exhibit purposes. When containers are 


368 


necessary, as in the case of agar, algae, and protozoa, they must 
be furnished by the school. 

In the past, the Garden has offered this service gratis, but both 
on account of the increasing demand and because of the decrease 
in appropriations, it has become necessary to make a small charge 
for the material supplied or loaned. 


A Price List of the various 
materials furnished will be mailed on request. 

Requests should be made by mail or telephone (PRospect 
9-6173), at least one day in advance, to Dr. Elizabeth Marcy, anc 
the material should be called for at Room 204. 


oar 


All exhibit ma- 
terial, and other items starred (*) will be mailed if the schools pay 
postage. 


LIVING MATERIAL—PLANTS 

Algae: 1. Spirogyra, *Pleurococcus, Oedogonium, Vaucheria, Hy- 
drodictyon, Desmids, Oscillatoria, Scenedesmus. 
conjugating—preserved material. 

Bacteria: 3. *Slant cultures of Azotobacter, B. coli, B. subtilis, 

Pseudomonas radicicola, Sarcina flava, Serratia marcesans, 

Chromobactertum violaceum. 


2. *Spirogyra 


Fungi: Plus and minus strains of bread mold (Rhizopus nigri- 
cans). 4. *Spores for inoculation. 5. Cultures of 


— 


ach strain. 
(Molds should be grown on potato dextrose agar.) 6. Petri 
dish inoculated with both strains showing lines of zygospores. 
Liverworts: 


Thallus only—7. Marchantia. 8. Conocephalum. 

Vhallus with gemmae cups—9. Marchantia. 
Mosses: 11. Protonema. 12. Felt. 
Fern Allies: 14. Selaginella plants. 
Ferns: 15. Prothallia. 


10. Lunularia. 
13. Felt with capsules. 


16. Small ferns showing rhizome and roots. 
17. Fern fronds with spores—various species. 

Gymnosperms: 18. * Pine seeds. 19. *Cones, 
ing need 


20. Twigs show- 


poe 


e arrangement—various evergreens. 


Angiosper US. 
Plants: For photosynthesis experiments; 21. Coleus. 
22. Tradescantia. Geranium, 23. green, 24. silver. 
With fleshy leaves: 25. Bryophyllum. 26. Sedum. 
Insectivorous: 27. Sundew. 


369 


Water: 28. Elodea. 29. Duckweed. 
Sensitive: 30. Mimosa pudica. 

Leaves: 31. Sedum, Sansevieria, Coffee, and others. 
For plant propagation. 32. Bryophyllum. 

Stems: 33. *Twigs to show opposite and alternate leaf-arrange- 
ment, thorns, terminal buds, etc., 9-12”. 34. *Corn or sor- 
ghum stems dried. 

Cuttings: (Unrooted or rooted). 35. Tradescantia. 36. Be- 
gonia. 37. Geranium. 38. Coleus. 

ceeds: 
* For germination studies: Castor bean, corn, garden beans, 
lupine, peas, squash. 
* For study of root hairs: Oats, radish, sorghum, wheat. 
40. Seedlings in paper cups—any of preceding (No. 39). 
41. Terrarium material when available. 
Material for the study of genetics: 
42. *Sorghum seeds giving F, seedlings showing Mendelian 
ratios : 
Red and green seedling color (3:1)—seeds for parents 
and F,. 
Normal and albino seedlings—lethal factor (3: 1). 
Dihybrid ratio—red, green, normal, albino. 
43. *Pea seeds of tall and dwarf strains. 
44, Seedlings of any of the above. 
45, Drosophila—wild type, white, sepia, vestigial. 


LIVING MATERIAL—ANIMALS 
Protozoa (cultures not pure but desired form predominates) : 
46. Cultures of Amoeba, Actinosphaerium, Blepharisma, Para- 
moecium bursaria, Spirostomum, Vorticella, Stentor. 
47. Cultures of Paramoecia, Euglena. 
48. Mixed cultures of Protozoa. 
Other animal material: 49, Daphnia. 50, Drosophila. 51. Hydra. 


STERILIZED AGAR 

52. Petri dishes, test tubes, or flasks, sent in clean and dry, one 

week in advance will be filled with sterile nutrient agar, or with 
potato dextrose agar for the study of bacteria and molds. 


370 
SPECIMENS AND MOUNTS FOR EXHIBIT 
Illustrating the principles of genetics: 
Pea seeds illustrating a dihybrid ratio (wrinkled, smooth, yel- 
low, green). 53. In vials. 54. Riker mount. 
55. Jimson weed (Datura)—imount to show F, segregation of 
spiny and smooth pods. 
Corn showing monohybrid and dihybrid ratios : 
Ears of parents and F,—seed of F, in vial 


un- 
mounted. 
57. Same mounted in glass covered display case. 
58. I*, ears in glass tubes—for counting kernels. 
59, Sorghum—Hybrid vigor—Riker mount of parents and F,. 
60. Sorghum—Inheritance of seed color—Riker mount. 
61. Oats—Mendelian inheritance of hull color—Riker mount. 
62. Snapdragon—Inheritance of flower color—Riker mount. 
Economic plants: 
63. Bundles of cereal grains (barley, oats, rice, rye, sorghum, 
wheat ). 
64. Test tubes of cerca 
65. Types of cereal grains—Riker mount. 
Riker mount. 


— 


grains—threshed. 


66. Types of wheat 
Fungt and plant diseases: 
Bracket fungi: 67. Unmounted. 
68. Mounted in cardboard boxes with cellophane covering. 
Leaves showing leaf spot diseases (rusts, mildews, and others). 
69. Unmounted. 70. Mounts covered with cellophane. 
71. Riker mount—specimens of six diseases. 
Smut of oats or wheat, or ergot of rye. 
72. Unmounted. 73. Displayed in test tubes. 
Mosses and Ferns: Mounts covered with cellophane. 
74. Life history of a moss plant—Polytrichum commune. 
Lycopodium plants with sporophylls—/75. Unmounted. 76. 
Mounted. 
77. Small fern showing rhizome, roots, buds, leaves—mounted. 
78. Fertile and sterile fronds—various fern species—nounted. 
Anglosperms: 
Pressed leaves—79,. Loose. 80. Mounts covered with cello- 


phane. 


371 


81. Riker mount of 12 leaves SRO different types. 
82. Riker mount showing leaf modifications 

Fruits of trees, flowering plants, weeds, lotus pods—83. Loose. 
84. Riker mount to show methods of seed dispersal. 


BUREAU OF PUBLIC INFORMATION 
Consultation and advice, and the facilities of the library and 
herbarium are freely at the service of members of the Botanic 
Garden and (to a limited extent) of others with special problems 
relating to plants or plant products, especially in the following 
subjects : 


1. Plant diseases and determination (naming) of fungi. 

2. Plant geography and ecology. 

3. Determination of flowering plants. 

4. The growing of cultivated plants and their arrangement; also 
their adaptation to soils, climate, and other factors. 

5. The care of trees, shrubs, and lawns, and general gardening 

problems. 

Inquiries should be directed to the Curator of Public Instruc- 
tion, preferably by letter. 

Determination of Specimens.—lf the identification of plants 
is desired, the material submitted should include flowers, and fruit 
when obtainable. Identification of a single leaf is often impossible. 
I*or identification of plant diseases, representative portions of the 
part diseased should be sent. 


DOCENTRY 
To assist members and others in studying the collections, the 
services of a docent may be obtained. Arrangements should be 
made by application to the Curator of Public Instruction one week 
in advance. No parties of less than six adults will be conducted. 
This service is free of charge to members; to others there is a 
charge of 50 cents per person. 


For information concerning mem- 
bership in the 


Sotanic Garden see pages i-i1 of this PROSPECTUS. 


Ore 
MEETINGS OF OUTSIDE ORGANIZATIONS 


The Brooklyn Botanic Garden is glad to welcome outside or- 
ganizations wishing to hold meetings at the Garden, provided the 
general purpose of the organization is closely allied to that of the 
Botanic Garden (e.g., Botanical Groups, Garden Clubs, Nature 
Study Clubs, Conservation organizations, etc.), or that the specific 
purpose of the meeting is of mutual interest and advantage to 


the organization and the Botanic Garden. Meetings must always 
be arranged for in advance. A folder giving full details, and an 
application blank may be had by addressing The Custodian. 


INDEX TO VOLUME XXVI 


A, a A. S., Annual Meeting of the, 


Adult Courses, 65 
American Narcissus 
sociation, 36 
American Philosophical Society, 40 
Attendance, 13 
Cun “62, 64 


Growers As- 


Bae percen 
Bar New 
pened ‘elgh, C,, 98 
Ber , Hele: 34 
Beauest and Gigs 35 

o the Br ooklyn Botanic Gar« 


Company, 18 
Je 


Qu. 


Cn, 
” Ro s of, Preceding p. 11 
Birc ee Clu b of Being 68 
B pine Gardens of the World: Ma- 
ials for a History, 14 
ety a oe 32 
, 36 


jar 


ae Garden Publica- 
1936, Report on, 131 
31 


m 
78 
eres a “Information 69 
Butler Cup, 


Cary, Mrs. W es 27 Cary, 99 
aT Au Nur 

Ralph am 
ut Breeding Work in 1936, 47 
‘hi tee s Garden, 


ane Special ie for, 106 
Chinese Ce Disease Resist- 
ance of the, 54 


Ching, R. 6 

City, The Botanic Garden and_ the, 
Preceding p. 11 

Clat I, eee itrice, 34, 71 

Class 8 

Cocos Tene ol, 

C of Hes and T che Pharmacology, 


Gon ife 
Conlin, Marie Ee AY 
Conservatories, 18, 82 


Attendance at, 04 
Contributions and eco 
Se ea 67, 

ith Feder al ee ernment Agencies, 
e 


132 


er Organizations, 27 
Cio29 


it 97 
ei ee for, 77 


tie eae Brooklyn 19306, 1 
De 


Ma 
Department of Botany, 67 
1, 


Pa 


Dicct eas The Classification of, 
) 

Director, Report of the, 11 

Donee ‘Gale F., 34 

Dorwar d, Margaret ae wil 


Downer, Henry E., 


Ecology, 131 
een Elementary, 23 
Public, 21 
Ie ine ns Re hae Report of 
rator of, 71 


dothia parasiti ica, 47 
IE Taclawement Fund, Children’s, 
: sriophorum Cape, 36 
ee its, 69, 78, 84, 91 
1 Mural Activities, 23 


106 


Fahnestock, Gat a 
Fairchild, Paul ay 
IFarminedale Iris rn 45 
i ‘ern Work, 98 
ield ee for 1936, 


Report of 


— 


ors Conte 936, 129 
oes 


7 ee 


Siavement for 1936, 102 
Flowe “r Days, 
10W, International, 31 


Harriet, 15 


poeeaih, 


of 


374 


2 


a 
un 


I'rothingham Bequest, < 


Gager, C. Stuart, 6, 39 
Gailer, Evelyn M., . 
a aU 1205 Island, ol 
Ge 132 


Cent ins, Wa - Colors of, 91 
Gifts Rec cived Dari ng 1930, 105 
Graduate Students and Independ ent 
Inv fewer Enrolled = During 
1936, 47 
Graves, Arthur Harmount, 47, 71 
Greenhouses, the educational, 7. 
Gronen, Hamilton br . 36 
(cundersen, Alfred, 60, 80 


oe) 


Chestnut 
Hybrids 


Hamden, os 
Species, Varieties, and 


g at, sy 
. Marion, 67 
Healtl 1, Department of, 65 
Fe eesnitt ttel, Hazel, 99 
pens 2 

Accessions and Distribution, 88 
for 1936, Report of the Curator of 

, 86 


ae 
Hite ing gs and Company, 18 
teciccad Section, 17, 8 
1936, Report of 


Horticulturist for 
the, 81 


a eiaronal Flower Show, 8&4 
45 
Collections 79 
Jay 80 
Soft Rot of the Rhizome, 45 


Jansson, Gustav S., 34 
Japanese Garden, 16 

Jennis H. M., 52 

Je : e spital, 68 

Toren W liam E., 33, 95 
Junior Garden Conference, 72 


Knapp, H. B., 44 


Label S, 


or 1936, Report on the, 92 
Statistical Report on the, 95 
Lilac ‘Area, 82 
; ilacs, 76 
Am npus, Anne, 


r incoln, Mrs * oy M., 99 


Loans, Interhbrary, 

local Flora Section, ’ 

Ee v She in peooncties and 
rarden 


Marey, Pag 


Botanical 


es 43, 65 


Mar shall, 
Nestenstn, Philip, 34 


dicina and Culinary Plant 
rarden, 
rarden, 84 
Members, List of, 136 
Membership, 35 
ation Concerning, Preced- 


ing 
Pi Sifileees of, Preceding p. ll 
Out-ot- Town, Preceding p. ll 
Summary of, 148 
Memoirs, Contributions and, 132 
Merchants Associ 2 


Millet, Te. Siz 86 

Mutation in Nature, 59 

Narcissus Bulbs, 3¢ 

oe “Research Covinh 49 

Needs, 

Ne cate 98 

Qat Smuts, 40, 

Organization Mectings at — the 
Garden, 1936, 130 


i enr ose F ae 40 
ersonnel, 

ee ane Wor k, I 

Plantati poe 12 

Plant 1936, Re 


om 


Xeport on, 131 
port of the Cura- 


a ediaifline ie Living, 79 

Police De cata it, 

Sere to Mona. 71 

e Funds, Tax Bitoei and, 

s: 1937-38, 00 

s by se Eons oe 

Personnel Duri 936, 

i ic tguchen aoe of the 
Curat tor of, 62 

aia Editorial Work and, 69 
oe Maud H., 

oe . Wilham A., 32 
PWA "ys 

Radio ee Club Field Day, 68 
Ta Kass 

by the 


Botanic Garden Person- 
nel During 127 


1936, 


Rau sch, Mr., 
ree for rn 77 
Botanic Garden, 


Record, Brooklyn 
132 
Reed, George M., 33, 39, 45, 79 
Xeimer Rees 3 
Report of the Brooklyn Botanic 
retaee 1936, Twenty-Sixth An- 


ual, 1 
Research, 18 
936, Reports on, 39 
Re ees Investigator (Economic 
Plants) for 1936, Report of the 
oC 
Report of the, 


( Ferns) for 1930, 
Q7 
ol 


Revillagigedo Island, 


Rose Arc, 36, 82 
Garden, ig 82 
School Service, Statistics of, 66 


ark ply Service, 05 


Seed Exchange, 78 
International, 84 
Seed ists, Botanical aes 
Sues of Europe from Wh 
We ve Received, 
Seeds Aneel in Excl range, List of, 
Shaw, Ellen Eddy, 76 
Signs, Labels and, 80 
Smith, Floyd F., 46 


Sorghum Smut Inv estigations, 43 
Stanton, T. R., 40 


of. 


B 
State Institute of Applied Agricul- 
ture on rue Isl ne 31, 44 
Storrs, Mrs eee 
Study mate 


7 
Stumpp a W alter oben 30 


a enson, Henry K. 
ranley Pe ant College, 71 
3 stematic Botany, 60, 61 
Section, 81 
falks, Lectures, Addresses, and 
Papers Given bv the Botani Gar- 
en Personnel During ie 19 
x Budget and Pane Funds, 3 
oe Toh in and Soi 


Thrips Control, Iris, 46 
Tobacco Pharmacology, Coffee and, 
02 

Trees 


ss, 77 
Trustees, Officers of the Board of, 
133 


United States Botanic Garden, 27 


Utter, L. Gordon, 41 

Weigel, C. 46 

White, Altre =d le 19 

Woman's Auxilia 34, 30, 134 

Works Progress pC aa 26 
“PA. 25 


Yale University School of Forestry, 
68 


BROOKLYN 
Bb OMPACN T @-: Gr Ae iD EN 


RECORD 


EDITED BY 


C. STUART GAGER 


AND THE 
R 


FOR THE { 
ADVANCEM ENT : SERVICE OF 
OF BOTANY 4 THE CITY 


VOLUME XXVI 


1937 


PUBLISHED QUARTERLY 

AT PRINCE AND LEMON STREETS, LANCASTER, PA. 
BY THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 
BROOKLYN, N. Y. 


LANCASTER PREss, INC., LANCASTER, PA, 


TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXVI 
No. 1, JANUARY 
Delectus Seminum, Brooklyn 1936 (List of Seeds Offered in Exchange) 


No. 2, APRIL 


The Botanic Garden and the City ..............00005. Preceding page 
ayia Concerning Members Rap er ge erates re Preceding page 
Privileges of CINDERS I Digs: shox ets wha e Wseee i e  e Preceding page 
Forms of Bequest to the Braid Botanic Garden .... Preceding page 
Out-of-Town Membership Privileges ................ Preceding page 
Twenty-Sixth Annual ae ol ie ‘Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1936 ... 
Reports ofthe Director: 5c tices ed ewes peeie SE or eee loons 
Reports on Research ae NOB Go psnsce 5 nosh ds ausestaen Ree reer 
Repoct-ots ther uratero:. Public Instruction. 122 -ma vam ae 
Report-ottthe. Curator -of Hlementary Instruction: «0. .ier i 
MeO GEROtmbie Metta iaG h(E INS ct atte Oo0- deste a lea ak ee ren ener 
Repontrotethes PoLuculuubist. <;c2.0¢.) sa paaw outa eee ree 
Report of the ee Ot the Herbarium excyee-et ee eee ere ane: 
Report om thie RIDEALY 03, 9 idn syne tne ee ocala alee vee ee steele 
Statistical Report on one LADTARY itd scuasdigs yp Ree er ace 
Report of the Resident Investigator (Feriis ): ..coentaeeee eens 
Report of the Resident a oan (economic Plants) .......... 
Reporte OrathenlicldeSeClelary ajiucevacuwavaue cae Naeem eaerean tee en 
ca Statement for er sta Bla ear ah ted eee ee 
BUGS ete eANGCOUNLS:, cota eauceis Gal aan ake oa aaa ee Ree 

2: ne vate Funds ee rate ies waa eee 

3. Summary of Tee Budget for 1936 .......... 

Gifts Received During ete detec sessunaia'y lathansah ee kane ee ee 
Publications ii the Botanic Garden Personnel During 1936 ....... 


es, Addresses, and Papers Given During 1936 ........ 
Radio me ie the Botanic Garden Personnel During 1936 ........ 


Hicldaalanipse CONGUCTEEE i eesintted ceded acwases aera wie eh ete ess 


the Garden, 1936. 2.5 cow sa wedi em 
Report of Photographic Work 2.0.00... 2 2 ce ce eee 
Officers of the Board of Trustees 2.0.0.0... 0.0000 
iINeimbersnot, the 2B Oaks ancseatet vad ea Ge ans Raa esa Keele 


Organization Meetings at 


Ww oman’s een Be Saale eee ates ee esgnc se cetera ets She seen oe pe se ieeeia ers 
ist mb By Lp Se ae ope k as chin dis oh 1. ENV See Be tne ate gianna aca Sener 


—_ 


Botanic Gardens of the World: Materials for a History 


Prospectus: 1937-38 


Information Concerning Membership 


Privileges of Membership 


Out-of-Town Membership Privileges 
Regulations Concerning Photographing, Painting, and S 


Courses of Instruction 


No. 


lV 


4 


od, 


Cooperation with Local Schools 


Bureau of Public Inform: 


Docentry 


Meeting of Outside Organizations 


ition 


JuLy 


eea ea ae ee ae ee Cee eet ae ee a er | 


Sketching 


2 eo re Dot 
Ea Peres See 

ys "34 
tom © 


1S Boy t., 9% 


a 
ee ei 


? 


sees 
a af m7 v7 # Yoaratiaa, - cn 
_ fae ot 


4 $3 ae eae 


= - - 
’ 7", % 


- : 
ee : - | 
7 a = v 3+ rs 


The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences 


OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 


PRESIDENT 
EDWARD C. BLUM 
First VicE-PRESIDENT SECOND VICE-PRESIDENT 
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN ADRIAN VAN SINDEREN 


THIRD VICE-PRESIDENT 
SUMNER FORD 
TREASURER SECRETARY 
EDWIN P. MAYNARD JOHN H. DENBIGH 
BOTANIC GARDEN GOVERNING COMMITTEE 
MISS HILDA LOINES, Chairman 


PHILIP A. BENSON WALTER HAMMITT 
EDWARD C. BLUM, Ex officio WILLIAM T. HUNTER 
MRS. WILLIAM H. CARY DAVID H. LANMAN 
WALTER H. CRITTENDEN EDWIN P. MAYNARD 
MRS. LEWIS W. FRANCIS ALFRED E. MUDGE 


EX OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE BOARD 
Tur Fottowinc OrriciaLs oF THE City or NEw York 
T 


E COMPTROLLER 
THE COMMISSIONER OF PARKS 


GENERAL INFORMATION 
MBERS HIP.—AIl] s who are interested in the objects and meter aCe 
of ie Biooklyn Botanic ‘Gide are eligible to membership. Members enjoy sp 
cial privileges. Annual Membership, $10 yearly; Sustaining Membership, $25 
yearly; Life Membership, $500. ul information con scmuing me mbership m 


y 
Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. Ee lephone, Praspee 
THE B RDEN is open ne to ie public ae from 8 a.m. until dusk; 
on Sundays and Holidays it is open a 


ces.—On Flatbush Aan near Empire Boulevard and near Mt. 
Prospect Risetvon: on Washington Avene south of Eastern Parkway and near 
Empire Boulevard; on Eastern Parkway, west of the Museum Buildi 


e street entrance to the Laboratory Building i is at 1000 Washington Avenue, 
opposite ene 
Ist MEMBERS and others in studying the collections es services of a 
docent sy he obtained. This service is free of charge to members of the Roan 
Garden; to others there is a charge of 50 cents per person. rcoteemerts mus 
be made by ean to the Curator of Babic Instruction at least one day in 


To ee GARDEN Bee Broadway (B, M.T.) Subway to Prospect Park 
Station; Taterborotigh Subway to Eastern Parkway-Brooklyn Museum Station; 
Flatbush Avenue tro lley to Eiore Bodlevarde Franklin ae Lorimer Street, 


or Tompkins Avenue trolley to Washington Avenue; St. n’s Place trolley to 
Sterling Place and Washington Avenue; nigh Stieat Be Vanderbilt Avenue 
trolley to Prospect Park Plaza and Union Street y AUTOMOBILE from points 


on Long Island take Eastern Parkway west and turn left at Washington Avenue; 
from Manhattan, take Manhattan Bridge, follow Flatbush Avenue Extension and 


venue; then turn rig 


BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN 
PUBLICATIONS 


RECORD. Established, Tanuacy, 1912. An saminisnamiee periodical issued 
quarterly: % 1912-1928) ; bimo nthly (1929-1932) ; quariey (1933-). Contains, 
amon r things, the Annual Re eport of the director and heads of departments, 
special Sie ee ouncetents of courses of ‘GateNcion. seed list, guides, miscel- 
laneous papers, and notes concerning Garden progress and e vents. Free to mem- 
bers of the Garden. To others $1.00 a year. Circulates in 59 countries. 


MEMOIRS. Established, July, 1918. Published irregularly. Circulates in © 
47 countries. 

Volume I. Dedication Papers: comprising 33 scientific papers presented at 
the dedication of the HOO pale ng and plant houses, April 19-21, 1917. 
521 pages. Price $3.50, plus p 

olume II. The nae - Long ‘Island. Part I, The vegetation of 

Montauk: A study of grassland and forest. By Norman Taylor, June 11, 1923. 
108 pages. Price $1.00, plus postage. 

Volume III. Vegetation of Mount Desert Island, Maine, and its environ- 
pent oh Barrington Moore and Norman Taylor, June 10, Wad 151 pages.. 

rice’ 


CONTRI IBUTIONS. eee April 1, 1911. Papers originally published 
in periodicals, feeucd as paprate without change of paging, and numbered 
consecutively. Twenty-five numbers ‘constitute one volume. Price 25 cents each, 
$5.00 a volume. Ciceulates in 34 coun 

No. 73. Studies of the root ari organisms of certain wild legumes. 19 
Caoe oe 
he effects of radium rays on plants: Résumé of the more important 
ee as 1901 to 1932. 27 pages. 1936 
No. 75. Inheritance of resistance to the loose and covered kernel smuts of 
Sorghum: I. Dwarf Yellow Milo hybrids. 20 pages 
No. 76. Inheritance of resistance to the loose and covered kernel smuts of 
Sorghum: II. Feterita hybrids. 23 pages. 1937. 


AFLETS. Established, April 10, 1913. Published weekly or biweekly 


during April, May, June, September, and O The purpose of aflets 
is primarily to eis announcements concerning flowering and other plant activities 
o be seen i arden near the date of issue, and to give popular. elementary 
information about plant life for teachers e others. Free 

arden. To others, fifty cents a series. ngle numbers 5 eae each. Circu- 
lates in 28 countries. Temporarily diccuntinaen: 1936-37. 


GUIDES to the cole CH te Buildings. ae grounds. Price based upon cost 

of publication. Issued as numbe the Recorp; see above. 
‘ Guide No. 5. The Rock aide 28 iisleatens Price, 35 cents. By mail, 
cen : 
5) ae No. 6. Japanese potted trees (Hachinoki). 11 illustrations. Price, 35 
cents. By mail, 40 c 
uide No. 7. story of our boulders: Glacial geology of ae Brooklyn 
Bove Garden. 22 itueeeabons: Price, 35 cents. By mail, 40 cen 

Guide No. 8. The story af fossil panis 8 illustrations. Price, ie cents. By 
mail, 40 cents. 

SEE pat te (Detects Seminum) Bsr aoished: December, 1914. Since 1925 
issued es, r in the January number of the Ee. Circulation includes 160 
botanic badicne and ineuittions located in 40 countrie 

OLOGY. Established, January, 1920. Published quarterly in codperation 
_ with the Hepracicat Society oF AMERICA. Subscription, $4.00 a year. Circulates 
in 48 countries. 

GEN oes Established, January, Ane Bimonthly. Subscription, $6.00 a 
year. Circulates in 37 coun